1 dove tated ett rtm, PERE AE RPT trimbeshinkdeatd bie beri meh tpt i.) PPI AOE eee Cer ig : rae Pee ptt de . chee? Daa OT ar by tote treet npr ; fin bo baratera" pana otal pleted bi} ea ; er eee See ere Ter WHY APO eee < + ele 6 sie bie ee ' : ‘ . (waueere cre tat ; ‘s 3 ; P 29oe Laan EOS er ee wue : A We ‘'s : a > . PePEvery reece we es . . CAN ATRL ATL AK AR Shih deel toa BT a ee = vewree ‘ P POPU OET 5 aes ety ¢ ~ eWeeurreres Oe Pe ov ee wy oe ce ‘ r nes “4 = 1200s eae a Sewrewreunc cre : os eee sy eae ween baat a Teele rewes 4 we owe nai : . PES FECT OVE MERE OEE Sey eee eee og ee) eres een eee ee hee Ee OO wre sed ble wee vive ree e's riers CEU? VG &'* twas “se 9 PMP ot .4 w a 7 ink i i OM ; ‘ Phish yt BULLETIN OF ENTOMOLOGICAL RESEARCH ISSUED BY THE ENTOMOLOGICAL RESEARCH COMMITTEE APPOINTED BY THE COLONIAL OFFICE. EDITOR: THE SCIENTIFIC SECRETARY. VOL. III. LONDON: SOLD BY DULAU & Co., Ltd., 37, SOHO SQUARE, W, 1902: ed Fr s ' ¥, ~ ~ — os Lweirve rb UF Cf wnt ‘ Ee Ps os & e% f ¥ = 3 ; 7 i a x aes F , i] a ‘ ‘2 ety we Shes! Ae Te se, c oa i be Bae Sot ee La ‘ d . a wo thy ae oe Oa ae a - t ~ . j ‘ o = Age he \ Wu ut 5 Re OFS 2 ers i vi t : Pa f 7 <4 s, ye a | j FERS ES f 82 5.8 && EAE Rise ft Fe Dee Tr a | + faa: : et om a if oA fe 1 ‘a { * > en st a 5 a8 a #4 i? ef 24 re *% x =a * a° 7 | ere = e Past be +t Cd oP! ba AY wie, etd , ast, Moraes ei J i as ek f y ae ei Pah La ot yt ‘ CONTENTS. ORIGINAL ARTICLES. AUSTEN, ERNEST:-E. . 3 Pacx. A new species of Stygeromyia (Family Muscidae Sub- mbar een ee from the East Africa Protectorate ... Joe 97 Notes on: African blood-sucking midges (Family Sterile Sub- wee Ceratopogoninae) with descriptions of new species... a SC: 99 New African 'Tabanidae.—Part I sie sits os ay ue os 113 New African Tabanidae.—Part IT wat ae wes ae a sae 329 New African Tabanidae.—Part ITI ... iid okie 1% spin a3 399 A new species of Hippobosca from Northern Rhodesia 9 se oer 417 CARPENTER, Pror. GEORGE H. A new West African Spring-tail ost sion se = at oon 79 CUMMINGS, BRUCE F. Anoplura from African hosts... ye =e oe “33 s ee 393 DEWITZ, Dr. J. The bearing of physiology on economic entomology ... foe ae dik 343 DURRANT, JOHN HARTLEY. Notes on Tineina bred from cotton-bolls oe i see cae aye 203 EDWARDS, F. W. A synopsis ofthe species of African Culicidae other than Anopheles Sc il A key for determining the African species of Anopheles (sensu lato) wee 241 Revised keys to the known larve of African Culicinae Bs Re ne 373 FELL; T. E. Notes on Tsetse-flies and on prophylactic measures against Spas Sickness in the Western Province of Ashanti obi ae a 5a 227 (28784—2.) Wt. P 11—21 1000. 3/13. D&S§&. 1V CONTENTS. GOWDEY, C. C. On the utilisation of an indigenous African silkworm (Anaphe infracta, Wlsm.) in Uganda Jef Ses sie sa HIRST, STANLEY. On a new species of mite (Zarsonemus) injurious to sugar-cane in Barbados On two new parasitic Acari of the genus Letognathus, Cn. (Gamasidae) ... HOWARD, C. W. Insects directly or indirectly injurious to man and animals in Mozambique, Kast Africa 500 INGRAM, Dr. A. Notes on the pupae observed at Bole, Northern Territories, Gold Coast... ee Sc : : 5 : : KING, HAROLD H. Observations on the occurrence of Glossina in the Mongalla Province of the Anglo-Egyptian Sudan ... ae we ain eee tae ae LLOYD, Lt. Notes on Glossina morsitans in Northern Rhodesia ... a owe aN Notes on Glossina morsitans, Westw., in the Luangwa Valley, Northern Rhodesia ... PAD os ora see sce on n9 sid die McCONNELL, Dr. ROBERT E. Notes on the occurrence and habits of Glossina fuscipes in Uganda... MACFIE, Dr. J. W. SCOTT. Experiments and observations upon Glossina palpalis MOISER, Dr. BERNARD. Notes on the haunts and habits of Glossina tachinoides, near Geidam, Bornu Province, Northern Nigeria ... NEAVE, S. A. Notes on the blood-sucking insects of Eastern Tropical Africa ... ved NEWSTEAD, Pror. R On the characteristics of the newly-discovered tsetse-fly, Glossina austeni, Newstead ; with descriptions of the genital armature of Glossina fusi- pleuris, Austen, and Glossina longipennis, Corti... Notes on Phiebotomus, with descriptions of new species.—Part I. ... NICHOLLS, LUCIUS. The transmission of pathogenic micro-organisms by flies in St. Lucia... Some observations on the bionomics and breeding-places of Anopheles in Saint Lucia, British West Indies ... 2s er a a Beis PaGe. 269 325 369 211 73 89 95 233 55 61 195 275 305 361 81 251 CONTENTS. Vv POLLARD, Dr. J. Pace. Notes on the tsetse-flies of Muri Province, Northern Nigeria at ee 219 SIMPSON, Dr. JAS. J. Entomological Research in British West Africa. I1J.—Southern Nigeria ... 137 STANTON, A. T. On the changes which occur in certain characters of Anopheles larvae in the course of their growth ... eee oie ae ues si soe 387 SUMMERS, SOPHIA L. M. A new species of Phlebotomus from South America ... Soe ae ot 209 MISCELLANEOUS. Collections received sie me oe ans van Lae ae 109, 225, 339, 419 Tabanidae attracted by Scale-insects ... ens sbi ee tas — er 223 vi PLATES. PAGE. I. Wings of African Culicoides ... ee cue ae aide ... to face 108 II. to V. Cattle and Views in Southern Nigeria ai sie in “is. ee VI. to IX. Breeding-places of Anopheles in St. Lucia, B.W.I. 440 a ee oS X. and XI. African Tabanidae... ao oe ve sas 35 wae Wetgy ta) ene MAPS. PAGE, Map showing distribution of Glossina Cee and me morsitans in Southern SuGan sees cae oe eae see mat wae a» toface 92 Map of S. Nigeria Re distribution of Glossina ... se Sie cin yy, weer Sketch-map of R. Wobe, N. Nigeria, showing localisation of Glossina tachinoides a4 oe aoe 333 Pee as ats oe soe Vo ae Sketch-map of Muri Province, N. Nigeria, showing distribution of Glossina ee e-7-1)| vil ILLUSTRATIONS IN THE TEXT. Terminal seoments of female of : Culex tigripes var. fuscus ; Mimomyia hispida ; Ochlerotatus cumminsi ve am a it ie Stegomyia fraseri, sp. n., head, thorax and apex of abdomen of @... Ochlerotatus longipalpis, Griinb., head, thorax and apex of abdomen of Q Ochlerotatus Sascipalpis, sp. n. : Culex ager, Giles, var. n. ethiopicus, wing Head and thorax of ¢ of :— -Uranotaenia connaii, sp. n. ee ‘ornata, Theo. as ' Eretmopodites quinquevittatus, Theo.... Eretmopodites chrysogaster, Graham, larva and pupa... Chaoborus pallidipes, Theo., head and thorax of 2 Glossina palpalis, diagram of vesica Mansonioides uniformis, Theo., early stages Sa ae aa Isotoma fasciata, sp. n., side view, ocelli and post- onl organ, ae tip of fore-foot with ate tibio-tarsus of hind leg, catch, dentes and mucrones Drosophila melanogaster, Mg. Sarcophaga aurifinis, Walk. Oscinis pallipes, Lw. Limosina punctipennis, Wd. ; Chalcid ovipositing in larva of Sar copha ga Glossina morsitans: preparation of salivary glands and proboscis (semi- diagrammatic) Silvius fallax, Aust., 2 Cadicera speciosa, Aust., 2 Pangonia comata, Aust., $ Subpangonia grahami, Aust. 2 .. Tabanus canofasciatus, Aust., 2 Ml tenuipalpis, Aust., 2 Hippocentrum murphyi, Aust., 2 Gelechia gossypiella, Sndrs., ¢ ... Pyroderces simplex, W1sm., 9 A rileyi, Wism., 2 a ee Aes sa a's Phlebotomus rostrans, Summers; wing; genitalia, ¢ ; maxillary palp, @... Larvae of Anopheles (Nyssorhynchus) ... Pupa of Anopheles albimanus Nest of Anaphe infracta ... Ae Soaking nests of Anxuphe to soften hairs PAGE. 114 120 123 127 129 131 135 204 206 207 209 252 254 270 272 Vili Tarsonemus spinipes, Hirst, ¢ ; dorsal and ventral views a i » @ 3; ventral view ... Male armatures of :— Glossina austeni, Newst. ... 5 FJuscipleuris, Aust. BS longipennis, Corti Palpi of Phlebotomus ... eae oa Antennae of Phlebotomus ar ae mac oor Wings of Phlebotomus ... Sno sa a0 oe Leiognathus creightoni, Hirst, ; dorsal and ventral aspects liberiensis, Hirst, 9 ; ventral aspect Stegomyia sugens, Wied. ; larva... Ochlerotatus nigeriensis, Theo. ; larva ... Mansonioides africanus, Theo. ; larva ... Aédomyia catasticta, Knab ; larva ” ” ” ” aisle see Culex ager, Giles, var. ethiopicus, Edw. ; larva annulioris, Theo. ; larva ... sae ,, invidiosus, Theo. ; larva ... ee aa one Ingramia malfeyti, Newst. ; larva 99 Head of Anopheles larva snetens clypeal and cn Tepe ai Anopheles albirostris ; larva; head and thorax, showing ey 388 ; abdominal segments, showing leaflets and papilla, 389 ; head, showing change after first moult, 389 ; cockade or “‘ palmate hair,” 389 ; head and thorax of full-grown larva ... sare eos sels eee oe aoe Neohaematopinus heliosciurz, Cummings, ¢ Polyplax otomydis, Cummings, 2 Haemaitopota grahami, Aust., 9 rubens, Aust., 2 beringeri, Aust., 9 crudelis, Aust., 9 ... ses VOL. III. Part 1—pp. 1-112. : | MAY, 1912. BULLETIN OF ENTOMOLOGICAL RESEARCH ISSUED BY THE ENTOMOLOGICAL RESEARCH COMMITTEE, APPOINTED BY THE COLONIAL OFFICE. EDITOR: THE SCIENTIFIC SECRETARY. LONDON: SOLD BY DULAU & Co., Ltd., 37 SOHO SQUARE, W. Price 4s. net. All Rights Reserved. ENTOMOLOGICAL RESEARCH COMMITTEE (TROPICAL AFRICA), THE EARL OF CROMER, G.C.B., G.C.M.G., O.M., @bhairman. LizutT.-CoLoneL A. ALCOCK, C.LE., F.R.S. Mr. E. E. AUSTEN. Dr. A. G. BAGSHAWE. Sir JOHN R. BRADFORD, K.C.M.G., F.R.S. CoLoNnEeL Sik DAVID BRUCH, C.B., F.R.S. Dr. S. F. HARMER, F.R.S. Dr. R, STEWART MACDOUGALL. Sir JOHN MCFADYEAN. Sir PATRICK MANSON, K.C.M.G., F.R.S. Sir DANIEL MORRIS, K.C.M.G. Pror. R. NEWSTEAD, F.R.S. Pror. G. H. F. NUTTALL, F.RB.S. Pror. E. B, POULTON, F-.R:S. Ligevut.-Cotone, D. PRAIN, C.LE., F.R.S. Mr. H. J. READ, C.M.G. Tue Hon. N. C. ROTHSCHILD. Mr. HUGH SCOTT. Dr. A. E. SHIPLEY, F.R.S. Mr. S. STOCKMAN., Mr. F. V. THEOBALD. Mr. J. A. C. TILLEY. Mr. C. WARBURTON. Scientific Secretary. MR. GUY A. K. MARSHALL. Secretarp. Mr. A. C. C. PARKINSON. A SYNOPSIS OF THE SPECIES OF AFRICAN CULICIDAE, OTHER THAN ANOPHELES. By EF. WW: Epwagps, B.A., F.E.S. (Published by permission of the Trustees of the British Museum.) Little is needed by way of introduction, beyond the statement that this paper is really a continuation of a previous one (“ The African Species of Culex and allied Genera,” Bull. Ent. Res., Oct. 1911, pp. 241-268). In the present paper a complete synopsis is given of al] the African species, with the exception of some of those already tabulated and of the genus Anopheles and its sub-divisions. Through the kindness cf Prof. R. Newstead, the author has now been able to examine the types in the collection of the Liverpool School of Tropical Medicine, so that the number of undetermined species has been considerably reduced, and all have now been accounted for except those given as doubtful in the paper referred to. The classification of Lt.-Col. A. Alcock has been adhered to, except that Diza has been admitted, forming a third sub-family. In this the writer is following the expressed opinion of Prof. 8. W. Williston. The names adopted for the tribes of the CuLICcINAE are those used by Messrs. Dyar and Kanab, while, in agreement with Lt.-Col. Alcock, the MmGARHININI have been retained as a distinct tribe. So far as possible, full generic synonymy has been given, but synonyms of the species, unless determined by the author, have as a rule been omitted. It must not be supposed that anything like finality is claimed for the conclusions | expressed here. Many questions require considerably more study, while others must apparently always be matters of personal opinion. The examination of more material has necessitated the partial modification of views previously given, while some errors in the author’s previous paper on the subject have come to light and are here corrected. Doubtless some still remain. Mr. H. F. Carter has very kindly lent me a paper published by G. F. Leicester in 1908, which he had unearthed. This has apparently been completely over- looked ; it contains descriptions of a large number of species and genera, some of which are referred to later in this paper. Sub-family 1, CULICINAE. Proboscis elongated ; palpi frequently elongated in one or both sexes, but straight when short; wings and legs scaly, and except in some species of Anopheles, the thorax and abdomen also. This sub-family includes all the true mosquitos, and is co-extensive with the family CULICIDAE as defined by Theobald and others. Although the proboscis is always elongate (usually about the length of the abdomen), it must not be upp osed that all the species are blood-suckers—the structure of the proboscis indeed is sometimes such as to exclude the possibility of the blood-sucking habit (23527—2.) Wt. P. 3528—16. 1000. 4/12, D&S. A 2 F. W. EDWARDS—A SYNOPSIS OF THE SPECIES OF being developed, while other species which probably could suck blood do not do so; others only do it occasionally, and the males never. Many feed on plant- Juices in the adult stage, while one genus ({arpagomyia) is myrmecophilous. The known species of this sub-family are far more numerous than those of the other two together, and they fall into three or four fairly well-marked tribes. Some authors go much further than this and divide the mosquitos into ten or eleven sub-families, while it has even been proposed to raise one genus (Anopheles) to family rank. ‘The tendency seems to be for the group which would formerly (say fifteen years ago) have been regarded as a genus, to become a sub-family, while the species become genera, and varieties—individuals almost— species. The present writer follows Lt.-Col. A. Alcock in recognising four tribes of the sub-family CuLicinaxr. For these it seems better to retain the names of the oldest genera rather than to coin new terms, and hence these tribes are here spoken of as— . ANOPHELINI. . MEGARHININI. . CULICINI. 4, SABETHINI. The great majority of the species belong to the CULICINI, the other three tribes being represented each by a single genus in the African region. The first of these tribes is not dealt with in the present paper. ow WM = Tribe Megarhinini. Proboscis with the apical half much thinner than the basal, and bent down- wards at an angle with it. Scutellum evenly rounded. Wings long and narrow ; fork-cells both very short, but the first much shorter than the second. Wing- margin indented just before the termination of the posterior branch of the fifth longitudinal vein, and with a small V-shaped thickening of the membrane opposite this indentation. Large species, completely clothed with flat, more or less metallic scales, usually blue or green. Larvae predaceous ; adults not blood- suckers. Dyar and Knab place these insects in the CULCINI, and consider them to be relaied to Psorophora and its allies. Both groups agree in having predaceous larvae, and in the head of the imago being provided with a distinct neck, but these characters are very likely not indicative of relationship, and so it is considered better to treat Megarhinus and Toxorhynchites as forming a separate group. The predaceous habit of the larvae, with its corresponding modifications of structure, has been developed several times independently. Genus TOXORHYNCHITES, Theo. Mon. Cul. I, p. 244 (1901). Worcesteria, Banks, Philipp. J. Sci. I, p. 779 (1906). Teromyia, Leicester, Stud. Inst. Med. Res., Fed. Malay States, III, p. 49 (1908). The name of this genus was first published by Dr. L. O. Howard in 1901 (‘ Mosquitoes,” pp. 154, 155, 235, 240), who figured the North American AFRICAN CULICIDAE, OTHER THAN ANOPHELES. 3 Megarhinus rutilus as Toxorhynchites rutilus, making his figure from a female which happened to have the palpi broken. Accordingly some have said that M. rutilus must be taken as the type of the genus TYoxorhynchites, which in that case becomes a synonym of Megarhinus. But (1) Howard expressly stated that he had borrowed the name from proof-sheets of Theobald’s monograph ; (2) he said nothing to indicate that he wished to regard WM. rutilus as the type species, while Theobald named 7’. brevipalpis as the type; (3) although he included Toxorhynchites in a table of genera he gave no detailed description of it. Theobald’s monograph was published in November, 1901. Table of Species. 1, Abdomen shining orange ; third hind tarsal joint white at base*; claspers of genitalia ith a WHE terminal spine He - 1. lutescens. Abdomen metallic blue or Roles: second hind tarsal joint® broadly white at base ... 66 ae 2. 2, Abdomen mostly blue ; eae mee iit of paildidic ie sometimes also of fore legs, white at the base a , » 2. brevipalpis. Abdomen violet; second and third tarsal ani of mid legs entirely white ... me ar: “i se3¢ mae ... 3. phytophagus. 1. T. lutescens, Theo. (Megarhinus), Mon. Cul. I, p. 233 (1901). Known only from a single male. S. Rhodesia. 2. T. brevipalpis, Theo., Mon. Cal. I, p. 245 (1901). Toxorhynchites marshalli, Theo., Mon. Cul. III, p. 121 (1903). Toxorhynchites conradti, Griinb., D. ent. Zs. p. 405 (1907). The metatarsi usually have a narrow white ring at the base, but both this and the broad ring on the second tarsal jomt are sometimes incomplete dorsally. Usually the front tarsi are entirely dark, but there is sometimes a white ring on the second joint. Sierra Leone; Ashanti; N. and 8. Nigeria: N. Kamerun; Congo; Uganda; British Central Africa; S. Rhodesia; Natal. a1. phytophagus, Theo. ( phytophygus), Mon. Cul. V, p. 102 (1910). Ashanti. Tribe Culicini. Thorax more or less rounded ; metanotum without bristles ; scutellum more or less distinctly trilobed. Larvae with air-tube and median ventral brush on anal seoment (after the first stage). This tribe includes the old genera Culex and Aédes, which were defined as having long and short palpi respectively in the male. Most authors have used this character for the primary division of the group, a division which was adopted by the writer (Bull. Ent. Res. Oct. 1911, p. 242). Messrs. Dyar and Knab, however, owing to their exhaustive study of the larval characters of the North * The metatarsus is reckoned as the first joint, 23527 A 2 4 F. W. EDWARDS—A SYNOPSIS OF THE SPECIES OF American species, arrived at the conclusion that the length of the palpi is only of minor importance, and that long (or, as they consider, short) male palpi have been developed independently in different groups. After examining all the material in the British Museum in the light of these views—which I much regret I had not done before publishing any synoptic work—I feel bound to agree with the American authors. They, however, go further, and refuse to recognise even generic value in the differences of the palpi, since in most cases these are confined to one sex. Although there is a great deal to be said for this view, it has not been followed in the present paper, and hence it should be remembered that some groups which are here given generic rank, would by some authors be regarded only as subgenera, even if recognised at all. Scale characters have practically been discarded as of value for generic definition, though it is true that groups of species frequently show the same type of ornamentation in all their members. Coquillett (Science, xxiii, p. 312, 1906) divided the old genus Culex into two groups, according to whether the claws are simple or toothed in the female, and whether the eggs are laid singly or in masses. These characters are in most cases correlated, and the mode of egg-laying is correlated with a definite structure of the abdomen. No doubt there are a few forms which would be difficult to place, but by far the larger number of CuLrciN1 fall into one of two eroups, which seem to be quite nated: (1.) Aédes group. Eggs laid singly ; last segment of female abdomen narrow, usually completely retractile into the pentieinnciee ; claws of female, at least on the four anterior legs, nearly always toothed. Genera: Mucidus, Psorophora, Janthinosoma, Ochlerotatus, Stegomyia, Aédes, etc. (2.) Culex group. Jiggs laid in masses ; last segment of female abdomen broad, immovable ; claws of female never toothed. (Genera: Culex, Taeniorhynchus, Aédomyia, Theobaldia, Uranotaenia, etc. This division of the tribe is much more natural than one based on the length of the palpi; it will be seen that forms with short male palpi are included in both groups. Table of Genera. 1. Claws of female toothed ae ute eo ibe i a 2: Claws of female simple Si Fe a ae : 5. 2. Posterior cross-vein slightly beyond ee cross-vein ; legs shagede scaled ; female palpi half as long as proboscis... “Mucipu S, p. 6. Posterior cross-vein before mid cross-vein; legs not shaggily scaled, female palpi not half as long as proboscis 63 3. 3. Male halle with two tes ieee ; thorax bright calle at the sides ... , BANKSINELLA, p. 6. Male palpi ai shes pees siting lige. not bright yellow at sides a : 4. 4, Last two joints of ae ais cae pieaat ential in detetne Bleee and white species ; head all fiscal ae STEGOMYIA, De he Last two joints of male palpi more or less iMickeued: especially the penultimate, which is longer than the terminal; not usually black and white species, head not usually flat-scaled above OCHLEROTATUS, p. 14. AFRICAN CULICIDAE, OTHER THAN ANOPHELES. 5 5. Highth segment of female abdomen slender, retractile ; male re- sembling a Stegomyia bee as a: .--LOWARDINA, p. 12. Highth segment of female abdomen broad, truncate (except in Mimomyia), not retractile* ... Lise oy Ws. bed qe 6. A B C D Fic. 1.—Terminal segments of female abdomen (dorsal view) :—A, Culex tigripes var. fuscus, a specimen with distended abdomen; B, Culex tigripes, abdomen not distended ; C, Mimomyia hispida ; D, Ochlerotatus cumminsi. 6. Head without any flat scales in the middle above ; anRESS never swollen at tip af = rip Head with at least a row of Sat seales mand ne ene snanat ne: usually almost entirely clothed with flat scales ; proboscis often swollen at tip See ay _ _ bg 7 13. 7. Wing-scales very broad and aptae Shir " Su2 8. Wing-scales not very broad (in rene erecta ae ef. Culex ager) . : us or ae ae 8. Male palpi as me as Scalia an ee ca very short MANSONIOIDES, p. 24. Palpi similar in both sexes, very short; middle femora with a tuft of scales at the tip . sa aa ... AEDOMYIA, p. 24. 9. Fork-cells very short ; Peta naa pas male palpi two-jointed MimomYIa, p. 35. Fork-cells not very short ; male palpi three-jointed cet sane ) 10. 10. Metatarsus of hind legs distinctly shorter than the tibia; male palpi long, the last two joints swollen ... El. Mev iarsas i: hind legs at least as long as ‘ie dabiath Gaulle longer); male palpi thin (long or ae long) se 12. 11. Penultimate juint of male palpi thicker and somewhat lane ham terminal one ; usually yellow species ... LAENIORHYNCHUS, p. 25. Penultimate joint of male palpi thinner but not longer than terminal one ; not yellow species ; cross-veins almost in a line THEOBALDIA, p. 27. 12. Male palpi longer than proboscis, last two joints curved upwards CuLex, p. 27: Male palpi shorter than proboscis, straight... PROTOMELANOCONION, p. 33. * Taeniorhynchus has this segment rather small and narrow, but not at all retractile ; while Mansonioides exhibits a very peculiar structure of the female ‘abdomen : the eighth segment is permanently retracted within the seventh, which is very short, being not longer ‘than the eighth segment of Culex ; there are two very large and broad cerci, which, “however, are not prominent like those of Ochlerotatus. + Culex argenteopunctatus is an exception to this, as it has the hind tibia slightly longer than the metatarsus. 6 F. W. EDWARDS—A SYNOPSIS OF THE SPECIES OF 13. A row of small flat scales round the eyes; basal joint of male palpi with a row of projecting scales ; otherwise like Culex ee p. 33. Head mostly or all flat-scaled in middle... zi one onus 14. Proboscis not swollen at the tip ; fork-cells not ven ons cai Proboscis swollen at tip, or fork-cells very short, first shorter than second . nak sia see ee is Me 15, Lateral Neate: with apices “sities 3 antennae plumose ... 16. Lateral vein-scales with apices dentate; ¢ antennae pilose Hopesstia, p. 35. 16. Medium-sized species, male palpi tuin, almost without hairs, and slightly shorter than the proboscis .. MHUMELANOMYIA, p. 34, Very small species, male palpi short like those of the female MICRAEDES, p. 34. 17. Fork-cells very short, first shorter than second... ah ae 18. Fork-cells not very short, first not shorter than second... ae 19. 18. Lateral vein-scales absent; male palpi long, two-jointed, apical one swollen ; fore and mid claws of male unequal, toothed Mimomryia, p. 35. Lateral vein-scales present, broad; male palpi very short; male claws not toothed, the front pair small and equal URANOTAENTIA, p. 37. 19. Proboscis not hairy; male palpi thin, about two thirds as long as proboscis ; silvery markings absent ... INGRAMIA, gen. n., p. 43. Proboscis bearing long hairs; male palpi short; clypeus rather long and narrow ; silvery markings on pleurae and abdomen HaRPAGOMYIA, p. 45. Genus Mucipus, Theo. Mon. Cul. I, p. 268 (1901). M. scatophagoides, Theo., Mon. Cul. I, p. 277 (1901). Additional locality : Uganda (Dr. Hodges). Genus BANKSINELLA, Theo. Mon. Cul. IV, p. 468 (1907). B. luteolateralis, Theo., Mon. Cul. II, p. 71 (1901). Newstead’s Neomelanoconion palpale (Ann. Trop. Med. I, p. 31, 1907) is refer- able to this species, as has been proved by an examination of the type (¢). A single male bred by Dr. A. Ingram may represent a new species allied to B. luteolateralis, but it cannot be described without more material. In this speci- men the neuration is almost exactly as in Mimomyia, and there are very few lateral scales on the veins ; the thin palpi and shorter and less plumose antennae and general appearance, however, show it to be a Banksinella. The thorax is uniformly clothed with golden scales. On re-reading the description of Taeniorhynchus africanus, Neveu-Lemaire (Arch. Parasit. X, p. 271, 1906), I am inclined to think it is a Banksinella. The female only has been described, so it is not possible to say definitely, but the AFRICAN CULICIDAE, OTHER THAN ANOPHELES. 7 golden-yellow scales in the middle of the head, produced in front as a tuft of “hairs,” and the golden-yellow scales on the sides of the thorax, indicate a possible relation to Banksinella. The marbled legs with traces of pale basal banding on the hind tarsi, will distinguish it from the other three species. The species was recorded from the Suez Canal; the only Aédine [ have seen from there which at all corresponds to the description of 7. africanus is Ochlerotatus dorsalis, Mg., which has the hind claws toothed and has speckled wings, the latter character not being mentioned by Neveu-Lemaire. O. dorsalis has several times been taken on board ship in the Suez Canal. Genus Stegomyia, Theo. Mon. Cul. I, p. 283 (1901). Armigeres, Theo., Mon. Cul. I, p. 322 (1901). Desvoidya, Blanchard, Les Moustiques, p. 265 (1905). Gymnometopa, Coquillet, Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash. VII, p. 183 (1906). Kingia, Theo., Mon. Cul. V, p. 135 (1910). This genus was founded upon the world-wide S. fasciata, F., with which has been included a number of other species ; most of these have since been trans- ferred to other genera. Stegomyiais now recognised as a genus of the Aédes group allied to Ochlerotatus, but differing from that genus in the thin male palpi. The eighth abdominal tergite in the female is larger than in normal Ochlerotatus, and not completely retractile ; while the female genital appendages (cerci) are usually rudimentary, though quite well developed in S. sémpsoni ; in Ochlerotatus they are nearly always well developed. The genus Stegomyia shows considerable variation also in the structure of the male claws and genitalia. In the group Kingia (including apicoargentea, fraseri, africana, luteocephala, powert, simpsoni, metallica and pseudonigeria), characterised by Theobald as having flat scales in the middle line of the thorax in front (which is the case in all the above eight species), the larger claws of the male are all simple, a very unusual feature. The various forms of the male claws are shown in the following table of the ungual formulae of the African species : * . stmpsoni re 00 ED, © 0.0, metallica u africana \ CPE at Lreks! 0.0, . apicoargentea ewerrusupnaia. «.. Gl, Ol. LL. S. fasciata... Ge 9 A tO eam A S. sugens ... faeces ee On The males of the other species are unknown. 8. (Desvoidya) obturbans las claws of similar structure to those of S. sugens, and has very peculiar genitalia. The type species of Gymnometopa (G. mediovittata, Coq., not, as Theobald states, G. sexlineata, Theo.) has toothed claws in the female, so that this genus becomes a synonym of Stegomyza rather than of Howardina. DR inn ty * Some of these formulae differ from those given by Theobald, but I can vouch for their correctness, and have not come across any variations. F. W. EDWARDS—A SYNOPSIS OF THE SPECIES OF If the genus as now defined is dismembered, it may be found necessary to restrict it to the type species, S. fasczata, which has a very peculiar character in the scaly clypeus. However, the line taken by Dyar and Knab of sinking both Stegomyia and Ochlerotatus under Aédes would be wiser, probably, than further subdivision. A middle course has been adopted here. The specific characters which are most readily appreciated are found in the markings of the hind tarsi, and these have been used for purposes of tabulation. Other characters of diagnostic value are given under each species. All the species are black with white or silvery markings. bo Table of the Species. . Hind tarsi entirely dark (Desvoidya) a 5 sie aparrds: 6).5 Hind tarsi with white TMCS oo 2. . Rings on first four joints of hind bce sane canal in lengehe ee joint usually all white (compare Ochlerotatus fascipalpis, which may belong here) ... ae ate vee 3. Rings on hind tarsi not so neee (Ringiay oes 4, . Clypeus scaly; thorax with ye shaped white ee ‘(Stege: mya) is ves, da SCID Clypeus not jute : me ce with SIX ai waist Wate aes a ae SUITE. . Last two joints of hind tarsi all white ; middle femora practically all black in front... cs 2 3. pseudonigeria. Last two joints of hind tarsi Abe all Wiha “taidale femora with a conspicuous white or silvery spot near the middle in front ce 5. . White ring on third joint of hind tarsi much broader and more con- spicuous than the others; head partly yellow ... 6. White ring on third joint not very broad, though that on the four may be; head not at all yellow ... rie . Hind tibiae with a large white patch at ee base Bese - ee scales mostly iste leaving a small yellow patch in the middle die w. 4. africana. Hind tibiae with a very ey atl Sioa reac ae thie! eee beneath ; head-scales mostly deep yellow... ues 5. luteocephala. . Fourth joint of hind tarsi mostly or all ie as 8. Fourth joint of hind tarsi mostly or all black ; fifth, piped or all white ; all segments of aatleonet with broad white bands cae 10. . Thorax with a thin median yellow line; abdomen with all seg- ments banded ne sk 6. powert. Thorax without such line, apace aa segments 1-3 or 1-4 unbanded .. a a rie ae os ae 9. . Lateral lobes of scutellum a Nee scales, last joint of id tarsi almost all black er ‘ at 7. apicoargentea, Lateral lobes of scutellum seit, wie ceaee lace joint of hind tarsi almost all white a oo Aes Le ane ane 8. fraseri. AFRICAN CULICIDAE, OTHER THAN ANOPHELES. 9 10. A line of more or less narrow, curved, white scales on either side of the bare space in front of the scutellum “A sa 9e) sempsons. A patch of broad flat silvery scales in this position ... 10. metallica, 11. Head with a median patch of flat white scales behind ; disc of thorax with light bronzy-brown scales... ... Ll. albomarginata. Head with a white border only ; disc of thorax with bronzy-black scales san wie aes bat ort ... 12. argenteoventralis. 1. §. fasciata, F. (Culex), Syst. Antliatorum, p. 13 (1805). Culex calopus, Meigen, Syst. Bes. I, p. 3 (1818). Stegomyia nigeria, Theo., Mon. Cul. I, p. 303 (1901). The type of S. nigeria is in very bad condition, but there is quite enough of it left to show that it is the unmistakable S. fasciata. It was described from a single specimen. In the fifth volume of his Monograph, Theobald records a specimen of S. nigeria from Bailundu, Angola: this on examination proves to be a typical, if somewhat rubbed, specimen of S. pseudonigeria. The legs of S. fasciata distinguish it from all the other species, as the femora all have a narrow white line running almost their entire length. The abdomen is usually black, with basal and often also apical whitish bands on all the segments ; in one desert variety, however, the general hue is light brown instead of black. S. fasciata is common throughout the warmer parts of the world. From the fact that a number of African species are rather nearly related to it, a guess may be hazarded that its original home was in this region. 2. 8. sugens, Wied., Aus. Zweifl. Ins. I, p. 545 (1828). Scutomyia sugens, Theo., Gen. Ins., Culicidae, p. 19 (1905). Stegomyia brumpti, Neveu-Lemaire, Bull. Soc. Zool. France, X XX, p. 8 (1905). Reedomyia albopunctata, Theo., Mon. Cul. IV, p. 262 (1907). Dr. Neveu-Lemaire gives such good figures and description of his species (Arch. Parasit. X, 1906, pp. 261-265) as to leave no doubt that it is the same as S. sugens, Wied., as interpreted by Theobald. He finds that the hind claws of the male may be toothed or not, or one toothed and the other not. The types of A, albopunctata are in poor condition, but quite recognisable. The species can be easily recognised by the six white spots on the thorax, and also by the white bands near the apices of the femora and near the bases of the tibiae. Sudan; Abyssinia; Uganda; Gambia; N. & S. Nigeria; Sierra Leone; Gold Coast ; Angola; S. Rhodesia; Transvaal ; Aden; India ; Corsica. 3. S. pseudonigeria, Theo., Mon. Cul. V, p. 166 (1910). S. wellmanit, Theo., Mon. Cul. V, 163 (1910). Lhe name pseudonigeria is used for this species, because Danielsia wellmani, Theo. (1905), known only from the female, may be a Stegomyta and not an Och- lerotatus. In any case it would be well not to duplicate specific names in the Aédes group. 10 F. W. EDWARDS—A SYNOPSIS OF THE SPECIES OF This species is easily recognisable by the characters given in the table, but it is closely related to S. poweri, the markings of the thorax and abdomen being almost identical. Angola. 4, §. africana, Theo., Mon. Cul. I, p. 304 (1901). Stegomyia dubia, Theo., Mon. Cul. V, p. 170 (1910). S. dubia was, to use Theobald’s own expression, “described from a worn and damaged female,” but there is no visible character by which to separate it from S. africana. Hind femora in front with a large silvery spot about the middle, a small one close to the apex. Thorax with large oblong silvery lateral patches, and a fine yellowish median line, not always visible. Abdomen without distinct bands, but with lateral white spots, extended towards the mid-dorsal line in the middle of each segment ; those on the seventh segment visible dorsally. Scales on pleurae silvery. Sierra Leone; N. & S. Nigeria; Congo; Uganda; Angola; N. HK. Rhodesia. 5. 8. luteocephala, Newstead, Ann. Trop. Med. 1, p. 15 (1907). Kingia luteocephala, Theo., Mon. Cul. V, p. 136 (1910). This species must be taken as the type of the Theobaldian genus Kingia, which, if retained, would include all the African Stegomyia except S. fasciata, S. sugens, S. albomarginata, and S. argenteoventralis. Very much like S. africana. A yellow patch on each side of the thorax above and in front of the roots of the wings. Scales on pleurae pale golden. Abdomen with narrow dull yellowish basal bands. Hind claws toothed. Sudan; Uganda; 8S. Nigeria; Congo. 6. 8. powerl, Theo., J. Econ. Biol. I, p. 18 (1905). Thorax with a fine median yellowish line, becoming broad and silvery in front ; with the usual two lateral silvery-white spots. Abdominal segments 2-6 with dull white basal bands. Hind femora with the basal half white. Hind tibiae broadly white at the base beneath. Very close to S. pseudonigeria, but easily distinguished by the white spot on the mid femora, and the black fifth joint of the hind tarsi. Congo; British Hast Africa ; N. E. Rhodesia; Bechuanaland ; Natal. 7, S. apicoargentea, Theo., Mon. Cul. V, p. 172 (1910). Thorax with two large roundish silvery-white spots, and two smaller ones just in front of the bases of the wings. Median lobe of scutellum with silvery white scales, lateral lobes with black ones. Scales bordering the bare space in front of the scutellum black. Segments 1-4 of abdomen with the lateral patches large, white ; on 5-7 they are smaller, silvery ; segments 5-8 (sometimes 4-8) with median basal silvery patches. Fore and mid femora with a silvery white line beneath, especially marked near the apex of the fore femora; mid femora silvery at the apex in front ; hind femora in front with the basal half and also the apex silvery ; behind they are all black, except at the base where they are yellowish. Hand tibiae with a white mark on the outside about one-third of the AFRICAN CULICIDAE, OTHER THAN ANOPHELES. teh way from the base, scarcely any white at the base beneath. Fifth joint of hind tarsi practically all black. Ashanti; Sierra Leone; S. Nigeria ; Uganda. 8. S. fraseri, sp.n. OQ. One female from Mpumu Forest, Uganda, July, 1910 (Capt. A. D. Fraser, f.A.M.C.), differs in so many small particulars from S. apicoargentea, that it is thought advisable to separate it as a distinct species. A complete description does not seem necessary, but so far as observable all the points of difference between it and the preceding are given : Fig. 2.—Stegomyia fraseri, sp.n. Head and thorax, and apex of abdomen (Q ). Scutellum with the lateral lobes entirely clothed with silvery white scales and a similar large central patch on the median lobe. Scales bordering the bare space in front of the scutellum yellowish. Mid and hind femora in front with the apex white, without any silvery metallic lustre.’ Basal half of hind femora silvery white in front, basal tewo-jifths yellowish white behind. Hind tibiae with a white mark as in S. apicoargentea, but in this species it is connected with a large yellowish patch at the base beneath. Last joint of hind tarsi almost all white. Several of the above characters show that this species is more or less inter- mediate between S. apicoargentea, S. poweri and 8. pseudonigeria, being at once distinguished from the last two by the abdominal markings, and the shape of the spots on the thorax. Type mm the British Museum. 9, 8. simpsoni, Theo., Entomologist, X X XIX, p. 224 (1905).* Stegomyia lilit, Theo., Mon. Cul. V, p. 160 (1910). Stegomyia bromeliae, Theo., Novae Culicidae, 1, p. 10 (1911). A line of white scales on each side of the bare space in front of the scutellum, usually continued as two very fine lines of yellow scales across to the front of the * Since writing the above notes, I have found that the female claws of this species are variable. I had inadvertently overlooked Theobald’s statement that the claws of S. simpsoni are all simple, but an examination proved this to be quite correct as regards two Transvaal specimens. Some others, however, from Abyssinia, though otherwise indistinguishable from the type of S. simpsoni, have toothed claws. This of course invalidates the genus Howardina, which must in conse- quence sink under Stegomyia. 12 F. W. EDWARDS—A SYNOPSIS OF THE SPECIES OF mesonotum, but these lines are sometimes indistinct anteriorly or even absent altogether (especially in the male). The female cerci are longer in this than in any other species of the genus, equalling the eighth abdominal tergite in length. I can see nothing to separate S. liz or S. bromeliae from S. stmpsoni, beyond the absence of the yellow lines on the thorax. Sudan ; Abyssinia ; Uganda; Nyasaland; Transvaal; Angola. 10. 8S. metallica, nom. n. Quasistegomyia dubia, Theo., Mon. Cul. V, p. 133 (1910). The new name is proposed to avoid confusion with Stegomyia dubia, Theo., which, however, also disappears as a synonym of S. africana. The species is probably valid, notwithstanding its close similarity to the preceding, owing to the presence, already referred to, of a tooth on the smaller claw of the fore and mid feet of the male. The thin thoracic lines noticed in S. simpsoni are not observable in the single male in the British Museum collection. The patches of flat silvery scales in front of the scutellum unite in front of the bare space into a small patch of white narrow-curved scales. It should be mentioned that the white scales in front of the scutellum in S. s¢mpsoni are variable in width. Apart from these points S. metallica appears identical with S. simpsoni. Sudan. 11. S. albomarginata, Newstead, Ann. Trop. Med. I, p. 16 (1907). This and the following species are closely allied (possibly local races of one species), but strikingly different from all other African species in markings. They approach closely to the Oriental Desvoidya obturbans, and though the males of the African species are unknown there is no doubt that they belong to the Desvoidya group of Stegomyia. This species was described by Newstead from one female, with the fifth and following segments of the abdomen missing. It differs from the next species, apart from the characters mentioned in the table, in having very few white scales on the front of the mesonotum. Congo. 12. S. argenteoventralis, Theo. {Dendromyia), Mon. Cul. V, p. 588 (1910). Dendromyia afinis, Theo., Mon. Cul. V, p. 589 (1910). As stated elsewhere this species has no bristles on the metanotum and bears no relation to the SABETHINI. Thereisarather large white area on the front of the mesonotum. This species, with S. albomarginata, differs from all other African CULICIDAE in having the front and under surface of the hind femora entirely white. The venter is also strikingly white, except the last two segments, which are black. In D. obturbans the femora are marked in the same way, but the venter sometimes (not always) shows apical dark bands. Ashanti. Genus Howarpina, Theo. Mon. Cul. ITI, p. 287 (1908). ? Macleaya, Theo., Entomologist, XX X VI, p. 154 (1908). Scutomyia, ‘Theo., Entomologist, XX XVII, p. 77 (1904). Quasistegomyia, Theo., Second Rept. Welle. Lab., p. 69 (1906). This genus differs from Stegomyia in that the claws of the female are all simple. Messrs. Dyar and Knab include Haemagogus, and say of the genus, “ We take AFRICAN CULICIDAE, OTHER THAN ANOPHELES. 13 this to be a group specialised off from Aédes, the tarsal claws of the female having lost the tooth. The small end joimt of the [female] palpus is retained, which differentiates the genus from Culex.” Haemagogus differs in having the prothoracic lobes large and approximated. 1. H. unilineata, Theo. (Quasistegomyia), Second Rept. Welle. Lab, p. 70 (1906). Stegomyia gebeleinensis, Theo., Mon. Cul. V, p. 157 (1910). 5 gelebeinensis, Theo. (error), Mon. Cul. V, p. 151 (1910). Both the types are very much broken, but the thorax of each remains in fairly good preservation. Both show two small areas of black flat scales on the mesonotum immediately preceding the scutellum, which is clothed with flat white scales. On this character Theobald founded his genus Quasistegomyia. Hf. unilineata is easily differentiated from other African CULICIDAE by the white line down the middle of the mesonotum. It resembles Stegomyza in general appearance, and the tarsal banding is similar to that of S. fasciata and S. sugens. The species is represented in the Oriental Region by the common H., (“ Stegomyia”’) scutellaris, This resembles H. unilineata in most respects, but lacks the pair of small round white spots on the posterior half of the mesonotum and the spots on the distal half of the front of the mid femora. These two characters will also distinguish H. wnilineata from H. pseudoscutellaris, Theo., recently described from Fiji. HA. grantii, Theo., from Sokotra, is not so closely allied. It has distinct white lines on the femora and tibiae, and different thoracic markings. Sudan; N. Nigeria (Baro, 2Q, Dr. Ingram); British E. Africa (Dolo, 1 Q, Dr. R. FE. Drake-Brockman). 2. H. (?) pembaensis, Theo. (Aédes), Mon. Cul. II, p. 235 (1901). Verrallina pembaensis, Theo., Mon. Cul. V, p. 495 (1910). - This was described from a single female in bad condition, and must remain of doubtful position until more material can be obtained. The eighth segment of the abdomen seems to be broken off, so that I am not quite sure that it belongs to the Aédes group. What scales are left on the head are flat, and, except for a row round the eye-margins, black. The thoracic scales seem to have been blackish, trom the few that are left, and there are a few flat white scales on the scutellum. Abdomen blackish, with smell basal lateral white spots. Legs brownish, unbanded. Pemba Island. 3. H. (%) lineata, Theo. (Pseudohowardina), Entomologist, XLV, p. 92 (1912). “dg and 9. Head deep brown, with a median white line and a thin white line around the eyes ; proboscis deep brown, with a line of white scales on the basal half. Thorax deep brown, with three thin pale yellow lines, the median one forked around the bare space in front of the scutellum, a thin white line on each side ; two broken white lines on the pleurae and spots. Abdomen deep brown, with traces of apical white bands and apical spots. Legs deep brown, unbanded, femora with a white line beneath, and in certain lights the tibiae pale yellow. Male palpi acuminate, no hair tufts, brown. Length, Q 3°5-4°5, 3 4 mm.” 14 F, W. EDWARDS—A SYNOPSIS OF THE SPECIES OF Described by Mr. Theobald from a male and three females from the Transvaal (Onderstepoort). As he does not mention the structure of the female claws and abdomen I am not certain that it is correctly placed here. There is a single male in the British Museum collection from Natal (Ulundi, 5,000-6,000 it., September, 1896, G. A. K. Marshall), There is no other African species at all resembling this. Genus OCHLEROTATUS, Arrib. Rev. Mus. La Plata IT, p. 143 (1891). ? Gilesia, Theo., Mon. Cul. ITI, p. 233 (1903). Acartomyia, Theo., Mon. Cul. III, p. 251 (1903). Finlaya, Theo., Mon. Cu. III, p. 281 (1903). Aedimorphus, Theo., Mon. Cul. III, p. 290 (1903). Culicelsa, Felt, N.Y. State Mus. Bull., p. 391b (1904). Culicada, Felt, l.c. Ecculex, Felt, lc. Protoculex, Felt, /.c. ? Gualteria, Lutz, Mosq. Brazil, p. 47 (1904). ? Danielsia, Theo., Kntom. X X XVII, p. 78 (1904). Pseudoculex, Dyar, Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash. VII, p. 47 (1905). Chrysoconops, Goeldi, Os Mosq. no Para, p. 114 (1905). Reedomyia, Ludlow, Can. Ent. XX XVII, p. 94 (1905). Pecomyia, Theo., J. Econ. Biol. I, p. 24 (1905). Pseudograbhamia, Theo, J. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc., p. 244 (1905). Phagomyia, Theo., Gen. Ins. Fam. Cul., p. 21 (1905). Polyleptiomyia, Theo., lc. Lepidotomyia, Theo., l.c., p. 22. Lepidoplatys, Coq., Science, X XIII, p. 314 (1906). ? Cacomyia, Coquillet, U.S. Dept. Agric. Bull. II, p. 16 (1906). ? Stegoconops, Lutz, Imprensa Medica, (1906). Pseudoskusea, Theo., Mon. Cul. IV, p. 192 (1907). Pseudohowardina, Theo., Mon. Cul. IV, p. 223 (1907). Protomacleaya, Theo., Mon. Cul. IV, p. 253 (1907). Duittonia, Newst., Ann. Trop. Med. I, p. 17 (1907). Mimeteculex, 'Theo., Third Rep. Welle. Lab., p. 258 (1908). Geitonomyia, Leic., Stud. Ins. Med. Res., Fed. Malay States, III, p. 134 (1908). Myzxosquamus, Theo., Mon. Cul. V, p. 225 (1910). Neopecomyia, Theo., Mon. Cul. V, p. 261 (1910). Stenoscutus, 'Theo., Mon. Cul. V, p. 263 (1910). Bathosomyia, 'Theo., Mon. Cul. V, p. 267 (1910). ? Molpemyia, Theo., Mon. Cul. V, p. 479 (1916). ? Andersonia, Strickland, Entom., p. 250 (1911). Lesheomyia, Christ., Paludism, No. 2, p. 68 (1911). A query prefixed to a name in the above list of synonyms indicates that the genus was described from the female only, and consequently it may possibly AFRICAN CULICIDAE, OTHER THAN ANOPHELES. 15 belong to one of the other genera of the Aédes group, though in each case the general appearance would seem to indicate an Ochlerotatus. Finlaya is perhaps the most distinct of the various groups which have received generic names, owing to the spotted wings and more or less tufted venter, but I have no hesitation in placing it as a synonym of Ochilerotatus. In the type species of Finlaya (F. poicilia, Theo.), the claws of the female were incorrectly described as simple ; they are really toothed on the fore and mid legs. Since writing in this periodical last October, I have seen specimens of what I take to be Ochlerotatus albifasciatus (Macq.) Arrib., from Mendoza, Argentina (G. Boag). This species is the type of the genus Ochierotatus ; the specimens referred to appeared to belong to the same group as the European O. dorsalis. Even in Ochlerotatus there is some variation in the form of the male palpi. The thickness of the two apical joints varies, and also their relative length as compared with the basal joint. In one species (QO. zrritans) the palpi are distinctly shorter than the proboscis, while in an Indian species they are only two-thirds as long. In O. simulans and O. apicoannulatus the last two joints are scarcely at all swollen, of about equal length and less hairy than usual. In spite of these differences, and the great variation in scale characters, it has not been found possible to split up the genus satisfactorily. In the majority of species the male palpi conform rather closely to the type found in O. hirsutus (Bull. Ent. Res. IT, p. 249, fig. 1). Ochlerotatus differs from Aédes in having the male palpi elongate, about equal in length to the proboscis ; and from Stegomyia in having the last two joints of the 3 palpi more or less swollen, and with distinct hair tufts; the penultimate joint is a little longer and distinctly thicker than the terminal. There is apparently no structural character by which the females of Aédes, Ochlerotatus, and Stegomyza can be distinguished, and this lends support to the view held by Dyar and Knab, that the three genera should all be merged into Aédes. The difference in the males, however, is so striking, that it is difficult to see how they can all be regarded as belonging to one genus. The three genera are here _ treated as distinct, though it is recognised that they are much more closely related among themselves than any of them are to the Culex and Taeniorhynchus group. A complete table of the African species is given. The arrangement of those species without flat scales on the scutellum has been altered, in order that they may be tabulated, so far as possible, by characters easily observable with a hand- lens. The structure of the hind claws is evidently of no great importance, and not even trustworthy for specific distinctions ; Neveu-Lemaire in a large series of S. sugens found some specimens with both hind claws simple, some with both toothed, and some with one toothed and one simple. The statement previously made that Ochlerotatus is mainly a Palaearctic genus is of course a complete error. Table of African Ochlerotatus. 1. Hind tarsi with at least one white band Hind tarsi entirely dark bo 16 Or F. W. EDWARDS—A SYNOPSIS OF THE SPECIES OF . First (i.e., metatarsus) and second tarsal joints only with white bands, that on the second joint much the broader tae see ai All joints of hind tarsi with white bands... é 4, . Thorax with a double median row and lateral nates of flat raeeailie silvery scales ; head silver-scaled ... aap ou 1. longipalpis. Thorax laterally and head with whitish narrow-curved scales. 2. wellmani. . Tarsal bands on both ends of joints ... Sng By sind La ae Tarsal bands on bases of joints only ... fe ae sve! Se . Small species (about 4 mm.); tarsai bands clear hie and almost entirely at the apices of the joints 6. Larger species (about 6 mm.); tarsal Bands véllowielk white nl ean distributed on each side of the articulations... yg Raa . Thorax, and hind femora before the apex, with small silvery poled A Thorax and hind femora without silvery spots, except at apex of the latter.. ¥ a: w. 3. apicoannulatus. . Spots of horas canneted of been flat scales; fore and mid femora with a silvery spot before apex... qs 4. marshalli. Spots of thorax composed of narrow cur vad ‘seule. wings with a silvery spot at base of costa; fore and mid fennel unspotted. 5. stmulans. 8. Thorax brown with two whitish longitudinal stripes... .«» 6. dorsaless Thorax almost uniformly brown or brassy brown... iF se iahede > 9, Abdomen almost all pale brown ee bed .» 7. longisquamosus. Abdomen dark brown banded with sii i ve 8. puleritarsis. 10. Legs marbled, female palpi brownish, white-tipped ... if it. Ve Legs not marbled, female palpi black, with a distinct white ring in middle are ye 9. fascipalpis. 11. Wings mottled with blawk and iis aaah : ieee species .. ua ae Wane not mottled ; more brownish species ; costal fringe whitish beyond middle wit sae 10. hersutus. 12. Abdominal segments with apie iaweeal Palle wish spots. ll. durbanensis. 12. nigeriensis Abdominal segments without such spots Ati a 12a. sudanensis. 12b. caballus. 13. Scutellum clothed with white or silvery scales, normally all flat, or head covered mostly with flat scales oof ia tee Scutellar scales neither flat nor white, head with juke narrow bs in middle: 9.4. x 24, 14. Scutellar scales all shite or aleere panies dl all flat (encanta in varieties of O. minutus) ... Lae ee os 15. Scutellar scales partly black, some narrow ; head mostly dateeenien 23. 15. Hind femora with a round white spot before the apex ae sie tae Hind femora without such spot ol af oe im wie le 16. Mid femora also with white spot before apex.. 13. argenteopunciatus. Mid femora without such spot... oe Bass he 14, domesticus. 17. Thorax with four silvery spots sis aoe ... 15. punctothoracis. Thorax without silvery spots ... re ae ne ape stone Be AFRICAN CULICIDAE, OTHER THAN ANOPHELES, 17 18. Thorax whitish at the sides, blackish in the middle; large species 16. ornatus. Thorax not whitish at the sides ; smaller species... ae ce Ae 19. Abdomen of female with distinct basal pale bands on all the segments ; hind tibiew not conspicuously white at apex. 17. alboventralis. Abdomen of female all dark above (normally), though that of the male has distinct silvery basal bands on all the segments ; hind tibiee with a more or less ee ave silvery white mark at the apex ... ee fee Se8 Se gee Ue 20. Head-scales (in at) sae all cn x. ai 18. africanus. Head-scales largely pale — : sae aa yi lie 21. Claspers of male genitalia formed ihe a Pe ai fork, head scales whitish a He .. 19. albocephalus. Claspers of male genitalia not RoE Tike. SIS at the tip.. tate ae 22. Thoracic scales narrower, smaller, bronzy ochreous or tee more or less mixed with blackish brown ... i 20. minutus. Thoracic scales broader, larger, dull ochreous are 21. abnormalis. 23. Black species ee oe tae ee why ... 22. nigricephalus. Brown species ..- fe iF Me ai M23 SUrritans. 24, Very yellow species, et lin aac cits aurites, etc. 24, ochraceus. Not yellow species (but a variety (?) of O. nemorosus is all ochreous) 25. 25, Abdominal segments with complete basal pale bands a en 20. Abdominal segments without complete basal pale bands... sin. Bue 26. Wings, femora and tibie more or less marbled; Palaearctic species 25. nemorosus. Wings, femora and tibie not at all marbled; Ethiopian species... 27. 27. Hind claws of female simple ; thorax without distinct lines. 26. guasiunivittatus. Hind claws of female toothed . oe Pa A Pee eee 28. Smaller species, very dark ; moras not haba san 27. caliginosus. Larger, lighter-coloured species ; thorax more or less ornamented with yellowish lines =e nae 28. dentatus. 29. Large species ; thorax without eich Se ton hind tibiz ith a small white spot at apex ... +? 29. cumminst. Medium-sized species ; thorax with vers start eolden lines m front of scutellum ; hind tibiz with a rather broad white band at apex ae Bi: a, ae ae: ... 380, leucarthrius. 1. QO. longipalpis, Griinberg (Stegomyia), Zool. Anz. 1905, p. 383. Stegomyia pollinctor, Graham, An. Mag. Nat. Hist. (8) V, p. 271 (1910). Kingia pollinctor, Theo., Mon. Cul. V, p. 628 (1910). This is a very distinct species which cannot possibly be confounded with any other, the general black colour and metallic silvery markings, with the peculiar markings of the hind tarsi, making it very distinctive. The female palpi are fully one-third as long as the proboscis, and somewhat swollen, and there are 23527 B 18 F. W. EDWARDS—A SYNOPSIS OF THE SPECIES OF some other points of structure, noted elsewhere, in which this species diverges from typical Ochlerotatus. S. Nigeria ; Camerun ; Togo. 2, O. wellmani, Theo. (Danielsia), Entomologist, XX XVIII, p. 103 (1905). Angola; Sierra Leone (Daru, Dr. J. C. Murphy, 1 Q taken June 1911); British East Africa (Mumias, 7’. J. Anderson, | Q taken 29. iv. 1911). 3. O. apicoannulatus, nom. n. Aedimorphus alboannulatus, Theo., Entomologist, X XX VITI, p. 154 (1905), nec Culex (Ochlerotatus) alboannulatus, Macq., Dipt. Ex. Sup. IV, p. 10 (1850). This forms, with the two following, a group of very closely allied species, dis- tinguished collectively from all the rest of the genus, and in fact from all other CuLicini, by the peculiar leg-markings (wide key). It is hardly worth while to point out that the fact that these three species have till now been placed in three different genera, affords one more proof of the absolute impracticability of a classification based mainly on scale characters. Sierra Leone. Fig. 3.—Ochlerotatus longipalpis, Griinb. Head and thorax, and apex of abdomen (9 ), ov. protruded ovipositor. 4, O. marshalli, Theo. (Stegomyia), Mon. Cul. I, p. 310 (1901). Scutomyia marshalli, 'Theo., Gen. Ins, Culicidae, p. 19 (1905). S. Rhodesia. 5. 0. simulans, Newstead & Carter (Reedomyia), Ann. Trop. Med. V, p. 240 Gai): Seems only to differ from O. marshalli by the characters given in the key. One specimen (paratype) has the white spot on the hind femora only, not on the others, and Mr. Carter informs me that “the spots on the fore and mid femora of the type are simply due to small patches of scales being rubbed off.” Ashanti. AFRICAN CULICIDAE, OTHER THAN ANOPHELES. 19 9. O. fascipalpis, sp. n. | @. Head clothed mainly with loosely applied fiat scales, a few narrow curved and some upright forked on the nape, pale yellow ; the flat scales are mostly pale yellow, but there are a few black onesin front, and a pair of sublateral triangular patches of the same colour. Antennae and clypeus black, first antennal joint with small whitish scales on the inside, clypeus bare. Palpi black-scaled, with a median white band; fully one-fourth as long as the proboscis, rather thin. Proboscis black-scaled, a few white scales in the middle of its upper surface. Thorax black, clothed above with black and pale yellow narrow curved scales ; the distribution of colour will best be understood by a glance at the figure. Pleurae with patches of flat white scales. Scutellum with flat white scales on the median lobe. ings with the veins clothed with black scales, a few white ones at the extreme base of the costa; first fork-cell a little longer than second, its stem rather more than half its length. Auxiliary vein terminating at the costa just before base of first fork-cell. Legs black, femora whitish on the basal two-thirds, and at the extreme tip; all the tarsal joints with white basal bands, that on the metatarsus the narrowest. Claws of hind legs simple. Abdomen black-scaled, the segments with narrow basal white bands, which expand very slightly laterally and in the middle, on all eight segments. Venter black, with basal white bands on the first five segments. Ovipositor not visible. Length 4 mm., without proboscis. Type in the British Museum; presented by the Entomological Research Committee. Described from a single female, in perfect condition, bearing the label “ Little Ruaha River, South Usangu District, 3,500 ft., German E. Africa. 28. xi. 1910. S. A. Neave.” Fig. 4.—Ochlerotatus fascipalpis, sp. n. This species most resembles O. hirsutus, but is much darker and has banded palpi and «@ flat-scaled scutellum. The thoracic adornment is very suggestive of O. wellmani, O. ornatus and O. lateralis, and perhaps the real relationships of the insect are with those species. The three last-mentioned, with O. longipalpis, form a distinct group, in which the eighth abdominal tergite in the female is larger and broader than usual, and the cerci are minute or absent; the male palpi of O. lateralis and O. longipalpis are scarcely swollen. This group, therefore. seems to connect Ochlerotatus with Stegomyia. 23527 B2 20 F. W. EDWARDS—A SYNOPSIS OF THE SPECIES OF 10. O. hirsutus, Theo., Mon. Cul. I, p. 392 (1901). Additional localities: British Kast Africa (Kitui, 7. vi. 1911, 7. J. Anderson) ; Uganda (Busoga, Dr. Hodges) ; Gold Coast (one small female), 12, O. nigeriensis, Theo., Mon. Cul. V, p. 281 (1910). Culicelsa fryert, ihn Trans. Tain, che Lond., XV, 1, p. 84 (1912). Additional locality : Bole, Gold Coast (Dr. A. Ingraaae sad series of both sexes bred from larvae. 12a. O. sudanensis, Theo. (Culex), Fourth Rept. Welle. Lab. Vol. B, p. 154 (1911). This is evidently closely allied to O. nigeriensis, though the author does not compare it with that species, since he places it in Culex. He does not say whether there are any white scales on the wings, and so it may not be correctly placed in the table. Apparently it is distinct from O. nigeriensis, since the thorax is described as “ tesellated with golden brown and deep brown, showing traces of linear arrangement.” In O. sudanensis the proboscis is said to be unbanded, in O. nigeriensis it is pale in the middle beneath and at the sides. Sudan. 12d. O. caballus, Theo., Entomologist, XLV, p. 93 (1912). Grabhamia caballa, Theo., l.c. ‘©. Head and thorax with rich deep golden scales, a dark patch on each side of the head. Thorax showing traces of linear markings, and with golden chaetae. Palpi and proboscis deep brown: antennae brown. Abdomen deep brown, with basal creamy bands which spread out to form large lateral spots, and also send out median processes which in some specimens form a dorsal line. Legs brown, mottled with creamy scales, and with prominent basal pale bands; ungues all equal and uniserrate. Wings with brown and creamy scales. Length 4 to 5 mm. “ Habitat—Onderstepoort, Transvaal. “ Observations.— Described from twelve females. It comes near G. durbanensis, Theob., but can be told by tke hind ungues being uniserrate.” 13. O. argenteopunctatus, Theo. (Stegomyia), Mon. Cul. I, 316 (1901). This and the two following species, again, form a very closely allied group, and it may be doubted whether or not the three forms are really distinct: there appear to be no other constant differences than those given, though there is considerable variability. Sudan; N. Nigeria; Uganda ; S. Rhodesia. 14, O. domesticus, Theo. (Uranotaenia), Mon. Cul. II, p. 253 (1901). Aedimorphus domesticus, Theo., Mon. Cul. III, p. 291 (1903). S. Nigeria; Ashanti; Uganda. 13. O. punctothoracis, Theo. (Aedimorphus), Aun. Mag. Nat. Hist. (8) V, p. 374 (1910). Aedimorphus punctithorax, 'Theo., Mon. Cul. V, p. 205 (1910). It should be mentioned here that the figure given by Theobald (Mon. V, p. 206) to represent the male genitalia of this species, in reality refers to O. albocephalus. AFRICAN CULICIDAE, OTHER THAN ANOPHELES. Zi) The slide no doubt was wrongly labelled. Wery abundant at Accra. One of the two females labelled “ Stegomyia argenteopunctata, type” by Theobald is this species. Gold Coast; Angola; S. Rhodesia. 16. O. ornatus, Mg., Syst. Bes. I, p. 5 (1818). The specimen recorded by Theobald (Mon. Cul. ITI, p. 191) as Culex laterals, Mg., is, I find, not that species, but closely related to it and probably referable to O. ornatus. When I included O. Jateralis as African in my table (Bull. Ent. Res. Oct. 1911, pp. 248, 250), I had not examined the specimen. O. ornatus has complete pale bands on the abdomen, whereas O. lateralis has only lateral pale spots at the base of each segment. In the Algerian specimen referred to and in another from Fez, Morocco (May 1909, Major C. E. P. Fowler), the scutellum bears mostly flat white scales (the Algerian specimen is considerably denuded). As these are the only two specimens of O. ornatus which I have seen, I cannot say whether the flat-scaled scutellum is normal or not. Ficalbi attributes the name C. ornatus, Mg. to another species. 17. O. alboventralis, Theo. (Protomacleaya), Mon. Cul. V, p. 251. Angola. 18. O. africanus, Newstead (Duttonia), Ann. Trop. Med. 1, p. 20 (1907). The name africanus is retained for the present, but if Ochlerotatus and Stego- myia be merged, it will be preoccupied by S. africana, Theo., similarly if Taeniorhynchus africanus, Neveu-Lemaire be shown to be an Ochlerotatus, a new name will have to be proposed for Newstead’s species. O. africanus was described from a single female, and its validity as a species is somewhat doubtful. It seems, however, to be distinct by the character given in the key. The thorax is rubbed, but the scales appear to be all dark. Congo. 19. O. albocephalus, Theo. (Stegomyia), Mon. Cul. III, p. 140 (1903). Polyleptiomyia albocephala, Theo., Gen. Ins. Culicidae, p. 21 (1905). This species is only known to me in the male sex. It is possible that its female may have been included under O. minutus, but if so I do not see how to distin- guish them. The male genitalia are very peculiar and have been figured by Theobald as those of O. punctothoracis (Mon. Cul. V, p. 206, fig. 79). Of the mosquitos whose genitalia 1 have seen, U. cumminsi alone exhibits a somewhat similar structure in these organs. Gambia; Gold Coast. 20. O. minutus, Theo. (Stegomyia), Mon. Cul. I, p. 319 (1901). Duttonia tarsalis, Newstead, Ann. Trop. Med. I, p. 18 (1907). Reedomyia biannulata, Theo., Mon. Cul. IV, p. 263 (1907). Reedomyia neobiannulata, Theo., Mon. Cul. V, p. 255 (1910). Reedomyia bipunctata, Theo., Mon. Cul. V, p. 256 (1910). Neopecomyia uniannulata, Theo., Mon. Cul. V, p. 261 (1910). Stenoscutus africanus, Theo., Mon. Cul. V, p. 263 (1910). Reedomyia seychellensis, Theo., Trans. Linn. Soc. Lond. XV, 1, p. 83 (1912). 22 F. W. EDWARDS—A SYNOPSIS OF THE SPECIES OF This is a variable species, and not very easy to recognise. Between extreme forms there is considerable difference in the colour and form of the scales, but I can find no constant differences between the forms enumerated above, and so have included them all as one species under the oldest name. I may be wrong in this, but if there is more than one species more material and more minute study will be required before they can be properly separated. It is with some reluctance that I accord specific rank to O. africanus, Newstead (described from one female) and O. abnormalis, Theo. (described from two males, one dissected), The most characteristic features of the different forms may be briefly pointed out. i. Typical form (minutus). Head bearing flat scales over the occiput ; scales dark in the middle and at the sides, leaving a V-shaped pale area. Pale scales of thorax forming a pair of distinct spots about the middle of the mesonotum. il. var. tarsalis (= bipunctatus). Like the type form, but without flat scales over the top of the head, the scales in this position being narrow and curved. This difference, which is regarded as of generic value by Theobald, is not con- stant, and intermediates occur between these two varieties. Some specimens from Uganda are larger than those from Ashanti and have the pale spots on the thorax less marked ; the integument is dark brown instead of red-brown. ili, var. biannulatus (= neobiannulatus). Head scales all pale in the middle ; thorax without distinct pale spots, though the light and dark scales are not evenly mixed ; abdomen of female sometimes with traces of pale bands at the bases of segments (lateral white spots are always present). . neobiannulata was proposed by Theobald, without any apparent reason, as a substitute for FR. biannulata, which was founded on some males from Sierra Leone. Although the female of R. biannulata was undescribed, we were given characters by which it might be distinguished from R. neobiannulata, and also the male genitalia of the two were said to differ, even though both names were given to the same specimens. iv. var. uniannulatus. Like the preceding, but there are some narrow scales on the apical portion of the middle lobe of the scutellum. v. var. stenoscutus, nom. nov. (= africanus, Theo., nec O. africanus, Newst.). This is the most distinct of the varieties of this species. The abdominal seg- ments of the female have distinct pale basal bands; the scutellum bears a considerable number of narrow scales, mostly on the middle lobe (but this character is variable) ; the hind femora are whitish beneath on the whole of their length (in the other varieties they are usually darkened towards the apex on the under side) ; in some specimens the white spot at the apex of the hind tibiae is rather indistinct. Sierra Leone; Ashanti; Gold Coast; Uganda; Congo; Angola; Sey- chelles Is. 21. O. abnormalis, Theo. (Bathosomyia), Mon, Cul. V, p. 258 (1910). The hind claws (3) are unequal and simple. The genus Bathosomyia seems to have been founded principally on the characters of the male genitalia; but in the single mounted specimen these organs cannot be properly made out. They seem to be similar to those of the preceding species. Ashanti. AFRICAN CULICIDAE, OTHER THAN ANOPHELES. 23 22. O. nigricephalus, Theo. (Stegomyia), Rept. Liverp. 8S. Trop. Med. Mem. IV, app. (1901). Phagomyia nigricephala, Theo., Gen. Ins. Culicidae, p. 21 (1905). Myxosquamus paludosus, Graham, Ann. Mag, Nat. Hist. (8) V, p. 270 (1910). This species should be easily recognised by its almost uniform black colour, the only other black species being O. caliginosus, which has basal white bands on the abdominal segments, while in this species there are only white lateral spots. O. nigricephalus has a similar scutellar scaling to that of the following species, but the scales are all black. The type of O. nigricephalus appears to have been lost (it is missing from the British Museum Collection), but from the description, and from a damaged specimen so named by ‘lheobald, there seems little doubt that it is the same as Graham’s species. S. Nigeria. 23. OQ. irritans, Theo. (Stegomyia), Rept. Liverp. S. Trop. Med., Mem. IV, app. p, mi. (1901). Catageiomyia senegalensis, Theo., Rept. Liverp. 8. Trop. Med., Mem. XI, app. p. 1 (1903). Aedimorphus albotacniatus, Theo., Mon. Cul. V, p. 204 (1910). Myxosquamus confusus, 'Theo., Mon. Cul. V, p. 225 (1910). Phagomyia irritans, Theo., Gen. Ins. Culicidae, p. 21 (1905). The members of the group to which O. irritans belongs are not very easily separated. Perhaps the best character for this species is the scaling of the scutellum. ‘The middle lobe bears a variable number of cream-coloured narrow curved scales, mixed with flat black ones, some or all of the flat ones being occa- sionally also cream-coloured ; the lateral lobes bear only creamy uarrow curved scales. The abdominal segments have narrow basal pale bands; the tip of the hind tibiae is white, but not conspicuously so. It thus approaches rather closely to O. minutus var. stenoscutus. ‘The species seems to be very abundant at Accra. There is no doubt about the synonymy given above. The remarks made con- cerning VU. apicoannulatus (p. _) might be applied with added force here. Senegal; Gold Coast ; 8. Nigeria. 24, O. ochraceus, Theo., Mon. Cul. II, p. 103 (1901). Additional locality : British Hast Africa(C. W. Woodhouse and W. Kennedy). 26. O. quasiunivittatus, Theo., Mon. Cul. II, p. 32 (1901). Additional localities : British East Africa ; Uganda. 28. O. dentatus, Theo. (Culex), First Rept. Wellc. Lab., p. 75 (1905). Culex palldopunctata, Theo., U. South Afr. Dept. Agric., First Rept. Vet. Res., p. 267 (1911). Theobald does not compare C. pallidopunctata with O. dentatus, but describes the hind claws of the female as being simple ; he states that C. pallidopunctata was described from a series of 58 females. Evidently this series was really a mixed one, for out of four females presented by him to the British Museum, two (including the holotype) are typical O. dentatus with toothed hind claws; one appears to be O. quasiunivittatus from the thoracic scaling, but the hind tarsi are missing ; the fourth is a Culex pipiens var. pallidocephalus ! 24 F. W. EDWARDS—A SYNOPSIS OF THE SPECIES OF 29. O. cumminsi, Theo., Mon. Cul. III, p. 214 (1903). Additional locality: British East Africa (S. slopes of Mt. Elgon, 5100- 5800 ft., 8-13.v1.11., S. A. Neave); three small females, typical in other respects. It is highly improbable that the egg-raft figured by Theobald (Mon. Cul. V, p. 395) has anything to do with this species. Genus MANsoONIOIDES, Theo. Mon. Cul. IV, p. 498 (1907). ? Ktorleptiomyia, Theo., First Rept. Wellc. Lab., p. 71 (1904). ? Etiorleptiomyia, Theo., Mon. Cul. V, p. 454 (1910). ? Etorilepidomyia, Alcock (emend.), Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (8) VIII, p. 249 (1911). Diceromyia, Theo., Fourth Rept. Wellc. Lab., Vol. B, p. 151 (1911). The genus Diceromyia was founded on characters of the male genitalia of a species (from the Sudan) which must be very close indeed to Mansonioides nigra, Theo. Apart from the forked claspers, however, there does not seem to be any great peculiarity in this insect, which I have not seen. The description of the male palpi is quite sufficient to show that Diceromyia is synonymous with Mansonioides, and the close resemblance of the female to MW. nigra removes any doubt that that species is correctly placed here. D. africana Q is said to differ from M. nigra in the absence of the white bands of the palpi and of the irregular white apical bands to the abdominal segments, and also in the fore and mid claws being toothed. This last statement is in all probability an error, as no member of the Culex-Taeniorhynchus group has toothed claws in the female. The name africana is preoccupied in this genus. M. (?) mediolineata, Theo. (Etorleptiomyia), FirstRept. Wellc. Lab., p. 71 (1904). Etorleptiomyia mediopunctata, Theo., Gen. Ins. Culicidae, p. 44 (1905). Anisocheleomyia quadrimaculata, Newstead, Ann. Trop. Med. 1, p. 32 (1907). In comparing the types of EH. mediolineata and A. quadrimaculata the only differences I could detect were slight ones in the wing-markings, and it seems best to regard these as within the range of individual variation, especially as the two previously recorded specimens differ in this respect. The markings of the wings recall those so often found in Anopheles, e.g. A. costalis. So far as I can see there is no difference in breadth between the two claws on any of the legs of the type of A. quadrimaculata. Additional locality: Upper Shire River, Nyasaland, 3. vin. 11 (Dr. J. B. Davey). Leicester describes as Etorleptiomyia completiva a very distinct species (from one male), which from the structure of the proboscis and palpi is evidently an Ingramia (see p. 43). He says the wing-scales are exactly as in H. mediolineata. Genus AEDomy1a, Theo. (emend.) Aedeomyia, Theo., Mon. Cul. II, p. 218 (1901). The relationships of this genus seem to be with Taeniorhynchus, as is indicated (1) by the structure of the male claws ; (2) by the broad dense wing-scales. AFRICAN CULICIDAE, OTHER THAN ANOPHELES, 25 1. A. catasticta, Knab, Ent. News, XX, p. 387 (1909). A. squammipenna, Theo., Mon. Cul. II, p. 219 (1901), part (nee Aédes squami- pennis, Arrib.). Knab described A. catasticta from the Philippine Islands, and says of it, “This species much resembles Aedeomyia squamipennis Arrib., but differs in many details, and these differences appear to be constant. In A. squamipennis the proboscis has a broader white ring and the spot behind it is larger and yellow while the apical white ring is very narrow. In A. squamipennis the palpi, besides the white apex, have a large yellow patch in the middle. On the mesonotum the ocher-yellow scales are distributed nearly over the entire surface and the white spots on the wings are much smaller than in the Philippine specimens. The male genitalia of the two species show specific differences.” Before reading Knab’s description I had separated the British Museum series of Aédomyia squamipennis into two species, one occurring in S. America only and the other from the Ethiopian and Oriental regions ; on comparing the latter with the des- cription of A. catasticta, it was found to apply in almost every detail both to the African specimens and those from the Oriental region. To the distinctions given by Knab between A. catasticta and A. squamipennis I can add another which seems to be constant and is easily seen ; the white ring embracing the tip of the metatarsus and the base of the second tarsal joint of the hind legs is narrow in A, sguamipennis, but broad and rather conspicuous in A. catasticta. Sudan; S. Nigeria; N. Nigeria; Gold Coast. 2. A. africana, Neveu-Lemaire, Arch. Parasit. X, p. 273 (1906). Differs from A. catasticta in having the palpi entirely dark brown, the proboscis has only a median pale ring. Dufile. Genus TAENIORHYNCHUS, Arrib., Rev. Mus. La Plata, II, p. 147 (1891). Panoplites, Theo., Mon. Cul. IT, p. 173 (1901). Mansonia, Blanch., C.-R. Soc. Biol. LILI, p. 1046 (1901). Coquillettidia, Dyar, Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash. VII, p. 47 (1905). Rhynchotaenia, Brethes, An. Mus. Buenos Ayres, XX, p. 470 (1910). Pseudotaeniorhynchus, Theo., Novae Culicidae, I, p. 19 (1911). Theobald substitutes the name Pseudotaeniorhynchus for those species which he formerly included in Taeniorhynchus, his Panoplites (= Mansonia) sinking under Taeniorhynchus, Arrib. But TY. fasciolatus, Arrib., which Theobald specified as the type of his modification of Arribalzaga’s genus, is quite a typical Taeniorhynchus, and hence Pseudotaeniorhynchus, Theo., is synonymous with Taeniorhynchus, Arrib. According to the Zoological Record for 1910, Brethes had previously substituted Rhynchotaenia for Taeniorhynchus, Theo.; I have been unable to consult this paper. 3. T. aurites, Theo., Mon. Cul. II, p. 209 (1901). Chrysoconops fraseri, Theo. (Novae Culicidae, I, p. 22, 1911), is a synonym, 26 F. W. EDWARDS—A SYNOPSIS OF THE SPECIES OF 3a, T, microannulatus, Theo. (Chrysoconops), Novae Culicidae, I, p. 26 (1911). This is a distinct species, but closely allied to 7’. aurites from which it differs principally in the colour of the hind legs: in 7. aurites the tibia has a median dark ring and a dark tip, the first three tarsal joints have rather broad apical dark bands, and the last two are entirely dark; in 7. microannulatus, on the contrary, the hind tibia is entirely yellow, and the tarsal joints are only very narrowly black at the apex. In the male the palpi are entirely yellow, not spotted with black as in JZ. aurites. The oriental 7. ochraceus, Theo., differs in having a small black ring near the tip of the hind femora, and blackish marks at the base and apex of the hind tibiae. 7. ochraceus has been redescribed by Knab (Ent. News, 1909, p. 386) as Mansonia chrysogona, owing to an error in the original description, Theobald stating that the upright scales of the head are black, when actually they are yellow. The specimens recorded from Bahr-el- Jabel, Anglo-Egyptian Sudan, by Theobald, as 7. aurites (First Rept. Welle. Lab., p. 77) are not that species, but Z’. mzcroannulatus. Sudan ; Uganda. 4, T. annettii, Theo., Mon. Cul. II, p. 205 (1901). Add to synonymy: Chrysoconops maculipennis, Theo., Novae Culicidae, I, p. 27 (1911). 5, T. cristatus, Theo., First Rep. Welle. Lab., p. 78 (1904). Additional localities: Portuguese Congo (San Salvador, Dr. M. Gamble): Sierra Leone (Dr. J. C. Murphy). 6. I. fuscopennatus, Theo., Mon. Cul. III, p. 265 (1903). Add to synonymy: Chrysoconops bakeri, Theo., Novae Culicidae, I, p. 19 (1911); Culex grandidieri, Blanchard, Les Moust., p. 627 (1905); and Culex flavus, Ventrillon, Bull. Mus. Paris, X, p. 550 (1904), (nec C. flavus, Motschulsky, 1859). Ventrillon describes the dorsal surface of the abdomen as entirely yellow, but the mesonotum as brown and not black. Specimens (four Q ) answering to this description have been received from Zanzibar (Dr. W. M. Aders), but I do not think they are specifically distinct from 7’. fuscopennatus, in which the abdomen is banded. 7’. cristatus is distinguished from these Zanzibar examples only by its black mesonotum, and may therefore prove to be merely a variety of this species. Taeniorhynchus perturbans, Walk., has been recorded as African by Laveran and Blanchard, and their records have been copied by Bezzi and Neveu-Lemaire. Reference to this species was inadvertently omitted in my previous paper, but it is very unlikely that 7. perturbans is really an African species, since it was first described from the United States, and is now quite well known there. Prof. Blanchard and Dr. Laveran both inform me that the specimens on which the records were founded have been lost, so that there is no possibility of verifying them, but it seems quite possible that the species in question was really Mansonioides uniformis, especially since Dr. Laveran says it was very abundant AFRICAN CULICIDAE, OTHER THAN ANOPHELES. Ti at Djibuti. He said it agreed with 7. perturbans in having simple claws in the female, and basal white bands on the tarsal joints; only two African species known to me have these characters—Howardina gebeleinensis and M. uniformis, and the former is ruled out on account of its rarity. Genus THEOBALDIA, N.-L. C. R. Soc, Biol., 1902, p. 1331. Culiseta, Felt, New York State Mus. Bull. 79, p. 391¢ (1904). ? Culicella, Felt, lc. Pseudotheobaldia, Theo., Mon. Cul. IV, p. 271 (1907). Theobaldinella, Blanch., Les Moustiques, p. 390 (1905). The last two joints of the male palpi are about equal in length (in my previous paper it was erroneously stated that the terminal joint is “longer than the penultimate”). The third (last) joint is distinctly thicker than the second. Genus CULEX, L. Syst. Nat. Ed. X (1758). Heteronycha, Arrib., Rev. Mus. La Plata, IT, p. 56 (1891). Lutzia, Theo., Mon. Cul. ILI, p. 155 (1903). Lasioconops, Theo., Mon. Cul. III, p. 235 (1903). Melanoconion, Theo., Mon. Cul. III, p. 238 (1903). Heptaphlebomyia, Theo., Mon. Cul. IIT, p. 336 (1903). Trichopronomyia, Theo., Ann. Mus. Nat. Hung., p. 98 (1905). Neoculer, Dyar, Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash. VII, p. 47 (1905). Pseudoheptaphlebomyia, Ventr., Bull. Mus. Paris XI, p. 427 (1905). Mochlostyrax, D. & K., Journ. N. Y. Ent. Soc. XIV, p. 223 (1906). Jamesia, Christophers, Sci. Mem. Med. Ind., N. 8. X XV, p. 12 (1906). Maillotia, Theo., Mon. Cul. IV, p. 274 (1907). Aporoculex, Theo., Mon. Cul. IV, p. 316 (1907). Leucomyia, Theo., Mon. Cul. LV, p. 372 (1907). ? Microculez, Theo., Mon. Cul. IV, p. 461 (1907). Oculeomyia, Theo., Mon. Cul. IV, p. 515 (1907). Grabhamia is not, as stated in my previous paper, a synonym of Culex ; the type species, though possessing simple claws in the female and male palpi similar to those of Culex, has the female abdomen of the Aédes type, and so Grabhamia must be placed near Howardina. Messrs. Dyar and Knab include it in Janthinosoma, which it closely resembles in the structure of the male palpi. As several new species have been described or are recorded as new to the African fauna, a fresh table of species has been given, and the opportunity has been taken of including Dr. Neveu-Lemaire’s species in it; although I am still unable to recognise these, they seem to be distinct, so far as can be made out from the descriptions. 1. Proboscis and tarsi with pale bands, those on tarsi including both ends of joints sis he we ws me aye Tarsi unbanded ... ties es as ri ae ches reas to 28 F. W. EDWARDS—A SYNOPSIS OF THE SPECIES OF 2. Thorax with pale scales on the anterior two-thirds, or at least with a transverse pale band behind the middle.. Le 3. Thorax almost uniformly coloured, at most awit a pair rie oie spots ; abdominal segments with complete basal white bands ... 6. 3. Wing-scales all, or ae all, dark; abdomen usually almost cmeolerba Bc Nee “5 ‘ies es Wings with numerous “Tight iealore een with conspicuous rele es es see se Neos 4, Femora and tibiae cha rows of henge deipaail re ae 1. quasigelidus. Femora and tibiae marbled but not spotted ... : 2. consimilis, 5, Abdominal segments with complete apical sali bands ; wing- scales equally light and dark dior : : a 3. ager. Abdominal segments with both median neha a lateral apical triangular ae spots; on the wings the dark scales pre- Sendle mts ais Mey 4, me is. 6, Lateral dark lines on chore nheo UNE anes ard concave 5, zeltnert. * convex is ip he Middle tibiae with a aren etal stripe ; abdominal bands pone in middle ; band of proboscis broad and ill-defined .. 6. duttond, Middle tibiae unstriped ; abdominal bands of equal breadth through- out ; band of proboscis narrower and more clearly defined ... 8, 8. Femora not marbled ... din &: ide aes 7. thalassius. Femora marbled .. ae ie wie sie a3 8. somaliensis. 9. Proboscis iaoueday bas s 9. ataeniatus. Proboscis unbanded (but tamipare C. sant aad C. unpeeene both of which sometimes show traces of a median pale band on the proboscis) fa. see cs Bey 2 ES 10. Thorax with four well- eed aleeny Aer a 10. argentecopunctatus. Thorax without silvery spots ... if ate * oe ae viok 9 alten 11. Large species ; femora and tibiae apolar ee i woo LI, deg rapes. Medium-sized species; legs not oe (except sometimes in tipuliformis)... tise fran des Ss ate : o RAE 12. Legs somewhat striped as in Ochicntinene ochraceus (on the foes re the pale stripe is more or less broken up into spots, recalling C. tigripes) . ht bd; aoe yes ... 12. tipuliformis. Legs not so masked bie sie bh ae ose Lalas 13. Tibiae striped with whitish, much as in 60. disciphes ; “seventh vein ” more distinct than nae and generally bearing a few scales 13. unzvittatus. Legs uniformly brownish or yellowish (except for pale knee-spots)... 14. 14. General coloration tawny; proboscis clear yellow; legs tawny 14. pygmaeus. Proboscis and legs dark brown or blackish ... Be A: he aloe 15. Abdominal segments with pale markings basally _... 5 gee dle Abdominal iene with pale markings apically (sometimes pede perceptible) .. aes ae im at se i Listes 16. LZ. 18. 19. 20. 21. 22. 23. 24. 25. 26. 27. 28. AFRICAN CULICIDAE, OTHER THAN ANOPHELES. 29 Abdominal segments with basal banding in both sexes . C. decens Q the pale bands are often very narrow) ... Wy, Abdominal segments with basal lateral pale spots in fhe 3 afte united in the middle forming an irregular shaped band ... Aa pitt Larger species; abdominal bands yellowish ; a line of white scales on the under side of the last two joints of the male palpi 15. pepiens group. Smaller species ; abdominal bands white es deny JUS: Thoracic scaling uniformly reddish brown, ¢ palpi all late 16 decens. Thoracic une partly bronzy-brown AG partly brassy, the latter often predominating ; male palpi as in C. pipiens 17. simpson. Thorax all pale-scaled, integument with lateral pale areas in front ; abdominal spots large in both sexes Be ie .. 18. pruzna. Thorax not all pale-scaled, integument uniformly dark ane sad 120), Thorax with two distinct pale areas near the middle...19. ornatothoracis. Thorax with uniform a or as SONG tacts ae ie ee Ga. Venter entirely whitish .. a‘ ads w» 20. guiarti, Venter with dark bands on the ee i the amen a praia, NOs Bases of fork-cells in Q equidistant from wing base .. 21. grahami. Base of first fork-cell nearer wing-base than that of aad ges PBB Larger species (usual 5-6 mm.); thorax with reddish ras scales fe mediates seem to occur between this and some of the C. pipiens ATAU) |) \ace a 22. zombaensis. Smaller species (usually 3-4 mm. al el eu dark brown scales (compare with C. guiarti; both often have a green thorax) 23. invidiosus. Abdomen with complete apical bands on at least some of the segments 25. Abdomen with apical lateral spots... $e ies Pc Se nen Terminal joint of Q palpi short and thick... ... 24, salisburiensis. Terminal joint of Q palpi long and thin ge oe as rales: Abdominal segments 2- : with apical pale bands... 25, piliferus. Abdominal segments 2 A s td .». 26, insignis. Thoracic integument black, scales black or Mfc kish ea (eduaninta. Thoracic integument roach my Sie ne ya sia qo. Scales and bristles of thorax reddish brown ... bad ...28. sergenti. Scales and bristles of thorax black ... ae i F 29. rubinotus. 1, C. quasigelidus, Theo., Mon. Cul. ITI, p. 181 (1903). Add to synonymy: Culex par, Newst., Ann. Trop. Med. I, p. 25 (1907). The leg-spots are quite distinct. The front of the mesonotum is whiter than usual, Additional locality : Gold Coast. 2. C. consimilis, Newst., Ann. Trop. Med. I, p. 23 (1907). Additional localities: Brit. E, Africa (7. D. Nair); Gold Coast (Dr. A Ingram). 30 F, W. EDWARDS—A SYNOPSIS OF THE SPECIES OF This species seems to be variable; or there may be more than one here. Some specimens show narrow basal bands, others distinct apical lateral spots, on the abdominal segments ; but the wing-scales are never mottled, and the ornamen- tation of the abdomen, when present, never has any resemblance to that found in the next two species. 3. C. ager, Giles, Entomologist, XX XIV, p. 196 (July, 1901). My statement that this is not an African species proves to be incorrect. A single male specimen from Maiduguri, N. Nigeria, June, 1911 (Dr. W. D. Inness) is C. ager ; and a series has been bred from larve from Bole, Gold Coast (Dr. A. Ingram). It differs from C. consimilis (1) in having broad distinct apical pale bands on the abdominal segments, as well as a pale basal band on segment 8 ; (2) in the strongly marbled wings. To the synonymy previously given for this species may be added: Culea infula, Theo., Mon. Cul. I, p. 370 (1901). Between the African specimens and those in the British Museum from the Oriental region there are slight but seemingly constant differences. However, the description of C. ager given by Dr. Leicester applies quite well to the African form, and as the resemblances are so great, and the species in the Oriental region is undoubtedly variable, it is considered unwise to regard these specimens as representing a distinct species. They may, however, be given a varietal name, the variety being characterised as follows :— Culex ager, var. ethiopicus, nov. Resembles the type in most respects, but (1) there is no pale spot at the apex of the proboscis above, as nearly always is the case in Oriental specimens; (2) the wing scales are larger, broader and aN hs Ny ill vm Ninh Sass ar fa 2. Bristles of thorax long, in three distinct rows, "a media one double; scales absent except for regular rows of minute ochreous scales between the rows of bristles Ee i) +. 2. Maller. Bristles of thorax shorter, not arranged in distinct rows; scales uniformly distributed, though rather sparse, blackish ... why 3. Darker species; second joint of female antennae almost five times as long as third ; integument of thorax all dark... Paler species ; second joimt of female antennae hardly more than three times as long as third; three darker patches on thoracic integument... ee Vee He “hie hae 4. unrformis, 1. I. circumtestacea, Theo. (Mimomyia), Third Rept. Welle. Lab. p. 264 (1908). Second joint of female antennae about five times as long as third, Sudan. 2. I. malfeyti, Newstead (Mimomyia), Ann. Trop. Med. I, p. 29 (1907). Easily distinguished by the peculiar arrangement of the vestiture of the thorax. Second joint of female antennae only twice as long as third. The male and female recorded from the Congo by Theobald (Mon. Cul. IV, p. 582) as M. uniformis are this species. Congo; Gold Coast. 3. I. nigra, Theo., Mon. Cul. II, Pp. 237° (1901); Aedes niger, Theo., Le. Verrallina nigra, These Mon. Cul. III, p. 295 (1903). Mimomyia africana, Newstead, Ann. Trop. Med. I, p. 28 (1907). 43 fusca, Theo., Novae Culicidae I, p. 32 (1911). A distinct row of rather strong black bristles on the pteropleurae. The other three species have only weak, pale-coloured hairs in this position. J. nigra alsa -AFRICAN CULICIDAE, OTHER THAN ANOPHELES. 45 differs from the following in its blackish brown colour and the longer second joint of the female antennae. There is no doubt about the synonymy. S. Nigeria; Congo; Uganda. 4. I. uniformis, Theo. (Mimomyia), First Rept. Welle. Lab. p. 80 (1904). The male type has disappeared from the Museum collection. Front of mesonotum with bluish sub-metallic sheen ; brown patches on front of pleurae, iridescent grey when viewed from in front; a median and two posterior longi- tudinal dark patches on mesonotum, not very distinct. Sudan; Lado Enclave; Nyasaland (Upper Shire, IJ, viii, 1911, Prof. R. Newstead). Shee Genus Harpacomyta, Mei. Tyd. v. Ent., LII, p. 165 (1909). Malaya, Leic., Stud. Inst. Med. Research, Fed. Malay States, ITI, iii, p. 258 (1908) (nec Malaia, Heller 1891). The name Malaya cannot stand, since Malaia has already been used for a genus of beetles. The following is Leicester’s diagnosis of the genus: “ This genus is founded on the characters of only one specimen, but it is of so remarkable an appearance as to fully warrant anew genus. Proboscis with a distinct joint, the apical portion much swollen and clad with long hairs. Head clothed with large racquet-shaped scales ; mesonotum with narrow curved scales ; scutellum with racquet-shaped scales. Metanotum with scales (?). Wings with fork-cells moderate length and clavate lateral scales. Malaya genurostris.” Leicester remarks, ‘‘ I cannot be sure whether the scales seen on the mesonotum [meaning metanotum] really belong to it or have been knocked on to it.” Doubtless the latter supposition is the true one. Mr. Carter first suggested to me that this genus was probably the same as Harpagomyia, and he is certainly correct. Leicester mentions the elongated clypeus in his description of the species. Miss Ludlow (Psyche, X VIII, p. 132, 1911) raises this genus to subfamily rank, on account of the non-development of the biting parts of the proboscis, and (without giving any reason for so doing) associates with it Hodgesia, a blood- sucking genus. Two African species have been described. 1. H. trichorostris, Theo., Mon. Cul. V, p. 548 (1910). A median line of flat, bluish silvery scales on the mesonotum; proboscis almost all dark. Ashanti. 2. H. taeniarostris, Theo., Novae Culicidae, I, p. 34 (1911). No median line of flat scales on the thorax. Proboscis of the type specimen with the basal half pale, but in two other specimens it is almost all dark. - Uganda. Tribe Sabethini. Metanotum bearing a tuft of long bristles near its posterior end. Anal segment of larva without median ventral brush. 46 F. W. EDWARDS—A SYNOPSIS OF THE SPECIES OF This group is represented in Africa by a single endemic genus, Eretmopodites. Theobald, indeed, describes two African species of Dendromyia, but these have no bristles on the metanotum, and consequently cannot be included in the SABETHINI. They are here placed in Stegomyia. It may be doubted whether this is really a natural group, as the presence of bristles on the metanotum does not seem to be quite constant. Genus ERETMOPODITES, Theo. (emend). Eretmapodites, Theo., Mon. Cul. I, p. 280 (1901). Eyes very widely separated ; prothoracic lobes rather small and widely separated ; proboscis slender throughout, shorter than abdomen ; clypeus bare ; palpi of male thin, acuminate, nearly as long as proboscis ; palpi of female short ; fore and mid claws of female toothed ; chaetae of metanotum rather short. All the species have the head clothed with flat metallic silvery scales; the dorsum of the abdomen is black with a row of lateral silver patches, the venter uniformly golden yellow. TERZI VY Fig. 8.—Eretmopodites quinquevittatus, Theo., male. Side view of insect, and head and thorax from above. Leicester’s Chaetomyia is probably related to Eretmopodites, but has the palpi more than half the length of the proboscis in the female. Hretmopodites is analogous to Desvoidya, Chaetomyia to Leicesteria. Table of the species. 1, Prothoracic lobes covered with flat silvery scales... 56 awiieWeoe Prothoracic lobes entirely without flat silvery scales io Se ae 2. Hind tarsi of male simple wee 4s oe ne Be ote. (ee Hind tarsi of male feathered ; thorax without distinct markings 4, chrysogaster. AFRICAN CULICIDAE, OTHER THAN ANOPHELES. 3. Thorax without distinct markings Thorax distinctly striped 5 4, Thorax (scales) yellow, with Arerinet black brine: . 3. grahami. Thorax (scales) blackish, with narrow golden stripes meant 5. A median black longitudinal stripe on thorax No median black longitudinal stripe on thorax 6. Last two joints of hind tarsi white, simple in male 1. quinguevittatus, . O. leucopus. Last two joints of hind tarsi not white, tufted in male 6. oedipodius. 1. EH, quinquevittatus, Theo., Mon. Cul. I, p. 280 (1901) (Q only). EF. austen, Theo., Mon. Cul. V, p. 572 (1910). The original description of E. quinquevittatus was composite, applying to the male of one species and the female of another (wide Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., July, 1911, pp. 67-73). The majority of the British Museum specimens of £. quinquevittatus (and EE. conde?) show no sign of chaetae on the metanotum, and do not appear ever to have possessed them. In one or two individuals, however, they are present, and also in all the other members of the genus. Sierra Leone ; Ashanti; S. Nigeria. Fig. 9.—Hretmopodites chrysogaster, Graham. Larva from above, and side view of terminal segments ; pupa from side, and dorsal view of terminal segments. 2. K. inornatus, Newstead, Ann. Trop. Med. I, p. 12 (1907). E. melanopous, Graham, Entomologist, XLII, p. 158 (1909). Sierra Leone; Ashanti; 8S. Nigeria ; Congo. Uganda. 3. E. grahami, Edwards, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (8) VIII, p. 71 (1911). Ashanti. 4, HE. chrysogaster, Graham, Entomologist, XLII, p. 157 (1909). E. quinquevittatus, Theo., l.c. (¢ only). Sierra Leone; Ashanti; Uganda; German E. Africa (?). * From Madagascar. Possibly only EL. quinquevitiatus. 48 F, W. EDWARDS—A SYNOPSIS OF THE SPECIES OF The specimens from German Hast Africa were recorded by J. Vosseler (Deut. Ent. Zeitschr., 1907, p. 248) as E. guinquevittatus ; they were taken at an alti- tude of 914 metres. 5. HE. leucopus, Graham (leucopous), Entomologist, X LIT, p. 88 (1909). Ashanti; S. Nigeria (Bende, 1 Q taken in dispensary, 5 p.m. 14. v. 1911, Dr. Macdonald). 6. E. oedipodius, Graham (oidipodezos), Entomologist, XLII, p. 86 (1909). Ashanti ; Gold Coast (Bibianaha, Dr. H. G. F. Spurreil) ; "Uaends ee Island, L. Taernts Nyanza, Dr. G. D. H. Carpenter). Sub-family 2; CHAOBORINAE. Proboscis not longer than the head; palpi curled downwards and inwards ; antennae of male plumose, of female verticillate ; thorax projecting somewhat over the head; claws equal and simple in both sexes (except Pelorempis); the whole insect hairy, the wings densely so; scales absent (except on the wing- fringe and, in Rameia, on the veins of the wings). Genus CHAaoporus, Lichtenstein. Arch. Zool. (Wiedemann’s) I, p. 174 (1800). Corethra, Mg., Illiger’s Mag. II, p. 260 (1808) (part), e¢ auct. Sayomyia, Coq., Can. Ent. XX XV, p. 402 (1903). Although Lichtenstein’s Chaoborus antisepticus is probably not determinable specifically, as he only described the larva, yet his description and figure are quite recognisable as applying to some species of Corethra (Sayomyia), and hence his name must be used, as it was published three years before Meigen’s. Only two African species belonging to this sub-family have been described, each from a single female, both being true Chavdorus. 1. C. ceratopogones, Theo., Mon. Cul. III, p. 338 (1903). A small species, the femora and tibiae with numerous small dark rings. Wings with three dark blotches on the costa. A very pretty and distinct species, much resembling C. queenslandensis, Theo.; the latter differs in venation and in having only two dark spots on the costa. The European C. pallidus, F., is somewhat similar, but is much larger and has only a median dark mark on the wings extending from the costa over the cross-veins. | Gambia. — TeEAZ~Y Fig. 10.—Chaoborus pallidipes, Theo. Side view of head and thorax. .- AFRICAN CULICIDAE, OTHER THAN ANOPHELES. 49 2. C. pallidipes, Theo., Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (8) VII, p. 399 (1911). Legs all pale; wings unspotted ; thorax dark above. Uganda. Sioa Sub-family 3. DIXINAE. Whole insect, notably the antennae (in both sexes) and the wings, almost bare ; head and thorax as in. CHAOBORINAE; neuration of the Culicid type, but differing in some details, principally in the course of the second vein; in the male the claws of the fore and mid legs are larger than those on the hind legs, and bear several long, fine teeth on the under side; in the female the claws are all equal and simple. That Diza is related to the CULICIDAE is now well recognised : Williston favours its inclusion in the family, making three sub-families of CULICIDAE—as here; Dyar would group Diva with Chaoborus and its allies into a separate fainily. The inclusion of Diza with the CuLICIDAE is supported by (1) the structure and habits of the larvae and pupae; these, according to Knab, are subject to much variation in Diza, but are essentially similar to what is found in the CHAOBORINAE ; (2) the neuration of the adults, which is of a form found only in Dizra and the CuLICIDSE ; (3) the structure of the adult antennae, with one globular basal joint, common to CULICIDAE, Diva, and CHIRONOMIDAE, but never seen in the Tipulid series ; (4) the occurrence of more or less interme- diate forms between the three sub-families, such as Ramcia and Mochlonyz ; (5) the differentiation in the claws—in the Tipulid series, so far as I have seen, the claws are all alike. Genus Dixa, Mg. Syst. Beschr. I, p. 216 (1818). Two specimens of Dixa from Morocco are in the British Museum collection, collected by Major P. Fowler, R.A.M.C., in 1909. These I have provisionally determined as follows : ib maculata, Me., Syst. Beschr. I, p. 219 (1818). Cross-veins much darkened, faint clouds on the wings ; thorax blackish ; legs yellowish ; femora and tibiae blackish at tip, tip of ail tibiae somewhat swollen. 2. D. aestivalis, Me., Syst. Beschr. I, p. 218 (1818). Wings clear ; thorax reddish ; legs all yellowish brown. List of new names proposed in this paper. PAGE Stegomyia fraseri, sp. n. ... bs Rs bei rst - er Sait ie Pela ll 53 metallica, Gom. n. nee a msc wae tie =e soc Seep 17 Ochlerotatus apicoannulatus,nom.n. ... Hd wel ass ue Le See semilles) x Jascipalpis, Sp. D. as. eee Ses 208 Soe Res Aas 260 CPE bali ss) Culex ager, Giles, var. n. ethiopicus af § sek ae Lae ie vas eres0 Uranotaenia connali, sp. n. ae Sop uae Sao sfc op ae one scdeuey va mayeri, sp. n. a ae ae ees sat aie ae vas wre a0) * bileneata, ‘Theo., var. n. — had a 4 Leeetae hs sa ree Foo ‘ candidipes, nom. h. * she 3be Sie S00 200 Sn ie 2 Ingramia, nom. n. ... one See ae ae nee wae 580 wae op8 . 43 23527 D 50 F. W. EDWARDS—A SYNOPSIS OF THE SPECIES OF List of proposed emendations. Toxorhynchites phytophagus for Aédomyia » Aedeomyia ... Hodgesia sanguinis » #. sanguinae » cyptopus » 4. cuptopous Eretmopodites » Lretmapodites _ leucopus » LE. leucopous i oedipodius », L. oidipodeios T. phytophygus INDEX. [Tabulated African genera and species in heavy type ; synonyms in italics. ] PAGE. abnormalis, Theo. (Bathosomyia) ... 17,22 abnormalis, Theo. (Uranotaenia) so 41 Acartomyia, Theo. 550 soe —s 14 Aedeomyia, Theo. aaa as ame 24 Aédes, Mg. aot ot = aa 35 Aedimorphus, Theo. ee ses a 14 Aédomyia, Theo. ACchivaliss Ngo acl) Recess. ben” Tee affinis, Theo. eae oe 5h 12 africana, N.—L. cea) — seal yee africana, Newst. (Mimomyia) ... 5 44 africana, Theo. (Diceromyia) ... Ss 24 africana, Theo. (Stegomyia) africanus, N.-L. (Taeniorhynchus) ... 6 africanus, Newst. (Duttonia) ... PA 2? africanus, Theo. (Stenoscutus) 2h, ae ager, Giles 3: sac 28, 30 alba, Theo. = a 38, 40 albifasciatus, Mcq. sas As mare 15 albitarsis, Theo. ... 255 Ge a” alboabdominalis, Theo. 38, 40, 41 alboannulata, Theo. (Anisocheleomyia) 38 alboannulatus, Meq. (Ochlerotatus) ... 18 alboannulatus, Theo. (Aedimorphus) ... 18 albocephalus, Theo. 17,211 albomarginata, Newst. Sy albopunctata, Theo. oes soe s 9 albotaeniatus, Theo. sais Scie ioe Do alboventralis, Theo. ... bi aed, 28 Andersonia, Strick. ani cae S00 14 Anisocheleomyia, Theo. ... zt annettii, Theo. ... ae Sar Sec 26 annulata, Theo. wis annulioris, Theo. des antisepticus, Licht. oo sce sik 48 apicalis, Adams. ... 550) eee ae 33 apicoannulatus, Edw. ... 15, 16, 18 apicoargentea, Theo. 1 8,10, 14 PAGE. apicotaeniata, Theo. 3s . 41, 42 A poroculex, Theo. aoe oa aoe 27 argenteopunctatus, Theo. (Aedimor- phus) ... 5 ae 16, 20, 21 argenteopunctata, Weuint ak bomyia) = “e 28, 31 argenteoventralis, Theo. — 9, 12 Armigeres, Theo. sis one aap 7 ataeniatus, Theo. aurites, Theo. austenii, Theo. ses ak ae me 47 bakeri, Theo. ass Ae nae “as 26 balfouri, Theo: %..° Wiencee Banksinella, Theo. ... oe 6 Bathosomyia, Theo. one oie — 14 biannulata, T neo. 265 aise piel, ay ee bilineata, Theo. ee a BSy eye bimaculata, Leic. (Teaeteeniae ane 43 Sean Theo. (Uranotaenia) mek 42 bipunctata, Theo. - bisulcatus, Coq. ... oe sion ous 3b4 Boycia, Newst. ... eee ye: 30 brevipalpis, Giles (Sieamearin) ig 33 brevipalpis, Theo. (Toxorhynchites) 3 bromeliae, Theo. ... ae 11 brumpti, N.-L. ... ane =p oes 9 caballus, Theo. ... oe Cacomyia, Coq. -.. sc. ; she atchinamiab tein

* ™“s ; t ; | BULL ENT. R Vv WW SOUTHERN SUDAN. ‘ 30 eB , 7 31 ee ~ / c a = ” ° : 6 Pao fn 4 ¥ we Turn. ee eae , 7 i : [ ? x oy ae e otal ni yes rn & ' 6} eri es a en ee \ ha : 2s neve ene ee Post4*\\ Posed | ‘ | LEASED! JO) THE) )jxce \ ZSNGO FREE STATE] om /, ' *. = Budure | * Soe Git rss YIN a Re sal iS : Porc ay ye a a Lubori Mlb pes j a R v pNobok germ : aia Ge 6 g = its ae Leen Teka) tsa BE Farin (or 2 ar Oise Sarees, Siuthainpioa 292 hi ZA ~ REFERENCE ALBERT NYAN. ‘Seale, ioored 32 isanigo GF V014 Inches (o 16 Miles. Mim ose io = . ey 5 eras Leas Pea ina ee a BS) ny STORET Wall aepine sia Senate oes ies Compiled in the Geographical Section. General Staff cn Heights tn Seal aboee ea veh 1909. tte Aly apring poole dams ¥ «oy Gmmoraitana IN THE MONGALLA PROVINCE OF THE ANGLO-EGYPTIAN SUDAN, 93 Lorella to Luri Rapids—none seen until the vicinity of the rapids was reached. Luri Rapids to Wandi—found all the way. Wandi to Kapei—none seen, but it has been taken on this road by El Kaim. Percival Bey. 7 Kapei to Meredi—found all the way to Hlierallah, but after that none was seen until within an hour of Bundle’s village, when a single specimen appeared ; none seen after that. Kapei to Yei—found by khors Nambiri and Oboa. Yei to Libogo—none seen. Yei to Loka, via Ramadallah, Kombeh and Pigga—occasional specimens seen all the way until the Gebels near Loka were reached. Loka to Kajo Kaji—none seen. Kajo Kaji to Dufile, va New Dufile—found between New Dufile and Dufile. Dufile to Kajo Kaji, via Ibrahim—none seen. Kajo Kaji to Gebel Wati—a single specimen seen between Lokwe and the Koshi River. Gebel Wati to Wadelai—found from a point 24 hours south of Alugwe to Bowar. Plentiful in the big swamp through which the Ossa River flows, in the neighbourhood of Babala. Wadelai to Dufile (by river)—none seen. Kajo Kaji to Rejaf—found from a point 2 hours south of the Kair khor to the khor. Khartoum, July, 1911. nig Sud t ‘ L i ¢ h A: ‘ 7. ¥ i", 5 ‘ if ’ vi ie Ht L ‘ f . ’ ¥ GACWS ATT Sa Wy ioe k ttre a HE IE kA al rth ia al ee bins hy Se OLD: hides hie one sig aah vy é3 oo oe ' ' : : [ % ; RW ed fae" i | tontl ole dia | as fe : wi i i is Shey Fe \ be ee. | TH Ge is beri 1 Pee eae Oo vt we Pe Bi £ & th Die % wPLse ' tht Eh 4a eS are ha) hae a” fut ee 4, soa tg Pde. Fath. ill age the WeMig wen rr Gites : ae eee Nye oP ie a euveler. ante ace te +008 nidiive’ i) . Hae oe sabe otha, AUCH? oT fe cena Ee tal CEA f Pragaes eas . % how" oeny @thloiihy ie ii VERT wete we at swt puis ok bt w lal ot Saree Gi Piles: CT Rp gab) oY om un 95 NOTES ON GLOSSINA MORSITANS IN NORTHERN RHODESIA. By bie ILELOYD,~ B.Sc: Entomologist to the Luangwa Sleeping Sickness Commission. Temperature in relation to Glossina morsitans. Roubaud has recently recorded (cf. Sleeping Sickn. Bull., IIT, p. 419) that in West Africa G. morsitans is intolerant of high temperatures, as he has found that specimens exposed to 40° C. (104° F.) died within an hour. This species is however adapted to withstand such a temperature in the Luangwa Valley ; for during the hot months of October and November the shade thermometer frequently registers from 106° to 108° F., seemingly without any ill results to the tsetses. Duration of the pupal period of G. morsitans. Flies which emerged from pupae obtained in October did so after a pupation period of 23 days, on an average. The approximate mean temperature to which these pupae were exposed was 85° F. The shortest pupation period observed was 21 days, whilst the longest at this temperature was 25 days. Of the apparently healthy pupae obtained during this period 497% died. The Dissection of the Salivary Glands of Glossina. Workers on the transmission of trypanosomes by various species of Glossina have hitherto been unable to agree as to the part played by the salivary glands in the process. It is of importance therefore that some method of removing the glands be adopted in which the risk of contamination by gut-contents would be reduced to a minimum. The usual method employed hitherto has been to remove the entire viscera by means of pressure on the abdomen, after either the removal of the last segment, or the severance of the abdomen from the thorax. These methods are open to the criticism that the gut, especially if it contains much blood, is liable to rupture; that the glands are liable to lesion; and that it is very difficult to dissect them free from fat body and gut. The complete salivary glands may be obtained without risk of rupture of the gut by the following method. G. morsitans has been used in the dissections. The fly is held firmly in the hand and a longitudinal incision is made in the median dorsal line of the thorax from the neck to the abdomen. The insect is then immersed in normal salt solution and incisions are made along the transverse groove of the thorax from the median incision almost to the bases of the legs. The strong muscles in the thorax which run in a longitudinal direction should also be severed. A needle is now placed in the anterior end of the longitudinal Incision, and another in the posterior end. ie er; 7% Ph iV he Dea " ns aap ay ae va ty hema “i ; rs mn. iTS cen Coweta al Coigy: 1 von ie ‘ell An ey CR talloatabdh. | 4 serge a da + eM | " Li ae youn + View a PE fe Lie 2< iS by 4% é Re é fi em, ! 7 on mm " rh Co 2a A — * seul Was: iis. Tice DER ? i. hpiwer ey 4 Ayia a ; ” ae : Mis 10 suk > ie, fhe Mayadas He fe ions al etemneac ties NR Oy De BE, Goa paiat eb neails Milian tid ecient - ‘Maw oe di ‘ Sian Levene bh Bhie Di yomeye bh A oheu (iC ty +. TL erireciien, re Ps . Aphis, 1 thee oiaarbiiig, igi ee . At yiaa other Vira iat, i DY f . ' ois Liat, ho A + apie did. Ki, A. are ninth . hin eT Me ay On, Bride, Povit, Ad 2 er we Pie. fie Bite eee eg { alinlag: 1s ae AY: LB JER Eytan, Seis BuL_L. ENT. RESEARCH. E. E. AUSTEN AD NAT- DEL- WINGS OF WOlks We, IEG ls Paris Is BALE & DANIELSSON, LTD-, PHOTO-SCULPS. NEW SPECIES OF AFRICAN CULICOIDES. VOL. III. Part 2—vp. 113-225. AUGUST, 1912. BULLETIN OF ENTOMOLOGICAL | RESEARCH ISSUED BY THE ENTOMOLOGICAL RESEARCH COMMITTEE, APPOINTED BY THE COLONIAL OFFICE. EDITOR : THE SCIENTIFIC SECRETARY. LONDON: SOLD BY DULAU & Co., Ltd. 37, SOHO SQUARE, W. Price 4s. net. All Rights Reserved. ENTOMOLOGICAL RESEARCH COMMITTEE (TROPICAL AFRICA), , THE EARL OF CROMER, G.C.B., G.C.M.G., O.M., Gbairman. Ligut.-Cotone, A. ALCOCK, C.1.E., F.B.S. Mr. E. E. AUSTEN. Dr. A. G. BAGSHAWE. Siz JOHN R. BRADFORD, K.C.M.G., F.R.S. Surc.-GENERAL Siz DAVID BRUCE, C.B., F.R.S. Dr. S. F. HARMER, F.R.S. Dr. R. STEWART MACDOUGALL. Sirk JOHN MCFADYEAN. Sir PATRICK MANSON, K.C.M.G., F.R.S. Str DANIEL MORRIS, K.C.M.G. Pror. R. NEWSTEAD, F.R.S. Pror. G. H,. F. NUTTALL, F.R:S. Pror. E. B. POULTON, F.R.S. LigevutT.-COLONEL Sir DAVID PRAIN, C.LE., F.R.S. Mr. H. J. READ, C.M.G. THEe Hon. N. C. ROTHSCHILD. Mr. HUGH SCOTT. Dr. A. E. SHIPLEY, F.RB:S. Mr. S. STOCKMAN., Mr. F. V. THEOBALD. Mr. J. A. C. TILLEY. Mr. C. WARBURTON. Scientific Secretary. MR. GUY A. K. MARSHALL, Secretarp. — Mr. A. C. C. PARKINSON. 113 NEW AFRICAN TABANIDAE.—PART I. By Ernest EK. AUSTEN. (Published by permission of the Trustees of the British Museum.) The following paper contains descriptions of eleven new species belonging to seven genera, besides notes on some other species. The types of all the new forms are in the British Museum (Natural History). As indicating the countries in which the new species have been obtained, the appended list may be of service. PANGONIINAE. Genus Sitvius, Me. elvius fallax, sp! Bs) 4. sie 238 Northern Rhodesia. Genus Capicrra, Macq. Cadicera distanti, sp. n. ... a wit Transvaal. P speciosa, Sp. 0. aw oe German East Africa. 59 jliavicoma, sp. n. tes) Bee Nyasaland Protectorate. Genus PanconiA, Latr. Pangonia comata, sp. n.... cae wos East Africa Protectorate. Genus DorcALoEMuS, Austen. Dorcaloemus silverlochi, sp.n. ... Sle Northern Rhodesia. Genus SUBPANGONIA, Surcouf. Subpangonia graham, sp. un. ... ie Ashanti ; Southern Nigeria. TABANINAE. Genus Tapanus, L. Tabanus canofasciatus, sp. n. ... ne Kast Africa Protectorate. ie tenuipalpis, sp. Nn. oe se Gold Coast (including Ashanti), - barclayi, sp. n. nies aot Nyasaland Protectorate. Genus HirrPocENnTRUM, Austen. Hippocentrum murphyi, sp. 0. ... ee Sierra Leone Protectorate. PANGONIINAE. Genus Sitvius, Meg. Silvius fallax, sp. n. (fig. 1.) S Q.—Length, ¢ (15 specimens) 10°25 to 12°25 mm., Q (16 specimens) 10 to 11°75 mm. ; width of head, ¢ 4 to 4°55 mm., Q 3°6 to 4°2 mm.; width of front of Q, at vertex 0°6 to 0°75 mm., across lower edge of frontal callus 1 to 1:2 mm.; length of wing, ¢ 9°6 to 11 mm., Q 9°25 to 10°6 mm. (25110,—Ent. Res.) Wt, P.11.—21, 1000 8/12. D&&, 114 ERNEST E. AUSTEN—NEW AFRICAN Looking like a small Tabanus, and in general appearance, and especially in tts abdominal markings, presenting a deceptive resemblance to Silvius decipiens, Lw., from which it differs in the general ground-colour of the dorsum of the abdomen, in the wings being without a dark and sharply defined stigma, and, in the female sex, in the eyes being less distinctly hairy, in the front being longer, and in the frontal callus not extending to the eyes.—KEyes densely hairy in &, microscopically hairy (under an ordinary hand-lens often appearing bare) in Q ; dorsum of thorax slate-black* in 3, slate-coloured, dark brown, dark chestnut-brown, or reddish-brown in Q, with grey longitudinal stripes (shorter and less conspicuous in ©) in both sexes ; dorsum of abdomen cinnamon-rufous or dark chestnut-brown (in S with a broad, black median longitudinal stripe on second to fourth segments inclusive, and distal extremity clove- brown), with a double series of rounded or transversely elongate spots (especially large and conspicuous in ©), hind borders of segments, and a median series of triangles resting on latter smoke-grey or drab-grey ; wings hyaline. Fig. 1.—Silvius fallax, Austen, Q. xX 4. Head, except vertical triangle in ¢ and frontal callus and area surrounding ocelli in Q, light grey pollinose ; when denuded, face and jowls in both sexes and sub-callus in © fawn-coloured; vertical triangle in G and area surrounding ocelli in Q clove-brown ; frontal callus in Q chestnut or burnt-umber coloured, large, narrowly separated from eye on each side, more or less quadrate in outline, but with rounded angles; face, jowls, and basi-occipital region clothed with whitish hair, in $ outer border of face, jowls, and basi-occipital region clothed with dark brown or brownish hair; eyes in ¢ densely clothed with fine grey hair, and rather more than their upper halves (except hind borders) consisting of larger facets than elsewhere ; palpi ochraceous-buff, clothed with whitish hair, which on upper surface of terminal joint in ¢ is often intermixed with dark hair ; * For names and illustrations of colours, see Ridgway, “ A Nomenclatvre of Colors for Naturalists.” (Boston: Little, Brown & Company, 1886.) TABANIDAE—PART I. 115 first and second joints of antennae greyish clove-brown (first jot in Q often ereyish chestnut-brown), first joint short, swollen distally especially in , first and: second joints clothed above with blackish and below with whitish hair, hair on first joint much longer and denser in ¢ than in Q, third joint of antennae clove-brown, with a prominent angle on upper margin of its expanded basal portion, which Gn Q at any rate) is broader than in S. decipiens, Lw. Thorax: dorsum in ¢ with an exceedingly slender, median, grey longitudinal stripe (easily overlooked) on its anterior half, and on each side of this a broader and more conspicuous stripe running from front margin to inner extremity of lateral half of transverse suture, beyond which indistinct continuations of both admedian and median stripes can sometimes be perceived, the admedian stripes each widening out into a rounded expansion midway between suture and prescutellar groove ; dorsum of thorax in ¢ clothed with light grey hair, except between bases of wines where there is a transverse band of dark brown hair, in front of which, to a point midway between band and anterior margin of dorsum, brownish hairs may be intermixed with the grey ones; pleurae and pectus in J slate-grey and clothed with greyish hair; dorsum of thorax in Q with five longitudinal grey stripes, consisting of a broader pair on each lateral half, which extend from front to hind margin and are obliquely connected by the grey transverse suture, and a narrow median stripe, which also commences on front margin but becomes indistinct soon after passing transverse suture ; admedian stripes in Q exhibiting, asin 3%, expansions midway between transverse suture and prescutellar groove ; hairy covering of dorsum of thorax in Q similar to that in ) Physical Configuration. The trade of Southern Nigeria has always been intimately associated with the River Niger and its delta, and consequently, not until very recently have the parts of the country removed from this river been traversed by Kuropeans. The construction of the Government Railway served to open up the Western Province, and within the last few years large tracts of country, particularly in the north-east, have been gradually brought under European influence. This region is known as the Munchi country and is inhabited by a very truculent and vindictive tribe of that name. Consequently our knowledge of the physical characteristics of Southern Nigeria is very limited, but an exhaustive survey of the whole Colony is rapidly progressing. It might be well, however, to note a few of the leading topographical features in so far as they are likely to influence the distribution of the fauna. There are three distinct river systems in Southern Nigeria and these roughly correspond with the three Provinces :—the Cross River in the Hastern Province, the Niger in the Central Province, and a number of small rivers, the largest of which is the Ogun, in the Western Province. There are no mountain ranges of any great height in the Colony, the highest being the watershed between the Niger and Cross Rivers, in what is known as the Sonkwala Country, which has only recently been opened up. ‘This range consists of several peaks rising from an extensive plateau, the height of which has been variously estimated, but which, in all probability, does not exceed 4000-5000 feet. Next in importance are the Oban Hills, which lie to the east of the Cross River and form the watershed between it and the Kwa River. The various peaks in this small range are very imperfectly known, but average about 3000-3500 feet in height. The lofty Kameruns in the German Colony of that name constitute the main catchment area for the Cross River and are the only large mountain range on this part ef the coast. In the Ondo district are the Idanre Hills, which consist of several peaks of about 3,000 feet in height. These form the watershed separating the Niger basin in the Central Province from the system of small rivers in the Western Province. Almost continuous with these are the Efon Hills in the Hesha District ; they run nearly east and west and send their waters on the northern side to the Niger in Northern Nigeria, and their southern waters to the rivers in the Western Province of Southern Nigeria. Of less importance are the Shaki Hills in the north-west and the Tapa Hills between the rivers Awon and A fiki, both tributaries of the Ogun. RESEARCH IN BRITISH WEST AFRICA, 1a As has been shown, the only rivers of any size in the Colony are the Niger and Cross Rivers, but neither of these is dependent on the rainfall of Southern Nigeria to any great extent. The rise of the Cross River is due almost entirely to the heavy rainfall in the German Kamerun hinterland, while that of the Niger 1s associated with the increased supply from its higher reaches in French Guinea and Northern Nigeria and also from the Benue River. The Benue in turn receives its supply from the Kamerun hinterland. The heavy rainfall of Southern Nigeria is confined practically to the Coast, or delta region, and is consequently almost coterminous with the area of tidal influence. Generally speaking, the whole of the shore area is low-lying and fringed with mangrove swamp. It consists of a large alluvial plain which extends for hundreds of miles, except on the extreme east, where the Oban Hills almost touch the foreshore and extend northwards to the Kameruns. This alluvial low- lying land reaches its greatest dimensions in the delta of the Niger, which projects so far into the Gulf of Guinea as to form two distinct bays known as the Bights of Benin and Biafra. Beyond this zone the land gradually rises, and the mangrove gives way to the open grassy plains of the hinterland, which extend to Northern Nigeria. Superimposed on these are the various small mountain ranges already mentioned, which separate the different drainage systems. The soil is mainly red clay, but the hills are intrusions of metamorphic rocks, sranitoid, schistose or quartzite. Here and there beds of limestone occur, and, more commonly, large outcrops of laterite. (c) Vegetation. As has been shown in my previous reports, the nature of the vegetation in any part of a colony has a distinct bearing on the insect fauna, For this reason it might be well to discuss briefly the main types found in Southern Nigeria, their general character, and their distribution. I am indebted to an admirable paper* by Mr. H. N. Thomson, Conservator of Forests in Southern Nigeria, for a considerable part of what follows in this chapter. The quotations given are taken from that report. The type of forest found in any particular region depends almost entirely on the rainfall, but occasionally in the drier regions one comes across patches of a type generally associated with a heavy rainfall ; these occur as outcrops due to permanent and abundant telluric moisture. The forest growths of Southern Nigeria may be divided roughly into :— (a) tropical rain forest, (b) fresh-water swamp forest, (c) monsoon or mixed deciduous forest, (d) savannah forest and (e) mangrove forest. Generally speaking, where there is an abundant supply of moisture and little or no differentiation into wet and dry seasons, the tropical rain forest predominates ; where the soil is permanently moist, even if there is a moderately long dry * Journ. Afr. Soc. X, p. 125, 144 JAS. J. SIMPSON—ENTOMOLOGICAL season, fresh-water swamp forest is to be found; where the soil is more porous, and where there are distinct wet and dry seasons, monsoon forest is in evidence ; where the dry season is of still longer duration, the water supply very limited and precarious, and the soil is of a light character, the savannah type is prevalent ; while in the river deltas and lagoon, where the tidal influence is felt and the water is brackish, mangrove thicket is everywhere to be found. The dis- tribution of these types in Southern Nigeria can be indicated only in a very general way. Rain forest may be said to occupy all the areas with an annuai rainfall of about 76 inches and upwards, but exists in its most typical form in those regions where there is a rainfall of 100 inches and over, and where the dry season is of extremely short duration or almost entirely absent. These conditions are satisfied to a greater or less extent around LIlesha, Ondo and Tjebu-Ode in the Western Province, in the west and south-west portions of the Benin District in the Central Province, and on the slopes of the Oban Hills and other high ranges in the Eastern Province. “It is generally assumed that the moist portions of Southern Nigeria are very densely wooded and that the bulk of the land is covered with high rain forest. This, however, is far from being in accordance with the truth, and the mistake has in most cases arisen from the fact that the main native paths and roads are fringed on both sides with broad belts of high forest purposely left intact by the inhabitants . . . The country is literally honeycombed with farms and their overgrown abandoned sites.” Scattered throughout the Colony are many swampy areas and rocky hillsides impracticable for farming, and these have consequently been left intact and bear dense high forests. With the exception of these areas the greater part of the country, lying within the zone of rainfall mentioned, is covered with a secondary growth of a much drier character and considerably less dense than the untouched virgin rain forest. Fresh water swamp forests are composed of plants that have become adapted to erowth in permanently wet soil. They correspond to the kurimis of Northern Nigeria, which I have already described at some length.* No general idea of the distribution of this type can be given beyond pointing out that they occur chiefly along the banks of rivers and streams or are scattered irregularly amongst other formations in places where there is permanent telluric moisture. The monsoon or mixed deciduous forests contain, as the name indicates, many trees which become leafless in the dry season. They are less lofty than the rain forests and not so dense. lLianes and herbaceous epiphytes are abundant, and the contrast in appearance during the wet and dry seasons is very marked. “ As regards the distribution of the monsoon forests they are confined to those tracts of country where the available water supply and the duration of the dry season operate jointly in such a manner as, on the one hand, to exclude the * Bull. Ent. Res. II, pt. 4, p. 307. RESEARCH IN BRITISH WEST AFRICA. 145 tropical rain forest and, on the other, so far to favour tree-growth that a wood- land formation can still successfully compete against grass forms such as savannah forests. Such conditions are realised in Southern Nigeria along an irregular, tortuous, comparatively narrow belt that lies, roughly speaking, between the 7th and 8th parallels in the Western Province, and between the 6th and 7th in the Central and Hastern Province. This belt is pushed far up north in the extreme north-east portion of the Western Province where numerous hill ranges carry a copious rainfall well mto the comparatively dry interior.” Savannah forest is variously described as “ park-like” or “ orchard-like,” and consists chiefly of tall grasses with numerous terrestrial herbs and a few deciduous trees, which are, on an average, less tall than in the mixed deciduous forest. The number of trees varies in different places according to the nature of the soil and the general situation, e.g., on laterite outcrops they are few in number and stunted, while in valleys they are more numerous and healthy. These areas are generally devastated by huge forest fires towards the end of the dry season, and this tends to reduce them from the savannah-forest type to the pure savannah, where trees are practically absent, and where grass tends more and more to predominate over the terrestrial shrubs. Mangrove thickets are everywhere to be found along the coast, in the various lagoons and backwaters, and in the innumerable creeks and rivers in the delta of the Niger. This type of growth is associated with brackish water and muddy swamp, and is exclusive in character, permitting no intrusion of other trees. These are the main types of vegetation in Southern Nigeria, and without entering into details at present, that being reserved for fuller discussion under the various regions, it might be weil to point out in a general way how these different types are associated with the distribution of the various species of Glossina. G. palpalis is to be found everywhere in the mangrove thicket area, and it is especially noteworthy that in such regions the specimens are larger and darker in colour than in other situations. This species is also the predominant one in the rain forest and in the fresh-water swamp forest. G.. caliginea seems to be confined almost entirely to the mangrove belt. G. longipalpis is the species most abundant in the mixed deciduous forest region, while in the savannah forest G. tachinoides is most likely to be found. As to the other species found in Southern Nigeria, the data available do not justify any definite conclusions being drawn, but the records given throughout the narrative will serve to show how far these species are associated with the different types of vegetation. II. CLIMATE AND RAINFALL. As is well known, climate and rainfall have a marked bearing on the distri- bution of the various species of blood-sucking insects, and further, certain species show distinct local modifications which are associated with the comparative lengths of the wet and dry seasons, the range of temperature, and the degree of - 25110 C 146 JAS. J. SIMPSON—ENTOMOLOGICAL humidity. There can be no doubt also that temperature and humidity influence the period of reproduction, and may also modify the length of time occupied in the larval stages. After a consideration of the general physical configuration of the Colony and its vegetation, it may be well, therefore, to discuss briefly the main charac- teristics of the climate in so far as these affect the problem in hand. Hitherto, no attempt has been made either to consider the climate of the Colony as a whole or to compare the variations in the different regions. Meteorological observations are now made at a large number of stations in Southern Nigeria, so that it is possible, within limits, to form some general opinion of each of these aspects. The figures on which the following notes are based are compiled from the raw data supplied to the Meteorological Office, but for the arrangement the writer is entirely responsible. It has been considered advisable to prepare and include certain tables in order to avoid lengthy descriptions, and also to present the matter in more concrete form. The climate of Southern Nigeria is, broadly speaking, of the equatorial type. By this is meant that there are two fairly distinct seasons, known as the “dry ” and the “wet” or “rainy” season; the latter is often briefly designated as the “rains.” The dry season lasts from about the end of October to the beginning of March, but the rainy season, though, properly speaking, occupying the remaining eight months, is again subdivided into the “heavy” and the “light” rains, each with its own maximum. The heavy rains fall during the months of April, May, June and July, while the light rains occupy the other three months. A similar state of affairs holds good in the case of the temperature curves, which also have two maxima, the first between the middle of March and the middle of April, and another of a secondary order between the middle of September and the middle of October. During the heavy rains the weather is for the most part dull, with occasional sunshine, and the humidity is great. Throughout the dry season the weather is clear and fine, but there are occasional showers. The general direction of the wind is from the south or south-west. The wind is consequently full of moisture, but from the end of November to the beginning of March the influence of the Harmattan—a dry wind blowing from the Sahara in the north-east—is very marked. During this period the air is excessively dry and laden with fine particles of dust; the temperature in the morning and evening is very low, and a misty haze hangs about nearly the whole day. The sun is seldom visible before eight in the morning or after five in the evening, and this haze extends far out to sea. Immediately before and after the rainy season, tornados of terrific force, uprooting large trees and often doing considerable damage, blow in the evenings; these are accompanied by torrential rains. On the whole, the temperature in the shade is not very high, the average maximum temperature being about 91° Fahr., the average minimum about 65°, the mean about 78°, with a daily range of about 26°. The maximum temperature recorded by the thermometer exposed to the full effect of the sun is about 146° RESEARCH IN BRITISH WEST AFRICA. 147 on the average, whilst the “grass” temperature, that is, the minimum with the thermometer at the ground level, is about 46°. These are the main characteristics of the climate of Southern Nigeria, but there are enormous differences in the various regions ; and as it is with these differences that we are more intimately concerned, it may be well to consider briefly the range of these variations from a geographical aspect. The following tables have been prepared to illustrate graphically the main features, so that I shall content myself by drawing attention only to the more important characteristics :— Table A.—Annual rainfall at thirteen stations for the years 1905-1910. 99 and 1910. 99 B.—Monthly record of rainfall at twenty-two stations for 1909 C.—Analysis of the rainfall for 1910, showing on how many days in each month at each station rain actually fell, and also the maximum for any one day in each month at the individual stations. 99 99 during 1910. TABLE! AG D.—Mean monthly humidity at the various stations in 1910. E.—Analysis of the monthly temperatures for the same stations Annual Rainfall in Southern Nigeria (in inches). 3 | ac | ef S ES a (= ge Sees We | Bik bok lomel) Bo pis oe) & S) aa me | ws < aa S Ss o | a = =) } ooometoro9 167-75) — 1116°25) 83°88| 74:67) — 65:11; 60:07} — 47°52} 40°01! 38°61 1906 |156°64 |142°26 | 98-33 |106°69 | 93°77| 87-08] 60°23 | 74:76); — 58°34| 46°40| 47°95! 46°60 1907 /|129°68 |143°51 — 62°33] 70°38 | 74:18] 55°82! 79°46| 48°46) 75°22] 38°26); — 43°81 1908 {132-78 |160-36 |145°28 |118°52| 85°56) — 76°93 | 69:98 | 69°88} 72°02] 49°48) 51°43; — 1909 (150-24 |110°78 |149°25 |107:72| — as 85:28 | 67°59 | 91°36} 58°87| 62°26) 63:04; — 1910 — we ee oO LOD eda) = 82:09! 69:43 69°62) 53°06} 60°00; — — Total |736°73 |724-66 1507-16 |616°75 333-59. 235-93 360°35 |426°33 |339°39 |315°51 |303°92 |202°43 |129-02 Mean {147-34 |144-93 |126-79 |102°79 | 83°39| 78:64] 72:07] 71:05| 67°87] 63°10] 50°65] 50°60} 43-00 In this table (A) I have selected thirteen stations in which the records for the years 1905-1910 are fairly complete and which are, at the same time, repre- sentative of the various parts of the Colony. The mean for these years has been taken as an index of the rainfall of the several stations, which have been arranged in order of descending maxima. The most striking fact revealed by an examination of this table is the enormous range in the mean annual rainfall, for example, 147°34 inches at Calabar, and 43°00 inches at Oyo, while the maximum 25110 C 2 148 ; JAS. J. SIMPSON—ENTOMOLOGICAL recorded since 1905 for any one year was at Calabar in that year, namely, 167°39 inches; at Shaki in the extreme north-west only 17°85 inches fell in 1908. As has already been pointed out, the coast-line of Southern Nigeria is very irregular in shape, so that it is not possible in all cases to compare places in the same latitude, but, generally speaking, stations on the same parallel of latitude have similar rainfalls ; the table also serves to show that the rainfall diminishes from the coast northwards, but not so markedly along the basins of the Niger and Cross Rivers; for example, Lagos 71°08 inches, Ibadan 50°65 inches, Oyo 43°00 inches, and at Shaki the mean for the two years (1907-8) during which observations were recorded, 25°33 inches ; or again Calabar 147°34 inches and Afikpo 83°39 inches. Further examination, however, reveals the fact that these means, though very diverse in magnitude, may be grouped according to definite eeographical areas thus :— (1) Calabar. The mean annual rainfall at this station, nearly 150 inches, is the highest for the Colony. ‘This station is situated on the Coast in what might be termed the Cross River Delta, and further it is at the base of the Kamerun Mountains. (2) Bonny, Forcados and Sapele. ‘These three stations have a mean annual rainfall of over 100 inches and may be topographically considered as lying within the Niger delta. In this region it will be seen that the rainfall decreases from the coast inland. (3) Afikpo and Bende. The mean annual rainfall in this area is about 80 inches. Both these stations are in the Cross River system, but Afikpo, though further north, has a shghtly higher maximum owing to its closer proximity to the basin of the river. (4) Epe, Lagos, Badagri and Onitsha. Lagos, Epe and Badaeri are all situated along the coast in the Lagoon region, but Onitsha is on the Niger about 150 miles north of Forcados. Owing, however, to its being actually in the basin of the Niger, its rainfall is greater than its inland situation would otherwise lead one to expect. (5) Ibadan, Oshogbo and Oyo. ‘These three stations may be grouped together as representative of the hinterland of the Western Province, while a still further reduction in the mean rainfall is seen in the case of Shaki, where in 1908 only 17°85 inches were recorded. Unfortunately, this region is comparatively unknown, and, as no Huropean is now stationed there, no further meteorological observations are available. Generally speaking, therefore, the greatest rainfall is in the Eastern Province, near the Kamerun Mountains ; it is slightly less in the delta of the Niger, while along the Lagoon regicn and in the basins of the Niger and Cross Rivers there is a still further decrease. The area with the least rainfall is the hinterland of the Western Province. These facts are of some importance in a study of the distribution of the various species of blood-sucking insects, ————— RESEARCH IN BRITISH WEST TABLE B. AFRICA, Monthly Record of Rainfall in Inches for 1909 and 1910. Station. Brass ; Calabar ... Forcados... Akassa Bonny Sapele Warri Owerri Wpobo .... Onitsha ... Degema ... Hpe Abo Nels Benin City Olokemeji Ondo agos?... Oshogbo ... Ibadan Badagri ... Abeokuta Otta Station. Brass - Calabar. ... Forcados... Akassa Bonny Sapele Wairri Owerri Opobo ... Onitsha ... Degema .. Epe Abo é Benin City Olokemeji Ondo gees’... Oshogbo ... Ibadan Badagri ... Abeokuta Otta 149 1909. | [ re a | Jan. | Feb. | Mar.} Apr. | May.| June.| July.; Aug. | Sept. | Oct. Nov. Dee. || Total. | | | -40 | 4°81 | 14:10 | 14°89 | 12°44 | 37-16 | 30°05 | 10°22 | 17°35 | 14:78 | 4°71 | 5°06 || 165-97 "17 | 5:78 | 9°26) 7:58] 9°36 | 17°72 | 33°01 | 26°35 | 28°82} 5°85) 5:40 94 || 150°24 1°55 | 2-45 | 9:45 | 13°50 | 16°10 | 29-20 | 20°50 | 14°50 | 20°60 | 11°80] 7-00 | 2°60 || 149-25 2°61 | 4°68 | 2:28) 12°34] 8°51 | 30°28 | 24:02! 5°55! 16°56) 19°09 | 7°89 | 4:27 || 138-08 2A 8:67 |) 9264: 7:30) O:o2 | 22-14 | 34°68 1) 6°09) 8:08) 1:91) 2°67 58 || 110°78 1:60 | 3°63 | 7:00} 16°66 | 15°17 | 14°67 | 18°18] 13°40} 9°83) 4:48] 2°86 DA OMe Pale OsGle esi S42)! hioto ) Wee) ie to 9:39) TTL | 1t45 | 3:87 AS N103:99 "15 99 | 5:07} 8:06) 7-92 11-56 | 17-03 | 12°84 | 16:23) 14-13} -80 | 2:11 | 97-49 iomeacOOsme toledo tt |l7-45| 19°76) 6:89) 18°64) 2:33 | 5:23.) 2°30) || 91:93 Sone bao orto! Gr24 6:25) S10) 21-334 LL 4314-40) 708) 92) | 7-08" Il" 936 sp macAl ToD Ie Arad «Srab.) 11°95.) 25-441, 18:32 |, 6:22 746 |.2:55 | b70,)) 88148 Mees ele 20 4276) SDanke98)| 1t-97 | .8°62)|, 4:08 | £0°69 | 355 68 || 85°28 Gm ae Geer Geli) O20) Oo! lo 62) Ota) leo Pieba ool “19 85-27 | 2°56 | 1°86 | 1:98] 7:98] 8:09] 12°58|15°88]14:20} 4:23} 9:-42| 1°85 35 ee 1:03) 3:16 |. 7-71) 8:97) 6-40) 10:30) 12:36} 4:69.) 6:09|. 6°76) 1:42 | 1:54 ||. 70:43 mO2NAcOD. | AAT) Plt 4072 SOG L526 o:94)\ 5:24) 13°45 | — — 68°98 ATO i eoo |. Doe) 7-08) 19955.) 5°63 1:40) 5°31. 5°80 -2°50: |} 142° | 67°59 Mirage aee in ioto4 | S69 844) 01-76n 660) 814) 8:37 ).1-20 °89 || 63°04 POM On me Ooi. Oe 4.620) 9-60) O02) 62240 4:65) 398 =52 | 2-18 | 62:26 momo hese mle | Cle to Col. tao) 2788) 5:62) 1:15 | 1-77 i a8'87 Miao DOmaor ie oot S291 10-33 6733/7 3:67 ) 3:82 | 4°98) 224 1-945. 57-26 COM IcOnl als i oa2 | 447. 760 4:05) 112)) 3:00) «328 ba (8el LiG7 ihe4009 1910. | Jan. | Feb ox Ape May.|June.| July.| Aug Ser, Oct. Nov. | Dee. || Total. | | “91 | 4°57 | 7:84.) 6:01) 7:64) 21:88 | 19°94} 11°61 | 25:19 | 19°32 | 12°52 |, 4:91 || 142°34 {555 hee ag) Son aoe ood O60 | LOS | 41°24 (20:77) 10:73 .—— 39 || 102-50 705 | 3:50 | 2°85 | 7:15) 17-70 | 14°60 | 19°30 | 15°75 | 21°89} 10°80 SO L230) 439 Rodeo? Wook le O75 | L427 O08 2IsIS 840i 25-3211 23) 6277 | 7b oo M4892 1:50 | 400 | — 9°40] 7:06 | 29-24 | 17°80 | 19°65 | 16°35] 13°25 | 11°52 | 2°28 || 132-05 nil “10! | 3°54 '10°29)| 6°90 | 18°84 | 16°64 | 21 09 | 16-42/ 11°42) nil nil |/105°24 1:57 ON 2 Al noe2on? (6500 24°74. 9715 | 19°17 19°49) 9265) 4-50") 35 1 10063 [HOM die etaONlmeoraos Gran | 14:60, 1.48:26 | 21-85)! 15:074 -6:02) nil — 86°01 TG eAtO0) 02 S0 mero be4eSo lL 1O:ee) Lead) 2°24 | W93a 14-08); 5:42 |, mil 1) 109-91 oi oar) 200 peoras | ao 20)) D941 12:09 Loe | Set! L034 | nil “40 || 69°82 85 "60 | 4°57 | 9-73) 9°69), 8:91 111-614 10°98:13°57) 4:28: 3:30) | nil 78°14 57 ‘95 54 | 6:46] 10°39 | 14°50 | 22°41] 9-98] 7-48] 7:95 Semel mOaOO 66 0) OOo re eC oO leee | Lo9Oh 8:98 | 7-99) 3:96) nil nil (395 nil 89 TL eal O24 2 44 | O94 tH 75 1S O08 S86 11:50) sail 81:02 nil Ti nor tneOo kop 49:56 ie San O46 111641 10:02 |. 94+) smal 52°79 = aD Ao Aol Gra) toe | T4 nae 11-03) 6:28) snail — 63°85 38 08 Cae Aol oo towdalcag) 262) 4:95) 7-00) 1:86 “4 69°53 01 SSF io Ois 400mee OS Ir A 2Oi SF 2nl y TAT| 4:29 48) nil 41°43 23 “53 | 2°71 |10°44) 6:25) 9-18) 9:91) 5°94) 4:37|10°44| nil nil 60:01 nil Hi lew arose GO Udel Mic OO aan °o0') 4:60) 5:96) 1°1@)) taal 53°06 pn 91°28 2-99 UCL, | F462 SDI EOS, (S845 6:35 a — 42°64 nil SFT import L | 4°35 | 10°25 | 6°90). 888] 3:40) 555| 6:45} nil nil 48°44 150 JAS. J. SIMPSON—ENTOMOLOGICAL In Table B are given the monthly records of the rainfall for 22 stations throughout the Colony for the years 1909 and 1910. These have been arranged in order of descending totals for the year 1909, and while it will be noticed that for this particular year the order is not precisely the same as in the table of the mean annual rainfall for the six years, still the grouping is not materially affected. A comparison of the tables for 1909 and 1910 also shows that there are certain discrepancies, and that although there is, in general, a diminution from the south northwards, certain stations, for example, Ondo and Olokemeji, do not fall within this category. The reason for this is not at first very evident, but an examination of the tables will show that in the drier regions where there are large hills or dense forest, the rainfall is always greater ; this explains away the apparent anomaly of Ondo, Olokemeji, and stations in the vicinity of the Kameruns. Let us now consider for a moment the duration of the dry season in the various regions, and for this purpose we may neglect a rainfall of below 1°5 inches in any one month. In 1909, at no station were there two months without any rain, while, even disregarding 1°5 inches, never did the number of dry months exceed three. The driest months were December and January; February came next with a low rainfall, and only slightly higher was November. In 1910, however, November, December, January and February might be regarded as compara- tively dry months, but it will be seen that in the delta region at Akassa and Brass even in February there was a rainfall of 5°49 inches and 4°57 inches respectively, while in November the rainfall at Brass, Bonny, and Akassa was 12°52, 11°52 and 6°77 inches respectively. Generally speaking, the dry season lasts from November to February and tends to increase in length from the south northwards. This will be most easily seen by comparing Calabar, Bonny, Brass and Akassa with Olokemeji, Oshogbo, Otta and Ibadan, but even then one must always bear in mind that. in different years rain may fall during all four months. Consequently, it is hardly justifiable to speak of a true dry season in Southern Nigeria. In the inland parts there is an approach to a dry season, and this period gradually increases in Northern Nigeria, until in the northern regions of that Protectorate there is a definite division of the year into a wet and a dry season. The records of blood-sucking insects from both Northern and Southern Nigeria are perhaps too scanty to admit of any definite deductions being drawn, but in another part of this paper, when discussing the genus Glossina, I hope to show that the distribution of the varicus species in these two colonies is closely corre- lated with the rainfall and relative humidity. A consideration of the monthly rainfall at Ondo and Olokemeji will show how the apparent discrepancy in the total rainfall for the year is brought about. Although the annual total is greater im this region than one would be led to expect, it will be seen that this is due, not to a rainfall extending over a greater number of months, but to a greater monthly intensity during the rainy season. A comparison of the monthly records for the various stations in Table B will also show what is meant by two annual maxima. It will be evident that, as a general rule, although it varies in different years and at various stations in the same year, the rainfall increases gradually from January to about the end of RESEARCH IN BRITISH WEST AFRICA. 151 June or early in July, after which it abates somewhat, and the curve falls con- siderably during July and early August, when the rain again increases in intensity until September or October is reached, again diminishing in amount till January. The maximum in June to July is much greater than that in September to October, while the minimum in August does not fall so low as in December to January. ‘Thus, in the southern belt, rain falls during nearly every month in the year, but there are two well marked maxima and minima in the rainfall curves. This is known as the equatorial type. These maxima tend to fuse in the northern part, especially in the Western Province, to form one annual maximum ; the number of months with a small rainfall increases, and there are some without any. This can be seen most readily by plotting out graphs for the various stations. TABLE C. Analysis of Rainfall for 1910. Station. _ Staton, | — | ,/ Heb. Ape.| May one July Ang, Sept) Oot Nox. Dos on, Feb. | Mar.) Apr.| May.| June.) July.) Aug. vy. Se Oct. | Nov. | Dec. | i cae enh carr oh a har | Riki tT Toca is an. fl. e laa cls. =e dew. -k Brass aa 58) 1°77 | 2°24 | 1°26 | 2-°18|3°50| 7-45 | 2°61 | 5-43] 3-82| 3-75 | 2-80 Days| 2 Oe eau eae mW) WaitAL AOD D5. WO TT ay 9 Bonide bia} ar. ea Heer es ilsos | G80) 2-10) 42051)3-40 | 2220)|, — | --29 5 ave eo ee eto Pe Pooks Fst OL TB etre 9 rics. ae -05/1:60| 1-10] 1°80} 3-10/1-60|3-10|3-10]5-10|2°30] -50| -30 Days| 1 ea Lie Ok OT SON 8. Welz Dey. t fe, es 56 | 2°20 | 2°68 | 1°47 | 2°45 |7-°74| 5-33] 1°96 | 4:05/3-15| 1-03) 2-15 Day MO ee Lhe) tie ene) ePish 190 Peg) M20! (799: 198) | 45 Peg Boun ee 1:00/1-°50| — | 2-33]2:38|7-50|3-00/3-35|3-10/2°50|3-10/ 1-44 y Days| 2 Die etsy Mod od femtt) Veils (i 9) A 94 le INKS Sanel Max |) —) | -10)1-50/2-10| -88|4-20/3-72 |3-50/2-70| 3-66) nil | nil epee Deore we ie Fee Sass Male 88 6 5 10 | leenil le rill Warri _. | fie 1°57| — |1:19/2-32|2-05|7-40|2°05/6-11/4:00/2-40) -96) -24 Bor ee ae Ae he 7) erg etal EG) oO) 5, UP Oli. Fens a | pie 41]1°95|1-52| 3-05 | 1-08/2-33/2-05|3-10/2-11| 1°45] nil | — Days| 2 SUP On el ty WetGh eos Waray ead 2 EO toll Oye fae Miee ee See at - OT) 1-50 155 }4-d5 |4-52 12-47 4-05 | 9-92 | b- 20} nil Bobs mei a aot) gt Fis ie Met a PAG) ie 9 |, nil ka _. [aes 35/1:05|1°05|2°05| -85/1-56|3-40|2-83/2-27|;2-20/ nil | -40 =] \) Days | 2 A Shih e Welty PO P74 WEL On Need WAL Bs anal * ji! a oe, Max.| -55| -31/1:90|1-70/2-10|2-°12|3°56|1-48|2-62)1-95/1-76] nil coe ae 2 Saee oae ere ty ad | Poa Et Bb 4 eral . Max.| -57| -60| -24/1-97|1-76|2-55|8-25/1-88/1-80/1-64) -14) — e re 1 eee Sacirtdd. ehhh re | ll) Net. treks a ae Rie ee Ate 44a 191-97) 14-34 13-02 18-90-98! -83 |) 67) nil | nil Days| 2 3 A On ae Lon 2) 2a e223 pelod neni ls rl Benin Cit Max.| — | -86| -67| -46/1-°64)4°15/1°75/3°73|2-48/1-48| -80| nil eet) Maye ee PEP G 2s Iai) Oh) Bap 119 bo1T) be 8 ). mil Digkeinei Max.| nil | nil |2-04|/2-67|1°70/2-89| -31|/1-42|1-52/1-43] -94] nil J Dag enim mle Ga tien wie hedt | 99 e098. | 91 | 19 1 pbonil Ond Max.| — | -12| -80| -85/1°53/1°52/1-51/7-04/2°50| -92/ nil | — e Dats? oe ene ee Se! ALE TS rs Bh ABs 1 Ue VE | sandr Piet fon 38} -07| -73|1:31/1°43/5-°00|4:10| -92/2°45|2-°06/1-11| -11 8 Days| 1 Pa ee en | tao, Ee Leite Ne IS. | id? cpa Biel) 2 Dubos Maxie Ol eo l oh) it 12 tte ony e-3t') 22) ist) or ae), nil feet Days| 1 Dear LOD See! LA hes IS 185 Sr nal Thadan (Max.| -23! -36]1-25/3-20/1-91|2-42/3-45|1-60/1-13}2-05| nil | — Days| 1 2 on fy it OMG toy etal 8 11 nil aka Migs | Pe) 180 tree) 8295) 9-30 12°05: | 2-704. 970) nil Se bavsiimil, pe Othe = | oO hob fab Bob d dh nll 152 JAS. J. SIMPSON—ENTOMOLOGICAL Table C has been prepared to demonstrate more clearly the nature and extent of the dry and the wet seasons at the various stations in the Colony. The first line for each station gives the maximum rainfall for any one day in each month, while the second shows the number of days on which rain fell at the respective stations in each month. An examination of the data reveals several important facts :—(1) the enormous daily rainfall during the wet season in the Niger delta, e.g., 7°45 inches in one day in July at Brass, 7°74 inches in one day in June at Akassa, 7°40 inches at Warri in June, and 8°25 inches at Epe in July within the same time ; whereas in the northern districts, ¢.g., at Olokemeji, 2°67 inches in April and 2°89 inches in June were the highest daily rainfalls recorded in 1910. (2) It also shows how the rainfall given in Table B was distributed throughout the various months. (3) A comparison of the number of days on which rain fell in the different months will also emphasise the nature of the compound curve of rainfall and the relative positions of its maxima. This would, however, have been more evident had it been possible to give the records in half- monthly frequency. TasLe D. Mean Monthly Humidity for 1910. ) : Jan. ! Feb. | Mar. | Apr. | May. Hi old sel Brass eae 93 | 08 ho TB Bs be a saa 84] .75 1. 85 | 80 | (80 Tiaaee | Oct. | Nov.| Dec. Station. June. July.| Aug. | Sept. Calabar «.. | 92 |..89 |, 82) 92 )..93 |}, 921 89 |.=—), 90) 972) eee | oe Forcados... |. 86 | 83 | 74) 85 |, 87 |. 93), 88 | —} 95), 80) 30) S00 Akassa .....|. 73 |, 90 |. 76) 75). 761) 73 | 80). 80). 80'| 9-85 |, Bo) | SO ae Bonny .«... |, 89} 93} — | 100} 91) 92) 88°) 87 } 85°) BO BO tor eee Sapele: ys.) ) 880) 86). 79 po T1900 65?) o 90) Ol.) » 5O0) San eee Warrl wif) 88. J, =|. 88 |. 90 |, G4). 71 92). — | 94 1 485) | got oan Owerrl ... 87, | 73 | 66). 7b | 75) 83 )° 82) 90 | 75 | 80") (C0 Opobo ...) 91 (,— | 81) 784-33?) 89) 87 |, 78" lh) 80 |) Ob) Cas ae Onitsha, ....| 84) 83 | 80) 90).90;4 87 | 89 |, — | 89 } <89)| 35 | SooRiiaee Degemay:... |) 87 |, 86), 90 |. 87 |. 83 |}. 91.) 87 1°97 ) 85 he Sb \eaae eee Hpe «. | 83 | OL) 84) 81} 81) 87]. 93}, — | ==) 790 Sa aoe es Abo | 83} 86) 76:) 85 | 83.}..82 |, 81 }oB4.) .80) |e 76), 604) eames Benin City | 96 95 94 | 89 || 94° (ico) (es) ite) lor) to TSG ce En on ' | ito) = ites) rs EFKrNINCONUARDMAUOWDHOOH WOLFE bh Olokemeji | 75| 81 | 73| 34! 83] 86] 87] 92] 89] 94] 85] 95 ]| 84- Ondo... | .— | 741,84). 593), — | 84)-— | 71 | 94 1 ee | Ze Tiagos ) se) | 6372 |. 68 | 73.|. 74 |. 77 4. 80 82h. 77 | 77a aa | Ouhoobou.) 162k mel.) PECK bee) ee — | || eis Ibadan » ....| 75 | 93 | 86) 80) 92 | 89 |. Of |) 92°)) 94>) FON 80) a eae Badagri.... | 79 | 81)| —|-81 |. 74.|.—1, 78 |. —.1. 75.) 980 | Son eel ee Abeoknta.... »85.|. 90 |,— }.—|.— |. 94). 99 |. — |e—.| — | gue Oita. | — | — | 2/2 = 98) a7) 89) 70) ee eee ' | Table D gives the mean humidity for each month in 1910 at the same twenty-two stations. A comparison of this table with that given for Northern Nigeria* will show how much gyveater is the general humidity near the coast than in the upland districts, for the annual means are about on a level with the average annual maxima in Northern Nigeria. It is unnecessary to discuss the details, but a glance will be sufficient to show that in the delta region there is very little difference in humidity throughout the various months of the year, while im the * Bull. Ent. Res. II, pt. 4, p. 312. RESEARCH IN BRITISH WEST AFRICA. 153 north, where the dry season is of longer duration, although the humidity may reach a very high percentage in the wet season, it does not maintain its intensity during the months when there is little rainfall. TABLE HK. Monthly Temperatures for 1909. | | Station. | Jan. Peb, Ms. Apl. May. une! July| Aug. Sept.) Oct. | Nov.) Dec. || Mean. | Max. .../98 /97 |95 |96 196 |90 |88 {89 |89 |92 |94 195 93-2 Blokemeit Min. ...|/54 |69 |68 |68 |68 |63 |68 |68 |67 |67 |69 |58 || 656 JP ss) | Av. Max.|92 | 87°8/88-1190-4/90 | 86:5 | 84:21 83-7] 839189 | 91-8] 91:0|) 88-2 | | Av. Min. | 69-4|73°5|73 | 73:1 | 72°6|72°3|72 | 71-3| 70-6 | 71°6 | 73:6 | 69:9 || 71-9 Max. .../94 /94 |96 |97 |96 |94 |88 1/89 |91 /91 |94 |92 || 93 Onitshs Min. .../63 |70 |69 |69 |68 |68 |67 |69 |69 |69 |69 |69 || 68-2 *°) | Av. Max. | 89:2] 90:1 | 91-3192 | 90-4| 87-3 | 83°6 | 83-7 | 85°6 | 86-4 | 89-9 | 86°6 |] 88 Av. Min.|72 | 74-4| 74:3 | 73-3 | 73-2 | 72:1 | 71-4| 71:7| 725174 |74 |74 || 73 ‘|Max. .../95 196 194 197 193 190 |88 |87 |88 |95 |96 |96 || 92-9 Thadan Min. .../55 |61 |61 159 |61 |59 |/60 |60 158 159 /|61 159 59:4 *) | Av. Max. | 90:9 | 92°3 | 91-1 | 90-7 | 89°8 | 85:8 | 82-6 | 82:2 | 84:°5|88 | 84-8] 91:5|| 87-8 Av. Min. | 64-7169 | 65-8164-3/64 |63°3|62°5|61:4/61 | 62:2|65:1| 64:3) 63:8 Max. .../90 195 |92 |94 193 |95 |93 |90 |96 |95 |92 1/89 92:8 Ee li Man) 4) GON 170-170 169° |70,,170 160, 160 |69 | 67, | 71, 169 67 Pp °) | Av. Max.|86°5/89 |88:3188:9/89 | 85:7 | 83-8 | 83°6| 84:4 | 87°5 | 88:2] 862 || 86-7 Av. Min. | 70°6 | 73:3 | 74-6 | 73.4 | 73-1 | 72:3 | 67-7 | 63:3 | 70°5|72 |72:4| 71:9 || 71-2 Max. ...|92 |93 |94 196 |95 192 |87 |87 188 |91 |92 |92 91-6 Owe-ri +72 | Min. .../60 |65 [64 |65 |65 (64 |65 |65 |61 |63 | 65 |63 63°7 : Av. Max. | 89:°2/91 |90 188 |92:5/88°6|84:5184 |84:7187 |88:8|88:7|} 88-1 Av. Min.|66 |69 | 69:3] 67-8 | 67-9 | 66:8 | 66-9 | 67-1 | 66:1 | 66:4 | 69°6 | 67-4) 67-5 Max. .../99 |89 |90 |90 |92 |89 |90 |89 |90 |90 |90 |94 |] 91 Bie dis Min. ...|/59 |64 |62 |60 |60 [59 159 |59 |59 |65 |60 |64 || 60:8 : ") | Av. Max.|89 | 84:1| 86:8} 87-1 | 86-8 | 84°7 | 85:1|85 |86°8|87 |86:9| 88-41} 86-4 Av. Min. | 66:6|68 | 70:31 66:2! 65:2 | 64:71 65°2;66 | 65:5) 66°7|65:9|66 || 66:3 Max. .../95 |92 |92 193 |193 |91 |89 188 |80 |90 |90 |91 9] Calabar Mii meee Odeeh COpe Ot Ons COX bG9A4 Wr shTbewe | 20, .\'Ph,) eles | FOhal, 696 * ) | Av. Max.;89 |88 |89:6'89-:8/90 |87°7|86:4|86 | 86:1 | 88:9 | 89:1 | 89:4 || 88-3 Av. Min.|73 |72 |71:5|70°5|70°6/70 |70-4|71 |70°3/71 |71:2|70:7|) 71 Max. .../94 195 |96 |95 (92 |92 |84 |83 |91 1/87 |88 |89 || 90-5 Reet Min. .../58 |60 |64 |68 |67 |65 |64 |64 |68 |65 |65 |64 || 64:3 3 "| Av. Max. | 91-6 | 91:4 | 92:4] 91-2188 |87:°9179 |79:1/88 | 84:3! 86-2] 86:4|| 87-1 Av. Min. | 62:4] 64 | 68:5! 70-9 | 69-7 | 67°7 | 66:2 | 66:2| 69°8| 69 |71:5/70°3|| 68 Max. .../92 |92 {92 |92 |92 190 |88 |88 |88 |90 |91 |90 || 90-4 Br Mima seis eoalos Ht ge TT nee (68 168° ur 70 1 6e 65:7 aia =*°) | Av. Max.|86 | 89°7| 89°5 | 85°5 | 88°7 | 84:8 | 82°6 | 85-5 | 84:9 | 86:3 | 87°3 | 87°6 || 86°5 Av. Min. | 62:6|64 | 64:2| 69-8 | 74:7 | 73:2] 73°-4|74 |73°7|72°8|74 |73:1]) 70-8 Max. .../89 |90 |92 |99 |96 |90 |78 |85 /89 |91 |89 |90 || 89:8 oe Min. .../66 |68 |66 |60 |71 |66 {68 |70 |67 |68 |68 |71 67-4 onny =) | Av. Max. | 86:4} 86°8 | 89:2 | 89-2| 88-2] 82 | 80:2] 83°9 | 82°0| 84:81 86 |88°5|| 85-6 Av. Min. | 72°8 | 73°8 | 72°2| 73°2| 4 | '72°8| 71:3] 72-1 | 71-1 | 70°7 | 71-1 | 72:4 || 72:3 Max. .../91 190 |93 |91 |90 |89 |85:2/88 |87 189 |91 /90 |] 89:5 ee, Voice pieces OS ieelm lin) WE Deak beeen) Dba sid ay TE) evltZOl sal Gilyyy st G2 eeclelel ai 8 -*) | Av. Max. | 86°8 | 87:4 | 89:9 | 87:8 | 87-9 | 87-4. | 82-7 | 83-7 | 84:5 | 86°3 | 87-9 | 87-7 |] 86-5 | Av. Min. | 73°8|'75°7|77-2| 764176 |74 | 74:1] 73°8|73°1|74:1|75°6/75 || 74:9 Max. .../89 |89 |90 195 197/85 |89 186 |85 |88 |89 |89 || 89-2 Bean Min. ...|70 |72 |69 |71 |69 |65 |61 |69 (64 |62 |68 |72 || 67-6 8 **) | Av. Max. | 861/87 | 87-1 | 87-2/85:8|80°3179 |81 |80 |81°8/83 |84:8|| 83°6 Av. Min. | 71:5 | 76-2 | 75:5 | 75°4| 73°6| 71°8| 701173 |72 |71:8|'74:2|76 || 73:8 (|Max. ...|87 |89 |88 |89 |90 |86 |84 |84 |84 |87 |88 |88 87 eee Min. ...|61 |66 (67 |63 |70 |71 |67 |69 |70 \66 |66 |67 67 8 °) | Av. Max. | 851 | 85:4 | 86:3 | 85-9 | 86:3 | 81:8 | 81:3 | 81:1|81:4/84 |86-7/86 |] 84:3 Av. Min. | 71°5 | 73°3 | 74:6 | 73°8 | 76:6 | 77-5 | 73°6 | 71°8 | 71:7 | 71:2 | 73-1 | 71 73°3 154 JAS. J. SIMPSON—ENTOMOLOGICAL In Table E I have collected the records of monthly temperatures for thirteen stations in the Colony, giving (1) the maximum for one day during each month, (2) the minimum for one day during the month, (3) the average maximum for the month, and (4) the average minimum for the month. The stations have been arranged in descending annual maxima. It is unnecessary to enter into any detailed discussion of the various data here presented, but I should like to draw attention to some of the major features :— (1) The means of the average monthly maxima all lie within a very circum- scribed compass ; at one extreme stands Calabar with a mean of 88°3° F., and at the other Degema with a mean of 83°6° F. (2) The means of the average monthly minima show a similarly low range ; for example, Lagos with 74°9° and Ibadan with 63°8° are the most diverse. (3) The difference between the maxima for the various months is comparatively slight. Thus, the greatest divergence was'21° at Bonny (99° in April and 78°* in July), while at Oshogbo the difference was only 13°, and at Brass it was least of all—namely, 4°. The range is least in the delta region, and greatest in the north. (4) The same is true with regard to the range in the minima. (5) The difference between the maximum and minimum in any one month is greatest in the dry season, and, generally speaking, more in the north than in the south, The extremes of shade temperature recorded for S. Nigeria are 46° and 110°; the highest average of maximum shade temperature is 93°2° at Olokemeji, and the lowest average of minimum 59°40° at Ibadan, both in the Western Proviace. The mean height of the barometer at sea-level is about 30 inches, with a total range of 0°10 inches between the highest and lowest readings during the day-time. It must not be considered that these few observations by any means exhaust the deductions to be drawn from these tables, but they constitute the most impor- tant from the point of view of the distribution of the insect fauna, and when these are borne in mind, many points, otherwise obscure, will be found to be correlated with the general climatic conditions. The whole may be recapitulated thus :— (1) Stations in the same latitude have similar rainfalls. (2) The rainfall is greatest successively at Calabar, in the Niger delta, and in the lagoon region along the coast, and diminishes from the south northwards, except along the river basins and in the hilly regions. (3) Where the rainfall in the north, eg., at Ondo, is greater than in the surrounding country, it is due to a greater intensity during a few months, and not to an increase in the number of rainy months. (4) The rainfall curve is of the equatorial type—that is, there are two annual maxima and minima, the maxima tending to fuse into one in the northern parts of the Western Province. (5) The dry and wet seasons are not very definitely separated, but the rainfall is almost negligible from November to February, and the duration of this dry season increases from south to north. * Jt is not improbable that this record is much too low. RESEARCH IN BRITISH WEST AFRICA, e145 (6) The humidity is greatest in the delta of the Niger and is much greater in Southern than in Northern Nigeria, the monthly range increasing from south to north. (7) The means of the average monthly maximum temperatures, and also of the minima all lie within a very circumscribed compass. (8) The range in the maxima for the various months increases from south to north, as also does the difference between the maximum and minimum in any month, this difference being greatest in the dry season. III. Narrative. (a) The Western Province. This province, which includes the old Colony of Lagos, is situated in the Bight of Benin, and extends from French Dahomey on the west to the Central Province of Southern Nigeria and the Kabba Province of Northern Nigeria on the east, while on the north it is bounded by the provinces of Lorin and Borgu in Northern Nigeria. It has an area of over 28,000 square miles and a popu- lation of over two and a half millions. Topographically it is distinct from the rest of the Protectorate and also from Northern Nigeria, but is more intimately connected with French Dahomey. With the exception of the lagoons in the south, which connect with the delta of the Niger, it has its own distinctive river system. It is irrigated by several small rivers with innumerable tributaries, practically all of which have their origin within the Province. These pour their waters into the series of lagoons which unite and connect with the sea at Lagos. The hills of Shaki in the north and those of [esha in the north-east form the water-shed between this system and the tributaries of the Niger which flow northwards in this region, while the [danre hills in the Ondo District constitute a dividing line between the rivers of the Western and Central Provinces. The largest and most important river in the Province under discussion is the Ogun, which rises practically at the boundary of Northern and Southern Nigeria in the extreme north-west, runs almost due south through the districts of Shaki, Oyo, Ibadan, and Abeokuta, and empties itself into the Lagos lagoon between Ebutemetta and Ikorodu. On this river the most important towns are Olokemeji, Aro, and Abeokuta, all of which are on the Lagos Railway, which follows the valley of the river from Ebutemetta to a point some distance north of Eruwa Road. The chief tributaries of the Ogun River are the Opeki, the Oyun, the Owiwi, and the Awon, which all rise in the highlands of Shaki, and, running in a south- easterly direction, join the Ogun on its right bank. West of the Ogun River, the only stream of any importance is the Yewa River, which rises in French Dahomey and enters Nigeria south of Meko. Running almost due south through the district of Badagri, close to the French border, it enters the Badagri lagoon near the town of that name. Kast of the Ogun River are a large number of small streams which rise in the north of the Ibadan and I[lesha districts, and flow almost due south to enter the 156 JAS. J. SIMPSON—ENTOMOLOGICAL system of lagoons which lie parallel with the coast-line. The chief of these are the Owuri, which flows into the Lagos lagoon, the Omi into the Ikorodu lagoon, the Oshun, the Shasha, and the Oni, which pour their waters into the Lekki lagoon, and the Oluwa River, which empties itself into the Mahin lagoon. It must be remembered, however, that all these lagoons are united and open to the sea only at one point, namely, near Lagos. It will thus be seen from the Beata direction of the flow of these rivers, namely, almost due south, that ters is a gradual diminution in the altitude from the north southwards, interrupted by no intrusive ranges of hills of any importance. For this reason, in considering the physical configuration of the Province, it is convenient to divide the country into four zones more or less parallel with the coast. The first, or outer, zone consists of long peninsulas, islands and sandbanks which separate the ocean from the series of lagoons already mentioned. These lagoons, though all connected, vary considerably in depth and expanse ; in some places they widen out into extensive lakes, at others they contract into narrow channels enclosing numerous flat marshy islands or sandbanks. In most parts these waterways are navigable for small launches, and by this means there is a regular marine service between Lagos and Badagri on the west, and on the east between Ikorodu, Epe and Siluko on the boundary between the Western and Central Provinces, some fifty miles from the sea. Beyond the lagoon area, for some ten miles inland, there is a flat tract of country, in some places sandy and much cultivated, in others consisting of numerous extensive swamps. In the latter area the inhabitants are chiefly fishermen and salt-collectors. During and after the rains many of these swamps become small lakes and connect with ue main lagoons by small channels which are often navigable for canoes. Beyond this second zone the forest country commences, and the land gradually rises until the watershed of the Niger is reached, which is formed by an oblique range of hills between the 8th and 9th parallels, consisting of the Idanre hills, and the highlands of Ilesha, Oshogbo and Shaki. In some parts (for example, the Forest of Ondo), the vegetation is very thick, and there are abundant large high trees, whose foliage serves to produce a very dense shade. In such forests the stillness, broken only by the chirruping of the cicadas, is oppressive ; the temperature is several degrees lower than in the open, but the moist clammy air is almost suffocating. In other parts, however, there are numerous large expanses of undulating park-like country, where a certain amount of cultivation is done, but on the whole the population is scanty. Beyond this forest region, which north of Lagos is about 40 miles wide, the country opens out, and extensive views can be had from the tops of the small hills, e.g., at Abeokuta and Meko, and beyond this the country is, for the most part, open and fertile. The population is very dense in this area, and there are a few towns of very large size, eg., Ibadan with 200,000 and Oshogbo with 40,000 inhabitants. ‘Towards the boundary of Northern Nigeria there are bare granitic, gneiss and schistose hills ; the country is much drier, and the trees are thinly scattered, low and stunted. RESEARCH IN BRITISH WEST AFRICA. 157 Politically, the Western Province is divided into a number of districts, and for the present purpose it might be well to discuss each of these in turn, always having regard to the various hydrographic systems. From west to east are the Rivers Yewa and Ogun, which drain the districts of Badagri, Meko, Abeokuta, part of Ibadan, Oyo and Shaki; and these, along with Lagos, form an almost complete unit. In the east are the various small rivers already mentioned, draining the districts of Ikorodu, Expe, Ijebbu Ode, Ondo, Llesha, the remainder of Ibadan and Oshogbo ; and these again form a more or less distinct topo- graphical unit. The Lagos Railway in its lower portion passes through the first- named area, while beyond Ibadan it enters the second, and continues within it until it reaches Northern Nigeria at Offa. (1) Badagvri. This is one of the most westerly districts in the Province, and is bounded on the west by French Dahomey. The only river of any importance in the district is the Yewa, which is navigable for a short distance for small launches, and to Egoa for moderate-sized canoes. A large amount of produce is brought down this river to the town of Badagri, where a large market is held, and there is considerable intercourse with the natives in French Dahomey. ‘The coastal region is low, flat and swampy, and lies on the Badagri lagoon, which is separated from the ocean by a long narrow peninsula. ‘The town of Badagri is reached by steam-launch along the lagoon from Lagos. Inland from the coast area there is a broad forest belt which extends for a distance of 40-50 miles. Beyond this region the country becomes more open and park-like in character, and there is a succession of small hills and valleys, which extend into the Meko district in the north. The whole trend of the country is towards a slight increase in elevation northwards. In the sub-district of -Idi-Oroko, the chief town of which is Okeodan, the country is low and flat, and during the dry season water is very scarce in this part. Guinea-worm is very prevalent all over the district, but more especially in Idi-Oroko. The chief industries of the natives are agriculture and fishing ; sheep and goats are plentiful, but very few cattle and no horses are kept. Elephant and bush-cow are said to occur on the Yewa River, but with the exception of a few small antelope, and these not in any abundance, there is little game in the district. The natives, especially in the north, are great hunters, and as there are a few guns in every village, the absence of game of all sorts is not surprising, During my visit to this district at the height of the dry season, in February, 1919, the number of blood-sucking flies was at its minimum. At Badagri the only species seen were Mansonioides uniformis and Tabanus par, while the former species was also obtained at Hire, and A/yzomyia costalis at Agilete. From the sheep and dogs at several places numerous ticks were obtained :—Amblyommea variegatum on dogs at Hire and Agilete, Haemaphysalis leachi and Rhipicephalus sanguineus from sheep at Ibesha. At the latter place also Ctenocephalus canis was found on dogs, and several Dermatophilus penetrans were taken from the 158 JAS. J. SIMPSON—ENTOMOLOGICAL carriers feet. [I examined a long stretch of the river at Egoa, but saw no biting flies of any sort. At this town the dogs were simply swarming with Ctcnoccphalus canis. Capt. L. HE. H. Humfrey, whe has made extensive collections of insects from Southern Nigeria, was stationed at Badaeri for a short time, and from the “Yewa River” he sent the following species of blood-sucking flies :— Glossina palpalis, Glossina caliginea, Tabanus fasciatus, T. secedens, T. socialis, T. taeniola, T. thoracinus, Chrysops dimidiata* and Mansonioides unitformis. (2) Meko. The southern part of this district is for the most part undulating, has a laterite soil, and is covered with open forest of a deciduous type, having an undergrowth of tall grasses and bush, with occasional belts of denser forest, the latter generally associated with the small streams. There are a number of small rivers running south, the chief of which are the Yewa and the Idi, which unite a little to the south of Hgoa. The town of Meko stands on the eastern edge of a large plateau 645 feet above sea level, with an estimated area of five square miles. To the west the descent is very precipitous to the small village of Idofa, nestling in the valley of the Oyo River, a tributary of the Yewa. The main road to Meko is from Aro a station in Hebaland on the Lagos Railway, 60 miles from the terminus at Iddo. Only 133 miles of this road are in the Meko district. No blood-sucking flies were seen at Meko during my visit, nor have any been recorded from the plateau itself. A number of species, however, occur at various places on the Aro-Meko road, but these will be referred to later. On the dogs, however, the following parasites were found :—Haemaphysalis leachi, Rhipicephalus sanguineus and Ctenocephalus canis, while on the fowls were numerous Evchidno- phaga gallinacea. North of the town of Meko there is a small belt of oil-palms. “ Further north, palms all but disappear, and the scenery becomes extremely monotonous— everywhere tall grass and trees of such a kind that the general aspect is like that of a thickly planted English orchard with its grass ready for haysel. Cropping up here and there are huge slabs of bare grey gneissic granite, and also hills of the same, partly clothed with trees and herbage ; these are seen best near Oku- oshiju’s farm and at Owuye (French, and 12 miles north of Meko). Numerous small streams run in all directions except north; the largest is the Okpara, about 250 feet wide, between Jabata and Wasimi.” (3) Shaki, This district is very imperfectly known, but the general configuration of the country is said to be similar to that described above for the northern part of the Meko district. The River Ogun rises in this district near the Northern Nigeria frontier. * Tt is very doubtful whether C. silacea, Aust., is really distinct from this species, and it is highly probable that when a larger number of specimens are obtained it will prove to be no more than a mere colour variety. RESEARCH IN BRITISH WEST AFRICA, 159 (4) Oyo. The district of Oyo is very similar to Meko. The general type of country is undulating grass-land, sparsely timbered with gnarled and stunted trees. In the north and west there are high rocky hills, generally rising precipitously to a height of 200-300 feet, while scattered about are small patches of forest. Game is fairly abundant in this northern region, in fact it is probably the best preserve in Southern Nigeria. The smaller antelope are found throughout the whole of these districts; elephant are fairly plentiful, while there are also a few lion, and leopard. Roan antelope, hartebeeste, waterbuck, kob and yellow- backed duiker are also to be found, while monkeys of various sorts are every- where abundant. Nothing is known of the insect fauna of the country north of the Aro-Meko Road and west of the railway. Again starting from the south we have now to consider Kgbaland and Ibadan, two provinces within the basin of the Ogun River. (5) Hebaland. The southern portion of this independent kingdom ruled over by the Alake, whose residence is at Abeokuta, consists largely of forest, with immense tracts of open country, well watered and extensively cultivated. To the east are a few ranges of hills which separate the Ogun river system from that of the Ogbara, etc., a region abounding in thick forests. The north-eastern portion is open country, low, well watered and largely cultivated. The Lagos Railway runs through a considerable part of this territory within a short distance of the capital, Abeokuta, which has a population of over 60,000. The town of Aro and the greater part of the Aro-Meko road is also in Egbaland, and here the following blood-sucking flies have been found :— (In addition to those collected by the writer the records made by Drs. G. Gray and J. Copland, both of whom were stationed at different times at Aro, and who made large collections while travelling to and from Meko, have been added.) At Aro :—Mansonioides uniformis, Myzomyia costalis and Tabanus taeniola. Both species of mosquito were very troublesome during the writer’s sojourn in February. At Olarunda market (one of the usual camping places on the Aro-Meko Road) :—Hippocentrum versicolor. At Kdi-Emi (the other camping ground on this road) :— Glossina longipalpis, Labanus subangustus, Hippocentrum versicolor and Subpangonia gravoti. At several other places on this road Glossina longipalpis has been found, while Haematopota tenuicrus has also been recorded. | From the dogs at Aro Rhipicephalus sanguineus, Boophilus decoloratus and Ctenocephalus canis have been taken, while on the sheep at Abeokuta, in addition to Boophilus decoloratus, I aiso found a new species of blood-sucking lice (Anoplura) recently described by Kellogg and Paine* under the name of Lanognathus africanus. * Bull. Ent. Res. IT, pt. 2, p. 146, 160 JAS. J. SIMPSON—ENTOMOLOGICAL (6) Ibadan. ‘ This district lies to the north of Kebaland and consequently partakes of the hilly character of that region. “The whole country lies on eruptive rocks all belonging to the granitic-eneissic family, with approaches here and there to porphyry. North of Ibadan there is little real forest. The country may be described as a rolling plateau with low hills and hardly any virgin land. The average rainfall is 40-50 inches. The cattle thrive although they have ticks and suffer from tsetse-fly, especially in the neighbourhood of rivers.” The only blood-sucking flies recorded from Ibadan are :—Myzomyia costalis, Culiciomyia nebulosa, Tabanus taeniola, Hacmatopota decora and Hippobosca maculata. Dr. Ashton informed me that “sandflies,” probably Culicoides grahami, were very abundant, especially during the wet season and were most troublesome from 6 to 11 A.M. and from 3 p.m. to sunset. None were seen by me during my visit, which occurred towards the end of February. (7) Ikorodu. This is a very small district lying on the Lagos lagoon. The whole area is very low and there is no open country ; clearings for farms have been made in the forest in several places. Numerous rivers, streams and back-waters from the lagoon intersect the country in all directions, and these afford an ample water- supply. Many of these water-ways are navigable for canoes. Nothing is known of the insect fauna of this district. (8) Epe. The district of Epe extends along the sea-coast practically from Lagos to the boundary of the Central Province, and includes the two sub-districts of Mahin and Itebu. At no point is it more than twenty-five miles from the coast. Both of the sub-districts, Mahin and Itebu, are low-lying and swampy, the greater part of this area being covered with large trees and thick undergrowth. North of the town of Epe the country is undulating. It was once- covered by a huge forest, which has now been cut down and replaced by farms. South of this region to the sea the whole country is low-lying and sandy, and includes numerous lagoons, the largest of which is known as the Lekki Lagoon. Numerous rivers, which rise in the districts to the north, such as Ibadan and Ondo, have their lower reaches in the Epe district, and pour their waters into the various lagoons. The largest of these are the Oshun, the Shasha and the Oni. In addition to these there are numerous creeks, such as the Unu, the Owa and the Mahin. Consequently, waterways are extremely numerous throughout the district and afford communication between Lagos, Eipe, and onwards to the Niger. The chief industry of the district is fishing, but there is also a certain amount of agriculture. Recently, bitumen has been discovered there, and this substance is being exploited by the Southern Nigerian Bitumen Company. Elephant were formerly abundant, but are now practically extinct. A few antelope still exist, and hippopotami and manatee occur in the rivers and creeks. Our knowledge of the insect fauna of this district is due entirely to the work of RESEARCH IN BRITISH WEST AFRICA. 161 Dr. W. A. Lamborn, who has collected extensively on the Oni River. The following blood-sucking flies have been received from him: Glossina caliginea, G. palpalis, G. nigrofusca, Tabanus fasciatus, T. secedens, T. socialis, T. thora- cinus, Chrysops longicornis and C. silacea. With regard to the last-named species he says: “ This is the commonest biting fly found in the houses at Oni Station on Lekki Lagoon.” Of the three species of Glossina which occur in this region G. caliginea appears to be by far the most abundant. (9) Ijebu-Ode. This district lies to the north of the western portion of the Epe district. The country is undulating and for the most part covered with thick forest ; there are no hills of any ninencioatie, atl the whole region is well watered by reall streams and several large rivers. These latter are the higher reaches of those mentioned in the Epe district. Bush-cow and some of the larger antelope are found on the Oni river and the surrounding country, but on the whole the district is too thickly forested for game to be Pandit Crocodiles are scarce. Nothing is known of the insect fauna of this district. (10) Ondo. | “ The district of Ondo is much larger than any of those just mentioned; it lies to the north of the eastern half of the Epe district, and extends northwards to Ilesha. The country is hilly and undulating, and there are several large dense forests. Tothe north are the Idanre Hills, a range of granitic and gneissic rocks, the surrounding country being precipitous on Ay nee These hills form the watershed between the river system of the eastern half of this Province and the system of the western half of the Central Province. The whole: country is well watered, and there are several large rivers, the most important of which are the Oni, the Owena and the Onishere. The principal creek runs from Agbabu to a point where the Arogbo Creek flows westwards to Mahin and eastwards to Arogbo, and is navigable for steam launches. Elephant and bush-cow are found in the Onishere and Idanre forests ; ata antelope and leopard in the Ondo and Akure forests; while crocodiles abound in the lagoons. Sheep, goats, pigs, and a small breed of cattle to which I shall refer later, are to be found in most of the villages. The part of this district traversed by the writer was from Igbara-Oke through Akure to Owo. The only blood-sucking insect obtained was Ctenoce- phalus canis from goats at Akure. The forests of this province are probably the largest in the Colony, and would well repay examination from an entomo~ logical point of view. (11) Oshogbo. North of the districts just discussed lie Oshogbo and Ilesha, which extend to the Northern Nigerian frontier. Politically, Oshogbo is a sub-district of Ibadan, but for the present purpose it merits separate consideration, chiefly from the fact that the insect fauna of this area is, after Yaba, the best known in Southern Nigeria. Dr, T. F, G. Mayer, who was stationed here for some 25110 D 162 JAS. J. SIMPSON—ENTOMOLOGICAL time, made extensive collections and also bred numerous species of mosquitos from larvae. He has himself published a short report on his observations on the district in a previous number of this Bulletin,* so that it is unnecessary for me to enter into much detail here. I have, however, considered it advis- able to include his list of blood-sucking insects for the sake of completeness, along with some other species collected by me during my tour in the district. The country is for the most part covered with thick bush, and there is also a large number of oil palms. It is well watered by several large rivers, the most important of which are the Oshun, the Otin and the Shasha; the first and last-mentioned of these we have now traced from their mouths to their source, from Epe through Ijebbu-Ode. The country is undulating and there are no extensive swamps ; to the north- east are hills, which separate the Western Province from the Niger system ; to the north-west open grass country extends through the district of Oyo to the Shaki highlands ; to the south-east thick forest is found, merging into the forest region of the Ondo district. Game is scarce, but a few antelope and some leopard are still to be found. Of the domestic animals the most common are sheep ; goats are also abundant, and in several places one finds a number of cattle, both the hump-backed or “ Zebu” variety from Northern Nigeria, and the small native breed. Horses are often introduced from Northern Nigeria but seldom thrive. The following blood-sucking insects have been found in the district, but I would draw attention to the paper, already cited, by Dr. Mayer on their distri- bution, numbers and seasonal prevalence. DireTERA.— Glossina palpalis, G. longipalpis, Stomoxys brunnipes, Stomoxys nigra, Tabanus quadrisignatus, T. subangustus, T. pluto, Chrysops longicornis, C. stlacea, Hippocentrum versicolor, Haematopota decora, H. tenuicrus, Culex decens, C. duttoni, C. pruina, C. tigripes var. fuscus, C. zombaensis, Myzomyia costalis, M. funesta, M. umbrosa, M. marshalh, Myzorhynchus mauritianus, M. paludis, Mansonioides uniformis, Culiciomyia nebulosa, Ochlerotatus nigeri- ensis, Stegomyia africana, S. fasciata S. sugens, Eretmopodites quinquevittatus and Uranotaenia mayeri. SIPHONAPTERA.—Ctenocephalus canis from dogs. MaALuornaca.t—Menopon nigrum (a new species), Nirmus varius, and Colpoce- phalum semicinctum ; these were all obtained by the writer from a white-necked raven (Corvultur albicollis), and Colpocephalum flavescens which was found on a vulture. IxopOIDEA.—Boophilus decoloratus from cows, Rhipicephalus simpsoni, Nutt. and Warb., sp. n., on bush-rat and Rhipicephalus neavei. It is interesting to note that from a bush-rat killed by me at Oshogbo, in addition to the new species of tick mentioned above, two new worms were also * Bull. Ent. Res. IT, pt. 3, pp. 273-276 (1911). } Kellog and Paine, Bull. Ent. Res. IT, 2, pp. 147-151 (1911) RESEARCH IN BRITISH WEST AFRICA. 163 obtained. These have been described by Dr. Leiper. Both belonged to new genera, one in the family ANCHYLOSTOMIDAE, Acheilostoma simpsoni, the other in the family STRONGYLIDAE, Trachypharynx nigeriae. (12) Tlesha. The district of Ilesha may be described as an undulating plain situated in the forest belt ; it is well watered by numerous streams and is surrounded on all sides except the north by ranges of steep hills. The rainfall is about 50 inches annually. Game is scarce, but a few antelope, some leopards and several species of monkeys are to be found. The region known as Ekiti is separated from [lesha by a range of precipitous hills, the Efon Range, of about 600 feet above the level of the surrounding country. The area to the south is covered with forest, with occasional stretches of low scrub. To the north, for the most part, the country is open, with small belts of forest along the water-ways. Three large rivers, the Oshun, the Ogbesse and the Owena rise in this district. Antelopes of all descriptions, bush- cow, leopard and pig are abundant. Our knowledge of the blood-sucking insects of the district is principally due to Capt. L. E. H. Humfrey, but collections have also been made by Dr. T. F. G. Mayer and Capt. A. H. Blair. The following are the chief species found among the DIPTERA :—Glossina fusca, G. palpalis, Tabanus kingsleyi, T. ruficrus, T. pluto, T. besti, Chrysops silacea, Rhinomyza stimulans, Culiciomyia nebulosa, Stegomyia fasciata, E'vretmopodites inornatus, F.. quinquevittatus, and Mucidus mucidus. SIPHONAPTERA :—Dermatophilus penetrans and Ctenocephalus canis. MALLOPHAGA :— Trichochetes climax, on goats. IXODOIDEA :—Rhipicephalus sanguineus and Haemaphysalis leachi. There remain to be considered only a few localities from which blood-sucking insects have been recorded, and which are not included in the foregoing sections. These are, Lagos, the capital of the Colony; Yaba, the headquarters of the Medical Research Institute ; and a few isolated localities on the Lagos Govern- ment Railway. (13) Lagos and Yaba. From the town of Lagos itself the only blood-sucking flies so far recorded have been mosquitos. Recently Dr. W. M Graham undertook 2 mosquito survey of this town, and an account of his results has already been published in this Bulletin. It is, therefore, only necessary for me to give a list of the species found. They are as follows :—Stegomyia fasciata, Culiciomyia nebulosa, Culex duttont, Culex tigripes var. fuscus, Culex decens, Myzorhynchus obscurus and Myzomyia costalis. I may also mention that while resident at Yaba I obtained numerous fleas from rats sent to Dr. Connal for examination. These were all Xenopsylla brasiliensis with the exception of one male Xenopsylla cheopis, the transmitter of plague. I believe this is the only record of this flea from Southern Nigeria, though it is very common on the Gold Coast. 25110 D 2 164 JAS. J. SIMPSON—ENTOMOLOGICAL The insect fauna of Yaba, about five miles from Lagos and close to the railway, is better known than that of any other part of the Colony, owing to the fact that the Medical Research Institute is erected there. Not long ago Dr. W. M. Graham, assisted by Dr. A. Connal, made exhaustive collections of mosquito larvae, an account of which was published in this Bulletin* by Mr. W. Wesché. Since that time numerous other species, both imagines and larvae, have been received and the complete list is as follows :—Tozxorhynchites brevipalpis, Culex consimilis, C. pruina, C. guiarti, C. grahami, C. quasigelidus, C. duttont, C.. tigripes var. fuscus, C. decens, C. invidiosus, C, thalassius, C. rima, Culicuomyia nebulosa, Ochlerotatus caliginosus, O. longipalpis, OU. irritans, O. domesticus, O. punctothoracis, O. nigricephalus, O. marshalli, Stegomyia africana, S, apicoar- gentea, 8. fasciata, S. luteocephala, Aédomyia catasticta, Banksinella luteolaterals, Taeniorhynchus aurites, T. annetti, T. violaceus, Myzorhynchus wumbrosus, M. mauritianus, Myzomyia costalis, Nyssorhynchus pharoensis, Mansoniordes uniformis, Eretmopodites inornatus, Mimomyia mimomyiaformis, Uranotaenia balfouri, U. coeruleocephala, U. annulata, Ingramia nigra and I, uniformis. _ Collections from this locality have also been received from Drs. A. Connal and W. H. Sieger, and from these and the species collected by the writer the following list of blood-sucking insects, other than mosquitos, has been prepared :— DipereRA :—Tabanus billingtoni, T. ditaeniatus, T. fasciatus, T. ruficrus, T. laverani, T. par, T. pluto, T. secedens, T. subangustus, T. taeniola, T. thoracinus, Chrysops longicornis and Hippocentrum versicolor; Glossina fusca (a single specimen caught by the writer on April 20th, 1910), Stomoxys calcitrans, S. nigra, and S. omega; Hippobosca maculata on cattle; Nycteribia sp. on bats. SIPHONAPTERA :— Ctenocephalus canis from dogs. Ixopo1pEA :—Amblyomma variegatum and Rhipicephalus sanguineus on dogs. (14) Lagos Railway. The following records from construction camps and stations on the Railway are also worthy of note. At Agege, the source of the new water-supply for the town of Lagos, twelve miles from Iddo, the railway terminus, Glossina fusca, Stomoxys nigra, Tabanus taeniola and T. pluto have been caught, while between this point and Aro, sixty miles from Lagos, Hippocentrum versicolor was obtained in a railway-carriage at Owowo, and also at a camp 23 miles from Aro. From Opelita Dr. G. M. Gray records Tabanus fasciatus, T. taeniola and Hippobosca maculata, as well as the following ticks from horses :—Amblyomma variegatum, Boophilus decoloratus and Rhipicephalus sanguineus. At Opeji, Dermatophilus penetrans was found, while from the eighty-five mile camp Stomozys nigra has been recorded. At Olokemeji, the headquarters of the Forestry Department, about midway between Aro and Ibadan, the only blood-sucking insects recorded are Tabanus taeniola and T. socialis. During my visit there, however, I saw several tsetse, and, though I was unable to obtain any, am of opinion that they were Glossina longipalpis. * Bull, Ent. Res. I, pt.i, pp. 7-50 (1910). RESEARCH IN BRITISH WEST AFRICA. 165 (6) The Central Province. Owing to the irregular shape of the colony, this Province is situated to the south-east of the Western Province. It extends inland from the Bight of Benin to the Provinces of Kabba and Bassa in Northern Nigeria, and is bounded on the east by the Hastern Province of Southern Nigeria. Its area is roughly about 21,000 square miles and it is therefore slightly smaller than the Western Province ; the total population is approximately 2,000,000. The physical configuration is far from uniform, and four distinct types may be observed. In the north, but more especially in the north-west, the geological formation is igneous ; the country is slightly elevated, consisting of a series of plateaux, rounded hills and ridges, and thus forms a continuation of the type to be found in the north-west portion of the Western Province and the southern parts of Northern Nigeria. The second type of formation occupies by far the largest area in the Province, and consists of a sandy stratum of considerable depth, apparently formed from’ the débris of the igneous rocks. Boulders and stones are absent, and the colour of the soil is light and reddish. More recent in formation is the alluvial deposit, consisting of sand with over- lying strata of mud, to be found in the valley of the Niger; while along the coast is the great mangrove belt, in some parts over thirty miles in width. This area is intersected by the numerous mouths of the river and is being gradually built up by a deposit of silt brought down from the higher reaches and bound together by a dense growth of mangroves. The nature of the vegetation varies in accordance with the different types of country described. In the delta the mangrove holds exclusive sway, while further up the river, and in the valleys where the air is more humid, there is a dense forest belt consisting of moderately large trees, thick low scrub and a tangled, impenetrable network of lianes and creepers. Further from the river are to be seen large trees with little undergrowth, while in the north-east and north-west the forest is of a deciduous type, and the country is consequently orchard-like and open. Scattered. about in this last area are extensive stretches of tall elephant grass. _ The main water-way in the Central Province is the Niger, the upper reaches of which I have described in a previous report.* This river enters Southern Nigeria near Idah and flows practically due south to Abo, where it breaks up into innumerable branches, some of which flow through the Central, and others through the Hastern Province, the whole forming the extensive region known as the Niger delta. In the upper reaches it receives a considerable number of small tributaries. On the left bank the only one of any great importance is the Anambra River, which rises in Bassa Province in Northern Nigeria, and after flowing in a southerly direction enters the Niger near Onitsha. On the right bank the largest tributary is the Aseh River, which joins the Niger near Abo. tt nts * Bull. Ent. Res. II, pt. 4, pp. 315-318. 166 JAS. J. SIMPSON—ENTOMOLOGICAL South of Abo the true delta of the Niger commences, and the various outlets to the sea have received definite names. The first of these to be navigated was what is known as the Nun entrance in the Hastern Province, but this channel has been abandoned for some time in favour of a larger one, which enters the sea at Forcados. Consequently, the Niger as a river navigable for large craft may be said to be almost entirely confined to the Central Province. Most of the large ramifications in the delta area have been named after the chief towns which they pass, for example, the Benin River, the Warri River, the Forcados River and the Sapele River, while others are known as the Escravos River, the Ramos River and the Dodo River. These are all in the Central Province, but it must be remembered that they are in reality only creeks in the delta, which receive the subsidiary waters of the smaller streams in the Province, and are not in themselves distinct from each other. The high lands of Ishan, Agbor and Kwale form a dividing line between the tributaries of the Niger which flow to the east and the numerous small streams which are directed westwards. Of the latter the most important is the Ovia River, which rises in the Kabba Province in Northern Nigeria, and, after flow- ing practically due south, pours its waters into the Benin River. Its chief tributary is the Ogbesse River, which rises in the [esha district in the Western Province, and enters the Central Province between Akure and Owo. The Osiomo River, which passes Benin City, also flows into the Benin River, and further east the Jameson River and the Ethiope River unite to form the Sapele River, which again in turn joins the Benin River. The River Warri rises in the Kwale district and enters the system of creeks near the town of the same name ; this again joins the Forcados River before entering the sea. It will thus be seen that the river-system of the Central Province is a very complicated network of creeks, fed chiefly by the Niger, but also to a certain extent by several small streams from the north-west. These creeks are connected with the series of lagoons in the Western Province which have been already described, and also with similar creeks in the Eastern Province, and it is thus possible to pass by launch from Badagri in the extreme West to Calabar and eventually to the Kamaruns without entering the open sea. Politically, the Central Province is divided into 15 districts, each of which I now propose to discuss in turn as briefly as possible. For the present purpose, they may be conveniently divided into five groups, in accordance with the various types of physical configuration already discussed. (1) Ifon and Benin. This region is comparable in many respects, and geographically is coterminous, with the Ilesha district in the Western Province. To the north and east of Ifon the country is open and hilly, while in the Kukuruku country, which extends into the Kabba Province of Northern Nigeria, it is very rocky. To the south and west there is extensive thick bush and large timber forests, which gradually merge into the Forests of Ondo, referred to elsewhere. Game is abundant. Hlephant, leopard, buffalo, hartebeeste, waterbuck, duiker, harnessed antelope, wild pig and baboons are all said to occur. No tsetse have been recorded from this RESEARCH IN BRITISH WEST AFRICA. 167 region, but while at Ifon 1 saw several, though unfortunately was unable to secure specimens for identification. It is more than probable, however, that these were Glossina longipalpis, but they may have been G. submorsitans.* Two large rivers, the Owon and the Ovia and several small streams were crossed between Owo and Ifon, but no tsetse were seen at any of the fords. The only blood-sucking insect so far recorded from Ifon is Tabunus besti caught by Dr. R. W. Gray in December, 1910. The most noteworthy feature in this district is the presence of large herds of a dwarf variety of cattle, which, according to native evidence, supported by a low rate of mortality, seems to be immune from trypanosomiasis. Throughout Northern Nigeria and in the parts of Southern Nigeria where cattle are found the predominani variety is of the Indian zebu type, usually white, with a large dorsal hump (Pl. IL). F . Ohade', Otab Niengas iadajki J ! : iste ? : : 5 SV Bitock idan 3 IN Serban “8 ike IO” SG Bale a? : e : : S 4 i os ile RA ied) EER Ati Sh eonneh. Note Nias Mm { geitha : .. A Z, y yj u Nikopba YE~ pb thanke ty a oP /\ 2 7N naa} et aghy . Bhp & aan oN Do Wo atdt ape NER Yavin Piz Asko Q pee Ta ik ot NM ines | Ogragn [Aston ITA OI Le (Gag Pena Meee Fkemagecdi gage yy 43° dor Op um AiO: T nN Prirrionpce ti Bear apr At Algmare)= WY opie ~eoitoke\f Orc : Ogurnaites 3 Sete p. 9 m1 id “Adan ‘ \ 7 A AlisEio 3 i Ope Ekeiiaina eal epee AR aeye i nh, asia > Ula’ Y » } = AL Walt ‘ Moon Ibofive pice 0 AUD. / : f i = pe A i i folgotake sd Agbabu ra Sn ae ad , ‘ Na Ee tle, A Rualay| Spine eae) Tk \ Ki & A ¢e fi Okizzpupa BREN | gio U oie Ib ee is poms £ Z A Borat: Afr 4 2 1 Si ae 3 mee eX a NC ie Sg < > = at A fh aanfy Kwok —d thar 7 9 © C = 8 Ube o ( — ins rae hi i Z Ss 5 Sarees — : B fide Ati Pe Anak In Fai | Wena ay gee ch Whe oat ana ri 2 & S Ss YS Sw S tees Tkg i fee C " Dy a4 Spun : : Ua <—_Nhy SR: Baicnakts N\ Waborboutgen\ : © CEN RG SR & a = ue A ew F sc Ail ; Gi) eee } (eran yy K + : ¥ : : | S) g deka, 2 me holler amt om | 2 Jsontabe| Nop litte pi z . NEOUS \ Nel Oo ca : = i ial || | : | j ; 3 NG y Sieiop : ; : . : ad wwe) of g ae ° \ a ‘ Nokoltend hy - ey vorekges i Baile iGe eae: Tt ORR =. SBOE NN Or oN : ae Bie Sat er auntaos te 0, 8 aim x s \ \ Po) SagirAtchi\ ahs \ ‘ - CY Ohare ma Oo croto Gi Va a Voor Bako pe 8 ( f : f 16. dolevusi—™ ie. 7 cit hits H, A As = SCALESORIMIEES® —— ats ag ota Movari ol mA Fey O- An er : e ais Ne rich) I a) 10 20 30 40 0 100 2s eee : P : ¢ Is ] | f Aha Sey } | mn Fie ORB ey —— REF ERENCE: : ‘ 4 Boundaries, wternational s - . es 5 " intercolonial, R Ram y ) provincial — = ae Railway ————_-—— = Roads,wagory ——— : ~ hammock — Paths qe Telegraph 2 Customs Statcor Provincial and: ¢ > Tribal names inv green. =o Head Quarters of districts shown: thas ———— ——.9 Oban = S —— eel) 10° + alsy bea ean Pais ae 227 NOTES ON TSETSE - FLIES AND ON PROPHYLACTIC MEASURES AGAINST SLEEPING SICKNESS IN THE WESTERN PROVINCE OF ASHANTI. By T. Ee: FEet.z, Provincial Comnussioner, Ashanti. Glossina fusca and G. palpalis are prevalent throughout the Western Province of Ashanti, the latter being much the most common species. They both occur in dense jungle, but the type of bush most favourable for them appears to be the scrub and smaller forest which occurs in the dividing line of country between the dense jungle and typical “orchard” grass bush. Scrub of a height of three or four feet upwards appears to be sufficient to harbour these insects. G. pallicera, of which a fair number of specimens were captured during the year, appears under conditions similar to those favourable to G. palpalis, but is far more uncommon than either that species or G. fusca. Although all these flies may be more prevalent in the immediate neighbour- hood of water, I have constantly observed them far removed from water, or where water-courses and water-holes have been dry for many weeks. In all localities during the rains, roughly from April to November, water and swamps are plentifully scattered over the whole country. G. longipalpis, a common species, is prevalent in the “orchard” grass bush and has been observed at considerable distances from water; nor does it apparently require the shade necessary to G. palpalis. I have, however, captured this species in forest, but never far removed (300-400 yards) from erass areas. Seasons of prevalence. The genus (Glossina practically disappears from December to the end of March, though a few odd specimens may be seen during that period. In my diary I find the entry, “ 26th and 27th March; two or three Glossina seen—the first for some months.” The first heavy rain showers of February and March, which produce Haematopota, Hippocentrum and Tabanus in numbers, do not seem to affect the appearance of Glossina to any great extent, and it is not till the rains are more thoroughly established that Glossina appear to emerge. They are then prevalent, though never in very great quantities, throughout the rains till the dry season is well established and do not appear and disappear in thousands as do the broods of the above-mentioned TABANIDAR, Clearing at Sunyani. | At Sunyani an effective clearing of 300 to 700 yards round the European quarters has been made with much labour and at considerable expense. Certainly, to a great extent, tsetse-flies have disappeared from this clearing, but it is usual during the rainy months for odd ones to appear almost daily in the Kuropean quarters. The constant labour of 30 to 50 men a day, apart from military assistance, is required to keep this clearing effective during the rains and to increase it during the dry season. Doubh grass has been planted over (26302—2.) Wt. P 11—21, 1000. 11/12. D&s, A 228 T.E. FELL—NOTES ON TSETSE-FLIES AND ON PROPHYLACTIC MEASURES this area, and this should eventually render the clearing effective and reduce the cost of maintenance. Many years of continual weeding, planting, &c., will be necessary before this result can be attained. In the dry season, as already stated, the fly naturally disappears almost entirely. In the rains, scrub and elephant-grass grow at such a rate that constant daily labour is required to keep the ground in such a condition as to render the harbouring of Glossina impossible. This land was originally elephant-grass, rank grass, scrub and “ orchard” trees, and it was not a question of clearing dense jungle, with which I shall deal later. The planting of doubh grass over a forest clearing would be an infinitely more difficult business than in the type of clearing at Sunyani. In spite of considerable efforts, I think that only two Glossina pupae have been found at Sunyani by the medical officers. Forest Clearing. Clearings round villages (800 yards has been mentioned), round water-supplies and at river-crossings on roads, have been advocated and instructions have been sent to administrative officers to have such clearings made; but in order to carry these measures into effect, it would be necessary to bring some compulsion to bear upon the native population. From personal observation I am satisfied that a forest clearing, not effectively maintained, produces a scrub-growth which is more favourable to tsetse-flies than the forest itself. In the rains, the season when the fly is prevalent, this secondary scrub erows at an enormous rate and cannot be coped with, except with constant and extensive labour. It is, to my mind, eminently undesirable to attempt to compel a clearing larger than can be effectively maintained. In this matter it is easy to produce a condition of affairs which might conceivably be more dangerous to the population than that which has hitherto existed. The villages are small—populations of 500 to 1,500 or so—and I doubt whether it would be practicable or possible for such a population to maintain effectively a clearing even approximating to present requirements. It must also be remembered that the season of prevalence, when clearing is most required, is the farming, the rubber, and the snail season. It has been suggested that farms should be made in the immediate vicinity of villages. I consider the only local crop which would give thoroughly effective results would be ground-nuts, and this is a product more of the open country than of the forest. Ground-nuts are not grown, in Ashanti, for two successive years on the same ground. They require a shallow gravelly or sandy soil, and are unsuitable as a forest product. Sweet potatoes would no doubt be efficacious to some extent, but they are strongly objected to by the natives on account of their rapid and spreading growth, and they are said, with what truth I am unable to state, to afford a special attraction to snakes. Clearing round Water-supplies. General instructions have been issued to obtain clearings round village water- supplies ; but it is now generally recognised that, where these supplies are the sources of streams, the removal of shade may have the effect of diminishing the AGAINST SLEEPING SICKNESS IN THE WESTERN PROVINCE OF ASHANTI. 229 water, if not actually drying it up altogether during the dry season, and infinite harm might be done thereby to a large extent of country watered by a particular stream. In Jaman and Berekum, water in the dry season is very scarce, water-holes being mostly used as village supplies. These holes are situated in shady places and to remove this shade might mean the end of the supply and consequent water famines during the dry season. Clearings round water-supplies should therefore be undertaken, I think, with great care, and the supply should be examined by an expert before clearing operations are definitely ordered and enforced. River-crossing's. To maintain an effective clearing at river-crossings on forest roads, situated as many are at considerable distances from the nearest village, I consider, however desirable, to be altogether impracticable, unless undertaken at great expense by Government labour. In the neighbourhood of rivers vegetable growth is especially rapid, and a non-effective clearmg would possibly create a forest condition more favourable to Glossina. I venture to think that at the present time the limited occurrence of sleeping sickness in the Province would not warrant large expenditure in this direction. Sleeping Sickness. From medical reports and from native evidence, sleeping sickness appears to be a disease of great antiquity in the locality. I can find no record or tradition of an epidemic, and it would appear unlikely that there is any great danger, at the present moment or in the near future, of an outbreak in epidemic form. From recent statistics the percentage of infection (not a very large one) appears to be in a condition of equilibrium. There is no native panic, and from my own experience of seven years of being constantly bitten by Glossina in infected areas, the risk of infection cannot be very great. There is no evidence to show that the disease is any more prevalent at the present time than it has been for a long period, and several years of medical statistics will be necessary to enable any correct opinion on this point to be formed. In the present condition of the disease the object cf enforcing clearings would not be understood by the natives, and with such a small percentage of infection no great object lesson would be conveyed by results. It is possible that the natives would conceal cases of the disease (and there is nothing easier for them to do) and let the Government know as little about it as possible, with a view to avoiding labour the cause of which they do not appreciate. Were there a panic or a much larger percentage of infection, conditions would be different. Three years ago the natives were willing and anxious, as I think has been testified by Dr. King- horn, to aid the cause of science by giving all information in their power. Already, I regret to say, I see signs of attempted concealment and a desire to avoid answering questions as to the disease. Glossina longipalpis. According to medical reports, Jaman, Berekum and Wenchi are the neighbour- hoods most heavily infected with sleeping sickness, In these areas Glossina 26302 A 2 230 TT. E. FELL—NOTES ON TSETSE-FLIES AND ON PROPHYLACTIC MEASURES longipalpis, in the grass country, is equally prevalent with G. palpalis in the bush, yet in other parts where palpalis occurs and longipalpis does not, the percentage of infection appears to be less. G. morsitans has been proved to be a carrier in Rhodesia of a form of trypanosomiasis extremely similar to sleeping sickness and it is more than probable that G. longipalpis may equally be a carrier in the Western Province of Ashanti. Till this point is definitely settled one way or the other by scientific experiment, it would appear premature to direct compulsory and expensive prophylactic measures against G. palpalis alone, whose habitat differs so much from that of G. longipalpis. Conclusions. 7 To sum up my observations and conclusions, I would urge :— 1. That the native should be encouraged to report cases of sleeping sickness for diagnosis and treatment, and to give evidence, and should not be frightened by excessive compulsory work into concealment of the disease. 2. That the population is not sufficiently large to maintain extensive effective clearings. 3. That a non-effective clearing of forest produces a condition probably more dangerous than no clearing at all. 4. That clearing round water supplies should only be undertaken with the ereatest caution. 5. That clearings at river crossings in forest are impracticable unless under- taken with Government-paid labour, and that the cost of clearing and maintenance is not at present warranted, owing to the limited occurrence of sleeping sickness. 6. That the point as to whether Glossina longipalpis is or is not a carrier of human trypanosomiasis should be definitely settled as soon as possible by transmission experiments. If the scientific investigation referred to in the last paragraph be undertaken in the locality, I do not consider that at present any steps are required from the Administration beyond :— 1. Treatment of cases and obtaining of statistics as to sleeping sickness. 2. Instruction of the native as to causes of the disease ; my own experience is that if one tells a native the same thing for a sufficient number of years he will end by believing it. 3. Improvements in general sanitation and in the native methods of living. 4. Object lessons of extensive effective clearings round European stations. 5. Up-keep of village clearings of such extent only as can be effectively main- tained by the population without interfering with their farming and industrial pursuits. The extent of these clearings must be largely left to the discretion of the administrative officers, who would, of course, take the medical officer into consultation. | During this period I presume the medical authorities would obtain statistics with regard to the disease, which in a few years would yield definite data to proceed upon, and further steps could be taken by the Administration should any marked increase of sleeping sickness be demonstrated. AGAINST SLEEPING SICKNESS IN THE WESTERN PROVINCE OF ASHANTI. 231 I should mention that throughout the “orchard” country small antelope (bushbuck, duiker, etc.) are plentiful, and that in unfarmed and thinly populated areas buffalo, waterbuck, hartebeest, roan antelope, kob and reedbuck are found. Pig, bongo, and smaller forest antelope are found in the forests, and all rivers of any appreciable dimensions contain crocodiles. Elephants occur in one portion of Jaman and Wenchi, and during the rains in the Akonanza Forests of Wam and Ahafo. Monkeys are plentiful in the forest and baboons in some parts of the open country. Game generally is fairly plentiful, but to the European hunter it is extremely difficult of approach, its shyness being doubtless due to the large amount of native hunting and the profusion of Dane guns in the country. EOI (hal Bk A whe | 3 bien nrg eet emai “etn sayin’ Le ‘et (a 1 os th) atta ol ive te Pay ty ey) yp ee Ee eae its mgt son aeberu te eld absent cea doy de 233 NOTES ON GLOSSINA MORSITANS, WESTW., IN THE LUANGWA VALLEY, NORTHERN RHODESIA. By Lu. Luoyp. Entomologist to the Luangwa Sleeping Sickness Commission. These notes are intended as a summary of the early investigations into the habits of Glossina morsitans carried out in connection with the Luangwa Sleeping Sickness Commission. The part of the valley that has been examined is that lying between 12° S. and 13° 50’ S., but it has been practicable to make only one journey to the eastern side of the river. This journey was undertaken in September and consisted of an examination of the Rukususi and Rukusi Rivers from the Luangwa almost to the Nyasaland boundaries. Hence these remarks apply mainly to the district immediately surrounding Nawalia, the headquarters of the Commission. The observations have been made during the period from August 1911 to the beginning of March 1912. Physical features and climate. These have been dealt with on several occasions,* but a few remarks here are necessary. The Luangwa is a broad sluggish stream running through an alluvial plain, at this point about thirty-five miles in breadth. In the dry season there are extensive sand-banks in its bed. On the western side low hills arise at the edge of the plain and the range is continued to the precipitous Mchingas. The laboratory is situated on the first of these hills, at an altitude of 2,000 feet, while the Luangwa is about 100 feet lower. The hills are interspersed by shallow hollows filled with alluvial soil, through which the streams cut deep channels. Apart from the Nyamadzi and the Mpamadzi, which are perpetual streams, these channels contain no water, except for a few hours after rain, when they assume the proportions of torrents. On the eastern side there is no running water during the dry season, the beds of the streams becoming filled with a dense growth of spear-grass. ‘The whole valley from June to December is very dry. A few hot salt-springs in the neighbourhood of Nawalia form permanent swamps of small proportions and near the Luangwa a few pools persisted until the rains began. The ground is baked so hard that it becomes difficult to penetrate it, and in the plains broad and extensive fissures form which extend deeply into the earth. In the rainy season the plains become very swampy, swamps being common on sloping ground in the hills where the short tufty grass retains the water for days after rain has fallen. ' The vegetation for the most part is not dense. The mopani forest, which extends over most of the plains, is of an open nature with little or no under- growth. It consists almost entirely of one kind of tree, the mopani (Copaifera ~~ ees * Neave, Bull. Ent. Res. I, p. 303. 234 LL. LLOYD—NOTES ON GLOSSINA MORSITANS, WESTW., mopani), with occasional baobabs (Adansonia digitata). The ground is scantily clothed with short grass. In places where the swamps are of too long duration for the growth of trees are found stretches of long grass which is fit to burn about September. On the hills, where the woods are less open and composed of various trees, there is denser undergrowth, but it is rarely of an impenetrable nature. Details of the temperatures experienced and of the humidity of the air are given elsewhere. Distribution of Glossina morsitans. G. morsitans is the only species of tsetse-fly that has been met with, It is almost universally distributed in this part of the valley, but in the immediate vicinity of the Luangwa itself it is not often seen.* Dr. Aylmer May informed me that in a long journey up the river he was much struck by this fact. On one occasion my carriers were much bothered by this fly from Nawalia to the Luangwa, but it did not cross the river with us, and on returning next day to the western side I was unable to find a single specimen in several hours search. The only piece of country that is apparently always clear of: fly is a triangular patch extending from the big village Kambwiri to the Luangwa.t I observed nothing in the nature of the vegetation or soil to account for this absence, and game of all kinds is very plentiful in this district. This locality has always been clear of fly so far as we are aware. Seasonal variations. The fly was very numerous in the valley during the early part of the dry season, but the numbers gradually decreased to the commencement of the rains, when increase was again observed. ‘This corresponds with the numbers of pupae that were obtained in the laboratory. No special decrease was observed at the time of the grass fires. In August the fly was rather numerous on the road from Mpika to the foot of the Mchingas, the first being seen about eight miles from Mpika; but on returning by this road in March I saw no fly on this section. The weather on both occasions was ideal for fly. At the beginning of March I went to the higher ground of the Congo-Zambesi watershed to recommence breeding tsetse in a fresh locality. The site selected is at Ngoa, thirty-two miles N.E. of Mpika, and with an altitude of about 4,000 feet. The spot was reached towards the close of the rains and G. morsitans was extremely scanty. The natives of the district affirmed however that as soon as the rains ceased the fly would become numerous. During the first week rain fell nearly every day but after this the weather continued fine. ‘The increase of the insect has been most remarkable and is well shown by the following catches of three expert fly-boys. During the first week the boys brought in 38 females, during the second 71, and during the third 147. * Neave, Bull. Ent. Res. I, p. 306. + Hall, Bull. Ent. Res. I, p. 183. i) Qo Or IN THE LUANGWA VALLEY, NORTHERN RHODESIA. Habits. In the valley the fly becomes active at sunrise, if there is no dew, disappearing during the hottest hours of the day, except in deep shade. Directly it becomes cooler the fly recommences to bite and continues to do so till some time after the sun has set. When a lamp was taken at night into the room where the captive fliee were kept they immediately became active. Individuals occasionally flew on to our verandahs in the evening and attempted to feed by lamp-light. At Ngoa, where the mornings are at present cold with heavy dews, the fly does not become active till the sun has been up for two or three hours. ‘They may be seen resting on the trunks of trees and are very wary if approached. They continue to bite throughout the day but are most troublesome between the hours of 4 and 5 p.m. As a rule the tsetse disappear during a shower, but on one occasion when I walked for an hour in heavy rain they continued to bite all the time. They bite readily through one thickness of clothing and if no jacket is worn the shoulders are badly attacked. However hot the weather this garment should always be worn in fly country. It is advisable also to have the bottoms of the trousers closed as the flies often enter and bite above the socks. Tight thin clothing is much to be deprecated and the ideal clothing consists of boots, thick puttees and loose knickerbockers. Proportion of the sexes. Much difficulty was experienced at first in obtaining sufficient females for breeding purposes. Frequently only three or four females were brought in amongst two or three hundred males. Later the boys were shown the differences between the males and females and there was then no difficulty in obtaining a sutliciency of the latter. The relatively small proportion of females that is normally taken is a matter of great interest. In the laboratory the sexes are bred in equal numbers, so that it is fair to assume that they are really equal in nature. Several writers have drawn attention to the fact that the swarms of tsetse which accompany a moving object leave it as soon as motion ceases.” While this is certainly the case, yet flies which desire to feed do not leave a standing animal and one is very frequently bitten when standing or sitting. The majority of the swarm however are not desirous of feeding and may often be seen settling on the cover of a machila,{ though the helpless backs of the bearers offer tempting opportunities for a meal. If the flies which actually bite are caught they are found to be females as frequently as males, but the small propor- tion of females that is caught normally shows that the swarm consists almost entirely of males. An analogous case may be quoted. The vast swarms of midges so often seen on fine evenings are known to consist entirely of males, and directly a female joins the swarm it is mated and the couple drop from the dance. With Glossina, as long as an animal is moving there is a probability of females * Montgomery and Kinghorn, Ann. Trop. Med. and Paras. JIT, p. 325. Other writers have made the same observation about G. palpalis. + [A kind of sedan-chair —Ed. | W236 LL. LLOYD—NOTES ON GLOSSINA MORSITANS, WESTW., rising to feed and of the accompanying males thus finding mates. When the animal stands there is little chance of females rising to it and this may be the reason why the males leave. Mating couples have several times been seen on the backs of natives. Food. Owing to the difficulty of obtaining suitable mammals, native fowls were used almost entirely as blood donors for the captive flies. The small numbers of pupae obtained would seem to indicate that fowls’ blood is not a very suitable food. This is perhaps because the blood forms large firm clots in the sucking stomachs of many of the flies. When the blood has attained this condition it cannot apparently be utilised by the flies, as the clots persist for some weeks after the meal on fowls, though monkeys may have been used as food in the interim. When such a clot is formed it would be impossible for the fly to retain a full-grown larva in the uterus. The phenomenon has not been observed with mammals’ blood, nor has it been observed in nature. No evidence has been obtained that the flies take any food other than blood. Out of sixty-seven freshly caught flies that were dissected, mammalian blood was recognised in fifteen, nucleated red cells in four; one fly contained both nucleated and non-nucleated red cells; in thirty-two, blood in a more or less digested condition was seen; while fifteen had either not fed or the detritus was not recognisable. It seems possible that a little water may be taken, as the flies have been observed at the edges of puddles and apparently drinking. Kinghorn has observed the same thing with G. palpalis on the shores of Lake Tanganyika. If a moistened sponge or blotting paper is placed in a bottle with captive flies, they will settle on it and thrust in their proboscides. I have not been able to prove by supplying coloured fluids and subsequently dissecting the flies that fluid is actually absorbed. Exactly the same thing was observed with slices of ripe water melon but again it could not be demonstrated that food was taken up. Flies placed in bottles with Sphingid larvae died of starvation and were never seen to take anything but the most perfunctory interest in the caterpillars. A gecko which was placed in a cage of flies caught and devoured the insects. Iixperiments were also made with a monitor which was placed in the double bottom of a cage made of gauze in such a manner that it was incapable of move- ment. The flies in the cage attempted to feed but only one succeeded in doing so, thrusting in its proboscis in the region of the head. The animal was then killed and a cut section was offered to the flies, when several readily oorged themselves. Enemies. An Asilid fly was taken on the wall of the laboratory devouring a tsetse-fly ; it had made a wound in the side of the thorax. The favourite food of these rapacious insects seems to be TABANIDAE, especially the larger species. One was taken eating a dragon-fly. IN THE LUANGWA VALLEY, NORTHERN RHODESIA. 237 During the latter part of August the laboratory was raided during the night by hordes of a red driver-ant. These climbed the bottles in which the tsetse-flies were kept, bit through the gauze, and entering destroyed every fly. The bottles in which the pupae were kept were also entered but the pupae were not damaged. A still active larva also, curiously enough, escaped injury. This incident is not recorded as suggesting that driver-ants are enemies of the flies in nature, but as a record that the larvae and pupae are not destroyed by these insects. Table showing the duration of the pupation period of G. morsitans at various temperatures (altitude 2,000 ft.). l | e ee Average Approximate | Relative ; | Beet during Number ot | N mae of duration of Mean mean tempera-| humidity Raich, bite apparently | i ie Het the pupation | temperature | ture to which of the “aie De healthy pupae.| “We iL period in laboratory. | the pupae outside eetauies: | ee in days. were exposed. | air. June 27-30 | 3 3 51:0 _ | 67° 48°6 July 1-15 6 5 46°6 | 64°1° | 70° | 45°7 5 16-31 24 18 38°7 683° | FS Aug. 1-15 21 9 35°5 69°4° oe | 35'8 a. 6-01 ae) 1 33°0 73°0° 76° Sept. 1-15 2 2 5G aey (GRIT goer ho] | alcd* - 16-30 14 2 24°5 80:7° 83° | Oct. 1-15 22 15 229 82-9° aPC . | 31-3 » 16-31 20 10 ye es 86°4° 85° Nov. 1-15 17 6 24-2 860° Bae 411 », 16-380 25 16 2579 Sica: SOF | Dec. 1-15 27 23 Ze 80°6° aoe | | 69°1 » 16-31 13 2 27°6 78°8° 78° | Jan, 1-15| 20 16 27°6 79:0° cc amaual | Cie) » 16-31 31 -28 Dok | 78°0° ioe | Feb. 1-15 48 32 31:0 Toe (lie | | 73°8 » 16-29 40) 30 30°1 169° ie Mar. 1-15 _ — — 78°8° — 62°5 * Approximate. NOTES ON GLOSSINA: MORSITANS, WESTW., LLOYD LL. : 238 Diagram illustrating the influence of temperature on the pupation period of G. morsitans. Periods during which the various groups of pupae were obtained. @:. er See 9 Hoe Sah Fass 2Oe. 1208 9 ee OD) gO" Nee See IS. Br Ne Ce ae ee Ee epee a oy Sega eee ee eee pet OM at et EO et OSE CO te | , es | — — Se re = — Ore at. . 43 ° E ° eta: ae a gee ee oe gee ee et oe eee owe eee oe meee eS 2 ) 1 ei eS oe As 2 . ae 80 40 a fT oO ns ae. a fe he area et ie - 23 | eA EE ee g 2 = Pers a sa: Bata htaae eee The pupation periods are represented by the continuous, the temperatures by the broken, line. 4, “us La Average lengths of the pupation periods of the groups of pupae. IN THE LUANGWA VALLEY, NORTHERN RHODESIA. 239 Breeding. The hot dry season has had a very deleterious effect on the breeding of the flies, as shown not only by a reduction in the numbers of pupae produced, but also by the subsequent death of a large proportion of these. In the hotter months great difficulty was experienced in keeping the stock flies alive. Kinghorn” has already detailed the conditions under which the flies were kept and the method adopted, so that no more need be said under this head. The full history of the pupae produced is given in the accompanying table. The number of abortions is not included as a full record of these was not kept. Abortions were most numerous during September and October, while in the cooler months there were not many. The number of stock flies was roughly constant, the small number of pupae obtained during September being due to the raid of ants mentioned above. Flies freshly caught do not breed so well as those which are accustomed to captivity. The mean temperature is that of the room in which the flies were kept. The readings of the wet and dry bulb thermometers were taken in the open air under shade. The approximate mean temperature to which the pupae were exposed has been arrived at by averaging the mean laboratory temperatures for the periods in which the pupae were obtained and those periods following which could have influenced them. The table shows that as the temperature rose from 67° to 85° the duration of the pupal life was reduced from fifty-one to twenty-three days, and the accompanying diagram will illustrate the ready response of the pupae to even slight changes of temperature. Without direct experiment it would be impossible to estimate the relative influence of tem- perature and humidity. Since however the humidity of the air to which the pupae of November 1-15 were exposed was greater than that during the pupation period of the October groups, it would appear to be the high temperature rather than the low relative humidity that caused the death of the pupae. In conclusion I must express my indebtedness to Dr. Kinghorn, the Chiet Investigator of this Commission, for the use of some of the data of the pupation periods, and for assistance in many ways. Ngoa, N. Rhodesia, May 1912. * Kinghorn, Bull. Ent. Res, IT, p. 291. Vd a heer Chee’ HDG Oak eS ie ailt pid hy wy n hall . ft 4 , ae ae Ta. UR oqang wordt a in dite 1aoe 07 ny oem ey Ae BO) os gs ON Ne Se Lite ase Ned #8 oN: Li pe ay fi my "] af aERE TVEN pee PE it RIOR ELEY b he. Au rei dy — f : hig ie ” i are ‘ \ of » rf Ray eh: age ie RMON OS . § iF % i f 4 # f 7 3 (rie? yet} fas | , E * F : j rie? Al nina te 4 é : iy oy ie he nr ; } ie PLDI am sie avin awidh a (hy bod ag P 4 vit 3 a eel rival ¢ tas Sn ae bel ag a rj ’ ip ‘a A 4 <5 “ r h F a re i , ‘, ‘ dt tft} 4 % “pGireatred Va j : ie Ps al ee LA y : } 4 af 4 | i oy tla ‘ indi (40 rs det ‘oe OW, By ‘ aire : nocoti aT +t ee org 2 bs Ms ak qs if ‘ATONE ' ah face tla il ‘ i ated be aire LL SOMME STM He nh pte tH ut ®y [ Lime ] Aw. ie rie naif ek er . ~ Wi Lev verry “a Deve tend "i “3 2a , : j 7 ¥: ; fou tt TAT. Dips Alay OF Fa mrs mere Gi olan ryenie) ete ; Atay! rad ut ae bere D 8 ose 4 " rayne Ht ; TOFINO Fi 2 ows. OC TH Add to @ neice Nett . Eta Hi amor iio T Aly Ge ae rity tk } VAGUS eT oe ive ‘ rmvoword. ¢ HE ott, i] ioe fp (ithe by ! Peas arid id it Tins 2 tp ve G! a Ti Fry: Valo ; By ihe ‘wongecnyh sir . Od "tHe pe iytcseiioy Ft qnorg 3 ‘41 inf ¥ iil h4 OL) AAD yal weap ik chihin itl sah an wel, 7 ‘ | i q af i f j ; § P , eo | , ano A. A ast . At), Chit Bey Ae a ae one j Waiman as: hits Af 7?) : 4 i ) R 241 A KEY FOR DETERMINING THE AFRICAN SPECIES OF ANOPHELES (SENSU LATO). By F. W. Epwarps, B.A., F.E.S. (Published by permission of the Trustees of the British Museum). The compilation of the following key has been a matter of no little difficulty, mainly owing to the close connection of the species in some of the groups, which sometimes makes it almost impossible to assign specific limits. The difficulty has in some cases been increased through the paucity of material, which prevents any adequate conception of the range of variability being obtained. This is particu- larly the case with some of the species coming from the Mediterranean region, which are very closely allied, and of which, as a rule, the British Museum possesses very few specimens. Names have only been sunk here as synonyms in those cases where there appeared to be no reasonable doubt, either after a com- parison of the types, or of the descriptions, when these were sufficiently detailed. Eventually, therefore, it may be found that some forms which are here given specific rank will have to be regarded at most as varieties. Since so many figures of Anopheline wings, etc., have already appeared, it is not deemed necessary to add to their number. Some new records have been included, but on the other hand some old ones, which appeared to be questionable, have been omitted. As with the writer’s previous papers, this key is merely intended to supplement the detailed descriptions which will be found in other works. The recent subdivisions of the old genus, proposed by Mr. Theobald, have been discarded, since they grade imperceptibly into one another, and are not founded on any structural differences, while Anopheles in the broad sense is a very well- defined genus easily recognisable even by an amateur. It is sometimes argued that certain species are more and others less closely related, and that it is necessary to give expression to this obvious fact in our nomenclature, by the employment of a generic or subgeneric name for each group. But such a course appears to me to be quite unnecessary, and to tend merely to obscure larger relationships, while it greatly increases the difficulty of determination. In the proposed “ genera” of Anophelines the characters relied upon are not only most trivial, but are sometimes variable within specific limits (e.9., “* Pyretophorus ” costalis), and may be confined to one sex. It is quite possible, too, that genera founded on such superficial characters as the width of the scales might prove to be polyphyletic. The differences found in the larvae, like those between the adults, are very slight, and moreover they do not seem to support the classification by scale characters. The leading characters of the key will serve to indicate the approximate limits of such of these so-called genera as are African, but as Lt.-Col. Alcock has shown us,” they cannot be clearly distinguished—except perhaps Nyssor- hynchus [= Cellia] and Christya, both of which have well-marked lateral scale- tufts, but entirely different in character, while the latter has no scales on the * Ann, Mag. Nat, Hist. (8) viii, 1911, pp. 240-247, 242 F. W. EDWARDS—A KEY FOR DETERMINING THE dorsal surface of the abdomen; I have scen no transition between species with abdominal scale-tufts and those without them. The divisions of Anopheles found in Africa to which generic names have been given are as follows : Anopheles, Mg. Type ae ws maculipennis, Mg. Myzomyia, Blanch. 3 bi sla rosst, Giles. Pyretophorus, Blanch. - wid — costalis, Liw. Feltinella, Theo. i Ee Me pallidopalpi, Theo. Myzorhynchus, Blanch. 35 Sa re sinensis, Wied. Christya, Theo. ‘5 wee ae tmplexa, Theo. Neocellia, Theo. 3 me ne indica, Theo. Nyssorhynchus, Blanch. ae A 5 albimanus, Wied. Cellia, Theo. pharoensis, Theo. Feltinella is Sarena aianette eon Pyretophor us anil Cellia from Nyssorhynchus. The group called “ Nyssorhynchus” in the fourth and fifth volume of Theobald’s Monograph is really unnamed, since the type species of Nyssorhynchus has pronounced lateral scale-tufts. Key to the African Species of Anopheles. | 1. Thorax with distinet broadish-elliptical scales (except in A. christy) ; female palpi icaieuai? scaled ; abdomen ie more or less scaly .. site 2. Thorax sled with eed or narrow atigate bane lilies ee scales of female palpi usually appressed; abdomen without scales on the dorsal surface ia oer Fe 13. 2. Abdominal scales obviously present on all thie tare ae sie 3. Abdominal scales absent, or if present, paeaned to the terminal segments (“ Vyssorhynchus’’) bs 8. 3. Abdominal scales forming distinct piarenne bayer eine Noe: ys- sorhynchus, | = Cellia]) 4, Abdominal scales not forming tufts ‘(Nevecttinn o. 4, Last joint of hind tarsi light, or at least light-tipped 5. Last joint of all tarsi entirely dark... sae bad at ae (a 5, Last joint of fore and mid tarsi all dark; rather large yellowish species (5-6 mm.)* eas .. 1. pharoensis. Last joint of fore and a bhi Si tet or elie tipped ; smaller, less yellow species (4.56 mm. or less)... 1c oer 6. 6. Last joint of all tarsi wholly yellow ; remaining joints neelaghe ringed with black and yellow ; very small species (3 mm.) 2. cinctus. Tees joint of all tarsi white pe a remaining’ joints not ringers larger species ee of wk 4 sea sis 3. jacobi. tx ia tarsi entirely dark __... vs val sioirnte an gente lee First four joints of hind tarsi with apical white rings ... 5. squamosus. 8. Last tarsal joint white; small species (3.5: mm.); Egyptian 6. maculicosta. Last tarsal joint not white ; lar ge species (7 mm.); Hast African 7. christyt. * Unless otherwise stated, measurements denote the length of the body exclusive of the proboscis. 9. Hind tarsi entirely dark ; three white palpal bands in ©, the first two narrow ... é i. ... 8. brunnipes. Last two or three soaked of Hind eae SI nlite a att. 10. 10. Four narrow white palpal bands ; wing-scales Lanidolate’ legs spotted ots ht iS Ms a .. 9, aureosquamiger. Three palpal bands, the last two rather broad ; wing-scales much narrower... aes ee Shc Joe sup i 11. Femora and tibiae wreelepettda ae oe if os ne ee Femora and tibiae not white-spotted es me ore. LO RO La anya pes. 12. Palpi white-spotted ... Bee so ie ns TL: maculipalpis. Palpi not white-spotted ei : ae 12. pretoriensis, 13. Abdomen with lateral tufts of Pay wile nbbaee scales on each seoment ( Christya) ~ ae oe a1) fo. emplexis: Mibdomer without lateral eae! ne ae ae “iS 14. 14, Wing-scales mostly yellow, the black patches on ie veins much Priced: but three long and one short black marks on the costa and first vein, the first two almost or quite united a are 15. Wings not so marked aa ae a st a ie 16. 15. Last 22 joints of hind tarsi white... eh dst .. 4, theilert. Last joints of hind tarsi dark on cae . 15. wellcomet. 16. Wings with at least three pale aM on the petal border enh ul species are included in the next division) (Myzomyia) Wi Wings with at most two pale spots on the costal border ... sas 36. 17. Last hind tarsal joints white ; legs spotted BE .. 16. natalensis, Last hind tarsal joints not w hite ... ‘ ; Py is. 18. Femora and tibiae more or less spotted Ww i W Ae tarsi distinctly ringed at the joints se " a ig se 18 Femora and tibiae not at all white- “uote oa 3 kf saz 20. 19. Hind metatarsi with about five well-marked narrow whitish rings ; female palpi with four narrow white rings bao) Lt. SanGCISUS. Hind metatarsi without distinct rings: female palpi with three white rings, the apical one broad ... sts ve ray Leaencostaus: 20. Third vein with three dark and two lght areas; male palpi with the club mainly yellow, as in costalis ai 19. pallidopalpr. Third vein with only two dark areas (near base and apex), or entirely dark sae 4 if aa. ae nee: Hom Dar AFRICAN SPECIES OF ANOPHELES (SENSU LATO). 243 21. Palpi of female white only ut the apex; base of first fork-celi nearer apex of wing than that of second; small, very dark species - sins sia 20, nili. Palpi of female with TN eb lor ae Shite rings” 4. we 22. 22. Third vein mainly (funestus, type form, and culic eae) or entirely dark ; mesonotum clothed with hairs... ay tee 22. ! Third vein mainly pale sie ' rere - wae 26. 25. Hind tarsi with fairly distinct ele rings; wing-field with some pale spots... Bie swe “_ Bhs 21. longipalpis. Legs entirely dark... iis ‘te ihe — se ne 24, 26302 B 244 F. W. EDWARDS—A KEY FOR DETERMINING THE . Wing-field entirely dark ; no pale scales even at bases of fork- celle as te bi is ahs a 22. rhodesiensis. Pale spots present a yaset of fork-cells, even in the darkest specimens 25. . Lighter species, Mediterranean and Oriental ite 25. culicifacies. Darker species (very variable), eure ae te .. 24, funestus. . Palpi of female black-tipped ed , ae 2s Palpi of female white-tipped (in A. cinereus the ahs rails: at the tip are easily rubbed off); mesonotum with narrow but fairly distinct scales ce ee a oA ssi ha wee 30. 27. No dark scales on first fork-cell or on AtEReR branch of second 25, impunctus. Dark spots present (though sometimes small) on first fork-cell ... 28. 28. Vestiture of mesonotum consists of hairs... nae ..20. hispaniola. Vestiture of mesonotum consists of narrow scales .. yes 29. 29. Third and fourth costal spots smaller ; first Feel mainly ale scaled ae soi ssi a . 27. chaudoyer. Third and fourth costal ae laceene first fork-cell meant dark- scaled 5% : a. .. 28, multicolor. 30. Last joint of female “yen eel Fas “ye at each beat large species, wing-length about 5 mm. : nt ao. co. CINETEUS, Last joint of ier palpi mainly or Pei, ae white sae ae ol. 31. Tarsi dark ; middle ring on female palpi rather narrow ... ney 32, Tarsi with pale articulations... 4p byes aa ee af 33. 32. Average wing-leneth 3°8 mm. “ee me ... 90, transvaalensis, Average tassel 3 mm. aa “a .. 24, funestus. 33. Larger (about 5 mm.) ; Modern tie as OL, superpictus, Smaller; Ethiopian; middle and terminal pale rings on female palpi about equal and rather broad; tarsal joints with narrow yellowish rings sa ss a aie aes 34. 34. Larger, darker species Gh 5- 4: 5mm. ¥ es and fou costal spots larger se se FCs ..» de> marshal, Silla iene cee (3 -3°2 ae eta Ae fourth costal spots smaller ee ae mm sing = sae 3 ie 35. 35. A dark spot at apex of wing... se ase Ain ... od. pitchfordi. No dark spot at apex of wing ae sae ... d4, flavicosta. 36. Thorax clothed with narrow scales ; light eae on wings more NUMerOUs |... aes ee 37. Thorax clothed with hae (habits he pei near the front margin) ; wings very dark, or else quite unicolorous... eg ous De The two last palpal bands (in female) about equal and rather broad—as in A. marshalli ; tarsal Jitoan with rather broad white apical rings ... : : - 6. OO. UUSteiE Palpi of female with a narrow era rings ; ang terminal joint having a dark ring in the middle ... “he se a ss 38. Numerous yellow forked scales on the head; legs dark, tarsi scarcely ringed te a : ; ad ny 26. distinctus. No yellow Forked scales on ede nee sae tibiae spotted with whitish, tarsi distinctly ringed at the joints 18, costalis var. melas, AFRICAN SPECIES OF ANOPHELES (SENSU LATO). 245 39. Last 2-3 joints of hind tarsi white; female with a tuft of scales on the ventral side of the last abdominal segment (Myzorhynchus) ov, mauritianus. Last joints of hind tarsi not white ; female without ventral scale- tuft)... ue oie Pe bie on ve sae eae 40. 40. Blackish species ; wings with some pale spots __... His dys 41. Lighter species ; wings without any pale spots... Ne fee 42, 41. Female palpi shaggily scaled: pale scales of wings occurring mainly on the fourth, fifth and sixth veins ite 6 JS. umbrosus. Female palpi with appressed scales; pale scales of wings less numerous and occurring mainly on the first vein ses ioe, STULL 42. Wings with dark spots formed by accumulation of scales 40. maculipennis. Wings without any dark spots ce as “ie ime ae 43. 43. First fork-cell longer than second ... Ri oc 41. algeriensis, Fork-cells of equal length ... 42. antennatus. Unidentified species: A. minuta, Macq., Dipt., I, p. 33 (1834). The complete description is as follows: “3. A. Natn.—Anopheles minuta, nob. Long. 2 lig. Gris. Palpes 4 anneaux blancs. Ailes 4 bord brun, et a trois petites taches blanchatres. ©. Du Sénégal. Muséum dhistoire naturelle 4 Paris.” If the type is still in existence the species might be identifiable, but not otherwise. 1, A. pharoensis, Theo., Mon. Cul. 1, p. 169 (1901). Cella pharoensis, Theo., Mon. Cul. ILI, p. 109 (1903). Nyssorhynchus bozasi, N.-L., Arch. Parasit. X, p. 246 (1906). Neveu-Lemaire gives good figures of this species. Palestine; Egypt; Sudan; Gambia; N. and 58. Nigeria; Togo; Belgian Congo ; Angola; S. Rhodesia ; Madagascar. 2, A. cinctus, Newst. and Cart. (Celléa), Ann. Trop. Med. IV, p. 381 (1910), Ashanti. 3. A. jacobi, Hill and Haydon (Cellia), Ann. Natal Mus. I, p. 144 (1907). Natal. 4, A, argenteolobatus, Gough (Cellia), Transvaal Dept. Agric., Rept. Gov. Vet. Bact. 1908-09, p. 116 (1910). Cellia pseudosquamosa, Newst. and Cart., Ann. Trop. Med. V, p. 236 (1911). Transvaal ; N.E. Rhodesia. 5, A. squamosus, Theo., Mon. Cul. I, p. 167 (1901). Cellia squamosa, Theo., Mon. Cul. III, p. 109 (1903). Cellia tananarivensis, Ventr., Bull. Mus. Paris, XII, p. 198 (1906). ? Cellia pretoriensis, Gough (nec Theo.), Transvaal Dept. Agric., Rept. Gov. Vet. Bact. 1908-09, p. 117 (1910). Keypt; Sudan; N. Nigeria; Sierra Leone: Gold Coast; Angola; Natal; Transvaal ; S. Rhodesia; Nyasaland; British E. Africa; Madagascar. I am unable to separate C. pretoriensis and C. tananarivensis from A. squamosus by comparing the descriptions, and consider them the same. Cellia squamosa, var. arnoldi, Newst. and Cart., Ann. Trop. Med. V, p. 238 (1911), (Celia arnoldi, Stph. and Chr., Prac, Stud, of Malaria, Ed. III, 1208, 26302 B2 246 F. W. EDWARDS—A KEY FOR DETERMINING THE p. 175). The fact that this differs from typical A. sywamosus only in the absence of the white pleural lines, would certainly seem to justify sinking it under that species, yet it.is hardly conceivable that larvae so different as those described by Hill and Haydon and Newstead and Carter could be conspecific. Possibly some confusion of adults has arisen. The character given for the separation of the adults seems quite inadequate. 6. A. maculicosta, Becker, Mitt. Zool. Mus. Berlin, IT, p. 69 (1903). Dr. Becker has kindly supplied me with the following additional notes on the type :—“ Thorax grey, not brown. Pleurae and sternum light grey, with red- brown patches, not dark as in pharoensis. Abdomen: scales yellowish, no darker scales on side and at the end of the abdomen and no broad scales sticking out- wards on the borders. Femora and tibiae are quite yellow brown with some little brown irregular patches, but not banded, the hind tars? quite yellow-brown, their base somewhat darker, the ends of them and the last joint yellow, not white. Wings in general pictured like A. pharoensis. Length 3°5 mm., not 8 mm. “ After this I believe A. maculicosta is a species closely allied to A. pharoensis, but differs in the ornamentation of the pleurae and the legs and the length of the body.” In spite of the differences indicated, I am inclined to think that A. maculicosta was described from a small rather worn specimer of A. pharoensis. Lhe lateral projecting scales of the abdomen may well have been rubbed off, and as to size, | can only say that I have seen no specimen of A. pharoensis which exceeded 6 mim. in length, and that they are often a good deal less. A. maculicosta was described from Egypt, where A. pharoensis is common. 7. A. christyi, Newst. and Cart. (Neocellia), Aun. Trop. Med. V, p. 238 (1911). A large mosquito resembling A. mauritianus in general appearance, but with more distinctly spotted wings and without white hind tarsi; it is easily distinguished with a lens by its scaly abdomen, the scales not forming lateral tufts. The dark spots of the wings stain the membrane, so that even a denuded specimen would be easy to recognise. Uganda; British E. Africa (Njoro and Nairobi, 7. J. Anderson). 8. A. brunnipes, Theo. (Nyssorhynchus), Mon. Cul. V, p. 64 (1910). Angola. 9, A, aureosquamiger, Theo. (Pyrctophorus), Mon. Cul. IV, p. 73 (March 18, 1907). Hall and Haydon in their description of A. natalensis make no mention of the scales on the thorax. This may be only an omission, as there seem no other characters to separate natalensis and aureosquamiger. Transvaal. 10. A. rufipes, Gough, Transvaal Dept. Agric., Rept. Gov. Vet. Bact. 1908-09, p- 119 (1910) (as var. of Nyssorhynchus pretoriensis). Anopheles (Nyssorhynchus) watsont, Kdw., Bull. Ent. Res. II, p. 143 (1911), (nec Pyretophorus watsoni, Leicester, 1908), This species seems rather variable in the amount of white on the hind legs. Specimens bred by Dr, Ingram at Bole, Gold Coast, have the white ring at the AFRICAN SPECIES OF ANOPHELES (SENSU LATO), 247 apex of the hind metatarsus almost absent, and no dark ring at the base of the third hind tarsal joint. These specimens differ from the Oriental A. fuliginosus in having no scales on the abdomen of the female. Transvaal; British E. Africa (Masongaleni, S. A. Neave); Gold Coast (Bole, Dr. Ingram); N. Nigeria; S. Nigeria (Oshogbo, Dr. J. J. Simpson). 11. A. maculipalpis, Giles, Gnats, Ed. 2, p. 297 (1902). Nyssorhynchus indiensis, Theo., Mon. Cul. V, p. 62 (1910). Transvaal; S. Rhodesia; Angola; Belgian Congo; N. Nigeria; Mauritius ; India. 12. A. pretoriensis, Theo. (Nyssorhynchus), Mon. Cul. I11, p. 99 (1903). Transvaal; Natal. 13. A. implexus, Theo. (Christya), Royal Soc., Rept. Sleeping Sickness Com., ITI, p. 34 (1903). A very striking species, one of the largest of the genus. The third and fourth joints of the hind tarsi are white, the ffth black. Femora and tibiae spotted. Uganda; British C. Africa (?). The latter record is now omitted by Theobald. 14, A. theileri, nom. nov. Pyretophorus albipes, Theo., U. South Afr. Dept. Agric., First Rept. Vet. Res. p. 243 (1911) (nec A. albipes, Theo., 1901). A very distinct species, but in its wing-markings almost identical with the following. Transvaal. 15. A. wellcomei, Theo., First Rept. Welle. Lab. p. 64 (1904). Sudan; N. Nigeria; Angola. 16, A. natalensis, Hill and Haydon (Myzorhyuchus), Ann, Natal Mus. I, p. 152 : (March 8, 1907). Natal. A. (Pyretophorus) watsonii, Leicester, from Malaya, answers rather closely to the description of this species, the only apparent distinctions being that in A. watsonii the wing-scales are shorter and less dense, and the three additional spots on the first longitudinal vein reach the costa. 17, A. ardensis, Theo. (Pyretophorus), J. Econ. Biol. I, p. 17 (1905). This species, though superficially very like A. costalis, probably has its nearest ally in A. natalensis. Natal. 18, A. costalis, Theo., Mon. Cul. I, p. 157 (1901). ? A. costalis, Lw., Berlin ent. Zeitschr. X, p. 55 (1866). A, merus, Donitz, Zeits. Hygiene, X LI, p. 77 (1902). A, gracilis, Donitz, lc. p. 76. A. arabiensis, Patton, J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc. p. 625 (1905). Loew’s original description includes no mention of the spots on the legs or of bands on the tarsi, hence it is most probable that D6nitz is correct in regarding Theobald’s identification of A. costalis as erroneous. But without examination 248 FE. W. EDWARDS—A KEY FOR DETERMINING THE of the type it would probably be impossible to determine which is the true costals, and so in the absence of proof of its error, 1 have allowed the name costalis to stand for this species. I agree, however, with Donitz that A. costalis, Liw., is very likely to prove the same as A. cinereus, Theo., or perhaps A. transvaalensis, Carter. This species is in many respects a variable one, and is common throughout the lithiopian region. 19, A. pallidopalpi, Theo. (Feltinella), Mon. Cul. TV, p. 57 (1907). Sierra Leone. . The statement that in this species the ‘“‘ basal lobe of the genitalia” is ** divided into two segments ”’ is incorrect ; the type specimen is merely broken. 20, A. nili, Theo. (Myzomyia), First Rept. Welle. Lab. p. 65 (1904). Myzomyia funesta, var. umbrosa, Theo., Mon. Cul. IIT, p. 34 (1903), (nee Myzorhynchus umbrosus, Theo.). Myzomyia unicolor, Griinb., Zool. Anz. XX LX, p. 379 (1905). Anopheles (Myzomyia) umbrosa, Edw., Bull. Ent. Res. I, p. 142 (1911). Sudan; N. & S. Nigeria; Togo. Both MW. funesta var. umbrosa and M. umbrosus were described by Theobald in his third volume, but the latter is better known and so the name A. wmbrosus is retained for it. The idea of page precedence is rejected as absurd. 21. A. longipalpis, Theo. (Myzomyia), Mon. Cul. III, p. 37 (1903). Brit. HE. Africa (Makindu, 3,300 feet, 6. iv. 1911, S.A. Neave, 19); Nyasa- land (Blantyre, 1910, Dr. J. E..S. Old). 22, A. rhodesiensis, Theo. Mon. Cul. J, p. 184 (1901). S. Rhodesia; Transvaal; Sierra Leone (?). This species has been confused with the dark varieties of A. funestus, aud not all the records of it can be trusted. 23. A. culicifacies, Giles, Ent. Mo. Mag. XX XVII, p. 197 (1901). Pyretophorus sergentit, Theo., Mon. Cul. IV, p. 68 (1907). This synonymy is given after a comparison of the type, and of a large series of specimens from India. Algeria ; India. 24, A. funestus, Giles, Liverp. S. Trop. Med. Mem. 2, p. 50 (1900). A. hebes, Donitz, Zeit. £. Hygiene, X LI, p. 84 (1902). Widely distributed in the Ethiopian region, but much commoner in West Africa, Some of the varieties may be characterised as follows :— (1) A. funestus (type form). A pale spot on the costa near the base ; third vein pale-scaled in the middle, sometimes for as much as one-third of its length ; fringe spots distinct. Donitz’s A. hebes, from E. Africa, resembles this form, but the wings seem to be rather narrower and often quite half of the third vein is pale-scaled. Theobald refers to the palpi of A. hebes as “ mainly white ”; this is merely an error of translation from Doénitz’s description. AFRICAN SPECIES OF ANOPHELES (SENSU LATO). 249 (i1) var. subumbrosa, Theo., Mon. Cul. IIT, p. 34 (1903). No pale spot on costa near base ; third vein with some pale scales in middle ; fringe spots usually distinct. As far as I can see Theobald’s Myzomyia leptomeres (Mon. Cul. IT, p. 38) is identical with this variety. (iil) var. besignata, Griinb., Zool. Anz. X XIX, p. 378 (1905). No pale spot near base of costa; third vein, and sometimes also the fifth vein, entirely dark ; fringe spots indistinct or absent. The darkest specimens of this variety approach A. rhodesiensis, but always have pale spots at the bases of the fork cells, and the female palpi are shorter than in the latter species. 25. A. impunctus, Dénitz, Zeit. f. Hygiene, X LI, p. 67 (1902). Kgypt. 26. A. hispaniola, Theo. (Myzomyia), Mon. Cul. IIT, p. 49 (1903). Pyretophorus myzomyfacies, Theo., Mon. Cul. IV, p. 69 (1907). Algeria ; Spain. 27, A. chaudoyei, Theo. (Pyretophorus), Mon. Cul, ILI, p. 68 (1903). Pyretophorus nigrifasciatus, Theo., Mon. Cul. LV, p. 65 (1907). Algeria ; Cyprus ; India. 8. A. multicolor, Camboulin, C. R. Acad. Sci., CX X XV, p. 704 (1902). I believe this species is correctly identified, but there is one strange statement in the original description, namely, that the wings have blue markings. I assume this merely refers to iridescence, which, however, is not visible in the specimens at my disposal. Patton’s A. azrikt from Aden must be very close to this, but has the wing-fringe entirely dark. Suez; Cairo (Ff. Willcocks). 29. A. cinereus, Theo., Mon. Cul. I, p. 161 (1901). A, (Myzomyia) jehafi, Patton, J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc. p. 630 (1905). Aden; British E. Africa ; S. Rhodesia; Transvaal ; Natal; Cape. 30. A. transvaalensis, Carter (Pyretophorus), Entomologist, XLIII, p. 237 (1910). This is, in part, the species referred to by Hill & Haydon as Myzomyia Jfunesta, but from their descriptions it would seem that they also included 4. mar- shall, and perhaps A. pitchfordi, under the same specific name. How far these forms really represent distinct species must remain doubtful for the present. British E. Africa ; Transvaal; Natal. 31, A. superpictus, Grassi, Reale Accad. Linc. p- 78 (1900). Theobald’s record of this from Mashonaland probably refers to some other species (perhaps to A. transvaalensis) ; he does not repeat it in his last volume. A, superpictus seems to be distinguished from A. nursec (which also occurs in the Mediterranean region) only by the banded tarsi. 32, A. marshalli, Theo. (Pyretophorus), Mon. Cul. III, p. 77 (1903). Pyretophorus pseudocostalis, Theo., Mon. Cul. V, p. 41 (1910). Uganda; British E. Africa ; Nyasaland; S. Rhodesia ; Transvaal; Angola. 250 A KEY FOR DETERMINING THE AFRICAN SPECIES OF ANOPHELES. 33. A. pitchfordi, Giles, Rev. Anoph. p. 34 (1904). Zululand; Angola; Congo; Uganda. 34, A. flavicosta, Edw., Bull. Ent. Res. II, p. 142 (1911). N. Nigeria. 35. A. austeni, Theo. (Pyretophorus), Entomologist, XX XVIII, p. 102 (1905). Angola. 36, A. distinctus, Newst. & Cart. (Pyretophorus), Ann. Trop, Med. V, p. 234 (1911). | N. E. Rhodesia. 37, A. mauritianus, Grandpré, Planter’s Gaz. Press (1900). A, paludis, Theo., Royal Soc., Rept. Malaria Com. p. 75 (July 6, 1900), The tarsal character given by Theobald for separating mauritianus and paludis breaks down, and I feel sure there is really only one species. There is, however, a fairly constant difference between specimens from [ast and West Africa ; in the former there is a broad white patch embracing the apex of the hind tibia and the base of the metatarsus, on the upper surface; in the latter, which may be known as var. paludis, the patch is very narrow and inconspicuous. Widely distributed in Africa, but as a rule uncommon. In Nairobi, British Kast Africa, however, it appears to be the commonest Anopheles. T have been unable to consult Grandpré’s origina! description, and do not know whether his name has priority. It has been retained because the form with a black spot at the base of the 3rd hind tarsal joint is by far the commoner, both in Hast and West Africa. 38. A. umbrosus, Theo. (Myzorhynchus), Mon. Cul. ILI, p. 87 (1903). Myzorhynchus obscurus, Griinb., Zool. Anz. X XTX, p. 380 (1905). Myzorhynchus strachani, Vheo., Mon. Cul. LV, p. 85 (1907). S. Nigeria ; Congo (Coquilhatville, 20. XI. 1910, 1 Q, Dr. A. Yale Massey) : Kamerun; Malay States. 39, A. smithii, Theo., Entomologist, XX XVIII, p. 101 (1905). Sierra Leone. 40, A. maculipennis, Mg., Syst. Beschr. I, p. 11 (1818). Algeria: Tunis ; Hurope ; Ni America (?). 41, A. algeriensis, Theo., Ann. Inst. Pasteur, XVII, p. 2 (1903); id., Mom Cal, 1p. et: Algeria. It is possible that this specics may prove to be identical with A. befurcatus, L. 42, A, antennatus, Becker, Mitt. Zool. Mus. Berlin, I, p. 68 (1903). Heypt. I have been unable to examine this species. ho Or nk SOME OBSERVATIONS ON THE BIONOMICS AND BREEDING- PLACES OF ANOPHELES IN SAINT LUCIA, BRITISH WEST INDIES. By Lucius Nicuo.uts, B.A., M.B.; B.C. (Cantab.), Government Bacteriologist, Saint Lucia. (PLates VI.-IX.) The following article has been written from notes of observations and experiments extending over nearly three years—April 1909 to December 1911. Its main object is an attempt to demonstrate that a true conception of the production of Anopheline mosquitos in a definite country or district can only be formed by a large amount of continual work throughout the seasons of the year. At the present time very numerous observations are still to be made before much generalising should be allowed concerning the breeding-grounds and bionomics of these insects. I am here concerned with two closely allied species only, namely, Anopheles (Nyssorhynchus) argyrotarsis and A. (Nyssorhynchus) albimanus. These are well-known malaria-carriers, and I have found odcysts and sporozoits in both of them. Wherever mention is made of Anophelines or larvae in this article, it must be understood to refer only to these two species, for my observations have been restricted entirely to them. Natural features of St. Lucia. The work has been confined to St. Lucia, a West Indian island, situated 13° 50’ N. Lat. by 60° 58’ W. Long. On the windward side it is washed by the Atlantic Ocean, and on the leeward by the Caribbean Sea. Its greatest length is about 27 miles, and its maximum breadth 14 miles ; it is estimated that it has a superficial area of 238 square miles. The island is almost entirely of volcanic origin. It is very mountainous, chains of hills dividing it up into a number of small and large fertile valleys which are covered by alluvial soil. The highest of the hills rises 3,012 feet above sea-level, and they are all densely covered with forests, which occupy the greater portion of the island. Deep rocky ravines either carry the water direct to the coast, or numbers of them coming together form a small river which, increasing in size, courses through the valleys to the sea. The two ends of the island are comparatively flat, and this is due to coral formation having been built up on sunken volcanic rocks. There are numerous lagoons of small size in different parts of the island. The mean temperature of the island is about 78° Fahr. ; during the cool season it may fall as low as 65°, but it averages about 72° at that time of the year. In the hot months it frequently rises to 90° Fahr. The temperature falls only a few degrees at nights. The appended Table I. (p. 266) shows the rainfall for the last 22 years, the average being about 93 inches per year. 252 LL. NICHOLLS—SOME OBSERVATIONS ON THE BIONOMICS AND BREEDING- Developmental stages of A. argyrotarsis and A. albimanus. Adults.—The very closely allied Anopheles argyrotarsis and A. albimanus are easily distinguished from each other by the last tarsal joint of the hind leg being almost entirely black in A. albimanus, while, except for the claws, it is white in A. argyrotarsis. This is the only characteristic by which they can be readily separated with the naked eye. Magnification shows one or two other differences, but these vary to some extent, and are often not easily observed in specimens which have been kept for any length of time. Larvae.—There is a bewildering number of small variations in colour, mark- ings, relative size of parts, and hairs of Anopheline larvae of the same species, so that it is advisable to mention some of these and the manner in which they are produced. The larvae suffer from a number of diseases due to Protozoa (chiefly VORTICELLIDAE) and vegetable organisms such as diatoms, algae and fungi. If a larva has much growth of fungi or algae upon it, or Protozoa within or adherent to it, it will present an unhealthy appearance (fig. 1, c); its movements will be sluggish ; its relative proportions lost; numbers of its hairs will be altered, or entirely lacking ; if it survives (and the majority do not), a long period Fig. 1—Larvae of Anopheles (Nyssorhynchus). (a) A. albimanus, Wied., drawn from healthy larva of 6 mm.; (6) A. argyrotarsis, R.D., drawn from healthy larva of 6 mm. ; (c) a diseased larva, 5 mm. in length, covered with algae and thousands of Vorticellae; (d) A. argyrotarsis, lateral view. PLACES OF ANOPHELES IN SAINT LUCIA, BRITISH WEST INDIES. 258 will be taken for its development.* On one occasion, from a large number of diseased A. albimanus I obtained two small stunted adults after 28 and 33 days respectively, their entire phases from egg to imagines had probably occupied nearly 40 days. Again, the colour and observable markings vary according to the situation in which the larvae are found. Thus, in a muddy, light coloured, opaque pool, they will be a light brown; in a dark pool they will be nearly black; while among beneficent algae they may present a beautiful transparent, green-tinted appearance. Further, the relative proportions of the body, depth of marking and colour, and length of hairs vary at different times and ages. Young larvae which have just moulted may be very difficult to see owing to their transparency, and at this time they are very susceptible to sunlight. The proportion of the head to the thorax is relatively larger in younger larvae; the hairs tend to protrude more before than after moults. It is therefore important, in giving a description of a single larva, to state the length of the specimen described and its probable stage of development. The larvae of A. argyrotarsis, when 6 mm. in length, exhibit a maximum breadth of head a little more than one-half the maximum breadth of the thorax. The antennae are darker at their apices than at their bases (sometimes this is not well shown in very dark specimens), they are finely serrated on their inner sides and carry two small spines, between which is situated a short branched hair. There is a regular pattern on the dorsal surface of the head. The plumose hairs which arise from small tubercles on the thorax do not reach far forward, but two pairs of long hairs reach well beyond the antennae (ia 1, a, 5). The first three abdominal segments carry on each side a pair of feathered hairs, which curve forwards and arise from two tubercles situated one above the other. The remaining segments carry long straight hairs, pointing outwards and backwards, and these become progressively shorter from the fourth segment to the eighth ; but the anal segment has a pair of hairs as long as those on the fourth segment. ‘There are pairs of palmate hairs on the dorsum of the second to seventh segments inclusive, the function of these being to maintain the larva in a horizontal position on the surface of the water. The anal papillae are long and transparent, and show irregular curved lines upon them; the ventral brush springs from a crescent, and consists of a number of pairs of hairs (fig. 1, ¢). The same description applies to Ad. albimanus, but healthy specimens of this species are easily differentiated by four pairs of brilliant white areas, situated on the front of the thorax and on the second, fifth, and eighth abdominal segments respectively (fig. 1, a). When feeding on algae the body usually assumes a transparent green appearance, and if these white areas are pronounced in such cases, the larvae are very beautiful objects. Unfortunately in many surroundings * |Prof. G. S. West, of Birmingham University, has kindly examined some specimens sent home by Dr. Nicholls, which were covered with algae, and reports that ‘‘ the mosquito larvae are covered with young plants of a sterile form of a species of Oedogonium. The zoospores must have come to rest on the larvae, attached themselves and then germinated. There are also many Vorticellae.”—Ed. ] 254 LL. NICHOLLS—SOME OBSERVATIONS ON THE BIONOMICS AND BREEDING- these marks grow indistinct, and may entirely disappear; in diseased specimens they are soon lost. At first this variability produced some chaos in my notes, in which I had attempted to keep separate records of the breeding-grounds of the two species ; but as I found that the places they frequented were so similar, I have abandoned any attempt to discriminate between them. Pupae.—The pupae of these species (fig. 2) have a pair of palmate hairs on the thorax which are similar to those situated on the dorsum of the segments of the larvae. Fic. 2.—Pupa of Anopheles albimanus, Wied. : (a) lateral view, (b) dorsal view. The trumpets have wide openings on their inner sides. The markings of the thorax vary greatly both in different specimens and at different stages of development. Again, typical specimens of the pupae of 4. albimanus can be distinguished by two large white blotches situated on the posterior part of the thorax (fig. 2, d). Length of life-cycle. The egg hatches normally in 36 to 48 hours, but sometimes takes longer. It is extremely dificult to obtain eggs from captive females, and even then, they usually fail to hatch. I base the above length of time upon the following experiment :—A favourite Anopheline breeding-ground was chosen, just as it was drying up, and small pools were dug, and water added, which was taken from a source where no mosquitos could have had access to it. The pools were then protected with muslin, which was removed as it became dark. The next day, between 9 and 11 a.m., a thorough search was made for eggs, and in two of the pools a few were found ; these pools were kept supplied with water to prevent them drying up, and muslin tents were placed overthem. In 36 hours the larvae began to appear, and in less than 48 hours they were all hatched out. In other experiments in which newly formed pools were tented within 12 hours of formation, I have had variable results. On one occasion it was indicated that A. albimanus might hatch out in 24 hours. Unfavourable circumstances can considerably prolong the egg-stage. The length of the larval stage is very variable, and depends upon a number of circumstances, such as the nature of the food supply, the health of the larva, the protection from the elements, and the temperature of the water. Two of the larvae in the above experiment changed to pupae in 11 and 114 days respectively from the date of hatching; but most of them pupated in between 12 and 14 PLACES OF ANOPHELES IN SAINT LUCIA, BRITISH WEST INDIES. 255 days, the last pupa appearing on the fifteenth day. The surroundings were very favourable, and the experiment was made during the hot month of August. A favourable artificial breeding-ground can be formed by cutting down a large tub to a depth of six inches. This is nearly filled with water, a little mud is stirred in, and a few grasses and algae added. It should be placed in a protected situation in the open, so that it gets the proper degree of shade and sunshine. Into such a receptacle small larvae, a little more than a millimetre long, were introduced, and in 85 cases the larval period exceeded 14 days only seven times. I have hatched out many hundreds of larvae in these six-inch tubs ; but here I only include cases in which careful daily watching has shown that the food-supply has been more than adequate, and no disease has crept in. Disease always develops in artificial breeding-grounds, unless the water is properly changed, and the grasses or algae are obtained from fresh healthy situations. In glass vessels and in any adverse situations the larval period is greatly prolonged. I have kept an infected larva 31 days before it became a pupa, but the imago appeared in another two days. I have on seven occasions seen a larva change to the pupal condition, and the same pupa hatch to an imago. ‘The periods ranged from 47 hours 10 minutes to 54 hours 35 minutes. The statement is frequently made that the imago emerges from the pupa during the late afternoon. This is not so with A. argyrotarsis or A, albimanus, for as many emerge before noon as after this time. It is very important that the duration of the developmental stages of mosquitos should be known, but obviously these cannot be stated to a day. The following table gives the probable durations in days for A. arqyrotarsis and albimanus :— Under favourable ree cae Lie oe vie conditions Sera geeriier ; conditions. Keg stage... Bae SE 3-2 24? Larval period... PF 11-14 dl or more Pupal period ot ae a 21? 143-18 36 or more The food of the larvae consists of small particles of decomposing vegetable matter and minute water-plants ; they are also able to devour the larvae of other Diptera, and will eat the decomposing bodies of all kinds of insects. The length of life of the imago is very difficult to determine ; but probably there are very few individuals which exist for more than six weeks. 7 . hie 7h oe ee — F a a ! i — * ed ; * oth in et BR Ge ge RR ie Sa cay %... sae ' t t _ P ‘ a a ; : f J Li Ce wea ae i j . | i * the ten a p . * + . . . ‘ “ ® ra as F ie i re ; h ¥\ Lng ay ; ps i. oe git ay os ‘ - . o i coo. 4 , . * . . + « oy . ‘ ; ‘ 9 S U 5 =" ¥ a oe ie , ¢ is = i . * a : - _ - an times. ; " 7 eos. '& » ee ‘ 4 i~ ; — i A t4 , 16 Set ep Oe ey et \ 7 v t -e ie t Bo ; . ‘ * wt « * ¢ 7 a we ie iy a i a Z i . ‘ we | i oa er 4 j mJ SAL , if er 4 P me @ J > [ . . . « * i uf i n A oa ¥ = , i ‘tv tes” : 1 : : i . 7 ae I is, ae ee ae ae , om Fe n ' Me a er ine on yy ae eo i oe * e x — oF ion & ‘ + Da ‘ bie ea” + aire ‘ ‘ _ i t : y ay ih in ' 5 o ad % = . -_, , ; bi ; =? randy. : » 7 med ve z ‘ - ’ } I 2 ¥ é . «5 , ve y “ ; wi hig H , { 3 nt, i eae Saath 4 gesQonrona - oS 1 OL ae Tae a Sees tc ee Reames oe tae * Ce er et ee ee) ee . f mh ” ee eet, rage 7a F ; m= aw Kita mt Bes tu ti, ue A ~ 2 get: ere Bashar’ me IBUNLib. IEW, IRisSisinei, Wom, UU, IPAs 3), IPiLais WII, Fig. 2. Swampy pasture land which yielded no Anopheline larve. SWE, JB, IReSisnecs, Wo. UNG IDaese sy PLATE VII. Fig. 1. Breeding-place in roadside ditch. Fig. 2. Breeding-ground produced by the wallowing of pigs. Vel at = a x ¥ ¥ ' an sy! "oe = i i . " i t iy} of au Es , ry j oe eat iy f : ak i | iy Pe Ae ee a Tas : : ie v - - ie } cS te : 7 : , vs j : a Arete’ ai Hy Po / ' ; e > f . SF ee oe * | i ’ “ an a) F i ‘ rt ; i = 4 ft r _ X= “ - : ; - ae : 2 nM z Tete 2T je ela - ee tty : a ic : ‘ - Ceres ~ tn =p pe ‘i - J 5 a : ~ ae Sete ee, ‘ enn Dye eh ot i vy i t a, : f : i : 5 i =t “i = vs i y to r : pee a i { 7 — a = - 7 . f / ry . , : ~ a ( : s: - ’ mnt 4 it C0 ‘ < re rr) rl 7 . & terse a ' - ‘ ne = i> - ee a , — ‘ i ie Bh . t “ “ ; BRULEE NIA RESEARCH. | WOLe lll. | eARa a: Pears WAIT, Fig. 1. A swiftly-running stream in which no larvee were found. Fig. 2. The same stream, near its mouth; here larvee were found. IBUILE, JBN. JRESEARGE: Wolis Wil, IPA 3 PLATE IDX: Fig.1. Back-water of the same river as on Plate VIII.; here larvee are controlled by small fish. Fig. 2. Muslin tent used for breeding mosquitos in situ. Se ‘ ’ iy i te an a : _ . : = iy ae 269 ON THE, UTILISATION OF AN INDIGENOUS AFRICAN SILK- etd (ANAPHE INFRACTA, WLSM.) IN UGANDA. | By C. C. Gowpry, B.Sc., F.Z.8., EES. Government Entomologist of Uganda. The silkworms which are found in the largest quantities in Uganda belong to the genus Anaphe (family HvupTEeRoTipag), of which we have three species, Anaphe infracta, Wism., A. venata, Butl., and A. moloneyt, Druce. The other species of silkworms which have so far been observed in the Protectorate are Mimopacha gerstaeckeri, Dew., and Hypsoides millet:, de Juan, but these are com- paratively rare. This paper deals only with dnaphe infracta. | Description of Adult. The wings of the moth are of a creamy white colour; the anterior wings have broad bands of dark brown—-two broad bands in the middle of the wing joining at the posterior margin to form a V, and two sub-parallel bands of the same colour join the outer arm of the V to the lateral margin; the lateral margins of both the anterior and posterior wmgs are also bordered with dark brown, but the border of the latter is not so pronounced. The segments of the abdomen are marked with rings of golden-brown hairs. The female differs from . the male in being larger and having the tip of the abdomen covered with golden- brown hairs. Life-history and Habits. There are two broods in a year, and, as the life-cycle of each brood takes about a year to complete, the broods overlap each other. The adults-of one brood emerge from the cocoon-mass, or nest, in September and of the other in January. The only marked difference in the duration of the metamorphoses of the two broods is in the chrysalis stage; in the September brood the length of this stage is about thirteen weeks, whereas in the January brood it is about six weeks. Below is given the duration of the stages of the two broods in tabular form for comparison :— 5 to 6 Dec.-16 | Dec. 21 Aue. AF) Adsl” 7 | January Brood. Sevtember Brood. Stage of Insect. ee he ae pra elec 7 From | To | From To Egg ie | Dec. 15 | Jan. 31 | Aug. 1 | Sept. 15 Larval 107 os 150 Feb. 1 | June30 | Sept.15 | Dec. 31 Spinning of Cocoon 120 Jilys a?) Och, ol Yi dam, t| April 30 Chrysalis... A tOW U2Re im leNoy, ol Dec. 15 | May 1 | Aug. 1 Life of Adult | ~The table shows that the life-cycle occupies from 322 to 413 days, the longer period being for the September brood, which appears also to be rather smaller than the earlier brood. The dates are, of course, only approximate. The eggs are laid on the under-side of the leaf of the food-plant in large clusters, These clusters, which contain from 200 to 300 eggs, are covered with the silky 270 Cc. C. GOWDEY—ON THE UTILISATION OF AN INDIGENOUS golden-brown hairs from the apex of the abdomen of the female moth. The larvae feed in groups or colonies, and dislike sunlight. They are very voracious, devouring the foliage with great rapidity, but they do not appear to feed on the very old leaves. Towards the end of the larval period the larvae establish themselves in the bifurcations of the branches of the tree on which they have been feeding and begin to build a large cocoon-mass, or nest, of soft silk, which they occupy. The colour of the nest varies, but it is most often of a ferruginous brown. When the nest is finished and the larvae are ready to pupate, they inside and each encloses itself in a small cocoon. The nests vary greatly in shape and size ; sometimes, with the live larvae, they weigh as much as six to eight pounds, and contain from 120 to 600 or even 800 insects. Fig. 1.—Nest of Anaphe infracta, W\sm. On examination of the nests it will be seen that they consist of three envelopes of silk. The first or outer envelope is composed of very fine silk, but fairly strong and long. The second envelope consists of several layers of silk, placed so close together that it has the appearance of a layer of sheets. The third envelope is of the texture of parchment, and is also formed of several layers uf silk. This last envelope is hard and extremely resistant, but the silk of.which it is composed is better than that of the other two. The separate cocoons within the nests are made of fine silken threads, but their value is diminished by AFRICAN SILKWORM (ANAPHE INFRACTA, WLSM.) IN UGANDA. = 271 the presence of a large percentage of dirt and foreign matter. The silk of these cocoons contains less colouring matter than that of the envelopes, which is probably due to the absence of light. The handling of the nests causes irritation to the skin, as they contain urtica- ting hairs, derived from the bodies of the larvae, the effect of which on the epidermis is very painful. Food-Plants. The food-plants of A. infracta are Bridelia micrantha, var. ferruginea (Luganda, “ Katasemite”), Cynometra alexandri (Luganda, “ Nongo’’), and Triumfetta macrophylla (Luganda, “ Beinsamwe’”’); and in the Belgian Congo it is reported to feed on Albizzia fastiyiata. Bridelia, however, is the favourite food, being invariably eaten in preference to the others. This plant is a bushy shrub, attaining a height of from eight to fifteen feet, and bearing numerous spines on its branches. Repeated attempts were made, without success, to feed the larvae of this silk- worm on mulberry and on a species of wild fig (‘bark-cloth tree”). It was hoped that, by feeding the larvae on the former, the quality of the silk might have been improved. Rearing the Larvae. The food-plant (Bridelia) can be grown either from seeds or from cuttings. The latter method is preferable, as the trees attain the required size for feeding the larvae much sooner, and it will be found that they grow quite readily from cuttings. The trees should not be planted further apart than six feet, and it may be found advantageous to adopt closer planting, for the reasons that the silkworms must have plenty of shade and also must be left undisturbed, which cannot be done if the trees are planted so far apart that the weeds grow readily between them, necessitating constant weeding. When the trees are about a year old they should be “stocked” with larvae. At this age each plant should have sufficient leaves to support a colony of about 100 larvae. The trees may be stocked either with egg-masses or nests. The ege-masses are the more difficult to handle, but, on the other hand, the use of nests is apt to aid in distributing parasites. When the nests have been com- pleted, they may either be left on the food-plant for the adults to emerge or they may be collected and removed to a specially built breeding-house. Both methods have their advantages and disadvantages. If the nests are removed from the trees, there is a risk of disturbing the larvae, which remain for a con- siderable time in the nest without pupating, and some of them will show their resentment at being disturbed by leaving the nests, and this represents a dead loss of larvae. Yet, if the nests are left on the tree for the adults to emerge under natural conditions, no control can be kept over the parasites which feed on the larvae and pupae within the nests and which would presumably increase from year to year. ‘The ‘question arises, therefore, whether more larvae are lost through the disturbance of the nests than would be lost by the unchecked depredations of the parasites; but this is a point that cannot be settled without 272 C. C. GOWDEY—ON THE UTILISATION OF AN INDIGENOUS further careful investigation. Whether the nests are removed from the food-- plant or not, the trees should be pruned so as to have a fresh supply of young leaves for the larvae of the next brood to feed on, as they will not eat the old tough leaves. | . The cardinal points to be borne in mind in the rearing of this silkworm are—(1) that the larvae require a large supply of food ; (2) that shade is essential for their well-being; and (3) disturbance of the larvae is fatal. Treatment of the Nests. _ After the moths have emerged a cut should be made in the outer envelope of the nests and they should then be allowed to soak in water for about thirty minutes. The reason for this, and subsequent, soaking is that the handling of the dry nests is attended by severe irritation of the skin, caused by the hairs contained in the nests. The first envelope is now removed and the nests are Fig. 2.—Soaking nests of Anaphe in order to soften the urticating hairs. again soaked, after which the second envelope is removed and separated into its several layers. Another soaking is necessary both before and after the removal of the third or parchment-like envelope, so that the nests should be soaked four times in all, After the removal of the third envelope only the AFRICAN SILKWORM (ANAPHE INFRACTA, WLSM.) IN UGANDA. 273 mass of separate or loosely attached cocoons remains, the silk of which is the least valuable. From them all the foreign matter and the cast skins of the larvae and pupae should be removed. The silk of the three envelopes and that of the cocoons should be kept separate, and after being pressed should be packed for shipment in separate bales. In common with the Eri or Castor Silkworm (Attacus ricin’), the silkworms “4 the genus Anaphe have an immense advantage over the Mulberry Silkworm (Bombyx mor), in that the cocoons do not require to be “stifled,” that is, killed, to prevent the egress of the moth. With a view to obtaining supplies of wild silk, it would be advisable to draw the attention of the natives to the fact that it is to their interest no longer to destroy the nests of Anaphe. Indeed, the collecting and propagation of these insects might well become a source of profit to them, as they would readily be able to sell the nests, at a price fixed by agreement, to any company exploiting this product. Natural Enemies. As might be expected from its manner of living in large colonies, A. infracta does not enjoy a perfect exemption from predaceous or parasitic attack. The insects and birds mentioned here as attacking the silkworm I collected in Bukoba District, German Hast Africa, and in Uganda. Birds.—The chief predaceous enemies of this moth appear to be birds, of which I have observed three species actually feeding on the larvae and have found the insects in their stomachs :—Chrysococeyz cupreus (Golden Cuckoo), Pycnonotus layardi (Layard’s Bulbul; Luganda, “Sosolia”), and Motacilla campestris (Yellow Wagtail; Luganda, “ Kalisa”’). Of these, Pycnonotus layard: is the worst enemy. These birds, however, apparently attack the larvae only during the first instar, before the appearance of the irritating hairs, which presumably make the larvae distasteful or obnoxious. Parasitic Insects.—The silkworm is attacked by other insects in almost every stage of its development. The eggs are attacked by a minute Chalcidid parasite, Telenomus gowdey?, Crawford (subfamily SCELIONINAE), which I first discovered in Bukoba. At first I considered this te be the most serious of the parasites which attack this silkworm, but I have since found another new Chalcidid, Pleurotropis telenomi, Crawford (subfamily HuLopHiINAE), which in its turn parasitises 7. gowdey?. This secondary parasite will probably maintain a balance between the primary parasite and the host. From the cocoons two parasites have been bred, an as yet unidentified tly (coll. no. 2315) of the family TACHINIDAE and Cryptus (Oneilella) formosus, Brullé, a species of parasitic wasp of the family ICHNEUMONIDAE. C. formosus is a Shining blue-black insect, having the middle of the antennae banded with white, the head and pronotum partly red, and the wings blue with a broad hyaline band. This parasite pierces the nest with its ovipositor, laying its egos in the larvae of the silkworm, and the larvae of the Cryptus on hatching feed on the larvae and pupae of the host. If the nests are collected from the 274 C. C. GOWDEY—ON THE UTILISATION OF AN AFRICAN SILKWORM, ETC. trees and placed in houses, any parasites can easily be destroyed on emergence. Also, if the eggs of the silkworm be used instead of the nests for stocking new plantations the spreading of these parasites will be lessened. In West Africa, in addition to C. formosus two other parasites have been found infesting the cocoons of Anaphe, namely, the larvae of two Pyralid moths, Metoecis carnifex, Coq., and Metoecis sp.? of the subfamily PHYCITINAE. This silkworm has not been found to be subject to any of the usual silkworm diseases, 275 NOTES ON THE BLOOD-SUCKING INSECTS OF EASTERN TROPICAL AFRICA. By 8S. A. Neavez, M.A., B.Sc. Oxon. (Puates X. and XI.) Owing to the very limited time available during my stay in England, it has not seemed advisable to attempt any general account of so extensive a region as that covered by my recent journey through Tropical Hast Africa. This region extends practically from the Zambesi River to the Upper Nile, and is included in 12 degrees of longitude and no less than 22 parallels of latitude. It comprises all types of country from open plains to dense forests, and elevations from sea- level to 10,000 feet. This area includes, in addition to a large portion of the HKastern Tropical subregion, a small portion of the South African subregion and. in Uganda, of the Western Tropical subregion. The entomological study of so large an area involves a great variety of interesting questions and an even more bewildering diversity of insect life. The economic relations of these numerous species with man and his domestic animals present a large number of problems, in regard to many of which much additional evidence is required. One of the most urgent of these problems at the present time in Eastern Africa, or indeed in any part of the continent, viz.: the occurrence of human trypano- somiasis in Nyasaland and Northern Fontes! outside the distribution of Glossina palpalis—is already being studied by two Commissions on the spot. Apart from this important question, all the countries under discussion have to contend with other diseases borne by blood-sucking organisms, and it is clear that all the local Governments, especially in Nyasaland and on the coast belt of British East Africa, will find it imperative during the next few years to spend large sums in combating these serious hindrances to human progress in Tropical Aron From the entomological standpoint it is of the utmost importance that too fine a line should not be drawn between the insects which, in the present very limited state of our knowledge, we believe to be noxious and those which are considered to be innocuous. If entomological workers are to be of the greatest possible assistance to medical science, it is their duty to collect all available data about all blood-sucking organisms. They will thus be fore-armed with knowledge of inestimable value should any species, at the moment believed innocuous or only under suspicion, become incriminated as a disease-carrier. The following paper will therefore be confined to the blood-sucking arthropods, mainly Diptera, collected during the tour, with the exception of a few records of biting flies taken on previous journeys in Northern Rhodesia, in 1904, 1905 and 1908. The great bulk of the collection was made during the writer’s recent tour on behalf of the Entomological Research Committee in 1910 and 1911. During this period the greater portion of the three British Protectorates, Nyasaland, British East Africa and Uganda, were visited, and portions of Northern Rhodesia and German East Africa were traversed. In the course of this survey over 5,000 miles were covered with native porters, exclusive of railway or steamer journeys. A very large collection of all forms 26302 D 276 .S. Aw. NEAVE—NOTES ON THE BLOOD-SUCKING of insect life was made, comprising about 100,000 specimens, of which about 15,000 were blood-sucking arthropods. I am glad to be able to take this opportunity of expressing my best thanks for the unvarying assistance and hospitality I everywhere received during the course of my tour. My especial thanks are due to the Principal Medical Officers of the three Protectorates, viz. :—Dr. H. Hearsey at Zomba, Dr. A. D. Milne at Nairobi, and Dr. A. P. D. Hodges, C.M.G., at Entebbe, who rendered me every possible assistance. In addition to somewhat detailed records of my collection, I have endeavoured to bring up to date lists of the known species of biting arthropods from each of the countries under discussion. These lists must not be regarded as by any means complete, but if they be compared with those given in Mr. EH. KE. Austen’s “ Illustrations of African Blood-sucking Flies” (1909), some idea will be gained of the great increase in our knowledge of these insects that has been effected in the last few years. I have also added, as an appendix, a provisional list of the native names of the principal blood-sucking insects and ticks in Eastern Tropical Africa. The identification of so large a number of species as those recorded in this paper has been a most laborious task, and the writer’s best thanks are due to those who have done a large part of this work, particularly Mr. E. KE. Austen, Mr. F. W. Edwards, Professor R. Newstead, F.R.S., Professor G. F. Nuttall, F.R.S., and Mr. C. Warburton. Finally the writer is most deeply indebted to Mr. Guy A. K. Marshall who, in spite of a great press of work, has found time not only to help much in identification but to assist in a great variety of ways throughout the production of this paper. Before giving particulars of the insect themselves a few notes on general methods of collecting may perhaps be of interest. It is not necessary to lay down any special instructions for collecting such insects as biting flies, since, to a large extent, they come to the collector instead of having to be searched for. Special methods have however to be adopted in collecting the males of those groups in which only the female sex bites, as in the TABANIDAE, but these will be discussed under that family. Given the time to train them, I have always found native collectors to be invaluable. Young boys of from 12 to 15 years of age usually seem to be the most satisfactory. If older than this, they are slower to learn, take less interest in their work, and are not so energetic or active. Personally, I have always found a system of partial payment by results most satisfactory. My collectors have usually been paid the lowest local monthly rate of wages, but in addition often earn 25-50 per cent., or even more, per month according to their success. This system not only encourages them to work hard but gives them a definite interest in the insects themselves, as the additional pay is given for special insects, such as, in the case of biting flies, male Tabanids or individuals of species not at all, or very little represented in the collection. The different tribes of Hast African natives seem to differ to a remarkable extent in their capacity for this kind of work. Though some of the North Hast’ Rhodesian tribes are good, particularly the Awemba, by far the best come from Nyasaland, notably those of Yao stock. The natives of British East Africa INSECTS OF EASTERN TROPICAL AFRICA, Lh} developed only exceptionally into really useful collectors, while those of Uganda, of whom I had expected much, seemed altogether to lack the necessary energy and enterprise. The secret of successful insect collecting in Africa lies largely in the careful organisation of equipment and native assistants. As soon as a competent staff has been got together the amount of work which can be got through is almost unlimited. This, of course, necessarily takes time. It is always well worth while to expend time and trouble in teaching each new collector, since the native learns to do his work in the right way just as easily as in the wrong. He is, however, such a creature of habit, that having once learned wrong methods it becomes extraordinarily difficult to get incorrect ideas out of his head. So far as equipment for native collectors is concerned, the writer always armed half his staff with large kite nets having long handles, a box of papers for Lepidoptera, Neuroptera, &c., a tube charged with chloroform on cotton wool, and one or two pill-boxes. In addition to biting flies these boys chiefly collected insects suitable for papering. The long nets were found very necessary for many biting flies, especially TABANIDAE drinking at damp sand or attacking domestic animals, occasions when they are usually very wary. A very useful adjunct to the _ equipment is a satchel or some form of haversack, since it must be remembered that natives seldom possess pockets ! The other half of the staff were supplied with small, short-handled, round nets, about a foot to fifteen inches in diameter, cyanide bottles, and small tubes and pill-boxes for Diptera or other delicate insects. These boys, in addition to biting flies, collected principally Coleoptera, Hymenoptera, Hemiptera, ete. They were usually instructed to work in couples, one of each class, so that they might be of mutual assistance and between them prepared for all emergencies. When not on the march the boys usually worked from about 9 a.m. to 3 or 4 p.m. Special work, such as searching for the species of Glossina with crepuscular habits, was of course also done when necessary. These native collectors are easily taught to keep separate, predaceous ASILIDAE or other insects taken with prey, or two individuals taken “in coitu.” It is however unfortunately most inadvisable to give rewards for specimens of this kind, as by so doing a doubt at once arises as to the facts. With the more intelligent boys I found it of great value to stimulate their interest by showing them pictures, coloured if possible, of biting flies or any specially wanted insect. Order DIPTERA. Family Chironomidae. The bulk of the midges and other small biting insects in my collection have not yet been fully worked out systematically. It is therefore not possible to give more than a general account of each genus. Genus CuLIcorIpEs, Latr. These small midges are far better represented in Uganda and the Nyanza Province of British East Africa than in any of the other countries under discussion. No less than five species are known from that region, and there are 26302 D2 278 Ss. A. NEAVE—NOTES ON THE BLOOD-SUCKING probably more to be discovered. The most abundant of these species is C. grahami, Aust., which I found in vast numbers in the forests of the Semliki Valley, in November 1911. It was there a most terrible pest, and made life almost unbearable. ‘The hours when it was worst were between 8 and 10 a.m., and from about 4 p.m. until sunset. It did not bite after dark. One species, which appears to be new to science, was taken near the sea-shore at Lamu, British East Africa, and presumably breeds in salt or brackish water. It is said to be a great pest at certain seasons. Genus JOHANNSENIELLA, Will. This genus is only known from Africa, up to the present, by two females of the recently described Johannseniella fulvithorax, Aust., which I took in May 1911, on the Yala River, in North Kavirondo, British Hast Africa. They were taken at night, shortly after sunset. Genus CERATOPOGON, Me. A few insects of this genus were taken on the southern slopes of Mount Elgon, in June 1911. The Research Committee have also received it from Nyasaland from Sir David Bruce, on whose authority it is stated to attack man. Dr. Spurrier, of Zanzibar, also states that insects of this genus are a serious pest there. Family Culicidae. It is not possible for lack of time to give a detailed account of the mosquitos collected, though the records of all the species obtained are included in the general list. Apart from this, the collection made was by no means a representa- tive one, it being very difficult to collect these insects at all exclusively when constantly on the move. Among the more interesting species taken was Skusea pembaensis, Theo., of which a few specimens were obtained in March 1912 near Lamu, British Hast Africa. It attacks man readily, but was only really trouble- some for an hour about sunset and again at sunrise. It seems to occur only on the sea-shore, often great distances from fresh water, and presumably breeds in the sea. The most interesting mosquitos from an economic standpoint are of course the ANOPHELINAE, the carriers of malaria. They are widely distributed in all the countries under consideration, but certainly seem scarcer in individuals, if not in species, in the damper parts of Western Uganda than, for instance, in the drier and more open country to the north or in the Nyanza Province on the eastern side of the Lake. In this latter region several species, particularly Anopheles (Myzomyia) costalis, are extraordinarily abundant, and malaria is consequently very prevalent. Family Simuliidae. Genus SIMULIUM, Latr. The species of this genus, of which several were taken over a large area, have not yet been systematically studied. They seem to be chiefly numerous in well- wooded, damp localities, often at considerable elevations, as on the slopes of Mt. Kenya. INSECTS OF EASTERN TROPICAL AFRICA. 279 Family Psychodidae. Genus PHLEBOTOMUS, Rond. Representatives of this genus were taken in Northern Rhodesia and Nyasaland, which: will shortly be described by Professor Newstead as a new variety of P. minutus, Rond. ‘They were mostly taken at light, immediately after sunset, in damp localities, and seemed but little inclined to bite. Family Tabanidae. This family includes by far the greatest number of African biting flies. These insects are often exceedingly numerous, and during my last tour, 9,591 specimens were collected, of which 3,649 were males. The period, however, when these flies are on the wing is often a very short one, and in regions with well marked wet and dry seasons, is usually confined to the former. TABANIDAE generally become noticeable in large numbers at the beginning of the rains, though, as I shall explain later, many species probably emerge from the pupa some time before the first rains fall. In some species at any rate there appears to be a second brood about the end of the rainy season, and in certain Haematopota and Chrysops there would seem to be several broods in the year. In Kast Africa, in the country south of about 9° 8. Lat., there is normally only one wet season, which lasts from about November to April, May to October being dry. The best months therefore for TABANIDAE in Nyasaland and Northern Rhodesia are November to January. A limited number also occur throughout the rainy season up to the end of April or beginning of May. During the cool dry weather of June, July and August practically no TABANIDAE are to be found, and they probably spend this period in their larval stages. In the Luangwa Valley, North-Eastern Rhodesia, judging by my experience there in 1910, many species, especially of Tabanus, begin to emerge from the pupa during September and October. They are, however, during this time but little in evidence until the first rains fall at the end of October or beginning of November. During this period, immediately before the rains, more particularly in the genus Tabanus, the males were at least as numerous as the females, and the latter seemed not to be much in search of vertebrate blood. They might therefore be overlooked at this time, unless specially sought for. Like nearly all biting Diptera, these insects appear to be peculiarly sensitive to climatic conditions. Different genera vary in the conditions of sunshine, amount of humidity, etc., which influence the times at which they are inclined to feed. A certain degree of humidity of the atmosphere, even if only temporary, would seem to be an essential factor in impelling the females to seek for vertebrate blood. During the extremely dry hot weather which is usual before the rains break, it is remarkable how little inclined to bite the females of most species seem to be. Thus during September and October 1910, in Northern Rhodesia and Nyasaland, over two thousand individuals of some twenty-five species were collected. These were almost entirely taken in the immediate vicinity of water, either drinking at wet sand or mud, or resting on the reeds and grasses near by ; a few of the males were also frequenting flowers. There 280 S. A. NEAVE—NOTES ON THE BLOOD-SUCKING can be no doubt that in very hot and dry weather, such as at the time mentioned, both sexes absorb considerable quantities of water. During this period the females very rarely attacked animals or man, the natives alone appearing to be bitten, and then only occasionally, when actually at the water-holes where the flies were swarming. As I have already pointed out,* some of the more fragile and slender species of Tabanas appear to be able to drink by alighting on the surface of the water and passing the proboscis through the surface film. Though I have never actually seen it happen, I am inclined to think from their behaviour that some species of Haematopota and Chrysops do the same, since I have once or twice seen the males skimming to and fro over the surface of the water, apparently wishing to alight upon it. In British East Africa the conditions in respect of TABANIDAE are somewhat different and more complicated, since there are two fairly well marked rainy seasons. ‘The most important of these is that from the end of March to about the end of May, there being another short rainy period about November. In this region therefore most species will probably be found to have at least two broods during the year. The hottest and driest months are from the beginning of January to the middle of March, and at this period few if any TABANIDAE are to be found, at least in the lower-lying parts of the country. When however I was in the hot dry country near Voi, in March 1911, I found some evidence that several species emerge from the pupa a week or two before the rains break in the low ground, as in Nyasaland and Rhodesia. On the other hand, in the much cooler and less dry highlands, especially in the more forested parts, as on the slopes of Mt. Kenya and on the Aberdare range, many species of Haematopota were on the wing during the driest season and therefore probably all the year. In Uganda the conditions are again somewhat different. There, though there are nominally two wet and two dry seasons, they are very ill-defined, except in the Nile valley and parts of Ankole. The natural consequence of this is that, owing to the more or less humid conditions all the year, many species of TABANIDAE, especially the forest-loving ones, seem to be on the wing throughout the cycle of the seasons. Thus it will be seen that the best time for collecting TABANIDAE in Eastern Tropical Africa, especially the males, is immediately before and after the beginning of the rains. Since the males appear seldom to stray very far from their breeding-places, they should, particularly in the case of Tabanus and many species of Haematopota, be searched for in the immediate vicinity of water, on the damp mud or sand in river beds or on the vegetation bordering it. The drier the country is, and particularly if the river is reduced to isolated pools, the better the chance of success, since the drinking places are thus much more easily located. In a running stream in such a season I have taken some numbers of both sexes basking in the sun on branches of trees and shrubs overhanging the water. A rock or log of wood just above the surface of the water is also a very attractive spot, and I have often seen my collectors attracting many TABANIDAE and other Diptera by scattering water on such surfaces. * Bull. Ent. Res. I, p. 311. INSECTS OF EASTERN TROPICAL AFRICA, 281 In the case of some species of Haematopota and Chrysops which frequent open short-grass country, both sexes, but more especially the males, may be found in enormous numbers on the grassy land near the water in which they would appear to have bred. In such species large broods of apparently freshly emerged individuals are as likely to be found in the middle or even at the end of the wet season as at the beginning. Many species of TaBANIDAE are certainly attracted by sweet substances, whether honey or the “honey-dew” secreted on plants by such insects as CoccipakE and APHIDAE, this being especially true of the males. When near Lake Kioga, in August 1911, I captured very large numbers of many specimens of Tabanus, males being in the majority, apparently feeding on some sweet sub- stance on the cotton plants of which there were fairly extensive plantations. The flowers of many flowering shrubs are very attractive to these insects, particularly those of the subfamily PANGONIINAE. With reference to the interesting note from Dr. J. W. Scott Macfie, published in the last part of this Bulletin (p. 223), regarding his capture of TABANIDAE ona tree infested by Coccids, attention should be called to two points. Firstly, the predominance of the males, there being 34 out of 60 individuals ; and secondly, his statement, “ It is noteworthy that my pony, tethered not 20 yards away, was quite unmolested by flies at the very times when I was catching con- siderable numbers on this tree.” This is precisely in accordance with my own experience, which is that when- ever the males are at all numerous both sexes will be found either feeding on sweet substances or drinking at damp sand, and the females do not show any desire for vertebrate blood. Though further evidence and more systematic observations are required, I think it is very probable that female TapanipDAE will be found to feed on blood only during a certain period of their imago state. ‘This period seems to be subsequent to pairing and to the death of the male individuals, and most probably (though I have no actual evidence of this) before oviposition. Since this period when the females, at least in the case of Tabanus, are in search of vertebrate blood appears also connected with some degree of atmo- spheric humidity, it would be interesting to know exactly when, in relation to the seasons, Dr. Macfie made his observations. From my own experience I should expect it to have been shortly before the onset of the rains or, less probably, during a dry interval io the rainy season. __ The males of those species which frequent forests are usually extremely dificult to obtain, since the general conditions of humidity make it improbable that the insects will be found drinking, even if the favoured spots could be located. Though occasional individuals are to be found sheltering on the underside of leaves of shrubs, flowers which are attractive to them offer the only reasonable prospect of success. For some reason, which is not quite clear, canvas, either in the form of a tent or stretched on the ground, in the latter case particularly if damp, is peculiarly attractive to many TABANIDAE and some Haematopota. I have observed only females to be thus attracted, and what the object of their visits may be is not obvious, since they seldom bite. I am inclined to think that the tent is attractive as affording shade. Species of Z'abanus, at least, seldom enter a tent 282 Ss. A. NEAVE—NOTES ON THE BLOOD-SUCKING except in bright sunshine, and though always more vigorous in the sun, I should doubt if they can stand very long exposure to its direct rays. Damp cloth stretched on the ground would appear to provide a suitable medium for absorbing moisture, but it also seems to afford some attraction even when dry. With regard to the insect enemies of Ta BANIDAE in the imago state, there can be little doubt, I think, that they are preyed upon to a considerable extent by both predaceous Hymenoptera and Diptera. Though there has not been time to work out the details, the collections made on my last tour include two examples of Asilid flies preying upon Tabanus and no less than nineteen on Haematopota, these Asilids representing some eight or nine species. Several of the Haematopota were males. The most important Hymenopterous foes of TABANIDAE in Africa, as else- where, are probably the fossorial wasps of the genus Bembex, though my collec- tion contains only a single example of an attack by these insects, viz. :—Bembex capensis, Lep., preying on Holcoceria nobilis, Griinb. I have very little doubt that prolonged observation in suitable localities and at the right season would produce numerous instances. The attacks of the Bembex would seem to be most usually made when the Tabanid is itself attacking domestic animals, and from the nature of the circumstances only females would be carried off on such occasions. The Tabanids seem to be aware of the presence of these wasps and of the risks they run, for I have noticed in these circumstances that they will settle on cattle only under the belly or between the fore-legs, where it is difficult for the wasps to seize them. This family is divided into two subfamilies. The first of these the Pango- NIINAE is distinguished from the TABANINAE by the presence of spurs on the tip of the hind tibia, and contains a number of rather heterogeneous genera. Two of these, Chrysops and Rhinomyza, resemble the TABANINAE in their appearance and largely in their habits. The males of these two genera also resemble those of the TABANINAE in having in their eyes two distinct areas of large and small facets. The other genera of the PANGONIINAE, such as Pangonia (sens. lat.), Srlvius, Aegophagamyia, etc., have unicolorous eyes, with the facets all of one size in both sexes and (except Silvius) the head is not completely holoptic, the eyes only meeting in the middle line on the vertex. The TABANINAE include the two larger genera Tabanus and Haematopota, as well as Holcoceria, Griinb., represented, so far as our present knowledge goes, by a single species. One species of the West African genus Hippocentrum, Aust., also comes into the region under discussion, a few specimens of H. versi- color, Aust., having been recorded from the forested areas in Western Uganda. Genus CADICERA, Macq. Cadicera speciosa, Aust. My experience of flies belonging to this genus is confined to the above species of which I took four females in rather densely wooded country at the foot. of Mt. Kifulufulu on the Irvinga-Kilossa road, German East Africa, in December 1910. They were all taken biting native cattle, except one, which entered my tent, but did not attempt to bite. This capture extends the hitherto known range of the genus very much further north. INSECTS OF EASTERN TROPICAL AFRICA, 283 Genus Paneonta, Latr. (sens. lat.) The flies of this genus are well represented in Eastern Africa, particularly to the south. Though usually to be found only in well wooded areas in the eastern region, they seem to disappear as one approaches the more densely forested western districts and no species has as yet been recorded from Uganda. The bite of the female is severe, but they do not, I think, very readily attack man, at least in the case of species of the subgenus Diatomineura. Those that do suck blood also differ somewhat from the TABANINAE in their method of attack, since they usually seem to insert the proboscis without settling, instead of walking over the body of their victim seeking for a suitable spot to bite. Pangonia elongata, Ric. Two males and three females of this striking species were captured in the valley of the Chambezi, Northern Rhodesia, during April 1908. Pangonia comata, Aust. I was fortunate enough during a single day’s collecting at Rabai, near Mombasa, British East Africa, on 15th March 1912, to obtain three individuals, all males, of this recently described species.* They were taken in some patches of timber on the side of a wooded hill. All three individuals were captured within a few yards of each other, two at about 10 a.m. and one about 2 p.m. Though the whole neighbourhood was carefully searched, no others could be found. Pangonia bubsequa, Aust. This species is represented in my collection by a single Q (a paratype) taken near Petauke, in the Luangwa Valley, Northern Rhodesia, 8th April 1905. Diatomineura sp. Nine females were taken at the beginning of March on the south-east slopes of Mt. Kenya, British Hast Africa. They were all captured in more or less dense forests and at elevations varying from 6,000 to 7,000 feet. One or two individuals came into the tent, but they were mostly taken at flowers. Dorcaloemus compactus, Aust., and var. centralis, Aust. This species was taken in some numbers in the Luangwa Valley, Northern Rhodesia, in March 1908; in the Ruo Valley, Nyasaland, in April 1910; and also at Voi, British Hast Africa, in February and March 1911, 1912. In my experience, it mainly frequents the banks of rivers in rather heavily wooded, low-lying country. It does not seem to bite man very readily, but when it does so, the bite is a severe one. Ina native, the shin is generally attacked. One of the Voi specimens appears to be intermediate between D. compactus and the recently described D. woosnami, Aust. Dorcaloemus sp. nov. Two males and nine females of this species were captured in the Upper Luangwa Valley, North-Hastern Rhodesia, during March, 1908. * Austen, Bull. Ent. Res. ITT, p. 122 (1912). 284 S. A. NEAVE—NOTES ON THE BLOOD-SUCKING Genus Siivius, Mg. Silvius fallax, Aust. This interesting, recently described species was taken in very large numbers during September and the beginning of October in the lower Luangwa Valley, North-Eastern Rhodesia. The numbers in which it occurred may be realised by the fact that 78 males and 298 females were captured during this period. In spite, however, of these large numbers it was not much in evidence, unless specially looked for in the neighbourhood of water-holes, and nearly all the above specimens were taken under these conditions. The females were very ready to bite natives drawing water at these places, but did not seem to be troublesome at any appreciable distance from the water. At the same time the conditions were somewhat exceptional, there being an average shade temperature at midday of over 110° Fahr., and an intensely dry atmosphere. Genus AEGOPHAGAMYIA, Aust. Aegophagamyia pungens, Aust. (PI. XI, fig. 10.) I originally took a single female of this interesting and recently described insect on some mangroves on the beach at Lamu, British East Africa, in February 1912. Subsequently I found it abundant on the shores of the mainland close by. On 21st February 1912, 38 males and 6 females were collected at Wangi, and on the following day 129 males and 8 females on another part of the shore near by. The whole of these were taken on the actual shore, the vast majority of them drinking at damp sand between tide-marks. They were most abundant where there were mangroves, and it seems almost certain that this species must breed in salt water, since the only fresh water in the neighbourhood was in deep artificial wells. I am not aware of an instance of anyone having been bitten by one of these flies on this occasion, but it will be seen that the females were relatively very scarce, and as I have explained elsewhere, in other TABANIDAE under similar conditions the females are very little inclined to bite. The eyes of both sexes are of a rather translucent greyish-green colour, and the male eye has no area of large facets above. Genus Ruinomyza, Wied. The flies of this genus seem to be seldom found in very large numbers. They usually frequent damp, well-wooded localities near water. From a limited experience, they certainly appear to be largely crepuscular in their habits, especially as regards their time of feeding. So far as I am aware, the eyes are always unicolorous, and in the male the head is holoptic, the eyes being large, unbanded, and with clearly marked upper and lower portions of large and small facets respectively. Rhinomyza perpulcra, Aust. This species is represented in my own collection only by a single female taken on the Yala River, South Kavirondo, British East Africa, in May 1911, but it appears to be not uncommon at certain seasons in Uganda, in well forested localities. The above-mentioned specimen was biting a native soon after sunrise. INSECTS OF EASTERN TROPICAL AFRICA. 285 Rhinomyza umbraticola, Aust. I found this species not uncommon in the higher ground of the northern portion of North Eastern Rhodesia during a tour there in 1908. It seemed to be a forest species. Rhinomyza innotata, Karsch. Five females of this species were captured in October 1908, in the lower portion of the Chambezi valley, North East Rhodesia; and two females were taken at Nkata Bay, Lake Nyasa,in November 1910. The two latter specimens were biting a native sitting on the beach, shortly after sunset. Rhinomyza concinna, Aust. This species is represented by a single male taken in March 1908, in the Upper Luangwa Valley, North Hast Rhodesia. Genus Curysops, Mg. This genus is represented in Eastern Africa by nine species or subspecies, The flies occur for the most part in well-wooded districts, and occasionally, e.g., C. funebris, they are typically forest insects. They are usually rather local, and do not, so far as my experience goes, attack man so readily as, for instance, Haematopota. The bite is said, however, to be far more painful than that of species of that genus, though I do not remember ever having personally experienced it. They would appear to bite chiefly under the same conditions as those which favour Haematopota. The eyes of these flies in the female sex exhibit very beautiful and complicated patterns of green, gold and purple. The male eye, as in other TABANIDAE, resembles that of the female in the lower small-facetted area, but is usually, if not always, different in the upper large-facetted portion. Different species of Chrysops exhibit very different types of eye in the male sex. Thus the eyes of the male of C. centurionis, Aust., are relatively very large, the head being holoptic. In other species, such as C. funebris, Aust., or C. distinctipennis, Aust., the eyes of the male are small, and only partially meet in the middle line. Chrysops funebris, Aust. This is a characteristically forest species, which is not uncommon in the heavily timbered parts of Uganda. It also occurs sparingly in Northern Kavirondo, British East Africa. As in other forest-haunting species of TABANIDAE, the males are not easy to find in numbers. They do not differ from the females in colour. Insects of this species are very fond of sitting on the underside of the leaves of large-leaved shrubs in the forest. In the neighbourhood of Entebbe, where the insect is a common one, I have seen as many as 10 or 15 individuals resting on half-a-dozen adjoining leaves. Chrysops longicornis, Macq. This appears to be an insect of wide distribution, but I have not seen it anywhere in particularly large numbers. Specimens of my own collecting are limited to three females taken in the lower Luangwa Valley, North Hast Rhodesia, September 1910, and two females at Simba, on the Uganda Railway, 286 S. A. NEAVE—NOTES ON THE BLOOD-SUCKING British Hast Africa, in April 1911. It seems to bite with some freedom, perhaps more so than most species of Chrysops. Chrysops fuscipennis, Ric. I found this insect not uncommon on and near the south-west shores of Lake Nyasa, in March 1910. Several individuals were taken biting natives. The male is not yet known. Chrysops distinctipennis, Aust. (PI. XI, fig. 8.) This is a very common species in the more open parts of the country in Uganda and the Nyanza Province of British East Africa. Very large numbers of both sexes may sometimes be found in open short-grass country near water; thus in two days at Mumias, N. Kavirondo, my collectors brought me 65 ¢ ¢ and 16 Q Q all from a very small patch of ground. The insects were taken sitting on the grasses, the males being more sluggish than the females. Chrysops brucei, Aust. (Pl. XI, fig. 9.) A common Uganda species, which frequents both well wooded and open country. It is sometimes abundant in the papyrus swamps which commonly fill the hollows in the more hilly country in Uganda. Thus in a papyrus swamp a little north of Lake Isolt, in January 1912, my collectors took in about an hour 86 ¢ ¢ and 11 Q Q ; while on the somewhat swampy shores of the Lake itself 92 5 5 and 9 O QO were taken in one day. Swampy ground, however, does not seem to be essential, since on the shores of a small lake with well-defined banks in the Koki country, Southern Buddu, in October, 195 ¢ gd and 21 Q QO were taken in a day and a half. Chrysops wellmanii, Aust. This species is represented by a single female taken near Luwingu, N.E. of Lake Bangweolo, Northern Rhodesia, in September 1908. Chrysops cana, Aust. The only specimens of this remarkable little species, in my collection, are the two males already referred to by Mr. Austen.* They were taken on the river at Masongaleni during the heat of the day, and I fancy had only just emerged. The Research Committee have also received a single female of this species from Mr. ©. M. Dobbs, District Commissioner at Kericho, British East Africa, taken near that place. This specimen appears to bear out Mr. Austen’s view that C. cana is allied to, but distinct from, C. wellmanii. The eyes of this species, in the d at least, are unusually coloured for a member of this genus. They are of a deep blue-green, with three small white spots arranged in a triangle, near the outer margin of each eye. Chrysops magnifica, Aust. The few individuals of this remarkably handsome species recorded by Mr. Austent were the only ones seen by me. They were nearly all taken in woodland country, biting natives during the heat of the day, in damp weather. * Bull. Ent. Res. II, p. 166. + Bull. Ent. Res. II, p. 161. INSECTS OF EASTERN TROPICAL AFRICA, 287 Chrysops centurionis, Aust. (Pl. XI, fig. 6.) This would appear to be a fairly common forest species in Uganda, though it has probably a very short season and is therefore frequently overlooked. During a few days collecting at Entebbe, between the Ist and 12th September 1911, with the assistance of my collectors, 128 ¢ d and 17 QQ were obtained. The vast majority of these, females as well as males, were taken on the flowers of shrubs on the outskirts of the forest, in company with a few individuals of C. funebris, Aust. The eyes of the ¢ of this species are somewhat remarkable for one of its genus, being very large, so that the head is truly holoptic. They are of a golden yellow colour, with a semi-circular transverse black streak, below which are two black spots, one on each eye. Genus HoxucocertiaA, Griinb. Holcoceria nobilis, Griinb. (Pl. X, fig. 10.) ‘I was fortunate in obtaining a small series of 16 Q © of this striking species on the banks of a heavily wooded stream at the foot of Kifulufulu Mountain, Iringa-Kilossa Road, German East Africa. The species is also known from the northern shores of Lake Nyasa both on the German and British sides, and the Research Committee have also a male of this insect from Chirinda Forest in S. Rhodesia, collected by Mr. C. F. M. Swynnerton. It would therefore appear to have a wide distribution over the more densely wooded parts of Hastern Tropical Africa. The eyes of the female are of a reddish bronze colour with numerous black spots and markings, Genus Harmarorota, Mg. The insects of this genus are extremely numerous both in species and individuals in Eastern Tropical Africa. ‘They occur practically everywhere in the wet season and are perhaps more abundant at the higher elevations than in the lower-lying country, in contradistinction to the majority of species of Tabanus. The number of species of this genus already known is very large and doubtless many more remain to be discovered, probably more than in the case of Tabanus, since they are more local in their habits, and the season when any given species is much in evidence is often a very short one. The range of the genus is, however, very wide, and it is represented in all types of country and. at all elevations from sea-level to at least 10,000 feet. Different types of Haematopota seem to frequent rather different types of country. The lighter coloured species such as H. unicolor, H. denshami, H. copemani and their allies are characteristic of rather open short-grass country. The more strikingly marked species, on the other hand, as AH. distincta, H. alluaudi and H. brucei, or those of dull but dark coloration, as H. fusca or H. inornata are principally forest species or at least frequent streams with well wooded banks. Nothing, at present, is known as to the breeding habits of the African species of this genus. Until some careful work is done by an observer stationed in one spot for an entire cycle of the seasons it is unlikely that our knowledge on this point will be much advanced. It would seem probable that the majority of the 288 Ss. A. NEAVE—NOTES ON THE BLOOD-SUCKING species have two broods at least in the single long wet season of a country like Nyasaland and possibly more in British Hast Africa, which has two rainy seasons in the year. The tendency of these flies to emerge from the pupa before the advent of the rains is not nearly so marked as in the genus Tabanus. This is probably connected with the fact that they require a more humid atmosphere than the insects of that genus. The females usually bite, in Africa at least, in rather dull damp weather and rarely in the heat of the sun, as is the usual habit of Tabanus. In very sunny weather they are most in evidence from about 8-10 a.m. and again from 4 p.m to sunset. In exceptional localities, such as cool and shady, damp forests, they may be troublesome all day. The males are usually very sluggish and easily captured if they can be located. They some- times occur in enormous numbers in one spot, and in Northern Kavirondo, in June, the writer has seen hundreds of these insects crowded together on the short grasses near water. The males of the forest species, however, are extremely hard to locate and are therefore only procurable with difficulty. The eyes of the female insects of this genus are remarkable objects in life, exhibiting a complicated pattern of iridescent colours which could only be satis- factorily denoted by a coloured drawing. As the colours and patterns are of diagnostic value it is to be hoped that some of the collectors who are kindly assisting the work of the Committee will, if time avails, endeavour to send coloured sketches of the eyes of these insects with their specimens. The relation of the male eye to that of the female is similar to that in Tabanus. The male eye exhibits a narrow, lower, small-facetted portion bearing the same complicated pattern as in the eye of the female. The broad, upper, large- facetted portion is usually unicolorous and never banded, This area of the eye is usually of a shining grey or greyish bronze colour, occasionally,:e.g., H. mactans, with a number of irregularly placed minute dusky spots. Haematopota denshami, Aust. (PI. XI, fig. 1.) An abundant species in open grass country in Northern Kavirondo, British Kast Africa, and in the less forested parts of Uganda. It occurs side by side with HI, similis, Ric., and H. unicolor, Ric. Very large numbers of both sexes of all three species were taken and in spite of the fact that the females all closely resemble one another, the males, as will be seen from the figures (Pl. XI, figs. 1, 2, 3), differ from one another in a remarkable and interesting manner. The ¢ of H. denshami is an insect with small dark eyes, a dark thorax, the anterior segments of the abdomen bright ochreous and the posterior ones dusky. The ¢ of H. similis is a nearly black insect, with small eyes; while the ¢ of H., unicolor is an altogether pale insect with large pale eyes. Haematopota similis, Ric. (Pl. XI, fig. 2.) Like H. denshami, this is a very abundant species in open short-grass country in Uganda and the Nyanza Province of British East Africa. Haematopota unicolor, Ric. (PI. XI, fig. 3.) The same remarks as regards habits and distribution apply to this species as to H. similis, Ric., and H. denshami, Aust. INSECTS OF EASTERN TROPICAL AFRICA. 289 Haematopota pertinens, Aust. A fairly common Nyasaland and Northern Rhodesian species, which occurs principally in short-grass woodland country. Haematopota copemani, Aust. This species is common in open short-grass country in the Serenje district of Northern Rhodesia, in December. Haematopota masseyi, Aust. Represented by a single female taken on the Mchinga escarpment, near Mirongo, Upper Luangwa Valley, Northern Rhodesia, in April 1908. Haematopota taciturna, Aust. Of this northern species I captured two females at Petauke in the Luangwa Valley, Northern Rhodesia, in January 1908. ‘The only other localities from which it has been recorded are Abyssinia and the Anglo-Kgyptian Sudan. Haematopota fusca, Aust. This is a common and widely distributed forest species in Uganda, though I never met with it in very large numbers in any one spot. It also occurs in the forests of the northern portion of the Nyanza Province of British Hast Africa. Only a single male was captured. Haematopota abyssinica, Sure. This fly was taken in some numbers in German Hast Africa, in December, near Iringa and between Iringa and Kilossa. I also captured a single female in British East Africa, near Simba. Haematopota tenuis, Aust. This small species seems to occur sparingly in the open country of Northern Kavirondo, British Hast Africa, and of Northern Uganda. There are only two females in my collection, one taken near Mumias, in June, and the other near the north-east shore of Lake Kioga, in August. Haematopota nociva, Aust. A few individuals of this species were taken on the Upper Shire and near the southern shores of Lake Nyasa in February 1910. Haematopota insidiatrix, Aust. A small series of this insect was taken on the Upper Shire and on the southern shores of Lake Nyasa in February 1910, and a single Q in the lower Luangwa Valley in January 1905. Haematopota noxialis, Aust. This species is represented by a single specimen from the Upper Shire River, Nyasaland, taken in February, and by a large series, including a few males, from North and South Kavirondo, British East Africa. It seems to frequent mostly rather open country. 290 S. A. NEAVE—NOTES ON THE BLOOD-SUCKING Haematopota stimulans, Aust. This species is represented in my collection only by a single Q from the Serenje district of Northern Rhodesia, taken in December. It appears however, judging by the material received by the Research Committee, to be not un- common to the west and north-west of Lake Nyasa. Haematopota mactans, Aust. This is a common and widely distributed insect, occurring chiefly in the low ground and main river valleys of Northern Rhodesia, Nyasaland, German Hast Africa and the coast belt of British East Africa. I managed to capture a number of males in various localities; they were mostly taken drinking at damp sand during the heat of the day. Haematopota inornata, Aust. A few individuals of this little known species were taken in the Mpanga Forest, Toro, Western Uganda, in November 1911. Haemaitopota alluaudi, Sure. Very large numbers of this fly, including what appears to be a great range of colour variations, were swarming in the forests on Mt. Kenya and the Aberdare range in February and March 1911. Haematopota distincta, Ric. This species, which has hitherto been recorded only from Nyasaland, was taken in several localities in German East Africa and also on the top of the Aberdare range in British Kast Africa, at an elevation of nearly 10,000 ft. It is worthy of note that it occurred in rather open moorland country at the top of the mountain, whilst A. aliwaud: swarmed near by in the forest, but not outside it. A single ¢ of this species was taken. Haematopota hirta, Ric. (PI. XI, fig. 4.) Though not strictly a forest species, this insect occurs chiefly in grassy clearings, papyrus swamps, ete., in the neighbourhood of forest. It is common both in British Hast Africa and Uganda. The males, which are remarkably hairy little insects, occasionally occur in very large numbers. Thus, on a small marsh on the Kikuyu Escarpment in two days 91 males, besides a few females, were taken. Haematopota furva, Aust.* (PI. XI, fig. 7.) This species swarms all over the forested areas in Uganda and British East Africa, coming nearly as far east as Nairobi. The males are not easy to locate and only a few were obtained. Haematopota ugandae, Ric. This is a common forest species throughout Southern Uganda and the Nyanza Province of British East Africa. * See below, p. 334. INSECTS OF EASTERN TROPICAL AFRICA. 291 Haematopota vittata, Ly. Though never very abundant and often extremely local, this species appears to have a very wide distribution over Eastern Africa, particularly in the more well wooded valleys. Haematopota neavei, Aust.* (PI. X, fig. 9.) No less than 67 © and 1 © of this striking species were taken in the Tero Forest, South-East Buddu, Uganda, between 26th and 30th September 1911. Though so abundant in this spot, it was local even there and I never met with it elsewhere. Haematopota decora, Walk. Widely distributed over Eastern Africa. It seems to occur principally in low- lying river valleys in moderately well wooded country. A few males were taken during the month of September at damp sand in dried-up river beds in the Luangwa Valley, Northern Rhodesia, and near the west shores of Lake Nyasa, in October. Haematopota brucei, Aust. Of this striking species, hitherto known only from the unique type, I was fortunate in obtaining two females in the Mabira Forest, Uganda, in July 1911. I have however no reason to suppose that it is really scarce, though its season 1s probably a very short one. Haematopota brunnescens, Ric. This is a common insect all over Uganda and the Nyanza Province of British Kast Africa. There is also a single specimen in the National Collection taken by Captain R. Crawshay and labelled Nyasaland, but until this is confirmed by further specimens it would seem best to omit this from the list of Nyasaland species. #1. brunnescens occurs in some variety of country. It is often abundant in the papyrus swamps in Uganda, especially those bordered by patches of forest. Genus Tapanus, L. I have already given some account of the seasonal prevalence of the flies of this genus. ‘Their range is very wide, and it is not very easy to generalise about their habitats, but they are on the whole decidedly more abundant in river valleys, particularly at low elevations, than elsewhere. In British East Africa they are the dominant representatives of the family on the low ground, while Haematopota are more dominant at the higher levels. Many species of T'abanus also occur in plateau country of moderate elevation, at about 4,000 feet, notably in Northern Rhodesia. At greater elevations, especially in heavily forested country, the flies of this genus are poorly represented, though a few species are peculiar to such localities, such as T. ruwenzori’, Ric., from the Ruwenzori range, and the recently described 7. canofasciatus, Aust., from Mt. Kenya and the neigh- bouring Aberdare range. These two species occur in dense forest up to at least 6,000 feet above sea-level. Tabanus africanus, T. fasciatus, and their *- See below, p. 336. 26302 : 202 S. A. NEAVE—NOTES ON THE BLOOD-SUCKING allies seem to be most usually found in the neighbourhood of large bodies of water, on the larger rivers, the shores of lakes, etc. The male Tabanus is not nearly such a sluggish insect as that of Haematopota or Chrysops. They are usually very wary, especially when drinking at damp sand in hot sun, and it requires a sharp eye and a long-handled net to capture them. The eyes of the majority of species are very striking objects in life. Those of the male consist of two portions, as described already in many other genera of TABANIDAE :—(1) a lower portion, composed of small facets, which also extends as a very narrow line round the whole upper margin of the eye, this small- facetted area being, in my experience, invariably of the same colour as the whole eye in the femaleZof the same species; (2) an upper portion, formed of large facets, which is usually of a different colour or pattern. The African species of the genus Tabanus may be roughly classified by their eyes. ‘Thus, there are two groups with translucent spotted eyes. The first of these comprises only 7. maculatissimus and T. irroratus. The second includes 7’. ditaeniatus and its allies. These groups both exhibit the exceptional condi- tions in which there is no difference in colour (at least, in the males of those species which are known) between the upper and lower portions of the male eye, though there is sometimes a difference in the size of the spots in the two areas. It should be noted that the translucent eyes of these insects nearly always turn to a more or less opaque dusky colour immediately after death. The species which have unicolorous green or bluish-green eyes in the female, such as 7. africanus, T. thoracinus, T. par, etc., have also the upper part of the male eye unbanded and usually of a bronze or golden colour. Other species which have a dusky unicolorous eye in the female, such as J’. coniformis, T. crocodilinus, T. sandersoni and T. leucostomus, have the upper part of the male eye of various shades of shining grey or greyish bronze. A. very important group, including 7’, taeniola and the many species allied to it, have a unicolorous dark eye in the female, while the upper portion of the male eye is grey or sometimes nearly white, with a distinct dusky band across both eyes, which in some species is much broader at the junction of the eyes than at the outer margins, and has the form of a somewhat elongate lozenge. The shape or development of this band is of no diagnostic value, as it varies a good deal in individuals of the same species, and is occasionally evanescent. Another group of rather small, black and white species, such as 7’. gratus, T. sharpei, T. velutinus, etc., have the eyes brilliantly banded with crimson and green or blue in both sexes. In these cases, in the upper portion of the male eye the bands are represented, but are much less brilliant and less clearly defined than in the lower portion or in the whole of the female eye. A smaller group of rather similar black and white insects, including 7’. atrz- manus and T. variabilis, or species nearly allied to them, have dusky, unbanded eyes in both sexes, the two portions of the male eye being of the same colour. In the case of these species also the male eyes are relatively smaller than in the foregoing group. The recently described 7. pertinens, Aust., stands by itself, in my experience, in having a combination of bands and spots in its eyes. INSECTS OF BASTERN TROPICAL AFRICA. 293 Tabanus fasciatus niloticus, Aust. Fairly common throughout Uganda and the Nyanza Province of British Hast Africa. Some of the individuals from Lake Edward and the Semliki Valley seem to be somewhat intermediate between 7. fasciatus niloticus and the western type-form. This species has a powerful flight, and I once took a specimen on board-ship in the middle of the Kavirondo Gulf, some miles from land. The eyes of the female are a beautiful deep green colour. In the males, of which I obtained a small series, the lower small-facetted portion of the eyes resembles that of the female, while the upper iarge-facetted area is a greyish bronze. Tabanus brucei, Ric. This fine species is represented in the collection from the region under dis- cussion by a single female from the valley of the Chambezi River, Northern Rhodesia, April 1908. This insect is common in the principal river valleys of Katanga, in the southern Congo Free State, where it has apparently at least two broods during the year: one in October, at the beginning of the rains, and another about April, at the end of the wet season. The eyes of the female are of a deep green colour. The male is not known. Tabanus africanus, Gray. This species occurs over a very wide area in Hastern Africa, but I have never seen it remarkably abundant in any one place. It is usually found on fairly low ground and particularly in the neighbourhood of large rivers or lakes. I do not recollect ever seeing it near small bodies of water. The males are very scarce ; I captured only five individuals, three on the Chitala stream, near Domira Bay, Nyasaland, in October 1910, and two near Lake Kioga, Uganda, in August 1911. The female eye is green, and the male eye green below and golden bronze above. Tabanus maculatissimus, Macq. This very striking fly is widely distributed in Northern Rhodesia, Nyasa- land and German East Africa, but is never plentiful in any one place. In the lower Luangwa Valley, Northern Rhodesia, in September 1910, I captured four males and two females, and the following month in Nyasaland, near Domira Bay. two males and one female ; in German Territory, to the north of Lake Nyasa, in November and December, five more females. The male is strikingly different in colouring from the female as may be seen from a comparison of the figure (Pl. X, fig. 1) with that of the female in Mr. Austen’s book.* The eyes of both sexes are vitreous, with numerous small black spots. Tabanus biguttatus, Wied. This striking species occurs all over Eastern Tropical Africa, chiefly on low ground and in the neighbourhood of large bodies of water. The sexes seem to occur in about equal numbers, 76 males and 71 females having been taken during the tour. When on the shores of Lake Mpeketoni, near Kipini, at the mouth of the Tana River, British East Africa, in March 1912, I found a number of these * “ African Blood-sucking Flies,” Pl. VI, fig. 46, 26302 Ee 294 Ss, A, NEAVE—NOTES ON THE BLOOD-SUCKING flies laying their eggs on the grasses and reeds at the water’s edge. The females were very abundant, the few males seen on this occasion being taken on some small trees about 100 yards from the water. The Q eye is black; the d eye black below and silvery grey above. Tabanus grandissimus, Ric. This species is only represented in my collection by two QQ from the Kalungwisi Valley, Northern Rhodesia, taken in September 1908. It seems to be not uncommon in places on the west shore of Lake Nyasa. \ Tabanus secedens, Walk. This is a common fly in Uganda and the Upper Nile Valley, especially in the neighbourhood of forests. The female eye is dark purplish. Tabanus socialis, Walk. A small series of this characteristically West African species was taken in the Tero Forest, South-East Buddu, Uganda, in September 1911. It was not met with elsewhere. The female eye is dark purplish. Tabanus taeniola, P. de B., and var. variatus, Walk. This is the most abundant and widely distributed species of the genus in Kastern Africa, especially on the lower ground. In all, about 700 males and 670 females were taken of this species and its variety during the tour. In Kastern Africa the var. variatus very much out-numbers the typical form. It would appear, however, that on Mombasa Island, judging from specimens collected by Dr. Haran and Dr. W. J. Radford, and at Voi, typical taeniola is the common form, but this is quite exceptional for Hast Africa as a whole. The eyes of J. taentola and those of the many other species belonging to this group are all very similar. The female eye is usually of a dull purplish colour. In the male eye this colour is replaced in the upper large-facetted portion by a pale greyish ground with a median dusky band.’ This band varies in width to some extent even in individuals and is occasionally evanescent. In typical specimens it is narrow, though somewhat broader at the junction of the eyes than at the ends. Im species such as 7’. nyasae, Ric., and 7. ustus, Walk., this character 1s much more pronounced, the band being very broad in the middle and shaped somewhat like an elongate lozenge. Tabanus ustus, Walk. This insect is a common one before and during the first rains in Northern Rhodesia, Nyasaland and the southern part of German East Africa. The females sometimes occur in very large numbers after the rains have commenced. Between mid-September and the beginning of November in 1910, 221 males and 49 females were collected. The eyes resemble those of TJ’. taeniola. Tabanus denshami, Aust. Both sexes of this species were taken in the Luangwa Valley, N. Rhodesia, in September. Also a single 2 from near Fort Hall, British East Africa, in February. The eyes resemble those of 7’, taeniola. INSECTS OF EASTERN TROPICAL AFRICA. 295 Tabanus nyasae, Ric. This seems to be a common insect over a great part of Northern Rhodesia and Western Nyasaland, and my collection contains a very large number of both sexes. Some individuals seem to be scarcely distinguishable from forms of T. denshami, Aust. The eyes of both sexes resemble those of J. taenzola. Tabanus fraternus, Macq. A widely distributed species, though nowhere particularly common, so far as my experience goes. Dr. Aders reports, however, that it is plentiful in Zanzibar. It seems to resemble 7’. taenzola in its habits, and the colours of the eyes of both sexes are the same as in that species. Tabanus trianguliger, Aust. A series of this newly described fly, comprising about 20 females, was taken in the Uhehe and Usangu districts of German Kast Africa, in November 1910. The female eye is dusky like that of 7. taenzola. | Tabanus quadrisignatus, Ric. A small series of both sexes of this species was taken in Northern Rhodesia and Nyasaland. The eyes in both sexes resemble those of 7. taenzola. Tabanus distinetus, Ricardo. This seems to be a fairly common species throughout North-Kastern Khodesia, the northern portion of Nyasaland and the part of German Hast Africa near the northern shore of Lake Nyasa. The eyes of both sexes resemble those of T. taeniola, but in the ¢ the ground-colour of the large-facetted area is paler and the dark markings are more distinct. Tabanus coniformis, Ric. This rather obscure looking insect has a wide distribution in Northern Rhodesia, Nyasaland and German Hast Africa. The eye of the Q is dusky, that of the ¢ dusky below and shining grey above. Tabanus sandersoni, Aust. Two females were taken in the Ruo Valley, near Chiromo, Nyasaland, in April 1910. The female eyes are dark purplish. I have not seen a living male, but judging by males received by the Entomological Research Committee from Dr. Meredith Sanderson, the large-facetted portion of the male eye would appear to be unbanded and of a purplish bronze colour. Tabanus pallidifacies, Sure. A small series of eight females of this species was taken on the Tsavo River, British Hast Africa, in March 1911. They were all captured on the reeds, etc., on the river bank, except one or two which were biting natives bathing in the river. The eyes of the female are dark purplish. Tabanus barclayi, Aust. Only a single female of this recently described species occurs in my collection, taken in February 1910, in the Upper Shire Valley, Nyasaland. A few 296 S. A. NEAVE—NOTES ON THE BLOOD-SUCKING specimens were taken in Central Angoniland and South Nyasa districts about seem to be a common one. Tabanus unitaeniatus, Ric. A single female was taken on the Lower Zambesi, in February 1904; others in the Luangwa Valley, in January 1905, and on the Upper Shire and the south-west shores of Lake Nyasa, in February and March 1910. Tabanus variabilis, Lw. (Pl. X, fig. 7.) | Fair numbers of this species were captured in various localities. It seems to frequent woodland or moderately open country, not forest. The eyes in both sexes are dusky. Tabanus atrimanus, Lw. This fly seems to be common and widely distributed all over Eastern Tropical Africa, except Uganda. In my experience, it chiefly frequents well wooded streams. T'he ¢ ¢ seem nearly as common as the Q Q, my collection containing 38 gd and 46 OQ. The eyes of both sexes in life are a dusky purplish. Tabanus velutinus, Sure. (Pl. X, fig. 6.) A good series of 32 males and 38 females was taken in British East Africa at Masongaleni, Kibwezi, and Makindu, on the Uganda Railway, in April 1911. The insect was evidently just hatching out at that time. The eyes are banded with crimson and green like those of 7. sharpei. Tabanus neavei, Aust. (PI. X, fig. 5.) This is a fairly common forest-haunting species in Uganda, and it also occurs in the forests of North Kavirondo, in the Nyanza Province of British Hast Africa. My collection contains in all 34 males and 15 females. Tabanus sharpei, Aust. Though nowhere abundant this species seems to have an extensive range in Northern Rhodesia, Nyasaland and German East Africa, and small numbers of both sexes were taken in various localities in those countries. The female eye is of a deep claret colour, with a median green band. On the male eye the same colouring is reproduced below, but above in the large-facetted area is replaced by an iridescent mauve ground with a dusky band. Tabanus wellmanii, Aust. Three females were captured on the high plateau south of Lake Tanganyika, Northern Rhodesia, at 4,500 ft., in August 1908, and three more on the Chisinga Plateau, in the Kalungwisi district, in September 1908. Tabanus pertinens, Aust. This recently described species is a common one in Eastern Africa, chiefly in low-lying river valleys, and fair numbers, in some cases large numbers, were taken in Northern Rhodesia, German and British East Africa. In all, 58 males INSECTS OF EASTERN TROPICAL AFRICA. 297 and 274 females were obtained. The eyes of this species are remarkably brilliant. The female eye has a ground colour of a clear shining green with a broad transverse crimson band. In the lower part of each eye are two crimson spots. Inthe male eye the above pattern is reproduced in the lower small- facetted area ; the upper portion is also banded with the same colours, but they are much less brilliant and less clearly defined. Tabanus diversus, Ric. Examples of this species were taken sparingly from various localities in Northern Rhodesia, Nyasaland and German Kast Africa. Two males captured at the end of September near Fort Jameson, Northern Rhodesia, would seem to be correctly assigned to the females of this species, and this is borne out by the character of the eyes, which in the female are dusky purple. In the case of these males, the small-facetted area has the same dusky purple colour, the large-facetted area being greyish white with a central band of greyish dusky. The absence of green and crimson bands in the lower portion distin- euishes these males at once from those of 7. gratus, which they otherwise somewhat resemble. | Tabanus gratus, Lw. (PI. X, fig. 8.) This species occurs in river valleys over a very wide area in Eastern Africa, but nowhere in very great abundance. My collection contains 48 males and 17 females in all. The eyes in life are exceedingly beautiful objects. That of the © has a shining green ground-colour, with a border and a central band of shining crimson. The ¢ eye has the lower smail-facetted position banded and coloured like the female eye, the large-facetted upper portion being dull greenish erey with a central band of dull crimson. Tabanus leucostomus, Lw. (PI. X, figs. 3, 4.) I found this interesting and little known species abundant in Northern Rhodesia and Nyasaland, especially in the low country. I also took a few individuals in similar localities in the coast belt in British East Africa. In this species the males would seem to be more common or at least more easily taken than the females, my collection containing from all sources 144 ¢ S to 46 QQ. It does not seem to bite man very readily. The female eye is black; the male shining black below and dark bluish grey above. Tabanus crocodilinus, Aust. _ Represented by a single male taken on a patch of swamp, in October 1910, near Domira Bay, Nyasaland. The ¢ eye has the large facets shining grey and the small facets iridescent greenish. From this it may be inferred with a reasonable degree of probability that the Q, which I have not myself seen in nature, has eyes of the same iridescent greenish colour. Tabanus claritibialis, Ric. 2 This appears to be a not uncommon species in the wet season in the Upper Shire Valley and round the southern shores of Lake Nyasa. It has also been received from the mid-Luangwa Valley. The female eyes are dusky and unbanded. 298 Ss, A. NEAVE—NOTES ON THE BLOOD-SUCKING Tabanus pullulus, Aust. Two females of this recently described species were taken on the Upper Shire and on the southern shores of Lake Nyasa, in February and March 1910. It much resembles 7. claritibialis, to which it is closely allied, both in habits and distribution. The female eyes are dusky and unicolorous. Tabanus thoracinus, P. de B. A very widely distributed species, occurring in high ground as well as low, and in forest as well as in open country. It is especially abundant in Uganda. The series I obtained comprised 128 males and 202 females. The female eye is a brilliant green (a slightly deeper colour than that of JZ. par); the large- facetted area of the male eye is “old gold,” with a greyish iridescence in some hights. Tabanus obscuripes, Ric. Of this somewhat scarce species [ captured 2 males and 2 females near the north-east shore of Lake Bangweolo, between Luwingu and the mouth of the Chambezi River, in October 1908. Th November 1910, I took some 10 females in German Hast Africa, in the Usaneu and Usagara cement The female has dark purplish eyes, not green like those of 7. thoracinus, but the upper area of the male eye is of a golden bronze colour, as in that species. Tabanus par, Walk. This small species has a wide distribution throughout Tropical Africa. My collection, from all sources, contains 82 males wae 48 females. The eye of the © is brilliant emerald green, somewhat paler than that of JZ. thoracinus when compared in life. The upper large-facetted portion of the male eye is of a shining golden colour. Tabanus medionotatus, Aust. This new species is represented by 6 Q Q, taken between Luwingu and the mouth of the Chambezi River, near the north-east shores of Lake Bangweolo, Northern Rhodesia, October 1908. Also by a single Q from the Upper Kalungwisi Valley, September 1908. Tabanus liventipes, Surc. This seems to be an uncommon species. It is only represented in my collection by a female collected near Petauke, in the Luangwa Valley, Northern Rhodesia, in January 1905, and by another from the Upper Shire Valley, taken in February 1910. The eyes of the female are green ; the male is unknown. Tabanus ditaeniatus, Macq. Although this species ranges practically throughout Africa, and even as far as India, it seems to be nowhere very abundant in East Africa. It is more common in low country and near the larger rivers or lakes than elsewhere. The Q eye is a pale vitreous yellow, with dark spots. In the ¢ the large-facetted area is paler, of a more silvery colour and seems to lack the spots. INSECTS OF EASTERN TROPICAL AFRICA. 299 Tabanus fuscipes, Ric. This is a common species in the middle of the rainy season in the Shire Valley, Nyasaland, and also in the Luangwa Valley, Northern Rhodesia. The eyes resemble those of 7. ditaeniatus, Macq. Tabanus albipalpus, Walk. A few females were taken in the valley of the Kuja River, South Kavirondo, in April 1911, and a single female on the southern slopes of Mount Elgon, in June 1911. The eyes are of the same character as those of 7’. ditaeniatus. Tabanus canofasciatus, Aust. This interesting species seems to be confined to forestal areas in the neigh- bourhood of Mount Kenya and the Aberdare Mountains in British East Africa. It occurs up to at least 7,500 feet, in localities where no other species of Tabanus are to be found, though certain species of Haematopota are plentiful. It bites both man and domestic animals readily. The eyes are dusky. Tabanus ruwenzorii, Ric. Four females were taken in the Mpanga Forest, Toro, some 15 miles east of the Ruwenzori Range, in November 1911. Itisa typically forest species and bites by day, closely resembling 7. canofusctatus im its habits. The eyes of the female are dusky. Tabanus producticornis, Aust. (Pl. XI, fig. 5.) A single male and 38 females of this species were captured at Lamu, or on the sea-shore near by, and also on the small Lake Mpeketoni, a short distance inland. This insect would thus appear to breed in salt, or at least brackish, water, as well as in fresh. The female eye is iridescent and of a dark greenish-grey colour. The male eye resembles that of the female below, while the large- tacetted area above is of a deep bronze colour. Family Muscidae. Genus GLossina, Wied. This genus contains the most important, in an economic sense, of the Atrican biting flies, on account of their relation with trypanosomiasis in man and other animals. It becomes necessary therefore to discuss the habits and distribution of each species more fully than in the case of the TABANIDAE. Seven species are at present known from the regions of Hast Africa under discussion, exclusive of the races or varieties of G. palpalis and G. morsitans which have been described. Glossina morsitans, Westw. Before giving an account of the experience of the writer with regard to this important species, reference must first be made to the answers which have been given to a series of questions on the habits of this insect, issued by the Entomo- logical Research Committee in 1910 and 1911. 300 S. A. NEAVE—NOTES ON THE BLOOD-SUCKING j| The majority of the answers come from Government officials, Medical Officers, settlers and others long resident in Nyasaland and Northern Rhodesia. G. morsitans is not known to occur in British Hast Africa and in Uganda appears to be confined to a comparatively limited and little traversed area. But little information is therefore available from this region and, in the case of Uganda, the area of distribution is closely adjacent to, if not actually intermingled with, that of G. pallidipes, Aust. It has not, therefore, seemed advisable to refer to the few reports from those regions, owing to the possibility of these two species having been confused. A large number of gentlemen have been so good as to respond to the series of questions issued by the Committee. Amongst those who have answered at all fully are the following :— NYASALAND. Mr. Henry Brown. | day. Wi.oAy Murray Mr. C. A. Cardew. ) Dry kas Old The Rev. H. A. M. Cox. | Dr: EB. H. Allon Pask. Mr. William Edwards. | Mr. J. Percival. Mr. D. Fraser. | Dr. G. Prentice. Mr. R. S. Hynde. _ Sir Alfred Sharpe, K.C.M.G. Mr. G. F. Manning. | Dr. H. 8S. Stannus. Mr. L. Murray. NORTHERN RHODESIA. Mr. A. L. Barnshaw. Mr. W. A. Rowell. Dr. W. Fisher. The Rev. J. van Schalkwijk. Mr. H. Forsyth. | Mr. H. 8S. Thornicroft. Mr. H. T. Harrington. Mr. kK. A. Young. Mr. H. C. Marshall. Although there is considerable conflict of evidence on some points in these answers, some interesting data arise out of them. There would appear to be a fairly general consensus of opinion that, though it is difficult to define with certainty the limits or character of a fly-area, it is usually a region covered with fairly thin scrub or bush and at a moderately low level. One observer however, Dr. Prentice, says “I have found morsitans in the open country, in sparse bush, in dense jungle and in deep dark shade (such as palpalis likes) by the water’s edge.” Others, such as Mr. Barnshaw, state that it never occurs in “msitu,” by which he means the patches of dense forest which occur particularly over the Nyasa-Tanganyika plateau and the Awemba country. Most observers appear to be doubtful whether there is any marked seasonal fluctuation of numbers of the fly. A large majority agree that the presence of water is not essential to the well-being of this insect, whilst three gentlemen, Drs. Pask and Murray and Mr. G. F. Manning, refer to the absence of this species from a belt about half a mile wide along the south-west shore of Lake Nyasa, a fact which had already been noticed by several other observers, including the writer. INSECTS OF EASTERN TROPICAL AFRICA. 301 On the vexed question of the relations of G. morsitans with game, there is, as might be expected, much conflict of evidence, more particularly as on this subject opinions are very apt to be somewhat biassed. Six gentlemen are of the opinion that this species is entirely dependent upon the presence of big game. The view of eight others however is precisely the opposite, whilst three are of opinion that the fly is only partially dependent upon the larger mammals. It must be admitted that the majority of the more experienced observers group themselves amongst those who believe that G. morsitans can, and indeed does, exist in the absence of the larger mammalia. The importance of this point is increased by the fact that it agrees with the recently published views of men of such great practical experience as Major J. Stevenson Hamilton and Mr. R. B. Woosnam. There is however a remarkable unanimity of opinion in the answers as to the spread of G. morsitans in recent years in Northern Rhodesia and Nyasaland, practically all observers, with the important exception of Sir Alfred Sharpe, agreeing that this has been the case. Some gentlemen associate this spread with the merease and scattering of big game; others, Messrs. Fraser, Manning and van Schalkwijk, with the movements of natives. Mr. Thornicroft notes a special increase along main roads. Amongst the few people who were in the country when the rinderpest swept through it, there is an agreement that the fly disappeared to a large extent about this time. This is an important point in respect of the above-mentioned spread of the insect, since only one observer, Dr. Prentice, even suggests that the fly has now spread to an area where it did not occur previous to the rinderpest. Five gentlemen, Messrs. Brown, Edwards, Barrington, Manning and Young, refer to the disappearance or reduction in numbers of the insect with the advent of natives and the consequent clearings in the neighbourhood of villages. In respect of my own personal experience and observations of Glossina morsitans, I am of opinion that among the essential factors which determine the distribution of this species, are a combination of the presence of such vegetation as will pro- vide moderate but not excessive cover, coupled with a hot and moderately or even very dry climate. This, it is true, does not explain the sometimes marked definition of a fly-area without apparent change in the conditions, a point ov which we still appear to be as much in the dark as ever. It does however explain to some extent the difficulty of defining the character of the country in which the fly occurs, when extensive regions are considered, since a considerable variation in the two factors of vegetation and climate might produce the required medium. In many parts of Southern Africa the actual amount of cover required is not excessive, though probably a limited amount of trees, bush or at least thin scrub is necessary. Personally, I am of opinion that, at least for the adult fly, long grass itself would provide sufficient cover, but for the fact that this type of country is burnt clear during the dry season practically every year. That G. morsitans inhabits open grass country has been denied by many observers, but it must be remembered that the great majority of Europeans do most of their travelling in the bush during the dry season when the grass is burnt. I have on several occasions, particularly in Northern Rhodesia, noted that when the grass is long (not less than four feet) G'. morsitans is inclined to be more numerous in grassy areas of limited size than in the wocdland or bush-cevered country 302 Ss. A. NEAVE—NOTES ON THE BLOOD-SUCKING surrounding them. I have more than once seen this species swarming in long grass on plains of some size, from a half to a mile or more from the line of bush at the edge. In such a locality there would probably be a few isolated trees or bush-covered termite mounds, and in some cases these would probably be the sites for the deposition of pupae. When such a locality is burnt clear, especially if there is a high wind and the grass burns fiercely, large numbers of flies are undoubtedly destroyed. The survivors will generally be found on the outskirts of the surrounding timber. Whether this species could exist on plains of great size covered only with long grass is impossible to say, since, so far as I am aware, this type of country does not occur in Tropical Africa. It must be remembered that the presence of long and rank species of grass denote a soil of at least moderate fertility, and long grass would therefore be almost certainly accompanied by more or less timber. In large short-grass plains, such as those to the east of Lake Bangweolo, this fly does not occur, nor from the paucity of the cover would it be expected to do so. G. morsitans also appears to avoid the other extreme, viz :—dense forests where the atmosphere is cool and damp. My experience of this species in the northern part of its distribution, in the upper Nile Valley, has been very limited, but I obtained a few specimens near Masindi Port on the Victoria Nile in December 1911 and also in the valley of the Kafu River near by. It is perhaps of some significance that this is a decidedly drier area than all the southern part of the Uganda Protectorate and it is also about that point that one begins to enter a rather thin bush and wood- land country, presenting a great general resemblance to that of Northern Rhodesia and Nyasaland. G. morsitans would appear to have a rather less marked seasonal variation in numbers than some other species of Glossina, being usually fairly numerous throughout the year where it does occur. Some observers have considered that the range of this species is much more restricted in the dry season than in the wet. I have not personally noticed this to be very marked in Nyasaland or Northern Rhodesia, except that, as explained above, the fly is driven out of more open areas into shadier bush by the grass fires. Reference has been made in a recent paper by Dr. Sanderson to the “ migratory ” habits of this species. The actual evidence on this point however seems to be almost nil, but it is certainly an important question about which we shall know little of value until some definite flight experiments with marked individuals are carried out. There is no doubt that the distance to which this species will follow its victims is much greater than that of G. palpalis. Considerable allowance in studying the range of this species must be made for the state of the weather, to which it is very sensitive. It must be remembered that in dull rainy weather, it would be quite easy to go through a patch of country where this fly was numerous and see scarcely a single individual. In this way a quite erroneous impression of its abundance or otherwise might be gained. G. morsitans delights in hot sunny weather and is particularly noticeable under such conditions. In the rainy season it seldom bites unless the sun is shining, but given suitable conditions, such as occur for instance in the Luangwa Valley during the last three months of the dry season, this species will be ready to bite from an hour after sunrise until midnight or even later, especially if INSECTS OF EASTERN TROPICAL AFRICA. 303 there is a moon and little or no wind. When it is most active it would certainly seem to be more attracted by moving men or animals than by stationary ones, as other observers have already pointed out. The limit of elevation at which G. morsitans occurs in Nyasaland would appear to be about 3,000 feet. In Northern Rhodesia I have never met with it myself at over about 4,200 feet, though it is said to have been taken at somewhat greater elevations. This difference may perhaps be accounted for by the fact that Northern Rhodesia has on the whole a somewhat drier climate than Nyasaland. Compared with most species of Glossina, the complete independence of water exhibited by this species is remarkable. In the Luangwa Valley I have seen it swarming, in intensely hot weather, at least five miles from any known water. Indeed, the drier the atmosphere, the greater seems to be the activity of this fly. With regard to the relations of G. morsitans with game I must unhesitatingly group myself with those who consider that the presence or absence of big game is not the primary factor in determining the distribution of the fly. That the presence of a large quantity of big game within a morsitans area might influence the numbers of the fly by increasing the food supply is probably true, but that the game materially affects the distribution of the insect I do not for one moment believe. The majority of those who hold the opposite view have acquired their experience in Northern Rhodesia and Nyasaland and, as I shall endeavour to show, have probably been misled by peculiar and abnormal circum- stances. It is now I think, pretty generally admitted that, north of the Zambezi at any rate, there is no special relation between G. morsitans and buffalo. Cer- tainly in this part of Africa their distribution by no means coincides. Where it does so, these animals are certainly very attractive to the fly, probably because they are slow-moving and are usually in herds of some size. Perhaps the most important point in connection with this msect is the extension in its distribution which is believed to have taken place in Northern Rhodesia and Nyasaland within recent years. There is now a considerable accumulation of evidence, and my own experience is certainly in accordance with it, that a well-marked spreading into apparently new areas has really taken place. I say apparently new because, as I have already pointed out,” I believe that the fly is really recovering the ground lost at the time of the rinderpest. By what means the death of large quantities of game could have caused the disappearance of the insect is now impossible to say positively. I think however the suggestion which has been put forward that the blood of the infected animals was in some way noxious to the fly is at least worthy of consideration. It is certainly not easy to understand how the fly could have died of starvation during the rinderpest epidemic since no actual extermination of the game as a whole seems to have taken place. The zebra, for instance, which swarm in the Luangwa Valley, were unaffected, and it is very doubtful if antelopes such as impala, waterbuck, puku and roan, all of whicn are very common there, were much reduced in numbers. It will also be seen from Major Stevenson Hamilton’s interesting accountf that a similar disappearance of the fly, which cannot be explained on the ground of * Bull. Ent. Res. I, p. 306. f Bull. Ent. Res. II, p. 114. 504 Ss. A. NEAVE—NOTES ON THE BLOOD-SUCKING starvation, took place in the Transvaal. I have been personally acquainted with the Luangwa Valley from time to time during nearly nine years and the one animal which shows an undoubted increase is the greater kudu, which, as is well known, suffered severely from rinderpest. Under these abnormal conditions G. morsitans seems to have extended its range during recent years. to areas suitable to its existence and in which it formerly occurred. In these special circumstances I am somewhat inclined to think that the game has been a factor of some importance. It is not unreason- able to conclude that the general scattering of game at the beginning of the rains, from the limited area near water which they have frequented during the dry season, has somewhat accelerated this spread of the fly during recent years. This could not probably have happened but for these special circumstances, in which there were adjacent areas suitable to the fly and unoccupied by it—a state of affairs which would be very improbable under normal conditions. The fly has apparently now nearly, if not quite, recovered all its lost ground, «e., its present distribution is approximately the same as before the advent of the rinderpest. It, will be of extreme importance to note whether G. morsitans now spreads into areas which it did not occupy before the rinderpest, e.g., parts of Angoniland where the natives have kept large herds of cattle for several generations ; but it seems to me that this is very unlikely. It will thus be seen that it is possible that some of the observers in Nyasaland and Rhodesia have been unintentionally led to exaggerate somewhat the importance of game as a factor in the distribution of G. morsitans by the above mentioned circumstances. With regard to the relations of this species with man, though, as is well known, it bites man readily, I think it is doubtful whether it has any preference for him as compared with other mammals. Indeed it is questionable whether this is true of any species of Gloss/na, with the possible exception of G. palpalis. It has often been stated that G. morsitans avoids human habitations, though many observations as to the fly entering native villages have been made. This insect, without question, frequently follows bands of natives traversing main roads into the heart of villages, but it is doubtful if any but an occasional individual remains there any length of time. Jam in complete agreement with the views expressed by Sir Alfred Sharpe and others that it is the cleared and cultivated area that usually surrounds native villages which is the deterrent and not the actual human habitations or their accompaniments. It would therefore seem that this species is only to be exterminated by exten- sive occupation and cultivation by human beings of the area it occupies. This area must be kept cultivated, as it seems probable that not only G. morsitans but G. pallidipes will return to land where the bush has been allowed to grow up again. Measures for clearing the bush and thus removing the natural cover, as is being done in the case of G. palpalis, would seem impracticable. The habitat of the insect is so different and its range usually so much wider, that a road, for instance, through a fly-belt, to be efficiently cleared, would have to be perhaps as much as a mile wide. Possibly something might be done in this direction by imitating the condition surrounding native villages and planting extensive strips of crops, such as sweet potatoes or ground-nuts, by the road-side. It would seem probable that such low-growing crops would be a greater INSECTS OF EASTERN TROPICAL AFRICA. 305 deterrent than maize or millet, but, so far as I am aware, there is no evidence on this point. In view of the strong probability that this species can feed on a great variety of vertebrate life, the mere destruction of the large game would seem at first sight absurd, unless the said game can be proved to be the sole reservoir of a noxious trypanosome. If a serious attempt is to be made to starve out the insect, the only logical step would involve the removal or destruction of all such classes of animal life, including man and his domestic animals. Glossina pallidipes, Aust. This species somewhat resembles G. morsitans in its habits, at least as regards the type of country in which it occurs and the conditions under which it feeds, but it would appear not to be so completely independent of water. So far as my experience goes, though not at all confined to river banks, 1t is always associated with a fairly considerable amount of bush in rather low-lying river valleys; but given sufficient cover, it would no doubt be found a mile or so from water. There would appear to be some ground for thinking that, in British South Africa at any rate, this tsetse has a more marked seasonal prevalence than G. morsitans, beg much more numerous at the end of the wet season and the months immediately following it than during the dry. It also seems often to occur in far fewer numbers in any one spot than does G. morsz- tans, which, when the conditions are favourable for sceing it, is usually fairly abundant. As regards distribution, this species occurs mainly in the coast belt, from which it extends up the principal river valleys, especially near the Equator. An important exception to this is its occurrence in some numbers in western and north-western Uganda, particularly in the Semliki Valley, where, considering the essentially Western character of the fauna generally, G. longipalpis, Wied., might have been expected to replace it. When on We Victoria Nile, near Masindl Port, in December 1911, I was fortunate in obtaining both G. paises and G. mors?- tans in the same haart: which is of some interest, as authentic records of this seem to be very few. Dr. van Someren’s statement that both species occur together as far south as Toro would appear to be mistaken, only specimens of G. pallidipes having as yet been received by the Eutdurolisienh Research Committee from that district. The records of the distribution of this species in Nyasaland are in a very | unsatisfactory state, there being apparently no recent data available and no very accurate localities are known for the very few specimens which are said to have been taken in that country. It is, however, not improbable that this species does occur in Southern Nyasaland, particularly near Lake Shirwa and. perhaps on the lower Shire. Authentic records of G. pallidipes occurring at over 4,000 feet do not seem to be available. Reports of what may, perhaps, be this species from near Fort Hall, British East Africa, if confirmed, would, however, show that it can exist at considerably greater elevations. There would seem to be some evidence that this species, like G. morsitans, is kept at bay by cultivation, 306 Ss. A. NEAVE—NOTES ON THE BLOOD-SUCKING In many places along the coast belt of British East Africa the natural bush is now overwhelming the many large native plantations which have been deserted, and this species, and also G. brevipalpis, are almost certainly increasing and extending their range. Iam informed that, in consequence of this, it is now no longer possible to keep cattle in many places where they flourished a generation ago. Glossina austeni, Newst. I was fortunate in capturing a few specimens of this recently described and remarkable little species. I first took a single female at Voi, British East Africa, on 9th February 1912, and subsequently two individuals of each sex in the Uchweni forest, near Witu, February 25th—27th, in the same Protectorate. The Entomological Research Committee have also received a single female from the Juba River from Dr. C. L. Chevallier, from whence came the type, and a male, taken on Mombasa Island on November 22nd, 1911, by Dr. W. J. Radford, Senior Medical Officer at Mombasa. | In spite of its small size this species is readily recognisable in life by the bright rufous colour of the upper surface of the abdomen. So marked is this colour, that from a short distance I mistook the first specimen I saw for a small individual of Tabanus par. I have necessarily had only a very limited experience of this species. It occurs in company with G. pallidipes and G. brevipalpis, though it seems to require more heavily forested country than that in which those species sometimes are found. It would appear to be confined to the coast belt in British Hast Africa, where it evidently has a fairly wide distribution. It would not be surprising, however, to hear of its existence in the coast belt in German Kast Africa also. Up to the present it has not been captured at a greater clevation than about 1,500 feet above sea-level. Glossina palpalis, Rob. Desv. The habits of this species are now so widely known that it is perhaps not necessary to consider them at any length. As I have pointed out before,” the distribution of this tsetse in the main coincides with that of other insects of the tropical West Coast, and it is therefore strictly not an Hast African species. Since however political boundaries do not concern themselves with faunistic ones, G. palpalis occurs in several of the East African countries under consideration, viz.:—part of N.E. Rhodesia within the Congo basin, the basin of Lake Tanganyika, and of the great lakes of Uganda and of the Upper Nile. Everywhere in this region G. palpalis is confined to the shadier portions of lake shores or river banks at elevations under 4,000 feet. In other words, the climate is nowhere sufficiently humid to enable it to exist at any appreciable distance from a permanent body of water. I do not know of any authentic record of its occurring at over 4,000 feet, even at the equator, and the further from the equator, the lower the limit seems to be, as might be expected. * Journ, of Econ. Biol. TV, pp. 109-114 (1909), INSECTS OF EASTERN TROPICAL AFRICA, 307 The distribution of this species on the eastern side of the Victoria Nyanza and in the basin of the Upper Nile is interesting, since there would appear to be some evidence that a climatic change, perhaps a change in the water-level, is taking place in these regions with a consequent effect upon the fauna. This is especially noticeable in the region draining ints Lake Kioga. Over this area, with the exception of the banks of the main stream of the Nile connecting the Victoria Nyanza and Lake Kioga, the distribution of G. palpalis is remarkably discontinuous. The whole of the Kioga basin proper including Mpologoma, Salisbury, Kwania, &c., is now flat country with swampy watercourses, quite unsuitable for this species. Consequently it is confined at the present day to small patches near the low watershed between the Victoria Nyanza and the streams which flow into the Mpologoma swamp, and again at the foot of Mount Elgon. It also occurs in one or two small patches on the north shore of Lake Kioga itself. The extremely sporadic character of this distribution appears to point to a former time when the nature of the water system was different and the insect occurred almost continuously throughout it. On the Victoria Nile itself, below Lake Kioga, the fly ceases approximately at a point a little above the marked right-angled bend near Masindi Port. The banks of the river near this point are of great interest as the cover is limited and the climate relatively dry. G. palpalis does not occur here in any great numbers and certainly gives the impression of only surviving under difficulties. It is under such conditions as this that the extensive clearing operations which are there being carried out by the Uganda Government would seem to give exceptional promise of success. The case with regard to the eastern shores and islands of the Victoria Nyanza, which are in the British East Africa Protectorate, is somewhat different. Here again the climate is rather drier than that of Uganda proper, and the amount of forest and bush on the lake shore and on the banks of many of the rivers is comparatively scanty. G. palpalis is present for the most part only in small numbers and usually in very limited patches, except on some of the larger rivers such as the Kuja. This region has no doubt always been considerably drier than Uganda proper, on account of the high ground of the Kisii and Sotik countries, immediately to the east of it, intercepting most of the rain. This dryness appears however to have been increased by the action of man within the last few generations. Since the Nilotic Jaluo or Kavirondo invaded the lower part of the country near the Lake shore, the indigenous agricultural Bantu races were driven on to higher ground to the east, chiefly to what is now the Kisii country. This region exhibits evident signs of fairly recent deforestation, which is now practically complete. This condition of affairs has had a considerable effect upon the rainfall of the lower-lying country immediately to the west. The conditions in Northern Kavirondo are somewhat different, since there the high ground to the east is populated by the Nandi, who are mainly a pastoral people, and much of the primeval forest still exists there in consequence. Such deforestation as has occurred has principally been on the lower ground, in the valleys of the Nzoia and Yala rivers. The insect fauna of this district exhibits evident traces of more or less continuous forest having existed at some former time across Usoga into Uganda proper. 26302 F 308 S. A. NEAVE—NOTES ON THE BLOOD-SUCKING It would then appear that the conditions in North and South Kavirondo, but especially the latter, are not too well suited to G. palpalis at the present time. There is a reasonable probability therefore that extensive clearing operations in this region would result in the extinction of the insect. One point in respect of clearing operations is of interest, namely, that this and probably all other species of Glossina habitually live very near the ground and probably never settle more than a few feet above it. Hodges and others have demonstrated that clearing operations need not involve the removal of large trees with clean trunks free from low-growing branches. It seems to be the low growth of shrubs, etc., which provides the necessary cover for G. palpalis, and this will probably be found true for all species of Glossina. Glossina brevipalpis, Newst. This species seems to be, partially at least, dependent on the presence of water or a moderate degree of atmospheric humidity. It is therefore only found in river valleys and amongst a considerable amount of cover and shade, much more than would be necessary for G. pallidipes, but less than for G. palpalis. In the height of the dry season it seems to be found only in the immediate proximity of water or cool and damp river beds. It prefers comparatively low country, and I do not know any record of its occurrence at much over 3,000 feet.* This tsetse feeds for the most part in the early morning and late evening and has, I think, a decided preference for animals as against man. Dr. Sanderson informs me that in the Wankonde country, Northern Nyasaland, he has seen G. brevipalpis in native huts. This is however explained by the fact that in that country the natives keep their cattle in their living houses. The evidence as to whether this species is a carrier of trypanosomiasis is at present very conflicting. It must be remembered that it frequently occurs in company with G. pallidipes on the east coast of Africa or with G. morsitans in Nyasaland and Northern Rhodesia. On the other hand where it is the only known species of Glossina, as in the country to the north and north-west of Lake Nyasa, which is full of cattle, there is no definite evidence of trypano- somiasis among the stock. Glossina longipennis, Corti. This is a desert-haunting species, confined, so far as at present known, to North-Eastern Africa. It is widely spread over the lower-lying and drier regions to the east and north in the British Hast Africa Protectorate and will very probably be found extending into the Uganda Protectorate in the country to the south-west and west of Lake Rudolph. It appears to be absent from the sea-coast, where the climate is probably too humid for it. It would seem to be entirely independent of water, and indeed rather to avoid it. I found it most striking, when travelling from station to station on the railway between Voi and Makindu, to find numbers of this species in the dry, semi-desert, thorn-scrub * In Austen’s ‘‘ Handbook of the Tsetse-flies,” p. 104, the elevation of the Tsavo R. on the Uganda Railway (where this species and G’. longipennis occur) is given in error as 6,000 feet ; this should be about 1,500 feet, INSECTS OF EASTERN TROPICAL AFRICA. 309 country between the rivers, while on the river banks it was replaced by G. brevipalpis. Like the other large species of Glossina it is chiefly on the wing and inclined to feed in the early morning and late evening. It is probably the species which most frequently enters the railway carriages on the Uganda Railway at night, that being the time when the principal trains traverse the region between Voi and Makindu, Glossina fusca, Walk. This West African species of tsetse enters the region under discussion only on the western boundaries of Uganda. It is not uncommon in the forests of Toro and the Semliki Valley, and is also reported from the Budongo forest, Unyoro, though I did not meet with it there myself. From a limited experience of this insect it would appear to be essentially a dense forest, rather than a riverine, species, and evidently delights in very deep shade. Though occurring in many places with Glossina palpalis, the distribution of the two species is by no means coincident, since G. fusca seems to be able to exist at considerably greater elevations and in much cooler localities. In Uganda the limit for this species seems to be about 4,500 feet, as compared with rather under 4,000 feet for G. palpalis in the same region. It is of course also numerous at much lower elevations, ¢.g., the forested portions of the Semliki Valley at under 2,500 feet. It seems to feed principally in the early morning and late evening and shows a decided preference for animals, as compared with man. The above notes on the habits of the Hast African species of Glossina may perhaps best be summarised by the following classification according to environ- ment >— A. Requiring a great degree of atmospheric humidity :— A. 1. Requiring a high temperature.. G'. palpalis, R. D. A. 2. Not requiring a high temperature. G. fusca, Walk. B. Requiring only a moderate degree of humidity :— B. 1. Requiring comparatively little cover. G. pallidipes, Aust. B. 2. Requiring fairly heavy timber and bush. G. brevipalpis, Newst. B. 3. Requiring more or less dense forest. G. austeni, Newst. C. Independent of water and most active in a dry atmosphere. G. morsitans, Westw., and G. longipennis, Corti. The three large species, G. brevipalpis, G. longipennis and G. fusca, may also be separated from the others by their being mainly crepuscular or nocturnal in their habits, instead of being most active in sunshine. Genus Stomoxys, Geoffr. The flies of this genus are, after Glossina, the principal biting flies in Africa belonging to the Muscipar. In my experience, they only exceptionally bite man, exhibiting a marked preference for other animals, particularly domestic ones. They are common nearly all over Eastern Africa in the neighbourhood of townships and human habitations where any appreciable number of domestic animals are kept. Though I have exceptionally taken the flies of this genus in 26302 F 2 310 Ss. A. NEAVE—NOTES ON THE BLOOD-SUCKING large numbers on freshly killed game, they are not much in evidence out in the bush. They seem most active in bright sunlight. Genus LypErosia, Rond. I only met with these insects in Western Uganda. They were seen in large numbers on freshly killed eland, waterbuck, kob and wart-hog in various localities in Ankole and the valley of the Semliki. ‘They would appear rarely, if ever, to attack man. Genus AUCHMEROMYIA, Br. and Berg. These flies attack man only in their larval state. They are widely known as “floor maggots” and A. luteola, ’., (and perhaps other species) occurs in the more neglected huts in native villages throughout Tropical Africa. The adult flies are sometimes to be seen on the walls of native huts, and frequently enter a tent when it is pitched near a village. Genus CoRDYLOBIA, Griinb. The flies of this genus also attack man in the larval state by burrowing into the skin and producing « painful boil. Dogs also suffer very badly in some places from this cause, and I have seen one instance in the case of a rat, probably some species of Tatera. Many instances in human beings would seem to preclude the possibility of the eggs having been laid direct on the skin by the parent fly, and in these cases they have probably been deposited on clothing when put out to dry. The commonest species is C. anthropophaga, Griinb, and this seems to be more abundant in Northern Rhodesia and Nyasaland than to the north. uniformis, Theo. = 5 marshalli, Theo. Mucidus mucidus, Karsch. - (Myzorhynchus) mauritianus, Grp. Ochlerotatus urgenteopunctatus, 'Theo. Banksinella luteolateralis, Theo. ‘ cumminsi, Theo. Culex duttoni, Theo. — BI marshalli, Theo. » gwiarti, Blanch. 3 nigeriensis, Theo. 5, ensignis, Carter. 5 quausiunivittatus, Theo. » envidiosus, Theo. Tueniorhynchus metallicus, Theo. » pipiens, L. var. zombuensis, Theo. Toxorhynchites brevipalpis, Theo. » gquasigelidus, Theo. Stegomyia fasciata, F. », stoehri, Theo. +3 sempsoni, 'Theo. univittatus, Theo. INSECTS OF EASTERN TROPICAL AFRICA. 315 Family PsycHopIDAE. Philebotomus minutus, Rond. Family SIMULIIDAE. Simulium damnosum, Theo. | Semuliwm neireti, Roub. Family TABANIDAE. Cadicera flavicoma, Aust. » negrescens, Ric. » Obscura, Ric. Pangonia bubsequa, Aust. » Jodiens, Aust. oldii, Aust. Dorcaloemus compactus, Aust. a bicolor, Aust. Rhinomyzu concinna, Aust. 3 ennotata, Karsch. Chrysops distinctipennis, Aust. » Ssuscipennis, Ric. ss longzcornis, Macq. ie magnifica, Aust. var. inornata, Aust. Holcoceria nobilis, Griinb. Haematopota abyssinica, Sure. 5 decora, Walk. as distincta, Ric. ne Jurtiva, Aust. insatiabilis, Aust. = ensidiatrix, Aust. o longa, Ric. ‘ mactans,, Aust. § malefica, Aust. ‘i nocens, Aust. i nociva, Aust. i noxialis, Aust. 4 pellucida, Sure. i pertinens, Aust. +f sanguinaria, Aust. Ms stimulans, Aust. 7" vittata, Liw. yy “0 Labanus africanus, Gray. Tabanus atrimanus, Lw. » , Sarclayi, Aust. biguttatus, Wied. " claritibialis, Ric. » conifornis, Ric. Ke copemani, Aust. < crocodilinus, Aust. ‘, denshani, Aust. » distinctus, Ric. » ditaeniatus, Macq. & diversus, Ric. » Jraternus, Macq. » suscepes, Ric. » grandissimus, Ric. . gratus, Lw. a laverani, Sure. A leucostomus, Lw. - liventipes, Sure. - maculatissemus, Macq. 4, nigrostriatus, Ric. ss nyasae, Ric. Pe obscuripes, Ric. a) par, Walls. » pertinens, Aust. » pullulus, Aust. eh quadrisignatus, Ric. 5» ruficrus, Pode B. 5 sanderson, Aust. ‘5 sharpet, Aust. i taeniola, P. de B. » Unitaeniatus, Ric. » ustus, Walk. » anthomelas, Aust. Family MUSCIDAE. Glossina brevipalpis, Newst. a morsitans, West. » pallidipes, Aust. Stomoays brunnipes, Griinb. ts calcitrans, L. om nigra, Macq. Stomoxys taeniata, Big. Stygeromyia sanguinaria, Aust. Auchmeromyia luteola, F. Cordylobia anthrophaga, Griinb. 7" praegrandis, Aust. Family HiproBoscIDAE. fippobosca hirsuta, Aust. var. neavei, Aust. Echestypus paradoxus, Newst. Lynchia maura, Bigot. Olfersia ardeae, Macq. Order SIPHONAPTERA. Family SARCOPSYLLIDAE. Echidnophaga gallinacea, Westw. | Dermatophilus penetrans, L. iy larina, Roths. 316 Ss. A. NEAVE—NOTES ON THE BLOOD-SUCKING Family PULICIDAE. Chimaeropsylla potis, Roths. Moeopsylla sjoestedti, Roths. Cienocephalus canis, Curtis. Xenopsylla aequisetosus, Endl. x felis, Bouche. . brasiliensis, Baker. Order RHYNCHOTA. Family CIMICIDAE. Cimex rotundatus, Sign. Order ANOPLURA. Family PEDICULIDAE. Pediculus humanus, L. | Pedicinus longiceps, Piag. Phthirius pubis, L. Family HAEMATOPINIDAE. Haematopinus bufali, de G. Haematopinus peristictus, Kell. & Paine. ‘5 eurysternus, Nitzsch. Linognathus forficula, Kell. & Paine. ) latus, Neum. - vituli, L. Order ACARI. Family ARGASIDAE. Ornithodorus moubata, Murray. Family Ixop1pAe. Amblyomma marmoreum, Koch. Rhipicephalus appendiculatus, Warb : petersi, Karsch. . bursa, Can. and Fan ; tholloni, Neum. hi capensis, Koch. 5 variegatum, ¥. . coriaceus, Nutt. and Warb. A ponomma exornatum, Koch. ts evertsi, Neum, Boophilus australis, Fuller. - Falcatus, Neum. 5 decoloratus, Koch. - lunulatus, Neum. Dermacentor rhinocerotis, De Geer. . maculatus, Neum. _Haemaphysalis hoodi, Nutt. and Warb. " neavei, Warb. a leachi, Aud. 73 neavei, var. punctatus, Warb. Hyalomma aegyptium, L. 7 sanguineus, Latr. Ixodes brunneus, Koch. 7" sculptus, Warb. 5, pilosus, Koch. - simus, Koch. 5 tenuerostris, Neum. 4 sulcatus, Neum. Rhipicentor bicornis, Nutt. and Warb. supertritus, Neum. German East Africa. Order DIPTERA. Family CULICIDAE. Anopheles (Myzomyia) costalis, Lw. Ochlerotatus fascipalpis, Edw. . -" Funesta, Giles. re leucarthrius, Speiser. - (Myzorhynchus) mauritianus, Grp. Tueniorhynchus fuscopennatus, Theo. - (Nyssorhynchus) pharoensis, Theo. Mansonioides uniformis, Theo. Toxorhynchites brevipalpis, Theo. Culex pipiens, L. var. zombaensis, Theo Stegomyia fasciata, F. 5 tégripes, Grp. a simpsoni, Theo. Eretmopodites chrysogaster, Graham. ” quinquevittatus, Theo. INSECTS OF Cadicera speciosa, Aust. Pangonia elongata, Ric. a mesembrinoides, Sure. i zonata, Walk. Diatomineura aethiopica, Thunb. A distincta, Ric. Rhinomyza innotata, Karsch. Adersia oestroides, Karsch. Chrysops bicolor, Cordier. 55 longicornis, Macq. * magnifica, Aust.: Hlolcoceria nobilis, Griinb. Haematopota abyssinica, Sure. + albohirta, Karsch. - alluaudi, Sure. is avida, Speiser. 56 decora, Walk. . distincta, Ric. ‘, hieroglyphica, Gerst. ‘ hirta, Ric. 6 embrium, Wied. , mactans, Aust. s maculiplena, Karsch. # vittata, Lw. Parhuematopota cognata, Griinb. Labanus africanus, Gray. Glossina brevipalpis, Newst. a morsitans, Westw. » pallidipes, Aust. * palpalis, R.D. i tachinoides, Westw. (?)* Stomoxys bilineata, Griinb. 5 brunnipes, Griinb. ” calcitrans, L. a korogwensis, Griinb. TROPICAL AFRICA. 317 Family 'TABANIDAE. Tabanus amblychromus, Speiser. . atrimanus, Liw. . biguttatus, Wied. rf conifornis, Ric. i) distinctus, Ric, i ditaeniatus, Macq. , diversus, Ric. ‘3 fraternus, Macq. “4 gratus, Lw. a imbecillus, Karsch. . ampurus, Karsch. x: latipes, Macq. ‘s maculatissemus, Macq. - obscuripes, Ric. 55 par, Walk. - pertinens, Aust. 5 pullulus, Aust. o quadriguttatus, Ric. x quadrisignatus, Ric ¥! sharpet, Aust. i taeniola, P. de B. v thoracinus, P. de B. s trianguliger, Aust. ee ustus, Walk. i variabilis, Lw. Family MuscIDAE. Stomoxys nigra, Macq. bs ochrosoma, Speiser. ¥s taeniata, Big. a varipes, Bezzi. Lyperosia schillingsi, Griinb. Auchmeromyia luteola, F. Cordylobia anthropophaga, Griinb. A praegrandis, Aust. Family H1IPPoBOscIDAE. Hippobosca capensis, Olf. n struthionis, Janson. Echestypus parvipalpis, Speiser. Lynchia maura, Bigot. Ornithoctona platycera, Macq. Olfersia ardeae, Macq. » prlosa, Macq. Order SIPHONAPTERA. Family SARCOPSYLLIDAE. Dermatophilus penetrans, L. | Echidnophaga gallinacea, Westw. * The record of this species from German Hast Africa needs confirmation, It is not impossible that the specimens which were identified as G. tachinoides may prove to have been really G. austent, Newst. 318 S. A. NEAVE—NOTES ON THE BLOOD-SUCKING Family PULICIDAE. Ctenocephalus canis, Curt. Ceratophyllus infestus, Roths. Moeopsylla sjoestedti, Roths. Ctenopsyllus aethiopicus, Roths. Order ANOPLURA. Family PEDICULIDAE. Pediculus capitis, de G. Family HAEMATOPINIDAE. Haematopinus eurysternus, Nitasch. | Haematopinus phucochaeri, End. Order ACARI. Family IxoDIDAE. Amblyomma peters:, Karsch. Haemaphysalis leachi, Aud. - variegatum, F. Rhipicephalus capensis, Koch. Boophilus australis, Fuller. bs evertsi, Neum. rf decoloratus, Koch. “3 maculatus, Neum. Zanzibar. Order DIPTERA. Family CHIRONOMIDAE. Cerutopogon sp. Family CULICIDAE. Anopheles (Myzomyia) costalis, Lw. Taueniorhynchus fuscopennatus, Theo. Stegomyia fasciata, F. Mansonioides uniformis, Theo. Skusea pembaensis, Theo. Culex tigripes, Grp. Family TABANIDAE. Adersia oestroides, Aust. Tabanus ditaeniatus, Macq. Aegophagamyia pungens, Aust. » Jraternus, Macq. Chrysops longicornis, Macq. "9 gratus, Lw. Haematopota decora, Walk. ” par, Walk. Parhaematopota cognata, Griinb. . taeniola, P. de B. Tabanus africanus, Gray. . thoracinus, P. de B. e biguttatus, Wied. Family MuscrpAe. Stomoxys calcitrans, L Lyperosia minuta, Bezzi A nigra, Macq. Cordylobia anthropophagu, Grinb, Family H1iPPoBoscIDAE. Hippobosca capensis, Olf. | Ornithoeca podicipis, Rod. maculata, Leach. INSECTS OF EASTERN TROPICAL AFRICA. Order SIPHONAPTERA. Family PULICIDAE, Xenopsylla cheopis, Roths. Order ANOPLURA. Family PEDICULIDAE. Pediculus capitis, de G. | Pediculus humanus, L. Order ACARI. Family IxXoDIDAE, Amblyomma hebraewm, Koch. se variegatum, F. Boophilus decoloratus, Koch. Haemaphysalis leachi, Aud. Hyalomma aegyptium, L. Rhipicephalus appendiculatus, Neum. ee evertsi, Neum. x pulchellus, Gerst. a sanguineus, Latr om simus, Koch. British East Africa. Order DIPTERA. Family CHIRONOMIDAE. Culicoides milnei, Aust. Johannseniella fulvithorax, Aust. Ceratopogon sp. Family CULICIDAE. Anopheles (Myzomyia) cinerea, Theo. costalis, Liw. ” ey) . us Funesta, Giles. ss longipalpis, 'Theo. n hi marshalli, ‘Theo. fs * rhodesiensis, Theo. s i transvaalensis, Carter. as (Myzorhynchus) mauritianus, Grp. As (Nyssorhynchus) christyi, Theo. 9 »») Hs i squamosus, Theo. Banksinella luteolateralis, Theo. Stegomyia fasciata, F. e power, Theo. mi unilineata, Theo. Ochlerotatus cumminsi, Theo. ss dentatus, Theo. pe durbanensis, Theo. = hirsutus, Theo. Re nigeriensis, Theo. . ochraceus, Theo. + quasiunivittatus, Theo. natalensis, H. & H. Ochlerotatus wellmani, Theo. Skusea pembaensis, Theo. Taeniorhynclus cristatus, Theo. ss Suscopennatus, Theo. A; metallicus, Theo. Mansonivides uniformis, Theo. Culex annulioris, Theo. 5, consimilis, Newst. 5, decens, Theo. » duttoni, Theo. » ensignis, Carter. » envidiosus, Theo. » ornatothoracis, Theo. » pipiens, L. var. zombaensis, Theo. ». Tema, Cheo: ., salisburiensis, Theo. » sempsoni, Theo. », stoehri, Theo. » tigripes, Grp. ,, tipuliformis, Theo. 5 univittatus, Theo. Uranotaenia alba, Theo. Family SIMULIIDAE. Simulium damnosum, Theo, Simulium neireti, Roub, 319 a20 Ss. A. NEAVE—NOTES ON THE BLOOD-SUCKING Pangonia comata, Aust. becker’, Bezzi. ” “A magrettii, Bezzi. i: riipellii, Jaen. ‘ elongata, Rie. Diatomineura distincta, Ric. Dorcaloemus compactus, Aust. 4 woosnami, Aust. Rhinomyza perpulcra, Aust. Aegophagamyia pungens, Aust. Chrysops cana, Aust. ciliaris, Lw. (?) distinctipennis, Aust. » Junebris, Aust. * longicornis, Macq. Haematopota abyssinica, Sure. alluaudi, Sure. * brunnescens, Ric. denshami, Aust. distincta, Ric. Surtiva, Aust. Surva, Aust. ¥ FSusca, Aust. hirta, Rie. insidiatria, Aust. s longa, Ric. mactans, Aust. ” " noxialis, Aust. i similis, Ric. - tenuis, Aust. Glossina austeni, Newst. brevipalpis, Newst. 19 ” longipennis, Corti. » pallidipes, Aust. op palpalis, R.D. Stomoxys varipes, Bezzi. 5 caleitrans, L. Hippobosca struthionis, Janson. maculata, Leach. a camelina, Leach, . capensis, Olf. Echidnophaga gallinacea, Westw. Ctenocephalus canis, Curtis. Ctenopsylla ellobius, Roths. Family TABANIDAE. Haematopota tumidicornis, Aust. Bs ugandae, Ric. 3 unicolor, Ric. i vittata, Li. Tabanus africanus, Gray. i albipalpus, Walk. ' atrimanus, Liw. ‘ biguttatus, Wied. canofasciatus, Aust. e conspicuus, Ric. denshami, Aust. ditaeniatus, Macq. FSasciatus niloticus, Aust. gratus, Lw. " kingi, Aust. var. nigrifeminibus, Aust. a leucostomus, Lw. morsitans, Ric. neavei, Aust. 8 pallidifacies, Sure. par, Walk. pertinens, Aust. | producticornis, Aust. rothschildi, Sure. sufis, Jaen. taeniola, P. de B. thoracinus, P. de B ” s unitaeniatus, Ric. 5 variabilis, Lw. me velutinus, Sure. cs xanthomelas, Aust. Family MUuscIDAR. Stomoxys nigra, Macq. taeniata, Big. be brunnipes, Griinb. Lyperosia minuta, Bezzi. Stygeromyia woosnami, Aust. Auchmeromyia luteola, F. rb) Family HIPPOBOSCIDAE. Echestypus sepiaceus, Speiser. i paradozus, Newst. Olfersia pilosa, Macq. Order SIPHONAPTERA. Family SARCOPSYLLIDAE. | Lchidnophaga larina, Roths. Family PULIcIDAE. Pulex irritans, L. Xenopsylla brasiliensis, Baker INSECTS OF EASTERN TROPICAL AFRICA. Order ACARI. Family ARGASIDAE. Argas brumpti, Neum. Ornithodorus moubata, Murray. Ornithodorus savignyi, Aud. Family [XopIpar. Amblyomma gemma, Don. marmoreum, Koch. x petersi, Karsch. :: variegatum, EF. Boophilus decoloratus, Koch. Dermacentor rhinocerotis, De Geer. Haemaphysalis leachi, Aud. H parmata, Neum. Hyalomma aegyptium, L. Txodes pilosus, Koch. rasus, Neum, 19 a. Rhipicephalus appendiculatus, Neum. re armatus, Poe. sf evertsi, Neum. ‘, Falcatus, Neum. ss maculatus, Neum. ~ neavei, Warb. 35 pravus, Don. a pulchellus, Gerst. sanguineus, Latr. iB simus, Koch. Uganda. Order DIPTERA. Family CHIRONOMIDAE. Culicoides grahami, Aust. es bruce:, Aust. a milnei, Aust. Culicoides distinctipennis, Aust. a neavet, Aust. Family CULICIDAE. Anopheles (Myzomyia) costalis, Lw. Junesta, Giles. ef 5s marshall, Theo. - (Christya) implexus, Theo. . (Myzorhynchus) mauritianus, Grp. = (Nyssorhynchus) pharoensis, Theo. Loxorhynchites brevipalpis, Theo. Mucidus scatophagoides, Theo. Banksinella luteolateralis, Theo. Stegomya africana, Theo. . apicoargentea, Theo. * Fasciata, F. = Fraseri, Edw. 33 luteocephala, Newst. e, simpson, Theo. 8 sugens, Wied. Ochlerotatus argenteopunctatus, Theo. be cumminsi, Theo. % domesticus, Theo. * hirsutus, Theo. % minutus, Theo. és nigeriensis, Theo. ay quasiunivittatus, Theo. Taeniorhynchus annettii, Theo. bs aurites, Theo. s Suscopennatus, Theo. a metallicus, Theo. RS microannulatus, Theo Mansonioides uniformis, Thea ” ” Culex consimilis, Newst. 5, decens, Theo. ,, duttoni, Theo. » grahami, Theo. ,, guwiarti, Blanch. 4, insignis, Carter. ,, ?nvidiosus, Theo. » pipiens, L. var. zombaensis, Theo. 5 gquasigelidus, Theo. », rema, Theo. , tigripes, Grp. Culiciomyia nebulosa, Theo. Micraédes inconspicuosus, Theo. Hodgesia sanguinis, Theo. Uranotaenia alboabdominalis, Theo. 5 bilineata, Theo. i coeruleocephala, Theo. < Fusca, Theo. mashonaensis, Theo. a ornata, 'Theo. x pallidocephala, Theo. Mimomyia hispida, Theo. 5 plumosa, Theo. # splendens, Theo. Ingramia nigra, Theo. a uniformis, Theo. Harpagomyia taeniarostris, Theo. Eretmopodites chrysogaster, Graham. * oedipodius, Graham. 321 aoe S. A, NEAVE—NOTES Simulium damnosum, Theo. Phiebotomus sp. Rhinomyza perpulcra, Aust. Chrysops brucei, Aust. centurionis, Aust. if distinctipennis, Aust. ip Sunebris, Aust. ” Hippocentrum versicolor, Aust. Haematopota abyssinica, Sure. brucei, Aust. 2 brunnescens, Ric. decora, Walk. ” denshami, Aust. yi JSusca, Aust. - Surva, Aust. Fl hirta, Ric. _ inornata, Aust. - mactans, Aust. Ke neavei, Aust. similis, Ric. i tenuis, Aust. E ugandae, Aust. “ unicolor, Ric. a vittata, Liw. Tabanus africanus, Gray. ‘: albipalpus, Walk. Glossina fusca, Walk. A morsitans, West. a pallidipes, Aust. ON THE BLOOD-SUCKING Family SIMULIIDAE. Family PsyCHODIDAE. Family TABANIDAE. Tabanus biguttatus, Wied. an brucei, Aust. 4 brumpti, Sure. a crocodilinus, Aust. am denshami, Aust. ditaeniatus, Macq. » fasciatus niloticus, Aust. 3 puistepes, Tic: a gratus, Lw. - irroratus, Sure. . latipes, Macq. . neavei, Aust. ” obscurior, Rie. » par, Walk. 4 quadrisignatus, Ric. ut ruficrus, P. de B. - ruwenzoriz, Ric. fy secedens, Walk. . socialis, Walk. 3 taeniola, P. de B. a thoracinus, P. de B. “ variabilis, Lw. . canthomelas, Aust. Family MuscipAe. se palpalis, R.D. (fuscipes, Newst.). Stomoxys brunnipes, Griinb. . calcitrans, I. sf nigra, Macq. Hippobosca hirsuta, Aust. - maculata, Leach. Ornithoctonus platycera, Macq. Echidnophaga larina, Roths. Ctenocephalus canis, Curtis. o felis, Bouché. Ctenopsylla ellobius, Roths. Stomorys ochrosoma, Speiser. . omega, Newst. Lyperosia minuta, Bezzi. e punctigera, Aust. ms thirouxi, Roub. Auchmeromyia luteola, F. Cordylobia anthropophaga, Griinb. Family HIPPOBOSCIDAE. Olfersia pilosa, Macq. » dukei, Aust. Echestypus paradoxus, Newst. Order SIPHONAPTERA. Family SARCOPSYLLIDAE. Family PULICIDAE. Xenopsylla brasiliensis, Baker. . cheopis, Roths, INSECTS OF EASTERN TROPICAL AFRICA, 323 Order ANOPLURA. Family PEDICULIDAE. Pediculus capitis, de G. Family HAEMATOPINIDAE. Haematopinus eurysternus, Nitzsch. Haematopinus peristictus, Kell, & Paine. 55 latus, Neum. Linognathus vituli, L. Order ACARI. Family ARGASIDAE. Ornithodorus moubata, Murray, Family IxopIDAE. Amblyomma cohaerens, Don. Rhipicephalus appendiculatus, Neum. a petersi, Karsch. ie capensis, Koch. = tholloni, Neum. 5 dux, Don. variegatum, F. m evertsi, Neum. Aponomma exornatum, Koch. is falcatus, Neum. Boophilus australis, Fuller. - lunulatus, Neum. is decoloratus, Koch. Me neavei, Warb. Dermacentor circumguttatus, Neum. 53 sanguineus, Latr. - rhinocerotis, De Geer. 4: simus, Koch. Haemaphysalis hoodi, Nutt. and Warb. - sulcatus, Neum. . leachi, Aud. 26302 G - io Se7 ahs f + hath ‘el ani i Tk 3 | ae a "i , of hpetsarel ; inte ees ideal - : usaf MATRA MART eign i fia swltoiowe wr ane | Ow. 7) 2a ean Vi “wh le) qendhiieguae) ' . Gant HWias4 ad =~ LOG ATO A.. CReee Cera pes marge | 17 AAD Ld UD A ' 7 - , ear GT potlwew ¢ uhh ve j v: ae nhca~l ality ra Riggs ane beiaigyn d nt 4) yowrahon € a one any! a. PL | cit cat (Pe. “pba Leionh Way Sol Aeey ch Pepe mm nvivtias CL ‘a ere ee * wie an 4 7 : + ne ona tesa ‘reves? tanghaiu ey ree me vollud Miele eal fea Fons o> a Hoa, atten tanall ‘ thiek® dha linyjivs Wirt, capshahiany neler ee cite? aor At mihi ute evant Any bait Ayvals nL ban ies lunaet hie ‘ EA ene : ie Les F oly Te a ; % “i, A ; t A abo “unre non Bigs 1. 2. 3 + 5 6 i 8 9 10. 26302 ; i A a ; Paid Y o ue i a At Po meh EXPLANATION OF PLATE X. Tabanus maculatissimus, Macq., & - ” ” ” ” 7 ” ) Haematopota neavei, Aust., 2. Holcoceria nobilis, Griinb., 2. irroratus, Sure., 9. | ah leucostomus, Lw., ¢. | ” 2 neavei, Aust., ¢. velutinus, Sure., %. variabilis, ties ae gratus, Lw., ¢. PLATE X. WOlbs WU, aR Be BuLL. ENT. RESEARCH. LTD. BaLE & DANIELSSON, H. KNIGHT, DEL. EAST AFRICAN TABANID&. TAO MOTD A cA had Wiekvoy ly rs hehe " psy | * Hs SE a2 nn ; ¥ ag ates ~ a. in ‘ ; i ST eohivege ® . 7 | ‘ i. bat - | 4, % ont Rint | + ay ah Ksytieas ew saith a ; Bad ting hare aes deal SY, kale yg Sy ai “canbe bina tel. eigen wk | ‘a By pte A owed | he diel HbA eh nua rhewsiyn B, , | EXPLANATION OF PLATE XI. Fig. 1. Haematopota denshami, Aust., $. 2: mn similis, Biic., ¢ . 3 unicolor, Ric., g. 4 4, hirta, Tic. 2 . 5. Tabanus producticornis, Aust., $. 6. Chrysops centurionis, Aust., 3. 7. Haematopota furva, Aust., 3. 8. Chrysops distinctipennis, Aust., 3. 9 52 brucei, Aust., g. 10. Aegophagamyia pungens, Aust., 2. IPL Mars YM Wo, IPA 8}, WOlL. BuLL. ENT. RESEARCH. BALE & DANIELSSON, LTD. H. KNIGHT DEL. AFRICAN TABANIDE-. 325 ON A NEW SPECIES OF MITE (TARSONEMUS) INJURIOUS TO SUGAR-CANES IN BARBADOS. By STANLEY Hirgsr. (Published by permission of the Trustees of the British Museum.) Mr. A. D. Michael has already recorded* the presence of mites of the genus Tarsonemus upon diseased sugar-cane from Barbados. He states that two species belonging to this genus were present in the material sent to him, and that the larger of the two species was certainly identical with one which Mr. Bancroft found doing serious damage to sugar-cane in Queensland. Mr. Michael pro- posed the name TZarsonemus bancrofti for this larger species. So far as I am aware, no description of this nominal species has been published and I am obliged to rely on Mr. Bancroft’s published sketches} for information concerning it. Un- fortunately his drawings are not executed in sutficient detail and I am not certain that his mite is the same species as the one which is dealt with in the present note; but as the figures of the Queensland mite differ appreciably from the Barbados specimens, it seems advisable to describe the latter under another name (T. spinipes). The species of the genus T'arsonemus often resemble one another very closely in structure, and they cannot be recognised with certainty unless a fully detailed account of their principal characters, accompanied by careful drawings, is given. Dr. Bancroft gives drawings of both sexes of his mite. He does not figure any spines on the third leg of the male, but he shows a lobe- shaped expansion, similar to that of 7. spinipes, on the inner side of the short fourth leg. The hairs of the body are not depicted. According to his drawings, the body of the female resembles that of 7. spinipes in being very long and narrow, but is apparently much narrower at the anterior end. He represents the two terminal setae of the fourth lee of the female as being both very long and slender, the outer one being seemingly almost as long as the inner. The size of T’. bancrofti is not stated, nor is the scale of enlargement of the figures given. I wish to express my thanks to Mr. G. A. K. Marshall, the Scientific Secretary of the Entomological Research Committee, for his kindness in giving me the opportunity of describing this interesting acarus. The specimens were kindly sent by Mr. John R. Bovell, Superintendent of the Local Department of Agri- culture, Barbados. It is interesting to note that the species which were mentioned in Mr. Michael’s paper twenty-two years ago were also received from Mr. Bovell. Tarsonemus spinipes, sp. n. oS .—Shape of body (fig. 1 a,b) very like that of 7. spirifer, Marchal. Dorsal surface apparently furnished with the same number of hairs as in the species just mentioned, but they differ somewhat in size and also in arrangement. Four pairs * Bull. Royal Gardens, Kew, 1890, pp. 85-86. + 2nd Annual Report of the Board appointed to inquire into the causes of Diseases affecting Live Stock and Plants ; Votes and Proc. of the Legislative Assembly, Queensland, 1877, Vol. III, pp. 1037-1062. 26302 G 2 326 STANLEY HIRST—ON A NEW SPECIES OF MITE (TARSONEMUS) of hairs occur on the upper surface of the “ cephalothorax”; the first two pairs. are not very long and they are placed closer together than the hairs.of the - posterior pairs ; the hairs of the third pair are very long and fine and those of the fourth are fairly long. ‘“ Abdominal” part of body furnished dorsally with three pairs of hairs; the hairs of the first pair being long, but the others con- siderably shorter. A minute hair is also present on each side of the conical sexual organ at the posterior end of the body. Fig. 1. Zarsonemus spinipes, Hirst, ¢ ; a, dorsal view ; b, ventral view. Capitulum about as broad as long ; on each side it has a long curved hair, the terminal part of which is exceedingly fine. Palpt minute and placed on the ventral surface of the capitulum. Hach palp has a small hair near the proximal end and another very minute hair at the distal end also. Legs: basal segments of anterior legs much enlarged, as in J. spirifex. Anterior legs furnished with hairs and a few minute spines. In addition to hairs, the third leg has several well developed spines on its anterior surface—a slender antero-ventral spine being present on the femur, two strong spines on the patella, and a single strong spine on the tibia. Fourth leg much reduced in length and strongly modified. On the inner side, it has a large, but very thin lobe, and a short, but distinct, ventral spine is situated at the point at which this membranous lobe joins the limb. A strong and fairly long spiniform bristle is present near the claw-like distal end of this leg.* Length of male -2 mm. | * The last leg of the male of 7. hominis, Dahl, is armed with two bristles, which are ap- parently placed in the same positions as the spine and bristle of this leg in 7. spinipes. Prof. Dahl does not figure any lobe on the inner side of this leg, but his drawing is based on photo- graphs, and this delicate membranous structure probably would not be shown distinctly in a photograph, INJURIOUS TO SUGAR-CANES IN BARBADOS. SoM © .—Body very long and narrow (fig. 2); when viewed from above, six seg- ‘ments are visible, but the last one is small. There is only one pair of very long hairs on the body and it is situated on the upper surface of the first segment (cephalothorax). Two pairs of hairs, of moderate length, are present on the second segment, those of the inner pair being stouter than those of the outer. The few hairs which occur on the remaining segments of the body are short and Fig. 2. Tarsonemus spinipes, Hirst, 2, ventral view. fine. Legs: segments of first leg four m number, not including the coxa ; second leg apparently with five segments, not including the coxa. Posterior legs very like those of 7. sprrifex ; tarsus of third leg somewhat bent. Penultimate segment of fourth leg long and furnished with a spiniform seta of moderate length near the apical end ; the last segment of this leg, as usual, has two setae at the end, the outer one being fairly long and the inner one very long and fine. Leneth of female *35 mm. Larva: as is the case in 7. spirifex, the shape of the body of the male larval form is very different from that of the female larva, a strong constriction being present at a short distance from the posterior end. ‘The size of the larva of this sex is much less than that of the female larva. This new species of Zarsonemus is very closely allied to T. spirifex, Marchal— a Kuropean species which attacks oats. The male seems to differ from that of T’. spirifex chiefly in having spines on the third leg, and the female differs principally in shape, its body being long and narrow. 328 Ss. HIRST—NEW SPECIES OF MITE INJURIOUS TO SUGAR-CANES, ETC. The following note on this sugar-cane mite was made by Mr. W. Nowell, Ento- mologist to the Local Department of Agriculture, Barbados :— Causes small red blisters on the surface of the young internodes of sugar-cane while still in the sheathing canes, which are also to some extent affected. Results in a reddish brown corroded appearance of the surface of the cane, especially a streak above the eye.” In the Kew Bulletin for 1890, p. 88, the following method of dealing with canes which are affected by the disease (Red Rust) caused by these Acari is recommended. ‘1. Clean the joints entirely from all trash as carefully as possible. 2. Immerse for 24 hours in water and carbolic acid at temperature to bear the hand,—1 lb. of acid to 50 gallons of water. 3. Make milk of lime,—2 lbs. of lime to 1 gallon of water ; immerse the plants in this for a few minutes. 4. Lift out and spread in the sun, turning them over to dry for one day before planting.” Infected débris should be burned. 329 NEW AFRICAN TABANIDAE.—Part 1L* By Ernest E. Austen. (Published by permission of the Trustees of the British Museum.) TABANINAE. Genus Tapanus, L. Tabanus medionotatus, sp. n. Q.—Length (12 specimens) 9°5 to 12 mm.; width of head 3°5 to 4°4 mm. ; width of front at vertex just under 0°5 to just under 0°6 mm.; length of wing 7°75 to 9°38 mm. Small species, in size and general coloration agreeing with Tabanus par, Walk., but distinguishable owing to the presence of a dark, elongate, median blotch on the proximal half or at the base of the dorsal surface of the abdomen ; front tars: dark brown, first and second joints sometimes paler at base. Head: front, subcallus, and sides of face raw-sienna-coloured f pollinose, face (except sides), jowls, and basioccipital region yellowish-grey pollinose, clothed with cream-buff or ochraceous-buff hair ; occiput yellowish olive-grey pollinose ; front somewhat narrow, inner margins of eyes bordering it converging slightly below, sometimes almost parallel ; frontal callus raw-umber-coloured, cuneate, its upper extremity produced into a median ridge ; palpi ochraceous-buff or buff, proximal joint clothed with yellowish hair, terminal joint moderately swollen at base, clothed on outer side with minute, appressed, glistening, buff-yellow hairs, usually mixed with minute, appressed, black hairs; first and second joints of antennae ochraceous-buff, clothed above with minute black hairs, third joint ochraceous, tawny-ochraceous, or tawny, expanded portion short and broad, annulate portion sometimes brownish at distal extremity. Thorax: dorsum unstriped, ground-colour black, clothed with olivaceous pollen and_ short yellowish hairs, with which longer blackish hairs are intermixed ; humeral calli, swelling in depression at each end of transverse suture, a small area between this swelling and postalar callus on each side, and upper extremity of mesopleurae greyish pinkish-buff, clothed with yellowish hair, which on swelling at each end of transverse suture is mixed with black hair; pectus and pleurae (except upper extremity of mesopleurae) agreeing with dorsum in coloration and pollinose covering, and clothed with pale yellowish hair. Abdomen tawny, clothed above and below with minute, appressed, yellowish hairs, which on upper surface are mixed with minute black hairs; upper surface at base with an elongate, greyish clove-brown, median blotch, exhibiting varying degrees of development in different individuals, and when most fully developed extending from base of first segment nearly to hind margin of third ; in other specimens the blotch does not quite reach to the middle of the third segment, while in others * For Part I see Bull. Ent. Res., Vol. IIT, Part 2, p. 113 (August, 1912). } For names and illustrations of colours, see Ridgway, ‘“ A Nomenclature of Colors for Naturalists ” (Boston: Little, Brown & Company, 1886). 330 ERNEST E. AUSTEN—NEW AFRICAN again it fails to extend so far as the middle of the second segment ; in any case the blotch, which is broad and quadrate on the first segment and may be indistinctly interrupted just before reaching the hind margin of this segment, is much narrower on the second segment and narrower still on the third, so that the lateral margins of the blotch are not straight but have an indented appearance ; in many specimens the blotch is strongly constricted or even interrupted just before reaching the hind margin of the second segment ; in one of the para-types examined, in which the main blotch terminates on the third segment, at a point three-fourths of the length of the segment from the base, there is also a small dark median spot at the base of the fourth tergite. Wings nearly hyaline, or faintly tinged with buff on proximal two-thirds ; costal cells buff; veins mainly orange-buff, costa darker, distal extremities of veins light mummy-brown ; stigma ochre-yellow, sometimes but slightly developed. Squamae cream-buff. Halteres : knobs buff, stalks ochraceous-buff, sometimes paler. Legs: front coxae buff, clothed with yellowish pollen and long yellowish hair, middle and hind coxae usually darker, yellowish pollinose and clothed with shorter yellowish hair, front coxae sometimes as dark as pectus ; front femora and tibiae, and femora, tibiae, and tarsi of middle and hind legs ochraceous, tips of front tibiae and of joints of middle and hind tarsi dark brown or brownish ; third and fourth joints of front tarsi somewhat expanded. NorrH-EastrerN RHODESIA: type and nine para-types from the eastern shores of Lake Bangweolo, between Luwingu and the mouth of the Chambezi River, alt. 3,900 ft., 5-17.x.1908 (8. A. Neave) ; an additional specimen from the Upper Kalungwisi: Valley, alt. 4,200 ft., 8.ix.1908 (S. A. Neave); another example from the Kasama District, October 1904 (A. L. Harger). The type, five of the para-types, and the specimen from the Upper Kalungwisi Valley have generously been presented to the National Collection by Mr. Neave; the remaining para-types are in the Oxford University Museum. Plastic differences in the case of the new species described above and its near ally Tabanus par, Walk., are difficult to discover: as a rule, however, the expanded portion of the third joint of the antennae (measured across its widest part) is, at least in proportion to its length, distinctly broader in 7. medionotatus than in JT’. par. Tabanus neavei, sp. n. (Plate X, fig. 5). 3 Q.—Length, ¢ (15 specimens) 12°25 to 14°25 mm., Q (22 specimens) 12°75 to 15 mm.; width of head, 6.5 to 5°5 mm., © 4°6 to 5°25 mm.; width of tront of © at vertex 0°5 to 0°6 mm.; length of wing, ¢ 11 to 13 mm., Q 11°6 to 13 mm. Medium-sized, clove-brown or black species, with very conspicuous light-grey or whitish markings on dorsum of thorax and abdomen ; thoracic markings including a pair of short admedian longitudinal stripes, which, commencing on front margin, terminate abruptly just beyond transverse suture.— Closely allied to and resembling T. insignis, Lw., but distinguished, inter alia, by usually more elongate shape of expanded portion of third joint of antennae, by angle on upper margin of latter being less prominent, by more dusky hue of terminal joint of palpi, by markings | on tergite of second abdominal segment consisting normally of a large oblique -TABANIDAE.—PART II. 331 stripe on each side and two small admedian spots close to hind margin (instead of six separate spots), by median spots on third and fourth abdominal tergites being bluntly triangular, instead of nearly semicircular in outline, by whitish hind borders to ventral scutes of third to sixth abdominal segments inclusive being much narrower, and by pale proximal portion of hind tibiae in Q being much more restricted in extent. Head: face, jowls, basioccipital region, and occiput light grey pollinose, frontal triangle in ¢ and subcallus in Q sepia-coloured when denuded ; face, jowls, and basioccipital region clothed in G with pale yellowish or whitish hair (on sides of face often mixed with brownish hairs), and in Q with whitish hair ; front in Q of rather less than moderate width, narrowimg somewhat below ; frontal callus in Q dark brown, oblong, extending from eye to eye, its upper extremity emitting a narrow dark brown median ridge or streak, which is visible at least as far as middle of front and often further; vertex in Q black and clothed with short, black hairs; when the © is viewed from above, the black vertical area often appears to extend forwards to below the middle of the front, its anterior extremity being separated from the frontal callus by a small silvery- white patch, clothed with appressed, glistening silvery or yellowish hairs ; when the © is viewed at a low angle from behind, however, the black area appears confined to the vertex, and the space between it and the frontal callus appears light grey, with its lower portion longitudinally divided by the dark brown median ridge, and its upper two-thirds partially clothed with black hairs ; upper two-thirds of eyes in G (except hind borders) occupied by a fusiform area (bisected by middle line formed by inner margins of eyes), composed of larger facets than elsewhere ; in many dried specimens this fusiform area still appears more or less grey, with a dark lower margin, and a broad dark band (tapering towards the outer margins of the eyes) across the middle ;* palp: dusky-grey pollinose on outer surface, proximal joint clothed with yellowish or whitish hair, terminal joint in 3 clothed with blackish hair ; terminal joint in Q elongate and tapering, paler at base on outer side, where it is clothed with minute, appressed, silvery-white or yellowish hairs, remainder of outer side covered with minute, appressed, black hairs; first and second joints of antennae fawn, or isabella- coloured, greyish pollinose, first joint clothed below with whitish hairs, and with minute black hairs above and on its upper distal angle, third joint narrow and elongate in ¢ and at least relatively so in ©, clove-brown, more or less cinnamon at extreme base. Thorax: hind border of main portion of dorsum, including greater part of postalar calli, light grey pollinose, clothed with appressed, glistening, yellowish hair (on postalar calli with whitish or silvery-white hair) ; admedian longitudinal stripes in ¢@ sparsely clothed with fine, yellowish hairs, in Q more thickly clothed with short, appressed, glistening, Naples-yellow hairs, which in this sex also partially clothe the interspace between the anterior * As regards the markings of the eyes in life, Mr. S. A. Neave, in a field-note attached toa ¢ specimen collected by him at Entebbe, Uganda Protectorate, 5. vii. 1911, writes :—“ Hyes banded ; blue and crimson below, dusky and grey above’’; and Dr. R. Van Someren, in a note ona 2 caught by him on the Luimi River, Toro, Uganda Protectorate, 22. i. 1911, says that the eye has ‘‘ a conspicuous, green, horizontal band.” 332 ERNEST E. AUSTEN—NEW AFRICAN portions of the stripes ; swelling in depression at each end of transverse suture ereyish-buff or cream-buff, clothed mainly with pale yellowish or ochreous hairs (on posterior extremity with some black hairs); humeral calli greyish pollinose, clothed with whitish hair ; dorsum except as already stated clothed with blackish or black hair, which is longer and finer in 6 than in Q ; pleurae and pectus light grey pollinose (meso-and sternopleurae except hind borders, or at least anteriorly, appearing darker, z.c., mouse-grey), clothed with whitish or yellowish- white hair. Abdomen: tergite of first (visible) segment with a light grey pollinose patch at each lateral extremity, scarcely visible from above in ¢ ; on each side of a median dark area the tergite of this segment, at least in 0’, shows an ill-defined paler, mummy-brown or sepia-coloured area, extending outwards along hind margin towards lateral extremity ; in Q the paler admedian areas on first segment are sometimes more distinctly greyish pollinose; light grey markings on tergite of second segment as described in diagnosis above, the oblique stripes (occasionally interrupted in 3) extending from anterior margin on each side of middle line outwards to hind margin, and thence to lateral margins ; tergites of third and fourth segments each bearing a large, median, light grey triangle, base of which rests on hind margin ; each posterior angle of these tergites is occupied by a light grey transverse mark, which runs inwards along hind margin of segment and diminishes in depth towards median triangle, with which it may or may not be connected ; the apex of each median triangle is usually rounded off or truncate before reaching the anterior margin of its segment, the interspace thus formed being generally deeper on the third than on the following segment ; posterior angles of tergites of fifth and sixth segments light grey, usually more conspicuously so in Q than in ¢; extreme hind margins of fifth and sixth tergites in Q sometimes narrowly grey ; dorsum, except grey markings, clothed with short or appressed black hair ; lateral extremities of tergite of first segment clothed with outstanding whitish hair; posterior angles of five following tergites clothed with glistening whitish or yellowish hair ; remaining light grey markings on dorsum clothed with minute, appressed, glistening, pale straw-yellow hair, a median patch of which, simulating the vestige of a triangle, may also be present on posterior half of fifth tergite in Q ; ventral scute of second segment slate-grey, with a more or less distinct, clove- brown or black, quadrate median area, not quite reaching hind margin, but anteriorly sometimes sending off a prolongation to each side; remaining ventral scutes black, with, except in case of last segment, narrow light grey hind borders, clothed with glistening whitish or yellowish-white hair ; in case of ventral scutes of penultimate and antepenultimate segments, grey hind borders are much narrower than on preceding segments, and are confined to extreme hind margins ; hairy covering of ventral scute of second segment partly blackish, partly whitish, the blackish hair longer and finer in S than in Q ; hair on ventral scutes of following segments, except as already stated, black, on third to fifth segments inclusive shorter and more appressed in Q than in g. Wings: faintly tinged with drab; veins dark brown or brown ; stigma well-defined and conspicuous, dark mummy-brown. Sguamac sepia-coloured, borders darker than membrane, Halteres: knobs dark sepia-coloured, paler at tips; stalks isabella-coloured, distal extremities darker. Legs: coxae grey, front pair and outer surfaces of TABANIDAE.—PART II. 333 middle and hind pairs clothed with yellowish-white, whitish, or pale yellowish hair, posterior extremity of outer surface of hind pair in ¢ usually clothed with dark brown hair ; femora black, clothed partly with black partly with yellowish or whitish hair, posterior surface of front pair in Q clothed with whitish hair ; front tibiae in G clove-brown (somewhat paler for a short distance just beyond extreme base), clothed with minute, appressed, black hairs, with which on proximal third minute, glistening, yellowish hairs are sparsely intermingled, outer surface of proximal two-thirds with an irregular fringe of longer and finer blackish hairs; middle and hind tibiae in ¢ clove-brown at distal extremities, more or less raw-umber-coloured or even paler at and towards their bases, clothed with black hair imtermixed proximally with glistening whitish or yellowish hair, inner and outer surfaces of hind tibiae fringed with longer, blackish hair; front and middle tibiae of QO (except tips of both pairs and extreme base of front pair) cream-coloured and clothed with glistening, silvery-white hair, rather less than distal fourth of front tibiae in Q,a streak extending therefrom towards base on under side, and distal fourth or rather less than distal third of middle tibiae clove-brown and clothed with black hair; hind tibiae in Q cream- coloured at base, then darker, the distal third being clove-brown ; on anterior surface of hind tibiae of Q cream-coloured area extends further than on upper surface, occupying about proximal two-thirds, while on upper surface paler area scarcely reaches middle ; pale portion of hind tibiae of Q clothed with silvery- white hair, remainder clothed with black hair; tarsi in both sexes clove-brown, last joint of front pair deeply notched at tip, second and two following joints of front pair conspicuously expanded. Ucanpa and Hast Arrica PROTECTORATES: type of ¢ and twelve d para-types from Bugoma Forest, Unyoro, Uganda Protectorate, 3,700 feet, 1-5.xii1.1911 (S. A. MNeave); two other ¢¢ from Entebbe, Uganda,—“ in forest,’ 5.v11.1911, and between 12 and 20.1.1912 (S. A. Meave); type of OQ and seven Q para-types from Uganda, 1910 (Captain A. D. Fraser, R.A.M.C.) ; six QQ from Bugoma Forest, Uganda Protectorate, as above (S. A. Neave) ; three Q © from Mabira Forest, Chagwe, Uganda Protectorate, 3-500-3,800 feet, 16—25.vii.1911 (S. A. Neave); one Q from the Botanical Gardens, Entebbe, Uganda, 5.ix.1904 (Captain, now Major, FE. D. W. Greig, L.M.S.) ; one Q from Uganda, 1909 (Colonel, now Surgeon-General, Sir David. Bruce, C.B., F.RS.) ; one Q from Mpumu, Chagwe, Uganda Protectorate, March, 1910 (Captain, now Major, A. E. Hamerton, D.S.O., R.A.M.C.); one Q from the Luimi River, Toro, Uganda Protectorate, 22.1.1911, “in forest country ; a common and very pretty Tabanus” (Dr. R. Van Someren); one Q from the Yala River (southern edge of Kakumega Forest), Hast Africa Protectorate, 4,800-5,300 feet, between 21 and 28.v.1911 (S. A. Neave). The S type, eight other dd, and six QQ taken by Mr. Neave (in whose honour this handsome species has been named) have been presented to the British Museum (Natural History) by the Entomological Research Committee, in whose possession are the remaining specimens collected by Mr. Neave; the specimens enumerated above other than those obtained by Mr. Neave have been presented to the National Collection by their captors. 334 ERNEST E. AUSTEN—NEW AFRICAN The differences between Tabanus neavei, Austen, and JT. insignis, Lw., have been dealt with in the diagnosis at the commencement of the foregoing description. The new species is also closely allied to Tabanus velutinus, Surcouf, which is found in Abyssinia and the East Africa Protectorate, and is most readily distinguishable from 7. neavei by the absence of the conspicuous oblique grey stripes on the second abdominal segment, as seen in the latter, by the much paler (burnt umber) colour of the proximal portion of the dorsum of the abdomen, and by the entire ventral surface of the latter, except at the distal extremity, being pale (ochraceous-buft or pale cinnamon), and clothed with glistening, pale yellowish hair. Among other differences between Tabanus neavei and T. velutinus may be mentioned the more slender and elongate shape of the third joint of the antennae in the former (at any rate in the female sex), and the darker coloration of the hind tibiae and of the terminal joint of the palpi. Genus HarmMatopora, Meigen. Owing to pressure upon the author’s time, it has proved impossible to prepare a detailed description of the first of the two following species ; it is hoped how- ever that the essential characters have been duly noted, and that the condensed description below, in conjunction with the figure of the ¢ (Plate XI, fig. 7), will enable the species to be recognised. Haematopota furva, sp. n. (Plate XI, fig. 7). 3 Q.—Length, ¢ (5 specimens) 84 to 9°4 mm., Q (27 specimens) 84 to 11°2 mm. ; width of head, ¢ 3 mm., Q 2°8 to 3°8 mm.; width of front of Q at vertex 0°75 to 1°25 mm. ; length of wing, ¢ 7 to 8°4 mm., Q 8:2 to 10°5 mm. Medium-sized, blackish species, with dorsum of thorax unicolorous in Q, and in Q inconspicuously marked with the commencements of three grey longi- tudinal stripes on anterior border and two grey dots near centre ; both sexes with tergites of first six abdominal segments each bearing a pair of rounded or elongate, mouse-grey spots, forming two converging longitudinal series; hind margins of abdominal segments also mouse-grey ; eyes in ¢ densely clothed with short hair, inconspicuously hairy in Q ; larger facets in eyes of G only toa moderate extent exceeding the smaller facets in size; frontal callus im Q black, of moderate depth, its upper margin straight or nearly so, or slightly curved ; palpi blackish slate-coloured in ¢, mouse-grey in 2, in which sex terminal joint is moderately or only slightly thickened towards base; first jot of antennae shining black, second and third joints dull clove-brown, all jomts dark greyish pollinose, first joint conspicuously swollen in ¢@, only slightly so in Q, third joint elongate, expanded portion in Q moderately broad at base when viewed from the side ; wings dark sepia-coloured, with clearly defined light markings (forming the usual three rosettes), majority of which are generally much broken up into dots, so as to appear more or less moniliform, and in Q sex especially look as if traced by point of a needle; stigma dark brown, well-defined ; pale loop im marginal cell immediately beyond stigma usually conspicuous, complete or incomplete, some- times contracted into a pale spot in which the darker centre is scarcely distinguishable ; base of third longitudinal vein, anterior transverse vein, posterior half of distal boundary of second basal cell, distal boundary of discal TABANIDAE.—PART II. 300 cell, and base of anterior branch of third longitudinal vein as also its appendix conspicuously though narrowly infuscated ; legs clove-brown or black, anterior tibiae with a single pale band near base (in ¢ often scarcely distinguishable, darker than in Q, and incomplete above), middle and hind tibiae each with two pale bands (ochraceous-buff in 3, buff or cream-buff in ©); anterior tibiae of © slightly but distinctly swollen, hind tibiae not swollen ; proximal two-thirds of first joint of middle and hind tarsi cream-buff. Ucanpa and Hast AFRICA PROTECTORAYTES: type of ¢ and two J para- types from Daro or Durro Forest, Toro, Uganda Protectorate, 4,000—4,500 feet, 25-29. x. 1911; one G from the Yala River (southern edge of Kakumega Forest), East Africa Protectorate, 4,800-5,300 feet, 21-28. v. 1911; two 3d from Tiriki, North Kavirondo, Kast Africa Protectorate, 5,200 feet, 20. v. 1911; type of © from [lala (14 miles east of Mumia’s), Maramas District, Hast Africa Protectorate, 4,500 feet, between 18 and 21. vi. 1911; additional Q Q from the Kast Africa Protectorate as follows :—four from the south-eastern slopes of Mt. Kenya, 6,000—7,000 feet, 3-12. 11. 1911; two from Tiriki (other details as above); two from the Yala River (other details as above); two from the Nandi Escarpment, 5,800 feet. 29. v. 1911; and one from the southern foot and slopes of Mt. Elgon, 5,100—5,800 feet, between 8 and 13. vi. 1911. From the Uganda Protectorate Q Q as follows :—three from Mabira Forest, Chagwe, 3,500-3,800 feet, 16-25. vil. 1911; one from Western Ankole, 4,500—-5,000 feet, between 10 and 14. x. 1911; one from south of Lake George, 3,200—3,400 feet, between 17 and 19. x. 1911; one from the Ankole-Toro border, east of Lake George, 4,500 feet, 20-21. x. 1911; five from Daro or Durro Forest (other details as above) ; one, locality and date of capture unknown (Dr. C..A. Wiggins). Of the foregoing examples, all of which except the last were collected by Mr. S. A. Neave, the ¢ and Q types, three other 3 ¢ and fifteen 9 Q have been presented to the British Museum (Natural History) by the Entomological Research Com- mittee, by whom the remainder are for the present retained. In addition to those already mentioned, the National Collection also includes the following Q speci- mens of this species from the Uganda Protectorate :—one from Mabira Forest, Chagwe, 12. iv. 1905 (Dr. C. Christy: presented by the Liverpool School of Tropical Medicine) ; one from the vicinity of (15 miles from) the Missisi River, 1909 (received from Colonel, now Major-General, Sir David Bruce, C.B., F.R.S.) ; two (precise locality and date of capture unknown), 1910 (Captain -1. D. Fraser, R.A.M.C.). In the female sex, at any ate. Haematopota furva may be distinguished from H, fusca, Austen,—another dark and dark-winged species with apparently much the same distribution in the Uganda and Fast Africa Protectorates—by its broader and bulkier body, more conspicuously spotted abdomen, much darker (black or blackish) antennae and frontal callus, and by the infuscation of certain of the wing-veins or portions of veins, as described above. From Haematopota hirta, Ric. (syn. H. nigrescens, Ric.), which also occurs in the Uganda and East Africa Protectorates and resembles Hl. furva in size and in the shape of its thorax and abdomen, the species just described is in the female sex readily distinguishable inter alia by its much narrower front, much larger and darker antennae, which in H. hzrta are small and cinnamon-coloured, ane by its darker body and wings. 336 ERNEST E. AUSTEN—NEW AFRICAN Haematopota neavei, sp.n. (Plate X, fig. 9.) 3 Q.—Length, ¢ (1 specimen) 11°6 mm., Q (18 specimens) 10 to 12 mm. ; width of head, ¢ 4 mm., Q 3°4 to 4 mm.; width of front of Q at vertex 1 mm. ; length of wing, ¢ 9°25 mm., QO 8°75 to 11 mm. Large species, clove-brown in 36, partly dark-brown, partly mummy-brown (ground-colour of tergites of first three abdominal segments mainly mummy- or reddish-brown) in Q, with narrow front in latter, and in both sexes with paler longitudinal stripes on dorsum of thorax, and dark brown or sepia-coloured wings, in which the usual pale markings, at least in anterior and proximal two-thirds, are distinctly tinged with ochraccous-buff. Head yellowish-grey pollinose (more distinctly yellowish in Q than in @); front in Q darker, dull ochre-yellow pollinose, with a dusky (dark sepia-coloured) median patch on vertex, and clove-brown lateral frontal spots very conspicuous, rounded, and in contact with eyes; frontal callus in Q clove-brown, fairly deep from above downwards, transversely oblong, its upper angles rounded off; eyes bare in both sexes, larger facets in G not coarse ; palpi dark mouse-grey in Go, isabella-coloured in Q, terminal joint in latter moderately swollen towards base ; first joint of antennae in G moderately swollen, elliptical ovate in outline when viewed from above, shining black, covered, at least in part, with dark grey pollen, and clothed with black hair; second and third joints of antennae in d dark mummy-brown, expanded portion of third joimt narrow and elongate as viewed from side, terminal annuli of third joint dark brown, short, and ending biuntly ; first joint of antennae in Q dark mummy-brown or reddish-brown, darker at distal extremity, moderately swollen, elliptical oval when viewed from above, broader at distal extremity than at base when viewed from side ; expanded portion of third joint of antennae in Q burnt-umber-coloured, large and elongate (cuneate in outline when viewed from side), terminal annuli clove-brown, short. Thorax: main portion of dorsum in ¢ with lateral and posterior borders, a complete median longitudinal stripe (very narrow in front, broader posteriorly), and two broader admedian longitudinal stripes (more or less interrupted beyond transverse suture) yellowish-grey pollinose ; dorsum in ¢ clothed for most part with erect, blackish hair, but on and towards posterior border paler markings clothed with yellowish hair; dorsum of scutellum in 3 with an indistinct dull yellowish-grey pollinose median patch at base, produced posteriorly into a narrow median stripe ; pleurae and pectus in ¢ dusky grey pollinose, and clothed with blackish hair; main portion of dorsum in Q, with lateral and posterior borders, and three longitudinal stripes (including a narrow median stripe and two broader admedian ones—the latter suddenly diminishing in width a little beyond transverse suture, then broadening again, and converging posteriorly until they become fused with median stripe on hind border) yellowish isabella-coloured pollinose ; dorsum of scutellum in Q, except a dark brown patch on each lateral border (narrowly separated from its fellow at the tip), yellowish isabella-coloured pollinose ; dorsum of thorax in Q clothed with short, glistening, ochre-yellow hairs, intermingled with or replaced by black hairs on dark markings ; immediately in front of base of each wing is a dusky (mouse-grey or clove- brown) longitudinal streak, clothed with black hair; pleurae and pectus in Q smoke-grey or yellowish-grey pollinose, clothed with yellowish hair (pectus with TABANIDAE.—PART II. 337 a transverse ridge of black hair in front of bases of middle coxae). Abdomen: hind borders of all tergites in @, and of all except first in Q, isabella-coloured pollinose, more dusky in ¢ than in Q; hind border of second tergite in ¢ produced in middle line into a narrow, forwardly directed triangle, which scarcely extends beyond middle of segment; a similar expansion sometimes visible, though less distinctly, on second tergite of © also; a pair of rounded, yellowish- isabella-coloured spots more or less indistinctly visible on each tergite (or on each except first) in Q ; in (J, so far as can be judged from the single specimen available, corresponding spots are less developed, and are confined to a mere vestige (only visible when abdomen is viewed from behind at a low angle) on sixth tergite ; venter in ¢ slate-grey in front, greyish clove-brown posteriorly, hind margins of second and following scutes isabella-coloured ; dorsal and ventral surfaces of abdomen in ¢ clothed with black hair, with which on ventral scutes of third to sixth segments inclusive some yellowish hairs are intermingled ; ventral surface in Q greyish-drab (terminal scute with a dark brown patch in centre), clothed, except on last segment, with glistening, appressed, ochre-yellow hairs, with which on penultimate segment some more erect brownish hairs are intermingled ; dorsum in Q clothed with minute, appressed, black ‘or blackish hairs (lateral margins of first six dorsal scutes often clothed, at least in part, with glistening ochre-yellow or yellowish hairs). Wings: usual three rosettes, pale mark in marginal cell at distal extremity of stigma, and sinuous mark or transverse streak just before apex of wing (starting from costa at distal extremity of first submarginal cell) generally well developed ; stigma dark brown, well developed and conspicuous, its proximal extremity pale ; discal cell with two pale transverse marks (portions of proximal and median rosettes), and with its proximal angle also pale; distal marginal angles of second, third, and fifth posterior cells pale; zig-zag pale mark running across proximal extremity of distal third of anal and axillary cells usually well developed and conspicuous ; veins or portions of veins surrounded by the three rosettes more or less distinctly infuscated. Squwamae sepia-coloured. Halteres cream-buff. Legs: middle and hind coxae and anterior surface of base of front coxae in ¢ grey, remainder of front coxae in 6 clove brown; coxae in © clothed with black or blackish hair, except on anterior surface of base of front pair, where hair is greyish or yellowish ; coxae in Q grey and clothed with yellowish hair, except distal two- thirds of front pair, which are dark brown and clothed with similarly-coloured or blackish hair ; femora in ¢ and also middle and hind tibiae and tarsi clove-brown, front tibiae and tarsi in G black, front tibiae in G with a cream-buff band, clothed with appressed, glistening, cream-coloured hairs, close to base, middle and hind tibiae in G each with two cream-buff or buff-coloured bands, the distal band being narrower than that near the base, and in the case of the hind tibiae (at least in the typical specimen) indistinct and inconspicuous ; middle and hind tarsi of G clove-brown, proximal two-thirds of first joint of middle pair, and rather more than proximal half of first joint of hind pair cream-buff ; hind tibiae in G fringed with black hair on inner and outer sides, the hair composing the fringe on the outer side being coarser and more uniform in length than that on the inside ; femora in Q clove-brown, and clothed for most part with similarly coloured hair, proximal two-thirds of middle pair (at least on posterior surface) 338 ERNEST E. AUSTEN—NEW AFRICAN TABANIDAE.—PART II, often paler and clothed with glistening yellowish hair ; coloration and markings of tibiae and tarsi in Q as in ©, the distal pale band on the hind tibiae varying in distinctness in different individuals, the fringes on the hind tibiae distinct but shorter than in ¢ ; front tibiae not incrassate in 3%, moderately incrassate in ©, hind tibiae in © broader than middle tibiae but not‘incrassate. Ucanpa PROTECTORATE: Tero Forest, south-east Buddu, 3,800 feet, 26-30.1x.1911 (S. A. Neave) ; the typical specimens of both sexes and eight of the seventeen Q para-types are in the British Museum, having been presented by the Entomological Research Committee, in whose possession are the remaining para-types of this handsome addition to the TABANIDAE of Tropical Africa. Haematopota neavet, which has been named in honour of its discoverer, is allied to H. inornata, Austen, which also occurs in Buddu, Uganda, where the co- types were obtained in November 1902, by Dr. C. Christy. H. inornata, which resembles H. neavei in size, may however, in the female sex, at any rate, be distinguished from the new species inter alia by the third joint of its antennae as viewed from the side being much narrower, by its thorax being much less conspicuously striped, by its wings having a noticeably longer stigma, and by its front tibiae being less swollen. 339 COLLECTIONS RECEIVED. The thanks of the Entomological Research Committee are due to the following gentlemen, who have kindly presented collections of insects (received between Ist April and 30th June, 1912) :— Dr. W. M. Aders :—7 Hymenoptera, 2 Coleoptera, 1 Orthopteron, 14 Coccidae, 36 Termites, 3 Lepipdopterous larvae, 234 Fleas, 11 Anoplura and a number of Mites ; from Zanzibar. Mr. T. J. Anderson :—195 Culicidae, 21 Mycetophilidae, 25 other Dip- tera, 22 Chalcididae, 361 Coleoptera, 34 Lepidoptera, a number of Coccidae, 11 other Rhynchota and 1 Arachnid; from Nairobi, British Hast Africa. Mr. H. A. Ballou :—28 Melolonthidae, Rutelidae and Dynastidae ; from British West Indies. Dr. H. A. Bodeker :—5 Culicidae, 2 Glossina, 6 Stomoxys, 4 other Diptera, 4 Hymenoptera, 37 Coleoptera, 113 Lepidoptera, 3 Odonata, 3 Rhyn- chota, 1 Orthopteron, 2 Arachnida ; from Nakuru, British Kast Africa. Mr. John R. Bovell :—2 Tiphia parallela ; from Barbados. Mr. E. Brand :—4 Culicidae, 3 Yabanus, 1 Haematopota, 1 Glossina, 1 Hippoboscid, 2 Auchmeromyia, 3 other Diptera, 1 Flea, 10 Ticks, 2 Trombidiidae and 7 Worms; from Malindi, British Hast Africa. Mrs. Henry Brown :—1 Auchmeromyia, 75 other Diptera and 4 Hymenop- tera ; from Mlanje, Nyasaland. Dr. B. W. Cherrett :—1 Anopheles, 152 Tabanidae, 1 Glossina, 11 other Diptera ; from British East Africa. Dr. J. B. Davey :—17 Culicidae, 25 Tabanus, 11 Haematopota, 12 Glos- stna, 7 Hippoboscidae, 2 Auchmeromyia, 1 Nycteribia, 1 Dipterous larva, 3 Hymenoptera, 3 Coleoptera, 2 Cicadas, with nymph cases, 8 other Rhynchota, 2 Orthoptera, 28 Ticks, and 20 Worms; from Nyasaland. Mr. C. M. Dobbs :—15 Culicidae, 2 Tabanus, 1 Haematopota, 1 Chrysops, 9 other Diptera, 29 Hymenoptera, 22 Coleoptera, 3 Lepidoptera, 1 Ephemerid, 1 Dragon-fly, 16 Rhynchota, 8 Orthoptera, 5 Fleas, 1 Louse, 4 Ticks, 1 Millipede, and 1 Wasps’ nest; from Kericho, British East Africa. Dr. R. EH. Drake Brockman :—79 Culicidae and 8 Lyperosia; from British Somaliland. Dr. H. Lyndhurst Duke :—3 Culicoides, 7 Simulium, 80 Tabanus, 43 Hae- matopota, 8 Chrysops, 8 Rhinomyza, 4 Glossina, 9 Stomoxys, 22 other Diptera, and about 20 Oestrid larvae from nose of haartebeeste ; from Uganda. Capt. T. W. P. Dyer and W. Hastings :—136 Glossina ; from Northern Nigeria. Mr. A. EK. Evans :—21 Balanogastris kolae (and 41 larvae and pupae), 15 Epuraea, 30 Sahlbergella theobroma and 7 Psocidae ; from Aburi, Gold Coast. Mr. J. H. J. Farquhar :—2 Culicidae, 7 Tabanus, 4 Chrysops, 11 Glos- stna and 3 other Diptera ; from Southern Nigeria. 26302 H 340 Mr. COLLECTIONS RECEIVED. T. E. Fell :—2 Culicidae, 12 Tabanus, 6 Haematopeta, 39 Glossina, 2 other Diptera, and 1 Nemopistha ; from Western Ashanti. Capt. J. Fraser :—2 Haematopota, 21 other Diptera, 80 Hymenoptera, Dr. Dr. Mr. Mr. Mr. Dr. Dr. Dr. Mr. and 13 Coleoptera ; from Uganda. Fyffe :—15 Diptera, 6 Hymenoptera, 6 Coleoptera, 14 Rhynchota, 2 Orthoptera and 69 Ticks; from Uganda. Mercier Gamble :—8 Culicidae, 4 Tabanus, 8 other Diptera ; from San Salvador, Portuguese Congo. C. C. Gowdey :—2 Diptera, 282 Hymenoptera, 248 Coleoptera, a number of Coccidae, 167 other Rhynchota, 68 Orthoptera, 1 Centi- pede and 2 Ticks; from Entebbe, Uganda. J. A. Ley Greaves :—86 Glossina ; from Northern Nigeria. F. G. Hamilton:—6 Culicidae, 106 Tabanidae, 49 other Diptera, 244 Hymenoptera, 249 Coleoptera, 4 Lepidoptera and 60 Rhyn- chota ; from Magadi, British Hast Africa. J. A. Haran, C.M.G.:—3 Culicidae, 11 Tabanus, 2 other Diptera, 146 Cimicidae and 12 Ticks ; from Nairobi, British East Africa. A, D. P. Hodges :—2 Culicidae and 2 Glossina; from Entebbe, Uganda. . HE. Hopkinson :—38 Tabanus, 101 Glossina, 5 other Diptera, 10 Hymenoptera ; from Gambia. rt, Li. Lloyd :—18 Tabanus, 3 Haematopoita, 1 Chrysops, 1 Glossina, 1 Stomoxys and 1 Asilid ; from Northern Rhodesia. *, John McConaghy :—16 Culicidae, 3 Glossina; from Sierra Leone. *, R. E. McConnell :—32 Culicidae, 5 TFabanus, 80 Haematopota, 42 Glossina, 1 Auchmeromyia, 1 Asilid, 16 Culicoides, 46 other Diptera, 5 Hymenoptera, 2 Coleoptera, 3 Odonata, 4 Rhynchota, 2 Fleas and 1 Tick ; from Uganda. B. Moiser :—42 Glossina tachinoides, and 3 other Muscidae ; from Geidam, Northern Nigeria. R. EK. Montgomery :—492 Ticks; from Nairobi, British Kast Africa. Capt. C. A. Neave :—22 Glossina, 5 Hippoboscidae, 120 other Diptera, Mr. Dr. Dr. Mr. Mr. 6 Dipterous larvae, 93 Hymenoptera, 32 Coleoptera, 25 Rhynchota, 40 Ticks and 8 Trombidiidae ; from British East Africa. S. A. Neave:—104 Culicidae, 288 Tabanidae, 42 Glossina, 4 Hippoboscidae, 126 other Diptera, 555 Hymenoptera, 1,585 Cole- optera, 2,939 Lepidoptera, 1 Ascalaphid, 3 Odonata, 595 Rhynchota, 10 Orthoptera, 10 Cimicidae and 4 Ticks ; from British East Africa. Lucius Nicholls :—16 Anopheles and 21 larvae; from St. Lucia. H. B. Owen :—1 Stegomyia, 8 Tabanus, 66 Haematopota, 1 Chrysops, 7 Glossina, 6 Hippoboscidae, 33 other Diptera, 2 Mallophaga, 1 Arachnid ; from Uganda. H. B. Partington :—33 Hippoboscidae ; from Turkana District, British Hast Africa. A. B. Percival :—1 Culicid, 1 Tabanus, 13 Haematopota, 3 Glossina, 16 Hippoboscidae, 7 Coleoptera and 2 Lepidoptera; from British Hast Africa. COLLECTIONS RECEIVED. 341 Dr. Owen Prichard :—12 Culicidae, 2 Haematopota, 6 other Diptera, 3 Hymenoptera, 3 Coleoptera, 2 Lepidoptera, 11 Odonata, 2 Rhyn- chota, 3 Ticks, 1 Chelifer and 4 other Arachnida ; from British East A frica. Dr. W. J. Radford :—14 Culicidae, 1 Glossina austenit, 4 Stomoxys, 43 other Diptera, 11 Hymenoptera and 3 Orthoptera; from Mombasa. Capt. A. C. Saunders :—70 Culicidae, 87 Tabanidae, 16 Lyperosia, 1 Hymenopteron, 60 Ticks and 1 Scorpion; from Lake Rudolf, British East Africa. Mr. 8. W. J. Scholefield :—73 Diptera, 43 Hymenoptera, 10 Coleoptera, 2 Lepidoptera, 2 Planipennia, 11 Rhynchota, 10 Orthoptera, 1 Bees Nest and 3 Arachnida; from Kitui, British East Africa. Dr. Jas. J. Simpson :—-16 Culicidae, 99 Tabanus, 28 Haematopota, 157 Glossina, 95 other Diptera, 64 Hymenoptera, 276 Coleoptera, 632 Lepidoptera, 1 Planipennia, 106 Odonata, 37 Rhynchota, 4 Orthoptera, 1 Flea and 261 Ticks; from Sierra Leone. Dr. A. H. Spurrier :—9 Ceratopogon ; from Zanzibar. H.E. The Governor, Straits Settlements :—34 Sessinia sp.; from Cocos Keeling Islands. Dr. G. C. Strathairn :—7 Culicidae ; from Uganda. Mr. R. P. Thomas :—5 Glossina, 1 Coleopteron, 12 Cimicidae and 34 Ticks ; from Mombasa. Mr. E. C. Chubb, 16 Glossina pallidipes ; from Zululand. Dr. G. R. Twomey :—12 Culicidae, 7 Tabanus, 1 Chrysops, 150 Glossina and 16 other Diptera ; from Northern Nigeria. Mr. F. W. Urich:—5 Dynastidae, 5 Passalidae, 20 Curculionidae, 74 Scolytidae, 19 Eumolpidae, 19 Coleopterous larvae and pupae, 5 Dipterous larvae ; from Trinidad. Dr. R. Van Someren:—1 Culicid, 8 Hymenoptera, 3 Coleoptera, 2 Orthoptera, 2 Anoplura; from Uganda. Dr. W. M. Wade :—20 Culicidae, 24 Tabanidae, 62 Glossina, 1 Hippo- boscid, 10 other Diptera, 9 Hymenoptera, 12 Coleoptera, 2 Lepi- dopterous larvae, 2 Rhynchota and 2 Arachnida; from Western Ashanti. Dr. C. A. Wiggins :—7 Tabanidae, 1 Glossina, 4 Asilidae, 57 Hymen- optera, 100 Coleoptera, 4 Lepidoptera, 41 Rhynchota, 3 Orthoptera ; from Entebbe, Uganda. Dr. K. 8. Wise :—33 Siphonaptera, 3 Anoplura, and 6 Cimex; from British Guiana. Dr. J. Y. Wood :—7 Tabanidae, 69 Glossina ; from Sierra Leone. Mr. C. M. Woodhouse :—43 Culicidae, 38 Tabanus, 39 Haematopota, 27 Glossina, 3 Huippoboscidae, 124 Stomoxys, 4 Auchmeromyia, 19 other Diptera, 2 Rhynchota and 1 Arachnid; from British East Africa. Mr. R. B. Woosnam :—1 Culicid, 20 Hymenoptera, 28 Glossina, 14 Hippoboscidae, 3 Stomoxrys, 3 other Diptera and 29 Ticks; from British East Africa. 4 PRS dawtt be ek nit . ey ree eed ' he, Saale ; ms wg sini Ye (One Bae NO Takes iy gE ie IMO z | ae : mide Nas Z eaten foie: hte, 2 Seek cet Ave tad eae ae Pyry YL By { r ‘4 se Ct pees a ie 2 . mre coal ‘ a i] (@ A. Yao em | LP APL WES NTS WEES ead | a bbl nae ; haan © by DAE ee . ef ‘ oo ' et Avebar a } y woe oe 1 oe Tt 'y iw’ ' ’ ‘> 7 — wh | bitte A) Ge bad wee ay . 1h RES | TA Bo (dtp hacerede es! DAN ly 24 gL ae eetO) Bee , . ) We si wuepetd Ah Fyne ; ‘ | | ‘detent +a doe? ote a EE Knalel mes Lipt ) Y TLL if ower Ciel yr ay ath: iol ) | adbone Wt page , oY pre rn § | | ‘Lyon FEaay | UP ciaghte, 0 fat ow | an Boe th ee fi chine ay oare 4 gun ‘ Oy a" ; Tr ' iM ging ; bert se weve teil * : S < iv a5 / 4 i » os . H eis ) he uw it Lo: rae oe \ b irate Pees ie eT Ps 2 otvediyi CS) yatthdon «be Aiea hig VR eae ‘tdi asccbrahigul eee { ital Cia Grinh § Cay ah eee” EY Hpi uy : Bi | I pomityohidy dk: i) apg aoa ities sitiogor ee, : aD ra bd Aetbathd uri Bing . bie | f, Ait ba anne a Bite aaga WA ty by : Witten olt Gabimefil iit tao Wie gabthifal). Ebon a WT et wil pe He , Pe ‘ Le 4 hae ee. fy * ‘ 4 i q - it 9%, ' 5 EU NTC PE a es i . | ‘ f (ee ‘ 5 nel Pd Tied MEAT TaesaiGs . , VOL. III. Part 4.—pp. 343-422. DECEMBER, 1912. BULLETIN OF ENTOMOLOGICAL RESEARCH ISSUED BY THE ENTOMOLOGICAL RESEARCH COMMITTEE, APPOINTED BY THE COLONIAL OFFICE. EDITOR : THE SCIENTIFIC SECRETARY. LONDON: SOLD BY DULAU & Co., Ltd., 37, SOHO SQUARE, W. Price 4s. net. All Rights Reserved. ENTOMOLOGICAL RESEARCH COMMITTEE (TROPIGAL AFRICA). THE EARL OF CROMER, G.C.B., G.C.M.G., O.M., @hairman. LiruT.-CoLtonEL A. ALCOCK, C.1.E., F.R.S. Mr. BE. E. AUSTEN. Dr. A. G. BAGSHAWE. Srr JOHN R. BRADFORD, K.CM.G. F.R.S. Scrc.-GENERAL Sir DAVID BRUCE, C.B., F.R.S. Dr. S. F. HARMER, F.R:S. Dr. R. STEWART MACDOUGALL. Str JOHN MCFADYEAN. Sir PATRICK MANSON, G.C.M.G., F.RB.S. Sir DANIEL MORRIS, K.C.M.G. Pror. R. NEWSTEAD, F.R.S. Pror. G. H. F. NUTTALL, F.R.S: Pror. E. B. POULTON, F.R:S. LiEvT.-COLONEL Sir DAVID PRAIN, C.M.G., C.LE., F.R.S. Mr. H. J. READ, C.M.G. Tuer Hon. N. C. ROTHSCHILD. Mr. HUGH SCOTT. | Dr. A. E. SHIPLEY, F.R:S. Mr. S. STOCKMAN. Mr. F. V. THEOBALD. Maw). “A. © TIERLEY. Mr. C. WARBURTON. Scientific Secretary. é Mr. GUY A. K. MARSHALL. Secretary. MR. A. C. C. PARKINSON. 343 THE BEARING OF PHYSIOLOGY ON ECONOMIC ENTOMOLOGY .* By). Dewitz, PH.D., Director of the Entomological Research Laboratory of the Kénigliche Lehranstalt, Geisenheim, Germany. The progress of applied Entomology is mainly visible in the discovery of practical means for the destruction of insects injurious to cultivated plants, and in the minute determination of the various stages of the growth and development of such insects. More recently the parasites of insect pests, both of vegetable and animal origin, have also largely attracted attention. But physiological research, so far as injurious insects are concerned, has almost entirely been over- looked and neglected ; although this line of enquiry affords obvious opportunities for arriving at the very essence of the whole matter, and should indeed be made one of the main starting points in the study of insect pests. In such circumstances it may be interesting to show how the study of phy- siology bears in a remarkable way on several questions of entomological research to which I have devoted special attention. The Tropisms. Whereas the study of tropisms in Botany is nothing new, it is only of recent date as regards animals. So far as I have been able to ascertain, the earliest published communications on tropisms in animals were those of authors who occupied themselves with the chemotropism of leucocytes, and these were followed by the investigations of Hermann” and myself.1 While I found and described for the first time the reaction of animals to contact (later authors called it stereotropism), Hermann discovered electrotropism in his experiments on tadpoles. The form of tropism which interests us most here is phototropism, from which has originated the long established method of catching and destroying injurious insects by means of artificial light. The modest beginning of the method may be traced back as far as 1787, when the Abbé Roberjot, parish priest of St. Vérand, near Macon, systematically caught the vinemoths, Sparganothis pilleriana,t by means of lighted candles placed on the window-sills of his house and of wood fires in the vineyards. Since then insect trap-lanterns have been gradually developed and improved with the progress of science and industry, until we find to-day the most perfected modern acetylene lamps almost everywhere, and in the vineyards of the Champagne (France) even most complicated electrical installa- tions, specially designed for catching and destroying injurious insects. But although the trap-lantern, so far as its exterior aspect and construction are con- cerned, has been brought to high perfection, the method itself has so far been treated almost in a wholly empirical manner. Much labour and thought have been devoted to the perfecting of the trap-lantern method, and much has been * This article has been kindly translated for me by Mr. F. Clotten, of London. [Mr. J. H. Durrant informs me that the generic name Oenophthira, used by the author, is no longer recognised by Microlepidopterists—Ed. |] (27226—2,) Wt, P 11--21. 1000, 12/12, D&S. 344 J. DEWITZ—THE BEARING OF PHYSIOLOGY written about it ; but hardly anyone has considered and been guided in his efforts by wider scientific aspects. Surely it must strike one as strange indeed that the most varied sources of light have been utilised without examining, on the one hand, the various lights spectroscopically, as to their composition, and without studying, on the other hand, the power of attraction of the various rays of light upon different insects. T. Perraud*! is apparently the only investigator who so far has entered into these questions. He projected a large spectrum on a screen in a dark room and observed the aggregation of the moths, Clysia (Conchylis) ambiquella and Spargano- this pilleriana, on the different colours of the spectrum. He found that the less refractive colours of the spectrum, namely red to green, exercised by far the strongest attraction. Some time ago also experiments were made in vineyards at Saarburg (Saar, Germany),!’ with lamps provided with glass covers of » various colours. It was found that the lamps with green glass had attracted the largest number of insects. These results also agree with the observations which Hess™* made with fishes, which clearly demonstrated that fish flock in largest numbers to yellow-green colours of a spectrum thrown on the water. Again, it would be certainly a great advantage if the strength of the various lights were exactly measured photometrically, in order to ascertain the optimum degree of illumination for trapping insects. In connection herewith the study of the degrees of attraction which various artificial lights exercise upon the sexes should prove of great interest and might be useful for practical purposes. A number of experiments have already been made in order to ascertain the sexual proportion of the insects caught, but so far the figures resulting therefrom do not admit of formulating a fixed rule or drawing definite conclusions. When at the Station de Pathologie Végétale at Villefranche (Rhone) of Mr. Vermorel, I° carried out over a long period a series of such experiments with acetylene lamps and obtained fairly definite results regarding some insects. I ascertained that the percentage of the captured females gradually increased from the BoMBYCIDAE upwards to the Microlepi- doptera ; further, that in my various experiments each of the groups appeared to possess a tendency to furnish a fixed number of female victims. With BoMBYCIDAE the percentage of the females was 4, with NocruiDAE 19, with GEOMETRIDAE 27, and with Tinrina 39. Simultaneously I observed that the percentage of females of Sparganothis pilleriana (TINEINA), a pest of the vine, which had been caught with acetylene lamps by Messrs. Vermorel and Gastine, was 40, which is almost identical with the percentage of 39 ascertained by me for Microlepidoptera in general, Laborde” found the same percentage for the females of Clysta (Conchylis) ambiquella (TINEINA). Moreover, in connection with insect trap-lanterns, it is probable that certain changes in the physiological conditions of the individual insects or of the sexes may take place which in turn may influence the number of individuals that may be on the wing at any given time. What, for instance, may in this respect be the effect of cold or of heat? Or is the flight of the females diversely influenced by the complete possession, or the partial or complete evacuation of the eggs? Such questions have already been put, but their practical study and solution have so far never been seriously attempted, From observations made by ON ECONOMIC ENTOMOLOGY. 345 Gastine”! and myself it is, however, permissible to conclude that the colder the night the fewer the females (and, in particular, females with eggs) that are caught by acetylene trap-lamps. Strange occurrences may be observed in this respect. Of Porthesia chrysorrhoea not many specimens were generally caught and rarely indeed females; but then followed nights when very many specimens were caught, and amongst them also some females. Altogether I caught during such experiments 940 specimens of Porthesia of which only 24 were females. Strange to say, nine catches, yielding altogether 562 specimens (averaging 62°4 Specimens per catch) furnished me with 24 females, whereas 94 catches yielding in all 378 specimens (averaging only four specimens per catch) did not supply one single female. Hence one may conclude from such results that there exist in the atmosphere peculiar conditions, so far unknown to science, which affect the flying tendency of insects during night time according to their sex. I will mention here a case of phototropism which has been investigated by EK. Molz.2® The experiments were carried out for the purpose of ascertaining the reason of the well known fact that some insect larvae invariably rest on the upper side of leaves, while others seek the lower side. The larva investigated was that of EKriocampa adumbrata, which lives on leaves of the cherry tree. It was found that these larvae always endeavour to orient themselves so that the rays of light fall vertically upon their backs; hence, under natural conditions, they are only found on the upper surface of the leaf. I can only hint here at some of the effects of phototropism on insects and their larvae ; how it dominates their choice of location ; how it forces them now to live in full light and at other times under quite opposite surroundings, in order to perform their metamorphoses ; how it causes some to go in search of food during the day, others during the night. All these varying conditions are of the utmost importance for the study of the life and destruction of injurious insects and should in their various bearings be brought under one common physio- logical aspect. We may, therefore, do well to bear in mind here that recently Oswald* has connected phototropism of animals with certain enzymes which are found in them. According to him phototropic reactions are intimately connec- ted with the respiratory action of the tissues. Positively phototropic animals are rich in catalase and poor in peroxydase, whereas with negatively phototropic animals the reverse conditions prevail. Reaction to contact or stereotropism is widely distributed amongst the lower animals, and the mode of living and conduct of many species can be traced back to it. With animal spermatozoa, which possess this attribute in a high degree, it is perceptible, as Massart’* and I* have demonstrated, in their desire either to attach themselves closely to solid substances or to penetrate into porous ones ; and similar reactions may be observed in the behaviour of snails, earth-worms, nematode worms and other lower animals, which dispose themselves in response to this stimulus. Insects and their larvae endeavour to fasten their bodies tightly to corners or to sharp and prominent objects, or to squeeze themselves between layers of folded dry goods. On these facts is based the employment of belts round fruit trees in order to catch the larvae of Laspeyresia ( Carpocapsa) pomonella ; also the use of paper bands or cloth strips for catching the caterpillars of the TORTRICIDAR of the vine ; likewise the use of flat stones or wooden boards in 27226 A 2 346 J. DEWITZ—THE BEARING OF PHYSIOLOGY gardens for collecting below them various invertebrates such as earwigs, slugs, etc., and then destroying them wholesale. Both P. Marchal?’ and I" have arrived at the conclusion that the female of the grape-moth, Clysia ambiguella, when laying its eggs on the flower-buds and berries of the vine, is guided by the highly sensitive extremity of its abdomen. And this sensitiveness of the point of the abdomen also causes the females of many insects to lay their eggs in fissures and folds of plants, of the soil, and other substances. One can easily watch such females feeling their way searchingly with the finger-shaped out- | stretched abdomen. According to Seitz® full-grown caterpillars of Gastropacha neustria, which at that time live solitary, adhere lengthways to one another in two and threes, thus incontestibly demonstrating their reaction to the stimulus of contact. This observation may lead us to the causes of the gregarious habits of many insects. It is well known that many caterpillars, when young, live huddled together in common nests, thereby facilitating their destruction. But later on, under the influence of physiological changes in their internal conditions, these insects separate and lead a solitary, individualistic life. Under certain influences their former gregarious and socialistic mode of existence can, however, be restored. Such conditions are also found amongst higher animals. Birds assemble and form enormous swarms at certain seasons, fishes congregate and in their millions ascend rivers or descend into the sea when their products of reproduction are ripening. Hence age, season, or reproduction may evidently influence individual animals to become gregarious. According to J. Loeb the olfactory sense also performs an important function in this connection. Geotropism, or the tendency of living organisms to be attracted towards the centre of the earth, may frequently combine with phototropism and thereby force animals to locate themselves on the extreme ends of tree branches and on the crowns of trees (negative geotropism), or to descend into the soil (positive geotropism), Rheotropism, into which I? have made researches in connection with various classes of lower animals and which is particularly pronounced in those that live in water, shows itself in the tendency and efforts of animals to head against the current of water or air and to remain or move in that position. This fact can readily be observed with fishes in small streams. Or one may fill a large round glass jar with water, then place in it some water animals—say newts—and then move the water round. The newts in the water or the Hydrometra, which race about on the surface, will head at once against the current. So far as the air currents themselves are concerned, the study of rheotropism has received scant attention. Wheeler*® calls this anemotropism and defines it as signifying the tendency and efforts of those insects which float and glide about in the air to face the wind current. To such insects belong Bibio, Anthomyia, Syrphus, Bombylius, SPHINGIDAE, and OpoNnATA. Amongst flies sometimes only males are anemo- tropic; Osten-Sacken found that with the Diptera the faculty of floating in the air is closely connected with the holoptic heads of the males. The Rocky Mountain locusts (Melanoplus spretus) fly with the wind in a light breeze, but as soon as the velocity of the wind rises they fly against it. It is not at all unlikely that rheotropism causes many species to build their nests and habitations facing the prevailing winds. Schmarda’ mentions that in ON ECONOMIC ENTOMOLOGY. 347 Australia the termites build their earth heaps in long rows from north-west to south-east, which corresponds with the direction of the prevailing wind. The sense of smell and the power of attraction exercised by smelling substances play a most important part in insect life. J. Pérez and F. Plateau have made exhaustive researches into the power of attraction exercised by flowers and their scents upon insects. And it must not be lost sight of here that the two sexes find each other by the sense of smell. That fact has long ago been turned to practical use for catching and destroying insects; and in particular, collectors have utilised scented liquids for such purposes. Since 1910 this method has been applied for the first time against the moths of the erape-worms (Clysia ambiguella and Polychrosis botrana)—see J. Dewitz.” Kifforts have been and are being made to discover by empirical methods those substances which exercise the most powerful attraction upon the organs of smell of these moths, and in connection therewith one fact seems to stand out as of ereat practical importance. According to Standfuss** the catching of insects by artificial scents yields to the lepidopterologist the richest harvest of fertilised, egg-laden females. We find here the reverse results to those obtained by catching insects with artificial light-traps, and we are inclined to think that in the same way as the females of different species only lay their eggs after they have been feeding, these ege-laden females are tempted to fly to their doom by the influence of some attractive scent similar to that of a favourite food of theirs or of other stimulating substances. The influence of external and internal factors on the development and life of insects. It is almost needless to re-affirm here the very powerful influence which climatic and atmospheric conditions exercise upon insects. Yet how small is our positive knowledge of the physiological processes and changes which are continously proceeding in the organisation of growing and full-grown animals ! It is quite clear that such influences must combine with the physiological conditions existing at the time in the organism, and that such combinations of external and internal factors are liable to produce the most varied results. If I were to enter exhaustively into these questions I could only do so in a voluminous work ; hence I must confine myself here to making a few observations. It is generally understood that a hot and dry summer has upon many insects— including the much dreaded grape-worm, C. ambiguella—a most destructive effect. Generally it is assumed that the eggs and larvae dry up, and this is undoubtedly true to a certain extent. But the heat alone may be sufficient to account for the sudden decrease and destruction of insect pests. Some years ago I” was experimenting in order to ascertain exactly at what temperature eggs and larvae of insects die; and further what physiological processes take place in connection therewith. Eggs and larvae in different stages of development were, while maintaining the necessary quantity of humidity, kept under various degrees of heat and then safely stored away. The results of these experiments led me to arrive at the following conclusions : “The degree of heat which here comes into question is fairly constant and, which is specially interesting, somewhat low. Side by side with this, in 348 J. DEWITZ—THE BEARING OF PHYSIOLOGY consequence of the action of these temperatures upon the organism, there are changes which demonstrate themselves in the coloration of the blood and which begin even at such low temperatures as 40°-41° C. with an exposure of 15 minutes. If the exposure at this temperature be prolonged to 40 minutes the insect larvae can still completely recover, but their ultimate survival becomes uncertain. There is no need here to pursue the application of these experiments to natural conditions, for such temperatures as we have utilised in the foregoing investigations occur everywhere in summer in the open. Their influence hes at the root of manifold changes depending upon local conditions.” I may be allowed to adduce an example in illustration of the effect of heat upon insects. A large number of larvae of the blow-fly, Calliphora vomitoria, which were ready for pupation, were kept for 70 minutes in a heat of 40-41° C. under appropriate conditions of humidity. Of the 196 larvae which survived that treatment only 53 became normal pupae, and of the latter 41 became flies. Under the influence of heat changes take place in the blood and these changes affect the tyrosinase contained therein, an oxydase which plays an important part in the pigmentation and metamorphosis of insects, as I have endeavoured to demonstrate in various publications bearing on that subject. These are enumerated in the bibliography under No. 10. The cold of winter, on the other hand, when within normal limits, does not injuriously affect insects; in fact it rather promotes their future well-being. Only when cold oceurs suddenly after mild temperatures or out of season does it become fatal to insects. On certain species however cold has a peculiar effect which is equally observable in normal winter time as in the colder regions of high mountains or in the Arctic regions. Such insects, and the females in particular, become wingless. This apterism is specially noticeable with Lepidoptera and Diptera of Alpine and of polar regions. The wingless state of the female of our winter-moth (Cheimatobia brumata) is well known, and the knowledge of this fact has given rise to the use of the glutinous belt which is fastened round fruit trees in order to prevent the wingless females from climbing up the trunks. Insects may also be made wingless by artificially refrigerating their pupae and nymphae, a fact already recognised by several experimenters who have tried to produce colour changes in butterflies by means of high or low temperatures. Occasionally also bee-keepers have observed that after an abnormally severe winter the bees were wingless. I have occupied myself particularly with these phenomena and have come to the conclusion that wingless insects result only when cold is applied to pupae and nymphae. Cooling or heating of larvae yielded insects with normal wings. According to my interpretation of these observations the abnormal temperature would injuriously affect the oxydase (tyrosinase) which is found evenly distributed throughout the whole organisation of the larva but is concentrated in the wings of the pupa. If we take, for instance, a puparium of Calliphora vomitoria in which the still white pupa is enclosed and place it in alcohol, ether or chloroform, we obtain a white pupa with brown wings. Such however does not occur with previously boiled pupae, the enzyme therein having been destroyed by the high temperature. ON ECONOMIC ENTOMOLOGY. 349 Great humidity also quite unexpectedly influences the organism of insects. It is well known that the spun products of larvae have a certain practical importance in that they provide greater protection for the larvae and nymphae. Bataillon'? and myself® have experimented on the spinning of insect larvae in a humid atmosphere. At various times I have ascertained that in such an atmosphere larvae, while transforming into pupae, abstain from spinning. It is thus possible to obtain nude pupae of species which normally produce pupae enclosed in a spun cocoon. I found further that if caterpillars of Pieris brassicae are placed on linen thoroughly saturated with water when the parasitic larvae of Microgaster glomeratus are just emerging from them, the larvae do not spin their cocoons, whereas under nermal conditions they do so at once. Bataillon attributes these results to the fact that transformation can only take place under diminished osmotic pressure, to attain which the caterpillar or larva must rid its organism first of the silk fluid, then of the contents of its alimentary system, including all excreta, but finds itself impeded therein by humidity. Bataillon'* and myself!® have also enquired into the influence of internal respiration on transformation; whereas Bataillon holds that the transformation of larvae is brought about by an accumulation of carbonic acid in the organism, I have endeavoured to prove that the oxidising enzymes are the main factor in bringing about the transformation. The indispensable effect of oxygen may be gathered from the observation that if adult larvae of flies are placed in a high cylindrical glass filled with earth, those which are on the surface will first undergo transformation, while of those in the soil the lowest are most retarded. On the other hand, if adult larvae of flies are put into small glass tubes from which all humidity is eliminated by using calcium chloride, they do not undergo any transformation at all; the same result being obtained if the larvae are placed in an atmosphere charged with hydrocyanic acid. With Lepidoptera the latter treatment produced also incomplete, soft-skinned, colourless pupae with only very short wings. ‘The influence of the hydrocyanic acid gas consists in the reduction ‘of the oxidising capacity of the tissues (see below). Whosoever has bred insects will have remarked that certain species quit the eee or pupa at certain definite hours of the day. Occasionally reference is made to this fact, not only as regards insects, but also as applicable to other animals. Recently I have closely watched for several weeks the spinning of caterpillars of Lasiocampa quercus. This caterpillar, like that of Hriogaster lanestris”, forms its cocoon by spinning a fine, closely woven tissue which is saturated from inside by aid of the mouth, the caterpillar utilising therefor fluid, cream-coloured excreta extruded from the anus. When I opened in the morning, about 8 a.m., the tin boxes in which the caterpillars were kept, I regularly found silk cocoons. No caterpillars started spinning in the afternoon. Only after 2 and up to 4 p.m. the caterpillars set to work saturating the cocoon in the above manner. The backward ones completed their work only between 5 and 6 p.m. The cocoon, when quite dry, was incrusted with a hard mass. This peculiar behaviour reminds me of the so-called “ bird clock” or time of the day at which certain birds announce their waking up by emitting certain sounds ; or of the “ floral clock” of Linné which indicates the opening and closing of the 350 J. DEWITZ THE BEARING OF PHYSIOLOGY flowers of certain plants at certain fixed hours of the day. Perhaps one does not go wrong in attributing this punctual transformation and behaviour of insects and other animals to the relief which light gives to the tension in their tissues, as is also the case with the opening and closing of flowers. That leads us to a question of the highest interest, namely, of the effect of the seasons, and in that respect I should like to speak of a Physiology of the Seasons, of which autumn 1s particularly interesting. Numerous organisms, after having passed through various stages of development (eggs, pupae, gemmules of sponges, spores, bulbs, buds, etc.) then sink into a state of rest, and nothing, not even a raised temperature, can naturally interrupt that rest, until it terminates in its normal course. But we observe frequently—and many people look upon it as a freak of nature—that even late in autumn some trees blossom a second time and species of insects appear as if spring was approaching and not winter. Occasionally specimens of the grape-moth, C. ambiguella, appear in the vineyards, and give rise to the fallacious hope of vineyard owners that the whole of that destructive insect pest would perish through the inclement weather and for want of food. I have frequently referred’ to this subject in connection with C. ambiguella (andwirtschaftl. Jahrbiich. Bd. 36, 1907, p. 983) and have ventured to express the hope that science and the inventive genius of man may yet succeed in finding means and ways for postponing artificially the general appearance of that most destructive insect from summer to late autumn, that is, to such a time of the year when climate and atmospheric conditions disastrously affect its existence. In some cases the normal period of rest has already been successfully reduced by artificial means, The treatment of planis and flowers with ether or warm water, in order to promote artificially the more rapid formation of buds and flowers is well known to gardeners. Other instances concern lower animals. It is generally known how, by subjecting the eggs of the silk-worm in summer to a process of refrigeration the normal period of such rest is changed. Several experimenters have been well aware of this peculiarity and have more closely studied it, prominent amongst them being EK. Duclaux (C. R. Acad. Se. Paris, 1869, p. 69; 1871, p. 73; 1876, p. 83). Italian investigators have since employed with success acids, electricity, etc. According to Weissmann” the period of rest of Cladocera is considerably shortened by temporary desiccation or refrigeration. Standfuss** succeeded in producing moths in autumn from insect pupae which normally hibernate, by applying to the latter abundant humidity after they had been kept for a long period in a very dry condition. When 200 to 400 pupae of Saturnia were kept 7 to 10 weeks (from June to end of September) in a very dry atmosphere and then thoroughly moistened a few times at short intervals, about 1 per cent. of such pupae emerged, which under normal conditions would not happen before the following May. All these methods have one point in common, namely, that they cause loss of water in the tissues. Raph. Dubois,'* who has written much about this expelling of water by means of cold, ether and other anaesthetics, has applied to these methods the word “ atmolyse. ” c. The autumn season produces also other notable effects upon insect life. During autumn males appear of many insects and other arthropods which are ON ECONOMIC ENTOMOLOGY. 351 parthenogenetic in spring or summer, and then non-sexual propagation gives way to sexual. Hence to speak of a physiology of the seasons is perhaps not so unjustified as it may appear. Who can doubt that the numerous species of insects which live and thrive on plants, in particular plant-lice, are vitally affected by the changes which autumn effects in plants.” The plant organism and its contents such as starch, sugar, albumen and enzymes differ greatly during the summer, autumn and winter seasons, and it is quite unthinkable that such material changes should be without effect upon the state of all the insects which feed upon them. There is another problem which must prove highly interesting in relation to applied Entomology ; I mean the question of the determination of sex, which at present stands in the fore-front of biological research. And we see here plainly how intimately physiological and applied science are interwoven. Both, after all, occupy themselves with and revolve round cardinal questions of Life. Landois”® reared caterpillars on both plentiful and scanty food and as the result of his observations concluded that plentiful feeding produced females and scanty food males. According to Seitz,?? Treat and Th. Gentry support that view. But they have all clearly overlooked the fact that the sexes of insects are already fixed very early, indeed long before they are capable of taking any food whatso- ever. Standfuss*™ interprets the matter by pointing out that male caterpillars are better able to survive bad nourishment than females; hence that in the end more males survive. One may also connect herewith the observation that the proportion of sexes can change in so far that when a great invasion is decreasing, the males are much more numerous than when the invasion was at its height. This may be the result of the bad condition of the food-plants, or it may more likely be due to changes in the organism. Jor we find ourselves here facing only the external signs of the main causes of the difference of the sexes, the real nature of which is still unknown to us. The physiological effects of insecticides. We are rather ignorant yet regarding the physiological processes which go on in the bodies of insects in consequence of insecticides; and although new insecticides continue to be placed on the market and are being used, the question of their physiological effect is rarely asked, far less has it been satisfactorily answered. Pharmacology as an integral part of Insect Pest Research does not yet exist! Vague definitions of “stomach” or “contact” poisons are doing service instead. Probably few of those who have used hydrocyanic acid for the destruction of insect pests have been aware of the physiological effect of that poison on the animal organism. Cl. Bernard has observed that on injecting hydrocyanic acid into the blood-vessels of mammalia a flow of red, arterial blood issued from the veins. Geppert?? followed up this observation and found that by injecting hydrocyanic acid into blood-vessels the tissues of the body lose their faculty for absorbing oxygen, hence the animal dies of suffocation, in spite of abundance of, aerial oxygen. For more than 12 years I have occupied myself with this question and at the International Congress of Agriculture in Paris (1900), Section for Plant Pathology,® ° I stated that caterpillars cannot fully develop in an atmosphere charged with hydrocyanic acid. 352 J. DEWITZ—THE BEARING OF PHYSIOLOGY As previously mentioned, adult caterpillars of Porthesia chrysorrhoea, while in process of transformation, were put into an atmosphere containing hydrocyanic acid gas and resulted only in pupae with very small wings, devoid of chitin, and of colourless body, all indications which are likewise present as a result of want of oxygen. “Contact”? liquid insecticides have in a similar way been accepted and generally used without any questions being asked as to the nature and basis of their efficiency. It was generally asserted and assumed that the “contact” liquid penetrates into the tracheae, thereby suffocating the insect. Microscopical examination reveals the fact that liquid does penetrate into the tracheae ; but such penetration is in most cases so very incomplete that it cannot possibly be accepted as causing the insect to perish by suffocation. Moreover there are numerous “ contact” insecticides in the form of powder, and surely no one can believe that their efficacy consists in filling the tracheae and choking the insect. The stigmata of insects are far too small to permit of this and they are frequently protected in a special manner. I am rather inclined to believe that contact insecticides, both liquid and as powder, have a fatal effect upon the sense organs of insects. F wjitant’s s'’ statement that the active agent of Pyrethrum is a nerve and muscle poison, to which fishes and insects are very sensitive, will go far to confirm my view. It is somewhat early to speak of the influence of sucking insects on plant organs in the sense of the effect of enzymes of fungi on them, although a few observations thereon are known. But in view of our present knowledge of enzymes and toxins it would be futile to deny a direct chemical action of all sucking insects upon plant organs. Why should not the puncture of an Aphis or of a Phylloxera, which thereby transforms the organ of the plant, transfer toxic substances into the plant tissues in the same way that the sting of a scorpion or of a bee introduces toxins into the organism of man or other animals ? If the above comments and tentative intimations on only a few entomological and physiological subjects of general interest, which are familiar to me, contribute to bring home only a part of the important bearing of physiological research upon Applied Entomology, we shali come nearer to the time when physiology will occupy that eminent place 1 in connection with insect pest research which, by its very nature and intrinsic value, it should hold. Bibliography. BATAILLON, E. Ves 1. La métamorphose du ver A soie et le déterminisme évolutif ; Bull. Scient. France et Belgique, xxv, p. 18-55 (1893). 2. Les métamorphoses et l’ontogénie des formes animales ; Rev. Courguign. d. ’enseignement supérieur, 1893, pp. 1-32. 3. Nouvelles recherches sur les mécanismes de l’évolution chez le Bombyx mort; op. cit. xiv, no. 3, pp. 1-16. Dewitz, J. | 4. Ueber die Vereinigung der Spermatozoen mit dem Ei; Arch. gesamt. Physiol. xxxvui, p. 219-223 (1885), xxxviii, p. 358-386, 1 taf. (1886). ON ECONOMIC ENTOMOLOGY. BD —Die Lebenfihigkeit von Nematoden ausserhalb des wirtes; Zoolog. Anz, xxii, p. 91-92 (1899).—Was veranlasst die Spermatozoén in das Ki zu dringen ? Arch. Anat. Physiol., Physiol. Abt., 1903, p. 100-104, 3 fig.—Richtigstellung beziiglich der Auffindung der Kontaktreiz- barkeit im Tierreich ; Zoolog. Anz. xxx, p. 141-142 (1906). 5. Ueber den Rheotropismus bei Tieren; Arch Anat. Physiol., Physiol. Abt. Suppl., 1899, p. 231-244. 6. Verhinderung der Verpuppune bei Insektenlarven, Arch. Hntw.- Mechanik, xi, p. 690-699 (1901). 7. Der Apterismus bei Insekten, seine kiinstliche Erzeugung und seine physiologische Hrklairung ; Arch. Anat. Physiol., Physiol. Abt., 1902, p- 61-67. 8. Zur Verwandlung der Insektenlarven; Zooslog. Anz. xxviii, p. 167 1904). 9. oe om Schmetterlingen mittels Acetylenlampen ; Allgem. Zeitschr. Entomolog. ix, pp. 382-386, 401-409 (1904). 10. Untersuchungen itiber die Verwandlung der Insektenlarven, II; Arch. Anat. Physiol., Physiol. Abt. Suppl., 1905, p. 389-415. 11. Beobachtungen die Biologie der Traubenmotte Conchylis ambiquella, Hiibn., betreffend ; Zeitschr. wiss. Insektenbiolog. p. 197 (1905). 12. Der Eintluss der Warme auf Insektenlarven; Zentralbl. Bakter. Para- sitenkund. Abt. 2, xvu, p. 40-53 (1906). 13. Bekaimpfungsarbeiten gegen den Heu-und Sauerwurm im Sommer 1907 ; Bericht Lehranstalt Geisenheim f. 1907, p. 370 (1908). 14. Die Traubenwickler im Herbst und Winter: Bericht Lehranstalt Geisenheim f. 1909, p. 219 (1910). 15. Ueber die Entstehung der Farbe gewisser Schmetterlingskokons ; Arch. Hintw.-Mech. xxxi, p. 617-636 (1911). 16. L’aptérisme expérimental des insectes ; Compt. rend. Acad. Sc. Paris, cliv, p. 386 (1912). 17. Bearbeitung der Literatur der Traubenwickler ; Bericht Lehranstalt Geisenheim f. 1910/11 (1912). DuBois, RapH. 18. Atmolyse et atmolyseur; Compt. rend. Acad. Sc. Paris, cli, p. 1180, 1 fig. (1911). | FUSITANI, J. 19. Beitrige zur Chemie und Pharmakologie des Insektenpulvers ; Arch. exper. Patholog. lxvi, p. 47 (1903). GasTINE G. pT V. VERMOREL. 20. Sur les ravages de la Pyrale dans le Beaujolais et sur la destruction des papillons nocturnes au moyen de picges lumineux alimentés par le gaz acétylene; Compt. rend. Acad. Sc. Paris, cxxxiii, 2, p. 488-491 (1901). GASTINE, G. 21. Les picges lumineux contre la Pyrale; Progrés. Agric. Vitic. Ann. 24, p. 630-641 (1903). 364 J. DEWITZ—THE BEARING OF PHYSIOLOGY ON ECONOMIC ENTOMOLOGY. GEPPERT, J. 22. Ueber das Wesen der Blausiiurevergiftung ; Berlin (1889). Hermann, L. 23. Kine Wirkung Galvanischer Stréme auf Organismen; Arch. Gesam. Physiologie, xxxvii, p. 457-460 (1885). Huss, C. 24. Untersuchungen iiber den Lichtsinn bei Fischen ; Arch. Augenheilk Ixiv (1909). LABORDE, J. 25. Sur la destruction des papillons de la Conchylis par les lanternes-picges : Rev. viticult. Ann. 9, xviii, p. 173-178 (1902). Lanpors, H. 26. Ueber das Gesetz der Entwicklung der Geschlechter bei den Insekten ; Zeitschr. wiss. Zool., xviii (1867). MaRrcHAL, P. 27. Observations biologiques sur |’ Hudemis ; Rev. viticult., xxxvi, pp. 690- 695, 721-724. MASSART, J. 28. Sur la pénétration des Spermatozoides dans l’ceuf de la grenouille; Bull. Acad. Se. Belgique, xv, p. 750-754 (1888) ; xviii, p. 165-167 (1889). Mouz, E. 29. Ueber Phototropismus bei den Larven von Eriocampa adumbrata, Klg. ; Bericht Lehranstalt Geisenheim f. 1905, p. 150-151 (1906). OswaLp, W. 30. Ueber die Lichtempfindlichkeit tierischer Oxydasen und tiber die Beziehungen dieser Higenschaften zu den Erscheinungen des tierischen Phototropismus ; Biochem. Zeitschr. x (1908). PERRAUD, J. 31. Sur la perception des radiations lumineuses chez les papillons nocturnes et l’emploi des lampes-pi¢ges ; Compt. rend. Soc. Biol. lvi, p. 619 (1904). ScHMARDA, L. K. 32. Die geographische Verbreitung der Tiere, Wien, 1853, p. 322. SHirz, A. 33. Allgemeine Biologie der Schmetterlinge, T. II; Zoolog. Jahrb. Abt. System. vil, pp. 159, 167. STaNnDFwss, M. 34. Handbuch der paliarktischen Gross-schmetterlinge, 2. Aufl. (1896). WBHISMANN, A. 35. Beitriige zur Naturgeschichte der Daphniden, p. 407 (1876-79). WHEELER, W. M. 36. Anemotropism and other tropisms in insects; Arch. Entw.-Mechan. vill, p. 373-381 (1899). | 355 ON THE CHARACTERISTICS OF THE NEWLY DISCOVERED TSETSE-FLY, GLOSSINA AUSTENI, NEWSTEAD; WITH DESCRIPTIONS OF THE GENITAL ARMATURE OF GLOS- SINA FUSCIPLEURIS, AUSTEN, AND GLOSSINA LONGI- PENNIS, CORTI. By Prorrssor R. Newsteap, F.R.S., The Liverpool School of Tropical Medicine. In pursuing my studies of the genital armature of the tsetse-flies, I have been fortunate in securing some valuable and interesting material from various parts of the African continent which has enabled me to offer a further con- tribution on the specific characters of the recently discovered Glossina austent, Newst., from British East Africa; to present a detailed account of the armature of the apparently rare G. fuscipleuris, Aust., and to clear up some doubtful points in regard to the structural details of the male genital armature in G. longipennis, Corti. Later I hope to be able to offer some further remarks on G. palpalis, R.D., especially in regard to the colour and structural variations existing in this species. Meanwhile I may here state, for the guidance of the student, that G. fuscipes, Newst., which was described by me as a distinct species, must sink as a well-marked race of G. palpalis. Glossina austeni, Newst. G. austenit, Newstead, Ann. Trop. Med. and Parasit., vol. vi, no. 1B., pp. 129-130 (May 1912). . The distinguishing characters of this insect are its small and slender form ; the relatively narrow head ; the presence of a more or less clearly defined dark bilateral stripe on the thorax; the bright ochraceous or reddish-ochraceous abdomen, with its dark lateral markings, or interrupted bands; the dark hind tarsi ; and, in the male, the foot-like shape of the superior claspers (fig. 1, sc) and the narrowly pointed, distal portion of the harpes (fig. 1, /). Though possessing dark hind tarsi this insect must undoubtedly be placed in the “ morsttans-group ” of the tsetse-flies, as the morphological characters of the male genital armature show very clearly that it is related to the insects comprised in this group. Of the species possessing dark hind tarsi the only one with which G. austen? can possibly be confused is G. tachinoides. Both are small and slenderly built insects, but the former may be distinguished at once by its narrower front, especially in the male, and also, as already stated, by the bright colour* of the abdomen and the presence of the dark lateral stripes on the thorax. In the original description of G. austeni (lc.) I stated that the insect ‘ bears a somewhat close resemblance to a dwarfed specimen of G. fusca.” Now that I have a long series before me I feel that this statement cannot hold * Mr. Neave, who has seen examples of this insect in life, informs me that it is readily dis- tinguished from all other tsetse-flies by its reddish colour. 356 R. NEWSTEAD—ON THE CHARACTERISTICS OF GLOSSINA good, as the general colour of the abdomen, though a shade brighter, is most like that of G. longipennis. I append below a further description of G. austeni. Head buff, relatively narrow, posterior sarface usually faintly greenish grey ; frontal stripe varying between warm buff and dusky red-brown. Third segment of antennae buff, with the apical two-thirds, or apex only, infuscated. Palpi ochreous buff, infuscated distally. Proboscis bulb ochraceous buff, with or without median infuscation. Thorax dusky buff, tawny ochraceous or faintly isabella-coloured ; the usual dark brown or blackish markings forming a more or less distinct, broad bilateral stripe which, under a low magnification, is seen to be composed of three well-marked areas: a small but well-defined triangular or roughly cres- centic spot in front, near the humeral callus; and two much larger spots or areas divided by the narrow pale transverse suture and outlined laterally by a very clear and sharply defined margin. The two dark narrow admedian stripes are often present, and when continued behind the transverse suture their ends diverge ; in some instances the stripes unite and form a relatively broad median one ; or they may be entirely wanting, especially in the males. Legs pale ochreous buff ; front femora often with a faint infuscated patch on the inner surface distally ; hairs on the front, middle and hind coxae all black ; tips of last two segments of front and middle tarsi very narrowly darker, but sometimes the dark colour is absent in the former ; all the segments of the hind tarsi dark, but the last two segments are often darker than the rest. Abdomen: dorsum bright ochraceous, reddish ochreous or yellowish buff ; second segment usually with a small dark brown blotch near the anterior lateral angle ; third and fourth segments with a larger dark brown blotch (sometimes quite indistinct. or altogether wanting) not reaching to the hind margin ; fifth and sixth segments more or less uniformly infuscated, but paler medially, or with interrupted bands ; in some examples the second to the sixth segments, inclusive, have clove-brown or dark brown, interrupted bands, similar to those in G. longipalpis, though not so clearly defined ; seventh segment in female uniformly dark brown or clove-brown. Wings without any marked infuscations, Genital armature of the male (fig. 1). Superior claspers (sc) united by the dorsal spinose membrane and fused medially as in G. morsitans and other members of the “ morsttans-group”’; form resembling somewhat the outline of a human foot in minature, outer lateral projection strongly produced and narrowly rounded, but without a blunt tooth-like process as in G. longipalpis ; distal margin between the outer lateral projection or heel-like extension and the medial lobes furnished with a fringe of short stiff spines, which unite with the series on the inner lateral margin, where they gradually lengthen and proximally form a more or less compact group; median lobes (md) relatively very large and broadly rounded, forming the toe-like extension of the clasper ; the long marginal hairs arranged in two pairs distally, the single sub-terminal one projecting backwards. Long hairs of the editum (e) scarcely reaching the lateral hairs of the superior claspers. Harpes (h) pointed and narrowly triangular in outline dorsally, but ventrally there is an outwardly curved process (see dotted line, fig. 1 4); outer lateral surface clothed with AUSTENI, G. FUSCIPLEURIS AND G, LONGIPENNIS. BY fine erect hairs; proximal lobe-like extensions divergent and broadly rounded. Juxta (j) relatively much narrower distally than in G. longipalpis, and of a similar form to that of G. morsitans. Hectors with the black spines narrowly but clearly divided medially. The first and only example, a female, was submitted to me for identifica- tion by Mr. R. P. Filleul, Assistant District Commissioner at Alexandra, Gorha, Jubaland, British Kast Africa; under date March 17th, 1912. This specimen formed the type of the original diagnosis given by me in the Annals of the Liverpool School of Tropical Medicine (/.c.). Recently Mr. Filleul has i y \ \ DM i x \ ~ NS \ Ae. Fig. 1.—Male armature of Glossina austeni, Newst. very kindly forwarded a series of 22 specimens of this tsetse-fly of which 8 are males and 14 are females, all in an excellent state of preservation. He also furnished me with the following particulars regarding his captures : * YT am glad this small fellow you call austent is of interest to you. I have just been on ‘safari’ to the northern part of my District and send you my catch. I found them in the same localities with G. pallidipes and G. brevipalpis, the proportions being pallidipes 150, austent 20, brevipalpis 5. I regret I do not know the classical names of the trees, but perhaps the following will assist. Jubaland is apparently all alluvial soil, chiefly the extremely fertile black cotton soil, but owing to lack of rain-fall and irrigation it is only cultivated by the Wagosha in primitive fashion along the river banks, where the forest has been felled. There are occasional swamps or deshehs, as they are called in Somali, which are filled up by the floods in November or October and are dry for the most part by the following June. The river banks and the edges of the deshehs are covered with forest. Amongst the trees are Dane Palms, Sycamore Figs, Candelabra trees [Huphorbias], &c, The specimens enclosed were all caught within 4 mile of water, 358 R. NEWSTEAD—ON THE CHARACTERISTICS OF GLOSSINA. “‘T notice that G. pallidipes prefers to bite low down, and that G. austeni bites high up. The latter are considered specially deadly to cattle. All the insects were caught in longitude 42° 48’ between 0° 43/ and 0° 55’ N, latitude, approximately. In May last year (1911) I saw the first small austen in the garden here, and when Dr. Chevallier came up later I told him about it and said he ought to make a search, accordingly on his way up the river he did so and got a specimen, in the meantime I got two also.” I have nothing to add to Mr. Filleul’s communication regarding the bionomics of G. austen?, though I have pleasure in stating that this species was dedicated, by kind permission, to Mr. EH. E. Austen of the British Museum, in recog- nition of his great work in connection with these insects, and also as a token of esteem and regard. Glossina fuscipleuris, Aust. G. fuscipleuris, Austen, Handbook of the Tsetse-flies, p. 75 (1911). Genital armature of the male (fig. 2).—Superior claspers (sc) very stout ; apices toothed and as in the other species of the “ fusca-group” these appendages are free and not united by a membrane. Harpes (4) each with three very long Fig. 2—Male armature of Glossina fuscipleuris, Aust. processes ; the proximal pair are highly chitinised, broad and somewhat lanceo- late, with the upper edge coarsely and irregularly serrate, the proximal half strongly curved; the second pair of appendages or processes’ are extremely narrow, especially the distal two-thirds, base slightly dilated and much more highly chitinised than the rest, apices hidden beneath the next pair of processes ; third pair very long and much narrower than the proximal pair, being also more or less ribbon-like, with the distal portion decidedly narrower. Vesica (v) with two large dark-coloured chitinous sclerites. Inferior claspers (¢c) normal. AUSTENI, G. FUSCIPLEURIS AND G. LONGIPENNIS. 359 The armature of this tsetse-fly bears some resemblance to that of Glossina tabaniformis, Westw., but it is abundantly distinct from this or any other species. The d.stinguishing characters are: that the harpes have three processes instead of four, as in G. tabaniformis; the great width and the serrations of the proximal pair ; the extreme narrowness of the second pair; and the ribbon-like character of the third pair. Another distinguishing feature also is the great size of the sclerite in the vesica. This description is based upon an example in the collection of the Liverpool School of Tropical Medicine which bears the simple data “Congo Free State.” There can be no possible doubt as to the identity of the species as, through the courtesy of Mr. E. EH. Austen, I have been able to examine the male genital armature of his type specimen in the British Museum, and I find that it agrees in all its morphological details with that of our example. Furthermore, I am indebted to Dr. H. Schouteden for giving me the opportunity of examining the only other example known at present, which is now in the collections of the Musée Congo Belge. I may add also that the last-named specimen was captured in the same region of the Congo Free State as that in which Mr. Austen’s type _ was discovered. Glossina longipennis, Corti. In my former description of the armature of the male of this species* I was unable to give a full account of the various structures owing to the fact that my Specimens were mounted so that only a dorso-ventral view of them was possible. Now that I have succeeded in obtaining another example of this tsetse-fly the armature has been mounted so that it can be examined in profile and thereby a more correct interpretation of the various structures, and also the relationship which they bear to the “ fusca-group,” has been rendered possible. It may be readily seen on comparing the illustration (fig. 3) with those of other members of this group that the morphological characters are markedly distinct and quite unique. The description herein appended and also the accompanying illustration have been drawn up from an example kindly presented by the Entomological Research Committee, to whom I am greatly indebted. The following data were attached to this specimen: Tana River, British East Africa, 1911. Genital armature of the male (fig. 3).—The superior claspers (sc) appear much more slender when seen in profile than dorso-ventrally ; the apices are also much more faleate. The harpes (/ 1, 2) consist of two pairs of appendages; the basal or proximal pair (A 1) are very large, sub-quadrate in outline, with a depression on the distal margin, which gives them a bilobed appearance in examples which have been completely dissected out (vide Bull. Ent. Res. IT, p. 21, fig. 8h), and further- more they are covered with large squamose spines; the distal processes (/ 2) are long, slightly dilated proximally, narrow and strongly recurved distally, being also rather widely separated from the broad spinose appendages basally. The median process (mp) occupies a unique position, in that it lies between the spinose harpes, while in the other members of this group it originates between the inferior . * Bull. Ent. Res. I, p. 21 (1911). 27226 e 360 R. NEWSTEAD—ON GLOSSINA AUSTENI, &C. claspers; it is long and narrow, though strongly dilated basally, the distal portion reaching to the upper margin of the harpes. Vesica (v) almost entirely membranous and without any marked subcutaneous sclerites. Inferior claspers (ic) small, rounded apically and relatively very narrow; they are widely separated from the median process and consequently placed much nearer the articulation of the hypopygium than in the other species of Glossina. Fig. 3.—Male armature of Glossina longipennis, Corti. Unfortunately the editum is so much obscured by the folded nature of the integument which surrounds it that it has not been possible to give an illustration of it in the figure given in the text; but so far as one can judge it does not differ from those of the other allied species. It is important to add also that the left spinose harpe was displaced during the process of mounting and is not therefore shown in the illustration. Normally these appendages lie exactly in opposition, and as they occupy different planes the elimination of one of them is not likely to mislead future investigators. [In addition to the specimens of Glossina austent recorded by Mr. 8. A. Neave in the last part of this Bulletin (p. 306), the Entomological Research Committee has since received further examples taken on Juba River, ix. and x. 1911 (Dr. C. L. Chevallier), and 2 3 ¢ and 1 Q from so far south as Portuguese East Africa (HZ. L. Jones),—Ep.] 361 NOTES ON PHLEBOTOMUS, WITH DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW SPECIES—PART LI. By Prorgssor R. Newsteap, F.R.S., The Liverpool School of Tropical Medicine. In making a critical examination of the palpi of the various species of Fhle- botomus described in this paper, I have found that the third* segment of the palpi in all of them is provided with a compound group of minute and curiously modified spines. In P. minutus (fig. 1c) they are somewhat squamiform and the Fig. 1.—Palpi of Phlebotomus. a, Palpus of P. minutus, Rond., ¢, dorsal view ; 6, basal segments of the same, lateral view ; c, modified spines ; d, a similar spine from palpus of P. papatasii, Scop. ; e, palpus of P. minutus var. africanus, Newst., ¢, dorsal view ; 7, basal segments of the same, lateral view ; g, modified spines ; h, palpus of P. squamipleuris, Newst., 2 ; 7, modified spines ; /, mosquito-like scales on _ pleurae of P. squamipleuris. ee * In P. squamipleuris they occur on the second segment also ; but I find no trace of them on the corresponding segments in the other species. R.N. 27226 B 2 362 R. NEWSTEAD—NOTES ON PHLEBOTOMUS, WITH pedicel is, so far as I can ascertain, extremely short; in P. papatasw (fig. 1d) they are distinctly spathuliform, with the pedicel long and strongly curved. In P. squamipleuris (fig. 17) the spies are similar to those found in P. papataszz, but they appear to be more gradually dilated distally and have relatively shorter pedicels. ‘These organs are common to both sexes and are probably sensory in function ; but they are so easily deciduous that they ean rarely be seen, though the position occupied by them is generally indicated by a compound group of circular cicatrices clearly showing the point of attachment of the spines with the integument. I have also discovered the presence of hirsute glands (fig. 2c) in the antennae of both sexes in all. of the species, with the exception of P. antennatits, sp. nov. Fig. 2.— Antennae of Phlebotomus. a and b, proximal and distal segments respectively of antenna of P. minutus. Rond., 9 ; ¢, hirsute glands ; d and e, distal and proximal segments respectively of antenna of P. antennatus, Newst. (fig. 2d,¢). They are, so far as I can ascertain, present only on the last three segments, but are rarely visible on the terminal one. In optical section they appear crateriform in shape and the lip is fringed with fine hairs. It is impos- sible, without cutting sections of these organs, to add any further particulars regarding them, and, in the absence of properly fixed material, this cannot be done at the present juncture. The method adopted in preparing these insects for microscopical examination was precisely the same as that which was described by me in this Bulletin (Vol. II, p. 13). Staining is essential, as thereby the wing venation and the minute structural characters are much more clearly defined. In submitting DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW SPECIES—PART i. 363 specimens for identification they should, by preference, be placed in a strong shallow pill-box on a web-like layer of cotton wool, but it is fatal to place a second stratum of such material above the insects as it not only flattens the specimens, but also breaks off the appendages and thus renders them useless for study. If the cotton wool is teased out so that the strands are loosened the insects will adhere to this, and will thus be prevented from becoming abraded during transit. Pinning such minute insects often renders them value- less for microscopical study, and moreover it is rarely that specimens so treated ean be determined with any degree of accuracy owing to the minute differences which exist in this small and obscure group of insects. If pill-boxes are used, they must necessarily be placed in a stronger box for transit. One of the most interesting instances of geographical distribution among these apparently frail midges is that of Phlebotomus minutus, Rond. The true form, so far as one can judge, is found not only in the Mediterranean area, but also in India, while the African race (var. africanus, var. nov.) occurs in such widely separated regions as the Anglo-Egyptian Sudan, British Central Africa and British West Africa. It is probable that, as we extend our studies of these flies, the var. africanus may eventually be given specific rank, but I must admit that the separation of the typical form from this variety is a critical and difficult task, all the more so as the latter is given to considerable variation in size, a marked variation in the length of the terminal segments of the palpi and in the form of the wings (see fig. 3 a, d). Phlebotomus minutus, Rondani. Having examined two additional examples of the species (both from Malta) since the publication of my paper™ dealing with the Papataci Flies of the Maltese Islands, I find that the character of the third segment of the palpi varies considerably according to its orientation and that when seen dorso- ventrally (fig. 1a) there is little or no trace of the imcrassation noted by me, though when seen in profile (fig. 16) this segment is considerably wider than the preceding one, and thus I was led to believe that it was distinctly swollen on all sides. After re-examining all my material, I have come to the conclusion that the segment in question is flattened or depressed laterally, and that its transverse diameter is much less than that of the vertical diameter. I have pleasure in recording the occurrence of this species at Suda Island, where 1 ¢ and 2 QQ were taken by Fleet-Surgeon Lancelot Kilroy (H.M.S. Diana), 30.x.1910. Phlebotomus minutus var. africanus, var. nov. Length (average), 2°25 mm.; largest wing, Q 2°28 mm., ¢ 1:95 mm. ; smallest wing, Q 1:78 mm., ¢ 1:33 mm. This is clearly a well defined race of Phlebotomus minutus, Rond., differing in the relatively longer second and fourth segments of the palpi (fig. 1, e) in both * Bull. Ent. Res. II, p. 69 (1911). 064 R. NEWSTEAD—NOTES ON PHLEBOTOMUS, WITH sexes, and in its more pointed wings (fig. 3 a, 6). It is also, as a rule, larger, but there is a marked range of variation in size, so that this character alone cannot be taken as a guide to its identification. It is moreover generally darker than typical P. minutus, but in all other respects, including the structural details of the male genital armature it is inseparable from the latter. It may be note- worthy to add that Annandale* has described a variety of P. minutus, Rond., from India under the name niger, and says that it is “darker than the typical form and as a rule larger,” though he failed to “distinguish any constant difference in its venation or genitalia.” No reference is made to the structural characters of the palpi, neither has he noted any difference in the form of the wing. I am forced to the conclusion, therefore, that the African race is not synonymous with the var. niger, of Annandale. Fig. 3.—Wings of Phiebotomus : a, P. minutus var. africanus, Newst., g ; b, the same, small form, ¢ ; c, P. minutus, Rond., 2. Mate. Colour generally much more dusky than that of typical examples of P. minutus, Rond. Upper portion. of thorax and abdomen pale smoky-brown ; thoracic hairs erect, dusky greyish, with brownish tips ; abdominal hairs on first and second segments long and erect, forming two small tufts dorsally ; remaining hairs shorter, recumbent and generally uniformly dark brown, being usually much darker than the imtegument. Wing fringe generally smoky grey with an admixture of darker hairs. Proboscis very slightly shorter than the head, inclusive of the clypeus. Palpz (fig. 1 e, f) with the segments 2 to 4, inclusive, each successively longer ; second segment one-third to one-fourth longer than the third; fifth very variable in length, but usually three to three and a half times the length of the second. Antennae with the third and fourth segments relatively shorter than those in P. minutus. Wings (fig. 3 a,b) lanceolate and markedly pointed ; tip of first longitudinal vein either opposite to, or considerably in advance of, the anterior fork of the second longitudinal vein, so that this character is given to great variation. = Ree: Ind? Musi, TV," p. o20)( 1910), DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW SPECIES—PART I. 365 FEMALE. Paipi with all the segments usually slightly shorter than those of the male. Goutp Coast: Salaga, 1911,1¢0,3 QQ (Dr. G. E. Hl. Le Fanu). SouTHERN Nigeria: Onitsha, 5-8. viii. 1910, 6 QQ (Dr. J. J. Simpson). NorTHERN Nigeria: Baro, 15. x. 1910, 1 ¢ (Dr. J. J. Simpson). AneLo- Ea@yptTian Supan: ‘Tokar, Red Sea Province, iv. 1911 (H. H. King). Norta Eastern Ruopesia: the type and other examples were taken by Mr, S. A. Neave in the following localities :—Mid Luangwa River, 30. viii. 1910,2 ¢ 6 ; Lower Luangwa River, 5. ix. 1910, 1 0 ; on the road between Petauke and Chutika’s Luangwa Valley, 16. ix. 1910,2 63 ; Niamadzi River, 19 and 21. vii. 1910, 3 dco ; junction of Mpamadzi and Luangwa, 24. vii. 1910, meee, lO ; Mpamadzi River, Luangwa Valley, 23. viii. 1910, 1 ¢,1 Q. NYASALAND: Chitala stream, 10 miles west of Domira Bay, 22-28. x. 1910, 1 Q (S. A. Neave); near Lake Malombe, Upper Shire River, 4. viii. 1911, Meee yi. Vie) ©; 29. ix. Il, 1 O (Ch. Newstead and Dr. J. By Davey, Sleeping Sickness Commission. ) The examples herein recorded from Nyasaland by Dr. Davey and myself were all taken inside our tents during the day-time. Had these insects been more conspicuous other examples could no doubt have been secured ; but pressure of other official work prevented us from making a more thorough search for them. Their presence at night was indicated by the feeble mosquito-like sound which they produced when hovering around one’s face under the mosquito curtain ; but their visits to our camp at night were markedly few during the months of July to September, inclusive, so that at this season they evidently occur in small numbers. Phlebotomus antennatus, sp. nov. Length, 2°35 mm. ; wing 1°4 mm. This species may be distinguished at once by the short stout form of the antennal segments, of which the third to the thirteenth, inclusive, are much more bead-like than those of any other species which has hitherto been described. Furthermore, it may be distinguished from P. minutus var. africanus, by its shorter and stouter legs. FremMALe. Colour and arrangement of the hairs on the head, thorax and abdomen somewhat doubtful, owing to the rubbed condition of the specimen, but their arrangement appears to be the same as in P. minutus. Antennae (fig. 2 d, e) with all the segments, unusually short and stout; the third scarcely one-third longer than the fourth ; the thirteenth segment only very slightly longer than the succeeding one; the paired and geniculated spines are present on the third to the fifteenth segments, inclusive ; the hirsute glands, seen so clearly in other species, not traceable, and if present, they are apparently quite rudimentary. The long hairs on all of the segments decidedly scattered and not so much confined to the proximal portions as is usually the case. Palpi: second to fourth segments, inclusive, like those of P. minutus, including also the compound groups of spines upon the proximal portion of the third 366 R. NEWSTEAD-—NOTES ON PHLEBOTOMUS, WITH seoment ; length of terminal segment doubtful, as one of them is wanting and the other is rendered partly obscure by the superimposed legs, though it is apparently shorter than the corresponding segment in P. minutus. Legs rela- tively short and stout. Wings similar to those of P. minutus, but all the veins are relatively stouter. GoLp Coast: Salaga, 1911. The type and only example™ was collected by Dr. G. EF. H. Le Fanu, to whom I extend my thanks for giving me the opportunity of examining and describing this interesting new species. Phlebotomus squamipleuris, sp. nov. Length, 2°65 mm.; wing, 1°84 mm. FEMALE. Bie clothed with large flat mosquito-like scales (fig. 1k). This character alone readily distinguishes this insect from all the other known members of the genus. Colour: integument dull brown (possibly a very variable character in museum specimens). Head and thorax densely hairy, the hairs dusky grey ; abdominal hairs recumbent and similar in colour to those on the thorax ; they are, however, somewhat sparse. Wings beautifully hyaline and, in certain lights, the hairs on the fourth longitudinal vein golden iridescent; fringe greyish, posteriorly very long and dense. Head, inclusive of clypeus, equal in length to the proboscis, the latter, especially the labium, somewhat slender. Palpi (fig. 1h) very long and somewhat slender; third segment one-sixth longer than the second ; fourth scarcely longer than the third ; fifth scarcely twice the length of the fourth ; segments 2—4 inclusive without any marked incrassation ; some of the few remaining scales which clothe the palpi are of great size and broadly lanceolate, but for the most part these organs are denuded in the microscopical preparation. Antennae, with the exception of the first two segments, wanting, but those which remain are somewhat thickly clothed with minute, short hairs. Legs long but fairly stout ; anterior and mid trochanters spinose, the spines short and arranged in groups. Wings decidedly narrow, much more so than in the female of P. papatasi. ANGLO-EGYPTIAN Supan: Khartoum, 7 and 8.viii.l0, 29 Q (A. H. King). Phlebotomus papatasii, (Scopoli). This species has been received from the following localities :—ANGLO- KeyrrTian Supan: Tokar, Red Sea Province, 1912: 8 66,12 QQ (4. H. King). Heyer: Cairo (Ff. C. Willcocks). Phlebotomus duboscqui, N.-L. Phlebotomus duboscqui, Neveu-Lemaire, Bull. Soc. Zool. de France, X X XI, p. 65, figs. 1-3 (1908). * T have recently discovered a small glass tube containing several additional examples of this insect (all 9 9). They bear the data: “ Caught in sheltered spots of bedroom ; Salaga, Gold Coast, West Africa, 19th June 1911, Dr. G. E. H. Le Fanu.” DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW SPECIES—PART I. 367 This species was originally found at Hombori in the French Sudan in May, 1905. Austen* records its occurrence also at Bekwai in Ashanti, and on the Cross River, but expressed the doubt as to his examples being specifically identical with P. duboscq?. Though I have not been able to examine specimens of this species I gather from Neveu-Lemaire’s description and figures that his P. duboscgi is not only very clearly distinct from any other known species of Phlebotomus, but that it is unique in two respects, namely : the terminal segment of the palpi in the female is shown as being slightly shorter than the sub-terminal one, and the antennae in the same sex are stated to consist of 13 segments as against 16 in all the other known species, so. that in view of these marked characteristics there should be no difficulty in recognising P. duboscqi. If the armature alone may be taken as a guide to its relationship with the other African species, then it is clearly related to P. papatasii, as is shown by Neveu-Lemaire’s illustration (fig. 3), in which the form of the superior clasper appears to be specifically identical. Clearly, therefore, P. duboscgi is, in this respect, quite unlike P. minutus, Rond., or any of the other smaller species of this genus inhabiting Africa. * Austen, African Blood Sucking Flies, p. 20 (1909). : oe th ats ean wom sho ee 40, “ight HY Posie fi ry dapat a Af ah hi) duatnanttetle uae Wenisoaaeed Sik 2h) hee F dat adel ree! Gop wh Leis pale avis Weed. while choew, © HAR gllaciiaen, m weiod hla teh eon aa fia iid | abn hy Sepa. Spang deel al ; ng io ugar on paeaad aa ro dag. 1, aotyoegh acts Tos Soa Geir: of olde oped. don eyed fe hina, douse igouwhah Ao etal dod sore. has at Oep ee ‘slewaskoa aia ae di Spi irtef euis uted) ASA Say chy 4h woHALonie Etpas soreyyt i) ciihat lane slanpotiods atiglang one Fo eLOP Leet ere me ste meee Rete T Tey sg 0S, arta stic te fe: BANS Ms gals SRG ot, tT Gh ae GH: HY Hae uidalls yinted aa i al at a OY Terhidss WAY BMD Gs LL te fail oo ot Dedet wa weed , ie oien} ey derided bekdera Seon 1 wai t te felt Oa wasn ty | BRED Ve) onl i os Sin) “ SY gatahrgriet ae yin tt be di tlie ‘yitfaokials? ik ms 7 eee m » odat od yerd onole orate ay > rd Prous Wea ofa we aag.," vet Headey fort wh rae ala éhhabs notestyac md i AG , Yodtaala: soiruxi menddy fo smh oily doldveubul a ah) sofnaydendia pigieg i Cade) wee a ay 2 rcag ey * wre tea © whi wot) Laseberedi vibesthi era Bae a3 ray Renee 5 telhtuew fadiin Oa) iy ae ae hawt! ‘nahn bike PAE gol rv gay eT soit dS hich Se mes eRe ent’ saliniestieranrcapeameenecel coe deteee ee ee ee ae nee 5 dally talgtida tas a . eas eee ne CCU AS fei Vt 3 yaad om hoo itt. ties i pada dr) Vt hegh =e ' * COTM porns a iese ae lf . ACCRA - iT Rees owes | pres? Culex, Culiciomyia. Siphon short or rather short, with only one pair of hair-tufts ... 5. 5. Hair-tuft near base of siphon ae ae Hair-tuft near middle of siphon (erten beyond) * “The Larvae of Culicidae classified as Independent Organisms.” By Harrison G. Dyar and Frederick Knab ; Journ. N. Y. Ent. Soc., XIV, 1906, pp. 169-230, pls. iv-xvi. t Bull. Ent. Res. I, April 1910, pp. 6-50, pls. i-vii. + This character also occurs in an undetermined larva of the Aédes group (see note under Stegomyia sugens). In this larva, however, the comb is present in addition, which is not the case in Toxorhynchites, 374 F. W. EDWARDS—REVISED KEYS TO THE 6. Antennae short, with a small tuft on the inside ... we = Theobaldia. Antennae long, with a large plume on the outside ... bad Ingramia. 7. Siphon with well-developed pecten .. Fie ie ie uss 8. Siphon with pecten absent or eal st ao tee O 8. Head small, longer than broad, and armed with nae spines Uranotaenia. Head with the ordinary hairs obs bie Ochlerotatus, Stegomyia. ) Siphon normal, valves as usual La! AF we» = Mimomyia. A pair of strong, Nene directed, cur tid oats at tip of siphon vat is ee Oe 10. 10. Valves not enlarged ; pani aubh ella ed Sie “we Acdontgaas Valves enlarged into a saw-like structure ; antennae long but not much enlarged ne a ww. | Laeniorhynchus|, Mansoniordes, Genus ANOPHELES, Mg. 1. Shaft of antenna with hair-tuft ; no plumose hairs in middle of | thorax overlapping occiput we mauritianus, Grp. Shaft of antenna without bameratee manne hairs present in middle of thorax in front ... ne oe a = bay 2. 2. Rudimentary palmate hairs on thorax ce ee re 3. Palmate hairs of thorax altogether wanting a5 - oe 6. 3. Hixternal anterior frontal bar much anereh ee a pro- } nounced tuft ae squamosus, Theo. wae oensis, Theo. External anterior frontal be erie or shghtly eseeher Ae 4, 4, Posterior, and internal anterior frontal hairs simple funestus, Giles. Posterior, and internal anterior frontal hairs branched ... sige Di 5. Dark brown ; filaments of palmate hairs longer ... natalensis (H. & H.). Light brown ; filaments of palmate hairs shorter ... ardensis (Theo.). 6. Median thoracic hairs overlapping occiput rudimentary maculipennis, Mg. Median thoracic hairs overlapping occiput well developed if (e 7. Internal anterior frontal hair branched Internal anterior frontal hair simple se or eae 8. Palmate hair of second abdominal segment fully developed, the leaflets with a distinct shoulder ; filaments of all palmate hairs about 2 as long as the whole leaflet iP ... costalis, Lw. Leutieisn of palmate hair of second abdominal pepllvewt without shoulder ; filaments of all other palmate hairs aide) + as long as the whdle leaflet... us we) \gacobi (Hh, & Ha: 9, Hair at tip of antennae (elvan ‘he derbe Seine) split into two cinereus, Theo. Hair at tip of antennae split into three... aE te ere 10. 10, Palmate hair on second abdominal segment well-developed pretoriensis (Theo.). Palmate hair on second abdominal segment rudimentary rufipes (Gough). <© a0 The foregoing table is not given with any confidence, for, in the first place, I have been unable, from want of material, to devote much study to the larvae . KNOWN LARVAE OF AFRICAN CULICINAE. 375 of Anopheles. Secondly, the specific characters of Anopheles larvae are less well defined, or at least are more minute, than in those of other CULICIDAE, and hence errors of determination are easily made. : One probable case of such error is the larva described by Newstead and Carter as that of A. squamosus, var arnoldi, Chr. This larva has an antennal hair-tuft, and in several other points agrees with Hill and Haydon’s description of A. mauritianus (paludis), while it is very different from the form which Hill and Haydon figure as A. sguamosus. It seems possible, if not probable, that the larvae in question are really those of A. mauritianus. I have been unable to separate the supposed larvae of A. squamosus and A. pharoensis. Genus ToxoRuyNcHITES, Theo. T. brevipalpis, Theo. As this is the only common African species, and the only one recorded from Sierra Leone, I have no hesitation in assigning to it a larva taken at Moyamba, Sierra Leone, by Dr. J. 8. Pearson, in August 1912. This is the only Tororhynchites larva that has been received here from Africa. The larva should be distinguishable by its large size alone, but the following brief description should make its determination easy : . | Head large, highly chitinised ; median hairs absent. Antennae rather short, cylindrical, without tuft, but with two or three fine single hairs near apex. Thorax with the plumose hairs short and thick, median ones rudimentary. Abdomen with plumose hairs on every segment, all set, like those of the thorax, in small chitimous sclerites. A large lateral plate on the eighth segment, re- placing the comb. Siphon not much longer than anal segment, no pecten ; hair-tuft of three plumose hairs situated near the base. General appearance: dark brown above, light brown below. Fig. 1.—Siegomyia sugens (Wied.). The hair beyond the tuft of the pecten is a very unusual feature. 27226 C 376 F. W. EDWARDS—REVISED KEYS TO THE Genus OCHLEROTATUS, Arrib. Gneluding Stecomytra, Theo.) 1. Antennae short, without hair-tuft on shaft; anal brush small and not very distinct ... : ae 33 “se aR A 2 Antennae longer, with hair- enfe anal brush quite distinct se 3. 2. Siphon more ie twice as ieee as broad, the hair-tuft well beyond the middle ; comb seales 8-9, barbed... S. fasciata (F.). Siphon less than twice as long as broad, the hair-tuft at about the middle ; comb scales 10-12, simple a3 S. africana, Theo., and S. apicoargentea, Theo. 3. Median hairs on head, single.. ae ten nt sia a 4, Median hairs on bead: Eriple or penta te ore ei 5. 4, Pecten without detached teeth outwardly ; sigtion ee eval chive times as long as broad bly y bs a S. sugens (Wied). Pecten with detached teeth djucaerales ; apne more than three times as long as broad os ¥. a ...O. nigeriensis (Theo). 5. Median tufts on head each nodpusee: of three hairs; pecten with 6-8 teeth wide apart A 6. Median tufts on head each composed RS 6 bd 8 atest. piaUben ey 12-18 teeth ... Dee 45 “ Ke 6. Siphon curved, four times as Dae as peda dosti with about 6 teeth ; pax pillse four or five times as long as anal segment “0. punctothoracis (Theo.). Siphon straight, three times as long as broad; comb with 8 teeth; papillae three times as long as anal segment O. caliginosus (Grah.). 7. Comb consisting of five large teeth... oe O. domesticus (‘Theo.). Comb consisting of a patch of small scales (20-30?) ... si 8. 8. Hair-tuft normal, branched, situated in middle of siphon O. marshalli (Theo.), Hair-tuft reduced to a single hair, situated at | of siphon O. nigricephalus (Theo.). The larva of O. longipalpis Griinb. (pollinctor, Grah.) has been insufficiently described, and the specimens in the British Museum are too damaged for purposes of tabulation. The comb in the last two species is very difficult to see, and I cannot determine the number of scales. The larva of S. fasciata when young has only the apical half of the siphon darkened, and this should greatly help in its determination, as I know of no other similar case. The genera Stegomyia and Ochlerotatus do not seem separable from one another or fron the genus Aédes when larvae alone are considered. All the known Stegomyia larvae, except that of S. sugens, agree in having a tuftless antenna ; these species in the adult have the larger claws of the male simple, at least on the mid legs. S. swgens, however, which has toothed male claws, has typical Stegomyta TERZIY KNOWN LARVAE OF AFRICAN CULICINAE. 377 [M Fig. 2.—Ochlerotatus nigeriensis (Theo.). The hair-tuft on the siphon has been omitted in the figure ; its position is mid-way between the two last teeth of the pecten. 27226 7 aS — “\ Mua CLL ZZ 4/ : LY ZLZz, == Ag eS _ See Fee er fee =~ Se Ly SL —<— ——— —— oS Fig. 3.—Mansonioides africanus, (Theo.). aa 348 F. W. EDWARDS—REVISED KEYS TO THE palpi. Patton’s figure of the larval head of S. sugens certainly does not corre- spond with the specimens sent by Dr. Ingram. Lither Patton’s drawing is incorrect, or there are two allied species, or a mistake may have been made by one collector or the other. It should also be mentioned that another very different larva has been received as that of S. swgens, possessing a lateral chitinous plate on the eighth segment, the edge of which plate is produced into comb-teeth. These larvae formed the majority of a mixed lot collected in Sierra Leone by Dr. J. Y. Wood, and forwarded for identification by Dr. J. H. Ashworth. The adults bred by Dr. Wood were S. sugens and Uranotaenia nigripes, but there were no S. sugens or Uranotaenia larvae amongst those which were preserved. Genus MansonroripDEs, Theo. M. africanus (Theo.).* Fresh figures of this species are given, as those in Dr. Ingram’s paper{ were not sufficiently detailed. The larva has a rather close resemblance to that of the North American J'aentorhynchus perturbans, Walk. ; but the larva of no African species of Tacniorhynchus has yet been found. The palpi are large, and, as in Aédomyva, they hang downwards. The strong curved spines found at the tip of the siphon tube in both genera may indicate a relation- ship. One striking peculiarity in this genus (seen also in Taeniorhynchus) is the extraordinary development of the valves, which are specialised for attaching the larva to its host-plant. Fig. 4.—Aédomyia catasticta, Knab. * An examination of the male genitalia proves that J/. africanus is after all quite distinct from M. uniformis ; figures will be given later. Both species occur commonly in Africa, + Bull. Ent. Res. ITI, p. 76 (1912), KNOWN LARVAE OF AFRICAN CULICINAE. 379 Genus A#pomytra, THEO. A. catasticta, Knab. This larva is most peculiar. The antennae are enormous, and flattened laterally, the subterminal bristles, as in Mansonioides, bemg remarkably long. The palpi are very large, placed unusually far back on the head, and are provided with a large membranous flap and a long terminal spine. In all the specimens they are pendent. The plumose hairs on the front of the thorax are of a most extraordinary length, reaching far beyond even the tips of the antennal bristles. Though the siphon has no definite pecten, it has a trans- verse row of soft hairs near the base, and another row of similar hairs on the ventral side. Soft hairs are also present on the dorsal side of the anal segment, which, so far as I know, is an absolutely unique character. There seems to be nothing very distinctive about the pupa. The respiratory tubes are moderately short and the anal flaps are normal in form. Fig. 5.—Aédomyia catasticta, Knab. Genus THroBALDIA, N.-L. Pecten with about 25 teeth, most of which are produced into long hairs ; tuft of antennae moderately small ... annulata (Schrank). Pecten with seven teeth, which though acuminate are not produced into hairs ; antennal tuft minute ... yes ... spathipalpis (Rond.). Genus CuLEX, L. (including Cunictiomyia, Theo.) 1. Siphon swollen towards the middle, with a more or less distinct dark ring near the apex; no distinct hair-tufts, these being represented by long solitary hairs... ze see ... duttoni, Theo. Siphon not swollen towards the middle, hair-tufts usually distinct even if small ae le ae sie ae ae Aer 2. 380 F. W. EDWAR)DS—REVISED KEYS TO THE 2. Siphon short, not more than three times as long as its basal width ; tufts in a ventral row a ae al ae Ae “ie 3. Siphon long, at least four times as long as its basal width (usually much longer) ie ie ne sar ab Sb ig 4. 3. Mandibles large, dentate; anal segment pointed, longer than siphon ; 8-10 pairs of hair-tufts on siphon, all ventral tigripes, Grp., var. fuscus, Theo.” Mandibles normal ; anal segment truncate, shorter than siphon ; 6-7 pairs of hair-tufts on siphon, 4 or 5 ventral, 2 lateral Culiciomyia nebulosa (Theo). Fig. 6.—Culex ager (Giles), var. ethiopicus, Edw. 4. Comb of eighth segment with about 40 teeth in a triangular patch Ey. ee ee pie wate ths = am 5. Comb of eighth segment with less than 20 teeth ; antennal plume at 3 or before wins his ) eee eee eee ece eoe * This species would fall into the genus Lutzia (= Jamesia) as used by Dyar and Knab, but as there is no tangible adult character to separate it from Culex I prefer not to use it. The larval characters distinguishing it from typical Culex are the predaceous habit, the outwardly folded mouth-brush modified into a prehensile pencil, and the pointed anal segment. KNOWN LARVAE OF AFRICAN CULICINAE. 381 5. Siphon 4 x 1; pecten with about 9 teeth; antennal tuft at about 3 ibs ts a atoranns Say.” Siphon longer ; “pecten eoiith 12- 15 wedi eietal tuft at about ? 6. 6; Siphon 5 x 1. re Fee was : ead pipiens, L. Siphon & x 1. ales ; ee dee Theo. ; invidiosus, Theo. 7. Comb with 15- 18 teeth, in io or three irregular rows ... ate 8. Comb with 4-8 teeth, in one row... ae ee ae ce a 8. Siphon longer than the abdomen, 20 x 1 ... a guiartt, Blanch. Siphon about the same length as the abdomen, 13 x 1 ...grahami, Theo. 9. Siphon as long as basen; pecten with about 13 teeth, the last six far apart and reaching more than two-thirds of the length of the siphon ... se . prutna, Theo. Siphon not more than ee as lene as Te ee with at most 10 teeth, which reach at most one-third the length of the siphon Be an wea ae 10. 10. Siphon with a more or ie Bpilent dark ring at sapsthiedl the hair-tufts very long; head very dark ... ... gquasigelidus, Theo. Siphon unicolorous, the hair-tufts short and inconspicuous; head not very dark da iS: ot ive Uk 11. Siphon less than half as eee as Dilonienk: antennal tuft just before middle; pecten with five teeth, very short and close together ore fe sth annuliorts, Theo. Siphon about half as ilo as ebdomen He +, 2p 12. Pecten with only three secthal antennal tuft just Jbleredal middle ager (Giles), var. ethiopicus, Edw. Pecten with six teeth, the last two more detached univettatus, Theo. There is unfortunately some confusion between the larvae of C. znvidiosus and C. univitiatus. ‘The former have been received from Lagos (Dr. W. M. Graham) and Accra (Dr. A. C. Connal), while larvae identical with these, received from Bole (Dr. A. Ingram), were labelled as those of C. univittatus. Dr. Ingram also sent a perfectly distinct larva which was labelled as that of C. invidiosus. I have assumed that the labels have been accidentally transposed in the case of Dr. Ingram’s specimens, and have taken the species labelled C. invidiosus to be C. univittatus. Iam unable to separate the larvae of C. decens (= C. ni grocostalis, Theo. and C. lividocostalis, Graham) and C. invidiosus (=C. aquilus, Graham), the characters given by Wesché being unreliable, but I believe the two are distinct. In the adult, C. decens can be distinguished by the reddish thorax (that of C. invidiosus being brownish), and (in the male) the banded abdomen. In the female the abdominal banding is not constant ; the bands in C. decens are always narrow and may sometimes be interrupted. However, a close microscopical examination of the genitalia of a number of males of each species failed to * Characters given by Dyar and Knab. This is the species often referred to as fatigans. Wied. + This determination is questionable. No specimens of C. guzarti from Lagos are in the British Museum Collection. ‘PSe2 F. W. EDWARDS—REVISED KEYS TO THE reveal any differences. It is therefore quite possible that the two are really only forms of one species; they generally occur together, but specimens bred from one batch of larvae exhibit little variation. bE Bef Fig. 7.—Culex annulioris, Theo. Two ventral siphonal hair-tufts have been omitted in the figure : one about in the middle, the other between it and the one shown ; there is also a lateral pair near the apex. ‘Two out of the three specimens had only four comb teeth. 2 ae TEAZI VY z St Fig. 8.—Culex invidiosus, 'Theo. The specimen drawn was abnormal in having the chitinous ring of the anal segment incomplete. The siphon was damaged ; perfect specimens received from Lagos (Dr. A. C. Connal) show six pairs of hair-tufts. The hairs on the head and the antennal tuft are plumose. KNOWN LARVAE OF AFRICAN CULICINAE. 383 The slight differences noted by Wesché between ditterent lots of C. duttoni larvae (distinguished by him under the names dissimilis, Theo. and albovirgatus, Graham) are evidently not of specific value; the length of the siphon varies with the age of the larvae,* and also individually. Nor can much importance be attached to the anal papillae, which also vary somewhat. In the batch of larvae described by Wesché as C. dissimilis, there is only one which has kept its papillae, and in this the shorter pair are rather shrivelled, on account of which Wesché stated that the dorsal papillae were about double the length of the ventral. Normally in C. dutton? they are not much longer. Apparently there may be a good deal of difference between larvae of different ages. ‘I'wo larvae of C. quasigelidus, sent by Dr. Ingram, illustrate this well. Though seemingly of the same species (both having the well-marked dark ring on the siphon) they differ as follows: the larger has eight or nine teeth in the pecten, and three ventral pairs of plumose hair-tufts on the siphon, the chitinous ring on the anal segment is complete, and the head is very dark; the smaller has only six finer teeth in the pecten, four ventral tufts of simple hairs on the siphon, a chitinous saddle on the anal segment, and a light brown head. Culictomyia is also variable. Normally C. nebulosa has four ventral pairs of hairs-tufts on the siphon, but occasional specimens have five. The number of teeth in the pecten varies from two to five, and may not be the same on opposite sides of the siphon. Larvae from the same batch vary in the length and amount of plumosity of the antennal tuft. In the pupae, too, the notch in the anal flap ‘is much more distinct in some specimens than in oer and may be almost indistinguishable. When the impossibility of separating the adults is also taken into consideration, there can be little doubt that the larvae and pupae described by Wesché as Culiciomyia freetownensis and C. cinerea are really varieties C. nebulosa. It should be mentioned that neither of the larvae described by Wesché for Pectinopalpus fuscus can possibly belong to this species. Genus Mimomyta, Theo. Large species; comb consisting of seven moderate-sized teeth, rather irregularly placed ; posterior ne of anal segment slightly spinose aS ae ... plumosa (Theo.). Small species ; ; comb caneanting ae six or seven large teeth placed almost in a_ straight ae posterior edge of anal segment markedly spinose Ses aie te ... mimomytaformis (Newst.). It is unfortunate that Dr. Ingram did not send home any larvae of this genus, except one of MW. plumosa. He did, however, send pupae, and these can be distinguished by the following table.: All have respiratory tubes of great length ; this character also occurs in Mansonioides and Taeniorhynchus. 1, Anal flaps narrow, with a broad fringe of cilia, transparent, except at the tip, where they are darkened es splendens, Theo. Anal flaps broader, not fringed, dark, with white Shae ee a Zi: * T have found this to be the case in pes ilu Culex pipiens, and still more strikingly in Theovaldia annulata. ‘he younger larvae have the shorter siphons. 384 F. W. EDWARDS—REVISED KEYS TO THE 2. Anal flaps with two equal-sized white spots oe plumosa (Theo.). Anal flaps with only one white spot... i. ne ahr 53 3. 3. Respiratory tubes with the tip only white .... mimomyiaformis (Newst.). Respiratory tubes with the apical third white, except for the dark tip ie ea As ak wad 8h hispida (Theo.). Genus URANOTAENIA, Arrib. The only African species of this genus whose larva is definitely known is U. balfourt, Theo., and this is typical in every respect. U. nigripes, however, has had attributed to it a peculiar Sabethine larva (wide Theobald, Trans. Linn. Soc. xv, 1912, p. 93, under Pseudoficalbia nepenthes) which has some resemblance to that of Hretmopodites. So far as I can see from Fig. 9.—Ingramia malfeyti (Newst.). some badly made balsam preparations in the British Museum, this larva has no pecten and no hair-tuft on the siphon, no comb, and no cephalic hairs. It can have no possible connection with Uranotaenia, nor can it very well be Eretmo- podites, if the comb is really absent. Genus IncRAmIA, Kdw. 1. malfeyti (Newst.). This is the only species of the genus whose larva is known. The most marked character is the form of the antennae. As, however, these organs KNOWN LARVAE OF AFRICAN CULICINAE. 385 are only present in one specimen, and seem to be somewhat distorted, the external position of the tuft may not be normal. The basally situated siphon tuft is unusual. Genus EkETMOPODITES, Theo. Siphon almost three times as long as broad, pecten present, contain ing three spines, two short and one long, tuft absent ; est sharply pointed : AeA chrysogaster, Grah. Siphon hardly twice as long as Broad pecten absent, the only appendage of the siphon heme the feollaied tuft ; comb-teeth blunt-ended, and rather nearer together than in the preceding comb- znornatus, Newst. The pupae of these two species are easily distinguishable, for while in fi. chrysoyaster the anal flaps have only one terminal bristle, in EF. znornatus they have several (from three to seven) in a tuft. Young larvae of E. chrysogaster are very much like the full-grown ones, but have fewer comb-scales (about 12 instead of about 30). de “Ady mtoteey: verti a Le ff Ca gi Pid bres Tita saat rule die gee wh! Jawad He bn ead “ab by i nodgin iehaerte vilduad gat beanie fal fou Xe tl ae Wa? gobilecg fe ot ED AiR ena a , Td ou) Ay, ed ay bac” Web eae PR peu A ee ceuh b “A OOM DN MBO, anne) wt, hee pride a casi Iss iciae biadied ne gues! hn ace ead deo nla wren a | wheter ¢ idoada ITY WOE Res ed cet eeotateys ‘mavens pal’ “a “a aa Vet id way ee is at i PUsOe f ai? : v% ; . we as ody Wi Pas pe ee ane mae ee OOM te a, . Mie sett ie hivelaih nt “itt w dita Th ite oat 19.. oye [ | Bah Te Daeg, a Te ad pets God tate Hanttay iia, bat up a ath - elie Cee sang ] | | ras, Bt ; Tee. Bi Dive eta , ‘ / i - 4 vat a ’ yi ma on ir Sihiw wi ohlarteivmisath ing OTs al i SU Ow} sanrt Ts as Wl | oo” vLD . wavhiy er ays in #9 moar el. ladies tq thie i | fi wera Larne badd selena s ? | Hut a ot Longe ad vivid eesttrth). TA9 O%e Aotiaseyn ie He, ® lo 9 LOB hoki tu Davoteets, £8 soem) aslaoaucts (n a } } ‘ij “ 2 Teed wey eke unpecpa TE sped ny Hil aires ¢ by j 5 yee cae | base (Norris art ’ vee } ae ta aly ) aoe Tie ati the fiisateh Aiiibasia > SUT Reed OL ede ry Bye seat phi eis coon Hy yl “ae seid Were otra weet lin wv mfaTg RN bias Aware eee, 4b 5B rte Pe a (em liy Se oF Wally “ee (herb) het pene posal ne Ai Pei bae: i. dag ie ate o) 0 ee Pywrye ata . ba 387 ON THE CHANGES WHICH OCCUR IN CERTAIN CHARACTERS OF ANOPHELES LARVAE IN THE COURSE OF THEIR GROWTH. By A. T. Stanton, Bacteriologist, Institute for Medical Research, Federated Malay States. Introductory. It is generally admitted that the ability to determine the species of Anopheles by an examination of their larvae would place a valuable weapon in the hands of © the practical sanitarian in tropical countries. In the investigation of an area for the determination of the Anopheles present, it frequently happens that, on account of their habit of concealment by day, adult mosquitos are difficult to find, whereas their breeding places may be located readily. If the larvae are transported to a distance they commonly do not develop further, and so, failing the specific identification of the larvae themselves, valuable information is lost. It is therefore very desirable to know whether, and to what extent, any of the characteristics of such larvae may safely be employed in determining their species. Grassi! was the first to direct attention to certain characters of Anopheles larvae, notably the form of the clypeal hairs, which he considered to be of value in their specific differentiation. The valuable observations of James? and Christophers® added greatly to the knowledge of the subject, but later studies in India and elsewhere appeared to show that these characters were not constant in the same species. James and Liston’, in the second edition of their monograph on “The Anopheline Mosquitoes of India,” give expression to the prevalent belief that “in the larvae of common species some of the characters vary con- siderably and therefore for purposes of identification we are not now inclined to attach very great importance to them.” In the course of a study of the Anopheles mosquitos of the Malay Peninsula, it was possible by breeding out larvae from the eggs of known species to follow the changes in them at successive ecdyses up to maturity. The results of these observations are set forth in the present paper, and it is believed that they account for the anomalous results obtained by previous workers in this field of research, by showing that the supposed variations of any specific larva are really changes of a constant kind associated with successive phases of development. The dithculty of breeding out larvae from the eggs laid by mosquitos in captivity was not found to be insuperable, and it is considered that the study of such larvae offers certain advantages over the study of the skins cast on their transformation to pupae or of groups of larvae from which a single species subsequently hatches out. The larvae of the following species were studied :— 7 Ai5 é larch ‘if A Beil 7 i ee 430" ‘altho jae 9G, basa hapten tie ya ticte au ie cave uf a te ee eos cinta . oe ic went ie’ AY rRAlTCs we OMA Thee ais ry np alhioe (he ee, Red ernst nt nai wnt A bee ie. | ‘ Lyi ri tau aids 5 ivet. WwW) rid rt roRpuieahgat hg aoe RIP EM -3 ru piers, Wrks st eigie Lat heal ax Vudieis Sik miro Oi tal ates PRY POG ia tice ar ant trop. “se tag wari 1 AL eee e pete ool, ar is hroather. + aed, Saat sae . wll % ry rok OI hed, pine gt ceonaee,, lonely. DC + ‘dati . tédomin Simonth, upeadest: ete the saiddlas nih : abefane, sngin ar } woare ah, reat! wri woly tye: Trbitay i if batty; enriput. A do aettos One: wei ida: ands at ape at sr ibhs 4.9 pe hereon: ginal ie aire eit 399 NEW AFRICAN TABANIDAE.—PART IIL. By Ernest Kk. AUSTEN. (Published by permission of the Trustees of the British Museum.) The types of the eight new species described in the present instalment are in the British Museum (Natural History). The following list shows at a glance the countries in which these additions to our knowledge of the blood-sucking flies of Africa have been obtained. PANGONIINAE. Genus DIATOMINEURA (Subgenus CORIZONEURA), Rond. Diatomineura lineatithorax, sp. n. ... Northern Rhodesia. i penetrabilis, sp. 0. ve he * 8 hastata, sp. 0. aphe ... Portuguese East Africa. TABANINAE. Genus HaEMatTopota, Mg. Haematopota grahami, sp. U. ... Ashanti; Sierra Leone Protectorate. i daveyi, sp. Nn. wd ... Nyasaland Protectorate. e rubens, sp. 0. re ... Nyasaland Protectorate ; Northern Rhodesia ; Southern Rhodesia. - beringeri, sp. 0... ... Gold Coast (Northern Territories) ; Northern Nigeria. ss crudelis, sp. 0. Jee ... German East Africa. PANGONIINAE. Genus DIATOMINEURA (Subgenus Cor1zONEURA), Rond. Diatomineura lineatithorax, sp. n. Q.—Length (1 specimen) 16 mm.; width of head 4°75 mm.; width of front at vertex 1 mm.; distance from upper margin of occiput to anterior extremity of face 4°2 mm. ; length of proboscis 11°5 mm.; length of wing 16°25 mm. Front mouse-grey” pollinose, anteriorly with a shining dark brown, hastate mark wn middle line between and above bases of antennae, and with a patch of black hair zmmediately above each antennigerous eminence ; dorsum of thorax resembling that of Pangonia rostrata, L., blackish slate-coloured, greyish (brownish-grey or olivaceous- grey) pollinose, with light grey markings ; tergites of first three (viseble) abdominal segments shining ochraceous, with an interrupted and not sharply defined, dark, median longitudinal stripe, second and third tergites also with an irregular clove- brown spot or blotch at each lateral extremity ; tergites of fourth and following abdominal segments clove-brown or greyish clove-brown, their lateral borders and also posterior half of fourth tergite, except median third, ochraceous. = * For names and illustrations of colours, see Ridgway, ‘A Nomenclature of Colors for Naturalists ’ (Boston: Little, Brown & Company, 1886). 400 ERNEST E. AUSTEN—NEW AFRICAN TABANIDAE—PART III. Head: front above supra-antennal patches of black hair clothed with yellowish hair ; upper surface of face smoke-grey pollinose ; sides of face, except orbits which are yellowish-grey pollinose, greyish dark brown, without shining calli, a patch of black hair mixed with yellowish hairs below each antenna, close to groove at base of facial prolongation ; jowls, basi-occipital region, and occiput whitish-grey pollinose, jowls and basi-occipital region thickly clothed with whitish hair; palpi dark brown (terminal joint reddish-brown), under side of proximal joint, except distal third, with long whitish hairs, which are more numerous at base; first and second joints of antennae greyish clove-brown, clothed above with blackish hairs, third joint dark chestnut or dark reddish- brown, distal extremity dark brown. Thorax: dorsum with a pair of narrow, hight grey, longitudinal stripes, commencing on front margin, where they broaden out slightly, and enclosing rather more than median third ; a little beyond the transverse suture the narrow grey stripes become indistinct, but each sends out -an offshoot along the portion of the transverse suture with which it is in contact, and this offshoot bifurcates at its outer extremity, passing forwards and back- wards along outer border of dorsum; portions of dorsum immediately behind and in front of transverse suture on each side, and enclosed between narrow grey longitudinal stripe and its offshoot just described, clove-brown, darker than remainder of dorsum ; inner margins of narrow grey longitudinal stripes bordered with olive-brown, and a broader but iess sharply defined longitudinal stripe of same colour in centre of dorsum ; hairy covering of dorsum yellowish and silky, sparsely mixed with blackish hairs on main portion of dorsum, a small patch of black hair behind each humeral callus; above base of each wing is a fringe of closely-set whitish hair; outer surface of each postalar callus fringed with similar but longer hair, upper surface of postalar calli clothed with black hair ; pleurae and pectus grey pollinose, densely clothed with whitish hair, which is visible in front of wings when insect is viewed from above. Abdomen: tergite of first segment with a slate-grey median blotch, as wide as scutellum at base but narrowing towards hind margin, which it only reaches in centre, its posterior angles being rounded off; tergite of second segment with a rounded, clove-brown, median spot at base, in contact with front margin ; distally the spot is prolonged towards the hind margin of the second tergite by an irregularly mottled, wider, dusky patch (but the posterior fourth of the segment is entirely free from dark markings of any kind), the dark median blotch formed by the basal spot and its prolongation looking like an ill-defined truncate triangle, with forwardly directed apex ; tergite of third segment with an ill-defined dark median blotch similar to that on second segment, but extending from front to hind margin, and with a less distinct clove-brown spot or nucleus at base ; on second, third, and fourth tergites the median dark blotch in each case is overlaid by an ill-defined grey pollinose triangle (most distinct when insect is viewed at a low angle from behind), with forwardly-directed apex ; fifth and following tergites entirely greyish pollinose, except in case of fifth tergite, on which a transversely elongate streak of ground colour is exposed on each side, next base ; lateral clove-brown spots larger and more transversely elongate on third than on second tergite, nearer front than hind margins, but not actually in contact with front margin in either case ; tergite of first segment with its posterior angles clothed with outstanding ochreous hair, and ERNEST E. AUSTEN—NEW AFRICAN TABANIDAE—PART Iil. 401 on hind margin with a small median patch of appressed pale yellowish hair ; posterior angles and lateral margins (except anterior halves of lateral margins in case of second and third segments) of tergites of following segments clothed with silvery-white hair, which is longest on posterior angles of fifth tergite; second and third tergites each with a median patch of appressed, glistening whitish hair on or adjacent to hind margin, and on hind border on each side of this patch, and between it and posterior angle, clothed with appressed, glistening, ochreous or pale yellowish hair; hind borders of fourth and fifth tergites, except rather less than median third in case of latter, clothed with appressed glistening whitish hair, which on fourth tergite in middle line also extends forwards as a roughly tri- angular patch almost reaching front margin; dorsum of abdomen, except as already stated, clothed with appressed black hairs ; venter ochraceous-buff (last two segments mouse-grey), speckled here and there with clove-brown or mouse- grey, and clothed with short, appressed, glistening, cream-buff-coloured hair, Wings conspicuously broader across centre of basal and axillary cells than at distal extremity, faintly tinged with drab, extreme base, third costal cell, and veins or portions of veins bounding distal extremities of basal cells suffused with light mummy-brown, second costal cell light raw-umber-coloured. Squamae cream-buff. Halteres light sepia-coloured. Jegs: front and middle coxae clove- brown, grey pollinose, clothed with whitish hair, which is especially long and dense on front pair, hind coxae dark grey in front, greyish-buff posteriorly, clothed with whitish hair ; front femora, except extreme tips, upper surface of middle femora, and extreme base and distal extremities of middle and hind remora, also except extreme tips, dark brown, extreme tips of all femora buff, middle and hind femora except as already stated, ochraceous-buff, all femora clothed with whitish or yellowish-white hair ; tibiae and tarsi dark brown or clove-brown, clothed with black hair, which on hind tibiae forms a fringe on inner and outer surfaces, anterior surface of front and middle tibiae, except at distal extremities, clothed with minute, appressed, glistening yellowish hairs. NortHern Ruopesia: Feira District, 1911 (£. A. Copeman). Diutomineura lineatithorax, which agrees with the following species in the shape of its wings, is by reason of its thoracic markings easily distinguishable from any of its African congeners known to the author. Diatomineura penetrabilis, sp. n. ©.—-Length (1 specimen) 18 mm.; width of head 5-4 mm.; width of front at vertex 1 mm.; distance from upper margin of occiput to anterior extremity of face 4°6 mm. ; length of proboscis 15 mm. ; length of wing 18°5 mm. | Front and upper surface of face dusky yellowish pollinose, front clothed entirely with pale yellowish hair ; dorsum of thorax dark olive-brown, dusky yellowish-grey pollinose, practically unicolorous, without conspicuous markings ; tergite of Jirst abdominal segment raw-sienna-coloured, with a greyish clove-brown median blotch at base ; tergites of neat three segments brownish tawny, each with paler hind border and an irregularly shaped, more or less transversely elongate, clove-brown or black median spot or blotch at base; tergites of last three segments clove-brown, their lateral borders and hind margins dull yellowish ; wings conspicuously narrower at 402 ERNEST BE. AUSTEN—NEW AFRICAN TABANIDAE—PART III. distal extremity than across centre of basal and axillary cells, faintly tinged with brown (extreme base mummy-brown), veins or portions of veins forming distal boundary of basal cells faintly suffused with mummy-brown. Head: sides of face (except orbits, which are thickly clothed with dull yellowish pollen) clove-brown, greyish-pollinose, moderately shining but without sharply defined shining calli ; jowls, basi-occipital region, and occiput whitish- erey pollinose (upper portion of posterior orbits yellowish-grey pollinose), jowls and basi-occipital region thickly clothed with whitish hair; pa/pi chestnut or burnt-sienna-coloured, proximal joint dark brown on outer side, clothed with whitish hair on under side as in foregoing species ; antennae as in foregoing species. Thorax: three dark longitudinal stripes indistinctly visible on median third of dorsum in front of transverse suture, anterior border of dorsum also with two light grey flecks, representing vestiges of stripes; hairy covering of dorsum as in foregoing species ; pleurae and pectus also as in foregoing species. Abdomen : greyish clove-brown median blotch on first tergite not quite reaching hind margin, of about same width as scutellum, from beneath which it pro- trudes ; tergite of second segment with a small, median, greyish clove-brown or black spot at base, and with a raw-sienna-coloured hind border, which is much narrower in the centre than on each side, where it occupies at least the posterior half of the segment, the anterior margin of the hind border and the posterior margin of the anterior and darker portion of the segment being sinuate ; pale hind borders of tergites of third and fourth segments much less deep than hind border of tergite of second segment, and straight or nearly so, being only slightly deeper on posterior angles than in centre ; when abdomen is viewed at a low angle from behind, second and three following tergites each exhibit a large, dull greyish pollinose median triangle, base of which rests on hind margin, while its apex, at least in case of third and two following tergites, extends to front margin of segment or nearly so; on third, fourth, and fifth segments greyish pollinose covering forming median triangle also extends outwards along hind border ; tergites of sixth and seventh segments, except lateral borders and hind margins, entirely greyish pollinose ; tergite of first segment clothed with ochreous or pale yellowish hair, except at base immediately adjacent to dark median patch where hair is black ; followimg tergites clothed on their darker portions with short black hair, and elsewhere with ochreous, pale yellowish, or whitish hair (pale hair on sixth and seventh tergites confined to lateral margins and posterior angles, on fifth tergite pale hair absent from middle third of hind border) ; venter ochraceous-buff (last two scutes, except lateral borders and hind margins, more or less mouse-grey), clothed with appressed, glistening, ochreous or pale straw-yellow hair. Wings: second costal cell pale raw-sienna-coloured ; veins for most part dark brown. Squamae buff. Halteres burnt-umber-coloured. Legs: coxae dark grey, clothed with pale yellowish-white hair; front femora dark brown (distal extremities reddish), clothed for most part with yellowish hair; middle and hind femora cinnamon-coloured (more or less dark brown at distal extremities, anterior surface of middle femora ‘also largely dark brown), clothed with yellowish hair ; front tibiae dark brown, more or less reddish at base, middle and hind tibiae burnt-umber-coloured, front tibiae (except tips on inside) and outer and posterior surfaces of middle and hind tibiae clothed with ERNEST E. AUSTEN—-NEW AFRICAN TABANIDAE—PART III. 403 minute, appressed, glistening, pale yellowish hair, hind tibiae also with inner and outer fringes of black hair ; tarsi dark brown or dark reddish-brown. NortHeRN (NortTH-WESTERN) RHopEsia: Changa, 23.viii.1908, “in tent” (R. E. Montgomery, M.R.C.V.S.: presented by the Liverpool School of Tropical Medicine). In the characteristic shape of its wings Diatomineura penetrabilis agrees with D, lineatithoraz, as has already been indicated at the end of the description of the latter (vide supra). Owing to the absence of distinct thoracic markings, however, D. penetrabilis cannot be mistaken for the species mentioned, while the regularly banded appearance of the abdomen (particularly noticeable when the insect is viewed obliquely from the side, and due in large measure to the contrast between the pale-haired hind borders of the second, third, and fourth tergites, and the black-haired brownish-tawny portions of these segments) affords a means of distinction from any of the other African species of Diatomineura with which confusion could possibly arise. Diatomineura hastata, sp. n. ©.—Length (1 specimen) 16 mm.; width of head 5 mm.; width of front at vertex 1 mm.; distance from upper margin of occiput to anterior extremity of face 4mm.; length of wing 15°8 mm. Front raw-sienna-coloured pollinose, paler anteriorly, where there is an acicular, clove-brown, median, longitudinal streak, with its upper half grooved; base of each antenna connected with eye on corresponding side by an oblique, mummy-brown stripe ; third joint of antennae ochraceous-rufous ; face with a shining clove-brown or black callus below antenna on each side; dorsum of thorax dark olive-brown, a pair of indistinct admedian stripes dull yellowish-brown, lateral margins paler ; dorsum of abdomen olive-coloured, first three segments each with a clove-brown median blotch at base, and with a large orange-ochraceous area on each side ; wings pale sepra-coloured, not noticeably broader across middle of basal and axillary cells, hind margin being nearly parallel to costa ; legs cinnamon-rufous. Head: front sparsely clothed with minute, yellowish hairs ; face in front of orbits dark brown on each side, clove-brown or black above, thinly covered with grey pollen except on shining calli; jowls, basi-occipital region, and occiput light smoke-grey, jowls and basi-occipital region thickly clothed with whitish hair ; palpi ochraceous-rufous ; proboscis more than 6°5 mm. in length (distal portion missing in case of type); first and second joints of antennae ochraceous-buff, greyish pollinose and clothed with minute black hairs, first joint but little longer than (less than twice as long as) second. Thorax: indistinct yellowish-brown admedian stripes on dorsum fairly broad, separated anteriorly by a narrow dark streak, behind which the stripes become more or less fused together according to angle at which they are viewed ; transverse suture on each side filled by an off- shoot from corresponding admedian stripe ; humeral calli dusky cinnamon-rutous ; lateral borders of dorsum behind humeral calli yellowish-grey pollinose, clothed above base of wings and on under surface of anterior portion of postalar calli with a fringe of bright yellowish-white hair; dorsum of main portion of thorax clothed anteriorly with minute, upstanding, yellowish hairs, and posteriorly with similar blackish hairs, the khair at each extremity being somewhat longer than 404 ERNEST E. AUSTEN—NEW AFRICAN TABANIDAE—PART III. elsewhere ; dorsum of scutellum clothed with blackish hair, and exhibiting a deep hind border (narrowing to each basal angle) of olive-grey pollen ; pleurae and pectus olive-brown, covered with grey pollen and clothed with yellowish hair. Abdomen: clove-brown median blotch on tergite of first segment as wide as scutellum, almost reaching hind margin of segment but its posterior angles rounded off or concealed by yellowish-grey pollen; clove-brown median blotch on second tergite quadrate, extending from base to a little beyond middle, its posterior margin indented by apex of a dull and ill-defined olive-pollinose median triangle resting on hind margin of segment; tergite of third segment with a transversely elongate clove-brown median blotch at base, rather wider but less deep than blotch on second segment (occupying about centre third but not reaching to middle of segment), with its hind margin indented by apex of an olive-pollinose triangle, resting on hind margin and similar to but larger than triangle on second segment ; on tergites of first three segments clove-brown blotches and olive-pollinose triangles together form a broad, dark, median longitudinal stripe, with concave sides; lateral margins of tergites of second and third segments somewhat infuscated (irregularly speckled with blackish grey); hind borders of tergites of third and following segments yellowish grey pollinose, lateral borders of fourth and following tergites orange-ochraceous ; dorsum clothed partly with minute, appressed black hairs (mainly confined to last four segments and to dark median area or longitudinal stripe on first three segments), partly with glistening pale yellowish hairs ; orange-ochraceous areas on first two segments clothed with pale yellowish hairs (longer as usual on posterior angles of first segment), lateral extremities of following segments also clothed with pale yellowish hairs, which likewise clothe each extremity of hind borders of these segments ; anterior portion of orange-ochraceous areas on third segment clothed with black hairs ; venter cream-buff, irregularly speckled here and there with dusky grey, and clothed with minute, appressed, glistening, cream-buft-coloured hairs. Wings: costa mummy-brown, first longitudinal vein cinnamon-rufous, other veins tawny. Squamae cream-buff. Halteres: stalks ochraceous-rufous, knobs fawn-coloured. /egs: coxae greyish clove-brown, front pair clothed with black hair mixed with whitish hair ; femora clothed partly with black, partly with yellowish hairs, upper and anterior surfaces of hind femora clothed with black hairs ; front and middle tibiae clothed with minute, glistening, ochreous hairs, hind tibiae clothed with black hairs ; upper surface of front tarsi clothed partly with minute black hairs, partly with minute ochraceous hairs, upper surface of middle tarsi clothed with minute black hairs (hind tarsi wanting in case of type) ; tips of last four joints of front and middle tarsi dark brown. PorTUGUESE Hast Arrica, 1908 (Dr. W. W. Woolliscroft : presented by the London School of Tropical Medicine, per Lieut.-Col. Alcock, C.I.E., F.R.S.). From Diatommeura (Pangonia) rondani, Bertoloni (Mem. Accad. Sc. Bologna, T. xii, 1861, p. 56, fig. 8), which was described from a Q from Inyambane, D, hastata is distinguishable inter alia by the presence of the dark median stripe on the proximal portion of the abdomen. The dark and shining facial calli, shorter first antennal joint, ochraceous-rufous third joint, and redder legs of the species just described will serve to distinguish it from the foregoing species, ERNEST E. AUSTEN—NEW AFRICAN TABANIDAE——PART III, 405 TABANINAE. Genus Harmatopota, Mg. Haematopota grahami, sp. n. (fig. 1). ©.—Length (13 specimens) 8°6 to 12°5 mm.; width of head 3 to 4 mm. ; width of front at vertex just under 1 mm, to 1°2 mm.; length of wing 8°5 to 10°6 mm. Dark brown species, allied to and resembling H.. bullatifrons, Austen,* but dis- tinguishable at once, inter alia, by the hind tibiae being less expanded and, instead of exhibiting a pair of narrow, buff-coloured bands, having a single, much deeper, creamy-white band close to the base.-—Front yellowish-qrey pollinose, decidedly narrower than that of H. bullatifrons; frontal callus dark brown, extending practically from eye to eye; dorsum of thorax dark sepia-coloured, with grey markings as shown in fig. 1, dorsum of scutellum, except hind border, yellowish smoke-grey ; dorsum of abdomen dark brown, with narrow grey hind borders to the segments, hind border of second segment usually somewhat deeper than remainder, Fig. 1.— Haematopota grahami, Austen, 2. xX 4. and in middle line expanded into a narrow, forwardly directed triangle, dorsal scutes of fifth and two following segments sometimes each bearing on its anterior half a pair of small, elongate, grey spots, resting on front margin of segment ; wings dark * For this Northern Nigerian species Baron J. M. R. Surcouf, of the Muséum National D’Histoire Naturelle, Paris, recently proposed to found a new genus, which he was good enough to designate Awstenia (Bull. Mus. Nat. D’Hist. Nat., 1909 (not published until 1910), p. 454). In proposing a generic separation in the case of Haemotopota bullatifrons, M. Surcouf relied upon the shape and other characters of the frontal callus, on the presence of fringes of long hair on the femora, and on the shape of the hind tibiae in this species ; in the same paper the author in question, on the basis of characters presented by the antennae, proposed a new genus named Potisa for certain Oriental species, the genotype in this case being Haemotopota pachycera, Big., which occurs in Cambodia and Siam. In the opinion of the present writer, however, no valid division of the genus Haematopota, at any rate into categories higher than groups or subgenera, is possible, since, although within the limits of the genus great differences exist in the shape of the frontal callus, antennae, front and hind tibiae, etc., it would be difficult to find two species showing identical differences from the genotype, yet all are united by the well-known, highly characteristic, and distinctive wing-markings, as well as by a general facies, 406 ERNEST FE. AUSTEN—NEW AFRICAN TABANIDAE—PART III. sepia-coloured, with pale markings as shown in fig. 1; front and hind legs clove- brown, middle legs dark brown (middle femora mouse-grey proximally, and with a broad, greyish, cream-buff band before distal extremity), front tibiae banded like hind tibiae, middle tibiae each with a pair of cream-buff or cream-coloured bands, varying tn depth in different individuals, and sometimes occupying greater part of joint. Head; basi-occipital region, jowls, and lower part of face light grey, clothed with whitish hair, sides of face often with brownish hair in front; occiput smoke grey ; front relatively rather narrow at vertex, somewhat broader anteriorly, vertex bearing a large, deltoid or cordate, dark sepia-coloured median spot, often narrowly divided in middle line ; median frontal spot if present small and inconspicuous, in contact with anterior extremity of spot on vertex, lateral frontal spots more or less oval, narrowly separated from or in contact with eyes ; frontal callus roughly semi-oval in shape, its curved upper margin produced in middle line into a small, upwardly directed angle, its straight lower margin with median portion, 7.e., part between antennae, descending somewhat lower than remainder, so that lower edge of callus is slightly excavated above each antenna, each lateral extremity of callus separated from eye on that side only by an exceedingly narrow pollinose line; as in HA. bdullatifrons, Austen, and also in following species, a large clove-brown or black spot below and in contact with lower inner angle of each eye, a smaller median quadrate spot of similar colour between and above bases of antennae, in contact with median downward pro- longation of lower edge of callus, and below and between antennae, only narrowly separated from or in some specimens apparently fused with median clove-brown or black spot just mentioned, a similarly coloured, transversely elongate spot; palpi drab-grey or smoke-grey, clothed with glistening whitish or yellowish-white hair, distal portion of terminal joint more or less dark brown on outer side and clothed with minute blackish hairs, some blackish hairs also present on proximal portion of same joint, terminal joint elongate, but little or only moderately expanded at base; first joint of antennae either shining raw- umber-coloured, except upper surface of distal extremity, which is shining dark brown, or shining dark brown, except inner surface of proximal three-fourths, which is shining raw-umber-coloured ; first joint of antennae, which is clothed with minute black hairs, elongate (longer than in either H. bullatifrons or the following species), and roughly cylindrical-ovate in outline, its distal two-thirds being moderately swollen, second and third joints dark brown (annulate portion of third joint clove-brown), third joint viewed from side narrow and elongate, its proximal portion but little wider at base. Thorax: anterior portion of dorsum with a pair of narrow, longitudinal, grey stripes, commencing on front border and terminating in or more or less indistinctly connected with a pair of grey sagittate spots, situate just behind inner extremities of lateral halves of trans- verse suture, lateral margins of dorsum and usual pair of bluntly crescentic marks on hind margin of main portion also grey; dorsum (including scutellum) thinly clothed with short, pale yellowish hair, which on main portion of dorsum is mixed with minute blackish hairs; pleurae and pectus light smoke-grey, clothed with whitish hair, mesopleurae with upper margins and a large blotch at lower extremity, sending out an offshoot on to sternopleurae, sepia-coloured. Abdomen; extreme base of tergite of second segment in most cases narrowly ERNEST E. AUSTEN—NEW AFRICAN TABANIDAE—PART III. 407 grey, sometimes interrupted in middle line, posterior angles of tergite of first segment and lateral extremities of tergite of second (not always visible from above) also grey ; dorsum clothed with minute, appressed, dark brown hairs, except on grey hind borders, etc., which are clothed with whitish hair, posterior margin of first tergite sometimes with a few yellowish hairs on each side of middle line ; venter partly grey, partly dark brown, ventral scutes of first three (visible) segments grey, except anterior border of third segment, a quadrate median blotch on this segment, starting from base but not quite reaching hind margin, and a small and not sharply defined median patch on second segment, which are dark brown or brownish ; ventral scutes of four following segments dark brown, hind margins and posterior angles of fourth to sixth segments inclusive grey, hind margin of ventral scute of seventh segment also sometimes erey ; ventral scutes of second to fourth segments inclusive, and grey areas of two following ventral scutes clothed with appressed glistening whitish hairs, hind margin of ventral scute of last segment clothed with whitish or yellowish hair, ventral scutes of last three segments, except as stated, clothed with dark brown or blackish hair. Wangs: pale markings on proximal side of stigma, especially towards costa, slightly tinged with cream-buff; stigma dark brown, elongate (usually distinctly longer than in H. bullatifrons) and conspicuous, with a large and more or less quadrate, dark sepia-coloured area below it, as shown in fig. 1 ; discal cell with two pale marks (sometimes connected or partly fused together) in its proximal extremity, and a couple of small pale spots, one more or less above the other and usually separate, at or near commencement of its distal third; a more or less indistinct pale mark usually present in extreme apex of wing, at distal extremity of second submarginal cell, beyond ordinary sinuous mark, which starts from costa at distal extremity of first submarginal celi and termi- nates abruptly soon after crossing anterior branch of third longitudinal vein. Squamae dark sepia-coloured. Halteres: knobs sepia-coloured, paler (more or less cream-buff) at tips, stalks buff or cream-buff, entire halteres occasionally cream-buff, except base of knobs, which is slightly brownish. Legs clothed with black hair, except pale bands on tibiae which are clothed with glistening whitish hair ; whitish hair is also present on front and hind coxae (in case of front coxae sometimes clothing whole of anterior surface, sometimes confined to a grey band at base), on proximal three-fourths of middle femora (on under side of pale area on which it forms a long, fine fringe), and occasionally mixed with the black hairs on anterior surface of proximal half of hind femora ; upper and under surfaces of front femora and of distal halves of hind femora, and under surface of distal extremities of middle femora fringed with black hair, coarser and denser than elsewhere at distal extremities of hind femora; front tibiae beyond pale band moderately swollen, outer surface of hind tibiae beyond pale band with a dense and conspicuous fringe of black hair, causing these tibiae on a cursory inspection to appear swollen also ; first joint of middle and hind tarsi usually paler (more or less buff or cream-buff) at base. ASHANTI and Srerra Leone PROTECTORATE: type from Obuasi, Ashanti, 13. vi. 1907, “caught on boy’s arm in bush-path ; two para-types from Obuasi— 2. x. 1907, “caught in bush-path, 10 a.m.,” and 6. xi. 1907, “caught in bush, 3 p.m.” ; a third para-type from Kumasi, Ashanti, 19. x. 1907, “caught on arm 27226 E 408 ERNEST E. AUSTEN—NEW AFRICAN TABANIDAE—PART III. in bush-path, 10 a.m.”: all the foregoing taken and presented to the British Museum (Natural History) by Dr. W. M. Graham, W.A.M.S. Two females from West Ashanti have also been examined—one from Tekerri, 24. v. 1911 (T. EF. Fell: in possession of the Entomological Research Committee), the other from Sunyani Station, July, 1911 (Dr. W. M. Wade, W.A.M.S.: presented to the British Museum by the Entomological Research Committee). A field-note by Dr. Graham states that in Ashanti this species is “found only in thick forest.” From the Sierra Leone Protectorate the Museum possesses the following examples, taken and presented by Major A. Pearse, R.A.M.C.:— two specimens from Gola Forest, 11.111. 1909 ; four specimens captured between Mogbaima and Dombolo, 18.11.1909: one specimen from Dombolo, “on an elephant,” 23. i. 1909. As regards differences between Haematopota grahami and H. bullatifrons, Austen, in addition to the distinctive characters upon which stress has already been laid, attention in the case of the present species may be directed to the much greater width of the frontal callus, which is almost in contact with, instead of “widely separated from”, the eyes, the greater length and different coloration of the first joint of the antennae, and the much less extensive development of the grey markings on the main portion of the dorsum of the thorax. From the following species, which may be regarded as in some respects occupying an inter- mediate position between Haematopota grahami and H. bullatifrons, H. grahami may be distinguished by the above-mentioned characters in the frontal callus and first joint of the antennae, by the absence of a third (median) grey stripe on the dorsum of the thorax, the greater extent of the grey area on the scutellum, and, in the wing, by the greater length of the stigma and by the sinuous mark near the apex being interrupted before reaching the middle of the second submarginal cell. Haematopota daveyi, sp. n. Q.—Leneth (2 specimens), 11 to 12°4 mm.; width of head, 3°8 to 4:2 mm, ; width of front at vertex, 1°25 to 14 mm.; length of wing, 9°5 to 10°25 mm. Large or moderately large, dark-coloured species, closely allied to, and in some respects intermediate between, the foregoing species and H. bullatifrons Austen.— Head and all cephalic structures and markings practically as in H. bullatifrons, though interval between each lateral extremity of frontal callus and corresponding eye is narrower ; dorsum of thorax dark brown with grey markings, scutellum with a large grey spot entirely surrounded with brown, either in centre of disc or extend- ing closer to posterwor than to anterior margin ; dorsum of abdomen clove-brown, with conspicuous light grey hind borders to all segments, as well as other light grey markings ; wings sepia-coloured, light markings agreeing generally with those on wings of H. bullatifrons, but apical sinuous mark sometimes interrupted or nearly so in middle of second submarginal cell, and median rosette and markings in discal cell as in foregoing species; legs as in foregoing species, except that proximal two-thirds of anterior surface of front femora, and proximal three-fourths of hind femora are grey and clothed, for most part at least, with whitish hair, while fringe of hair on outer side of hind tibiae is, if anything, somewhat longer, and pale area on first joint of hind tarsz is lighter in colour and more extensive, ERNEST E. AUSTEN—NEW AFRICAN TABANIDAE—PART III. 409 Head: upper portion of front with a dark sepia-coloured, V-shaped, median mark, extending from vertex to median frontal spot, with which its apex is in contact ; in front of this is a less distinct, brownish, sinuous, transverse mark, shaped something like a flattened Q, with extremities expanded into rounded spots and narrowly separated from the eyes; median frontal spot small and inconspicuous, lateral frontal spots large, not in contact with eyes, ovate but with their anterior margins excavated ; frontal callus shining dark brown, semi-oval, its upper margin curved, its lower margin produced downwards in centre as in HI, bullatifrons and foregoing species, its outer extremity on each side terminating at a point rather beyond half way between level of outer edge of proximal joint of antenna and inner margin of eye; clove-brown or black spots, on level with antennae, as in foregoing species or H. bullatifrons ; palpi smoke-grey, clothed with whitish hair, terminal joint fairly large, moderately expanded at base, its distal extremity on outer side darker and clothed with minute black hairs as well as occasionally with some whitish hairs ; antennae as in 1. bullatifrons. Thorax: erey markings on main portion of dorsum resembling those exhibited by HI. bullatifrons but less fully developed, the admedian stripes being more or less interrupted beyond the transverse suture, while the forwardly directed prolonga- tions from the outer ends of the crescentic marks on the hind margin are only faintly indicated, and the median stripe is broadly interrupted on a level with the transverse suture, and is again but sometimes less distinctly interrupted before reaching the hind margin; hairy covering of dorsum as in foregoing species ; pleurae and pectus light grey and clothed with whitish hair. Addomen agreeing generally with that of 1. bullatifrons ; tergite of second segment with its grey hind border sometimes produced into a large, median, forwardly directed triangle, apex of which resis on hind margin of previous tergite; four following tergites each with (at least a vestige of) a grey, median, longitudinal stripe, which in case of sixth tergite is incomplete, and, commencing on front margin, does not extend beyond middle of segment ; tergites of last three segments each with a pair of elongate, grey, admedian spots, resting on front margin; lateral extremities of first three tergites light grey ; dorsum clothed with blackish hair, except hind borders and sides of segments, which are clothed with whitish hair ; venter light grey and clothed with minute, appressed, yellowish hairs, except last : seement and a large, median blotch (resting on front margin but not quite reaching hind border) on each of the two preceding segments, which are clove- brown and clothed, at least for most part, with black or blackish hair. Wings: stigma dark brown, decidedly shorter than in case of H. grahami; median rosette broken up into dots, as in latter species. Sguamae light sepia-coloured. Flalteres: knobs cream-coloured, brownish fawn-coloured at base above, stalks eream-buit. Legs: proximal two-thirds or rather more than proximal half of first joint of hind tarsi buff. NYASALAND PROTECTORATE: type from Mpenya, Central Angoniland, 1. 1. 1910 (Dr. J. B. Davey); a second example from Fort Johnston, South Nyasa, 2,000 ft., 24. 111.1910 (Dr. A. H. H. Barclay): both specimens presented to the British Museum (Natural History) by the Entomological Research Committee. 7 27226 E 32 410 ERNEST E. AUSTEN—NEW AFRICAN TABANIDAE—PART III. The author has much pleasure in associating with this species the name of Dr. J. B. Davey, an energetic and careful collector, who has done much to extend our knowledge of the blood-sucking flies of Nyasaland. Haematopota rubens, sp. n. (fig. 2). Q.—Length (28 specimens) 8°5 to 10°6 mm.; width of head 3 to 3°75 mm.; width of front at vertex 1 to just over 1 mm. ; length of wing 7°4 to 9°5 mm. Prettily-coloured species, with dark brown, grey-striped thorax, uniformly light grey scutellum, and abdomen cinnamon-rufous or brownish cinnamon-rufous above, with last three segments dark brown, paler (orange-ochraceous, orange-buff, or yellowish-grey) hind borders to all segments, and paired pale (orange-buff or grey) spots as shown in fig. 2, those on last tergite being often fused together ; wings drab or drab-grey, with conspicuous dark brown stigma, and comparatively coarse whitish markings, as shown in fig. 2. Fig. 2.—Haematopota rubens, Austen, 9. x 4. Head: front of moderate width, yellowish-grey, with a pair of dark sepia- coloured admedian spots on vertex, more or less triangular in outline, and either narrowly separate or to a greater or less extent fused together ; median frontal spot small and inconspicuous, lateral frontal spots likewise not very large, narrowly separate from eyes ; between dark spots on vertex and upper margin of frontal callus the front, except a narrow border along inner edge of each eye and the area immediately surrounding the median and each lateral frontal spot, is dusky (mouse-grey) ; frontal callus dull yellowish horn-coloured, of moderate depth, transversely oblong, extending from eye to eye, with its upper angles rounded off, and its upper margin either more or less uniformly curved or some- what angulate in middle line ; below and in contact with lower edge of frontal callus is a small dark brown median spot ; face, jowls, and basi-occipital region light grey, occiput smoke-grey, a small dark brown spot usually visible below each antenna and on same level a similarly coloured, transversely elongate fleck adjacent to lower inner margin of each eye; jowls and basi-occipital region sparsely clothed with short, whitish hair ; palpz isabella-coloured, proximal joint clothed with whitish hair, terminal joint clothed on outer side with minute, appressed, black hairs, and with some longer, pale yellowish hairs on under ERNEST E. AUSTEN—NEW AFRICAN TABANIDAE—PART III. 411 surface of proximal portion; first joint of antennae pale ochreous, clothed like second joint with minute black hairs, first joint of moderate length, expanding from base to distal extremity when viewed from side, cylindrical (narrower at base) and appearing moderately stout, though not actually swollen, when seen from above, upper distal angle of second joint moderately produced, third joint cinnamon-coloured or brownish (annulate portion often dark brown), expanded portion as viewed from side varying in breadth in different individuals, but with its upper margin usually more or less angulate at a point one-third of its length from base ; from this point the expanded portion of the third joint, which is here at its broadest, tapers more or less rapidly to its distal extremity. Thoraz : dorsum with grey markings as shown in fig. 2, its anterior surface also grey ; short hairs thinly covering dorsum (including scutellum) yellowish, mixed, except on scutellum, with darker hairs ; pleurae and pectus whitish-erey or smoke-grey, clothed with whitish hair. Abdomen: pale spots on dorsum not present on first segment, and often indistinct on second, but on subsequent segments clearly visible, those on last two or last three segments grey ; dorsum—except lateral margins and hind borders of segments, which are clothed with yellowish or ochreous hairs—clothed with minute, appressed, blackish hairs; venter buff, pinkish-buff, or ochraceous-butff, light greyish pollinose, penultimate and antepenultimate segments usually more or less mouse-grey, last segment greyish clove-brown, hind borders of second and following segments cream-buff, last segment (except hind margin and lateral extremities) clothed as usual with coarse, erect, black hair, remainder of ventral surface clothed with minute, appressed, yellowish hair, hind margin and lateral extremities of ventral scute of last segment also clothed with yellowish hair. Wings: the two whitish marks shown in fig. 2 crossing the discal cell often fused together, but on the other hand sometimes wider apart than in the specimen illustrated. Sguamae isabella-coloured, borders darker. Halteres : knobs cream-buff or buff, usually more or less brownish above and below, at least at base, stalks cream-coloured. Legs: front coxae buff, greyish pollinose, middle and hind coxae smoke-grey, all coxae clothed with glistening whitish hair, front pair also with some black hairs on distal two-thirds of anterior surface ; femora buff, front pair sometimes more or less mouse-grey, middle and hind pairs often greyish at base ; front femora clothed mainly with minute black hairs, but proximal portion of under surface clothed with glistening whitish hairs, some whitish hairs also present on posterior surface, middle and hind femora clothed with glistening whitish hairs, with which on distal portion of their upper surfaces minute black hairs are intermingled ; front tibiae not swollen, distal two- thirds or rather less clove-brown and clothed with minute black hairs, with which, at least on posterior and under surfaces, except at distal extremity, minute, glistening yellowish-white hairs are occasionally intermixed ; extreme base of front tibiae isabella-coloured and clothed with minute black hairs; portion of front tibiae between isabella-coloured base and clove-brown distal extremity cream-coloured, clothed with minute, appressed, glistening yellowish-white hairs ; middle and hind tibiae each with two pale (cream-buff) bands, as shown in fig. 2, pale bands clothed with yellowish hair, middle and hind tibiae clothed elsewhere with black hair, hind tibiae not incrassate ; front tarsi clove-brown, middle and hind tarsi mummy-brown, extreme base of first joint of middle tarsi and proximal 412 ERNEST E. AUSTEN—NEW AFRICAN TABANIDAE—PART III. two-thirds or three-fourths of first jomt of hind tarsi cream-buff, second, third, and fourth joints of hind tarsi also cream-buff at base. NYASALAND PROTECTORATE; NORTHERN RuopEsIA; SourHEeRN RuHOo- DESIA. ‘T'ype and one other specimen (para-type) from Makande, R. Lilongwe, Nyasaland Protectorate, 1,800 ft., 26, 28.i.1911 (Dr. Meredith Sanderson: presented by the Entomological Research Committee). Additional material as follows.—NYasALAND PROTECTORATE: three specimens from Mpenya, Central Angoniland, 1. ii. 1910 (Dr. J. B. Davey); two specimens from Fort Johnston, South Nyasa, 26, 28. ii. 1910, in “goat kraal” and “sheep kraal” respectively (Dr. A. H. H. Barclay); two specimens from Neheu, 18. i. 1911 (Dr. J. FE. S. Old: presented, like all the foregoing, by the Entomological Research Committee) ; one specimen from Nkudzi, February, 1910 (H. N. Tate). NORTHERN RHODESIA: one specimen from Petauke, Luangwa Valley, 2,400 ft., 1.1. 1908, and one from the Upper Luangwa Valley, between 1,800 and 2,000 ft., 24.111. 1908 (S. A. MNeave); one specimen from Mangandwe Stream and another from Jani, 9 and 11.11.1911 (the late O. C. Silverlock : presented by the British South Africa Company and Mr. Silverlock’s relatives); two specimens from Feira District, 1911 (#1 A. Copeman); three specimens from Nawalia (two of them taken “on kudu”), January, 1912 (Zl. Lloyd: presented by the Entomological Research Committee) SourHERN RHODESIA: one specimen from Lomagundi, February, 1912 (received from R. W. Jack). The following material in possession of the Entomological Research Committee has also been examined.—From the Nyasaland Protectorate :—three specimens collected by Dr. J. B. Davey, one specimen obtained by Dr. A. H. H. Barclay, and one collected by Dr. J. E. S Old (details in each case as already given); — also one specimen from Fort Johnston, South Nyasa, February, 1910 (S. A. Neave). From Northern Rhodesia :—two specimens from Nawalia, January,’ 1912 (LL. Lloyd). The ruddy coloration of the proximal two-thirds of the dorsal surface of the abdomen in this species is very noticeable—at least in dried specimens of the female sex, and the combination of characters included in the diagnosis at the commencement of the above description renders females of Haematopota rubens readily distinguishable from those of any other Ethiopian //aematopota at present described. Haematopota beringeri, sp. n. (fig. 3). ©.—Length (21 specimens) 8 to 10°2 mm., width of head 2 to 2°8 mm.; width of front at vertex 0°75 to 1°2 mm.; length of wing 7:2 to 9°4 mm. Narrow-bodied, elongate species, with dorsum of thorax mummy-brown, conspic- wously striped with cream-buff, and that of abdomen cinnamon-coloured, darker at distal extremity, and with a more or less distinct, pale (yellowish-grey), median, longitudinal stripe, commencing on second segment and defined by a narrow, dark brown or brownish area on each side of and immediately adjacent to it; wings marked as shown in fig. 3, the border being sepia-coloured (narrower and deeper in tint between first and second longitudinal veins and costa than at apex or in tts distal posterior portion), and the intervening area, from base of wing to fork of third ERNEST E. AUSTEN—NEW AFRICAN TABANIDAE—PART III. 413 longitudinal vein, having a faint isabelline tint, but being without conspicuous mark- ings (basal and anal cells totally devoid of markings); legs cinnamon-coloured, tibiae slender, without bands. Head yellowish-grey pollinose, jowls and basi-occipital region sparsely clothed with yellowish hair ; vertex with usual pair of admedian, mummy-brown spots, in front of and in contact with which is a (frequently less distinct) mummy- brown or brownish, Y-shaped mark, the stem of which lies between the lateral frontal spots ; median frontal spot usually wanting, but if present exceedingly small and inconspicuous, lateral frontal spots not in contact with eyes; frontal callus raw-umber- or yellowish-horn-coloured, of medium depth, extending from eye to eye, usually somewhat deeper at each lateral extremity than in middle, central portion of lower margin being somewhat excavated, upper margin straight or nearly so ; in middle line immediately below and in contact with callus is a short, vertical, mummy-brown, streak, while immediately below antennae is a narrow, transverse, mummy-brown band, extending from eye to eye, but inter- rupted on each side of central portion of face ; palpi ochraceous-buff, clothed on Fig. 3.—Haematopota beringeri, Austen, Q. xX 4. outer side with blackish hair above, and below with ochraceous hair ; first and second joints of antennae orange-buff, first joint not elongate but somewhat swollen on inner side, angles of second joint not produced, third joint as viewed from side narrow and elongate, expanded portion ochraceous-rufous, without prominent angle on upper margin, annulate portion clove-brown. Thorax: dorsum marked, as shown in fig. 3, with complete longitudinal stripes, alternately cream-buff and mummy-brown, sides of dorsum edged with mummy-brown. from humeral callus to posterior branch of transverse suture, a short mummy-brown streak also present above base of each wing, between postalar callus and posterior branch of transverse suture ; pleurae and pectus cream-buff, thinly clothed with yellowish hair, dorsum clothed with minute, appressed, ochreous hairs ; scutellum, except two elongate, mummy-brown spots on dorsum, cream-buff. Abdomen: tergites of last three segments more or less brownish-olive, those of second and following segments sometimes each with a pair of longitudinally elongate, yellowish-grey spots (scarcely noticeable except when abdomen is viewed at a low angle from behind), one of which is situate on each side of middle line, 414 ERNEST E. AUSTEN—-NEW AFRICAN TABANIDAE—PART III. between admedian dark brown or brownish area and lateral margin ; lateral extremities of first (visible) tergite light grey, those of three following tergites also somewhat greyish; dorsum and venter clothed with minute, appressed, ochraceous or ochreous hairs; venter agreeing with dorsum in coloration, but without median stripe or paired spots. Wings: stigma dark brown, elongate and well-defined. Squamae isabella-coloured, borders cream-buff. Halteres : knobs seal-brown (distal border sometimes buff), stalks cream-buff. GoLp Coast (NoRTHERN TERRITORIES) and NORTHERN NIGERIA: type and 16 para-types from Kalande, Northern Territories, Gold Coast, 22. vii. 1910, “at water-hole” (Dr. F. J. A. Beringer, W.A.M.S.). The following are the localities and dates of capture of 68 additional examples of this species, which, like the typical series of specimens, were taken in the Northern Territories, Gold Coast, and presented to the National Collection by Dr. Beringer, whose name the author is glad to be able to associate with this unusually distinct-looking Haematopota (the figures in parentheses indicate the number of specimens) :— (4) Dimbipe, (5) Bongwiripe, 19.vii.; (1) Bongwiri, 20.vii., “in bush”; (1) Girammahama, (1) Girambabina, 20.vii.; (15) Fadama, 20, 21.vu.; (1) Giram- bongwira, 21.vii.; (5) Serpriso, 23.vii.; (4) Kukulu Road, 24.vii. ; (11) Kombi, 24.vil., 8.vill., “water side”; (2) Kalande, 25.vii., “ water side”; (1) between Sissipi and Butuku, “in bush near stream,” and (1) Butuku Village, 26.vii. ; (2) near Jampari, 28.vii., “ flowing water ” ; (2) Girambasana, 8.viil. ; (7) swamp near Salaga, Tamale Road, 16.viii. ; (6) swamp near Salaga, Tandy Road, 17.viii.1910. From Northern Nigeria the British Museum (Natural History) at present possesses but a single QO of AH. beringeri,—taken two miles out of Lokoja, 16.vii.1911 (Dr. E. A. Chartres, W.A.M.S.: presented by the Entomological Research Committee).* Haematopota beringeri, which belongs to the well-marked group of species including H. denshamii, Austen, H. eopemanii, Austen, and others,f resembles in its very unusual coloration H. fulva, Austen,} a species met with as yet only in Benguella, Angola. From Haematopota fulva, however, H. beringeri is dis- tinguishable without difficulty owing to its much more distinctly striped thorax, darker wing-stigma, and more slender front tibiae. Haematopota crudelis, sp. n. (fig. 4). Q.—Length (10 specimens) 8°4 to 9°6 mm.; width of head 3-2 to 3°5 mm. ; width of front at vertex 0°8 tol mm; length of wing 7°75 to 8°8 mm. Medium-sized or rather small, blackish, pale-winged species, with body, wings, and legs marked as shown in fig. 4.—Dorsum of thorax clove-brown with light grey markings, that of abdomen blackish clove-brown or black with markings of somewhat darker grey ; scutellum smoke-grey, with a brown or brownish blotch (sometimes so faint as to be scarcely distinguishable) on each lateral border near base. Head: front, except frontal spots and usual bifid, median, dark brown, deltoid blotch on vertex sometimes light grey, in other cases light grey area is confined * [The Committee has also received two females taken between Daboya and Busunu, Northern Territories, Gold Coast, vii. 1912 (C. Saunders).—Ed. | + Cf Austen, Illustrations of African Blood-Sucking Flies, p. 126 (1909). t Cf. Austen, op. cit., p. 125, and Plate xi., fig. 84. ERNEST E. AUSTEN—NEW AFRICAN TABANIDAE—PART III. 415 to lateral margins and immediate vicinity of frontal spots, remainder of front between frontal callus and blotch on vertex being dark brown or mouse-grey ; all three frontal spots present, lateral frontal spots small, narrowly separated from eyes ; front clothed partly with pale yellowish, partly with blackish hair, in both cases hairy covering of front very short; frontal callus clove-brown, extending from eye to eye, its lower margin perfectly straight, its upper margin rising to an angle in middle line; in some specimens the frontal callus is divided into two halves by a median, vertical, pollinose stripe, which in other instances (at least in pinned material available for examination) is represented merely by a small pollinose fleck, interrupting lower edge of callus in middle line ; face, jowls, and basi-occipital region pearl-grey, clothed with glistening white hair, occiput grey, upper portion of face on each side next eye with a clove-brown fleck, which is often transversely elongate ; palpi drab-grey, clothed with glistening white hair, which on distal two-thirds of outer surface of terminal joint, where ground- colour is usually darkish grey, is mixed with minute black hairs ; first and second joints of antennae clove-brown or blackish, thinly clothed with greyish pollen, Fig. 4.—Haematopota crudelis, Austen, 2. x 4. first joint paler (dusky cinnamon- rufous) at base, at least on inner side, cylindrical in shape (not incrassate) and of moderate length, upper distal angle of second joint but slightly produced, proximal three-fourths of under surface of first joint clothed with white or yellowish-white hair, second joint and remainder of first joint clothed with minute black hairs, expanded portion of third joint viewed from side truncate-lanceolate in outline, of moderate breadth, dark brown, some- times paler (isabella-coloured) at extreme base, annulate portion of third joint clove-brown or black. Thorax: dorsum, including scutellum, clothed with short, appressed, yellowish or yellowish-white hair, lateral borders of dorsum smoke- grey, swelling occupying depression at each end of transverse suture clothed below with longer, outstanding, blackish hair; pleurae and pectus grey pollinose, clothed with white hair. Abdomen : lateral extremities of first six tergites grey, and clothed with minute, appressed, white hairs, hind borders of sixth and seventh tergites and lateral extremities of those of preceding tergites also clothed with white hair (hind margin of last tergite and extreme lateral margins of preceding tergites clothed with longer white hair), remainder of dorsum clothed with blackish hair, which on first five tergites is minute and appressed ; venter, except 416 ERNEST E. AUSTEN—NEW AFRICAN TABANIDAE—PART III. last segment, smoke-grey pollinose, and clothed with minute, appressed, yellowish or yellowish-white hairs, ventral scute of last segment, except hind margin, clove- brown and clothed as usual with coarse, erect, black hair, hind margins of all ventral scutes cream-coloured, hind margin of last ventral scute clothed with yellowish or yellowish-white hair. Wings drab-grey, appearing relatively pale when viewed against a light background ; pale markings as seen in fig. 4, much broken up ; stigma brown or dark brown, conspicuous. Sguamae isabella-coloured, their borders sepia-coloured. Halteres waxen-white or cream-coloured. Legs: coxae grey, clothed with white or yellowish-white hair, distal extremities of front pair darker (greyish clove-brown) and clothed with blackish hair ; femora greyish brown or greyish clove-brown (median portion of middle pair sometimes fawn- coloured), clothed for most part with white but also partly with black hair ; front tibiae and tarsi black, former just beyond base with a conspicuous cream-coloured band, clothed with minute, appressed, glistening, silvery-white hairs, extreme base of front tibiae dark brown, front tibiae not actually incrassate but increasing slightly in width from just beyond base to commencement of distal fourth ; middle and hind tibiae and tarsi dark brown, middle tibiae each with a pair of cream- coloured or cream-buff bands of approximately equal depth, hind tibiae each with a somewhat deeper band of same colour a little beyond base, and a narrower, less brightly coloured, and more or less incomplete cream-buff band on distal third ; pale bands on middle and hind tibiae clothed with yellowish-white or yellowish hair (minute and appressed except on inner and outer margins of proximal band on hind tibiae, where it is longer and more outstanding), which on inner surface is also present on intervening area ; first joint of both middle and hind tarsi usually paler (raw-umber-coloured) at base. , GERMAN Hast AFRICA: type and one para-type from the Ruaha Valley, North Uhehe District, 19.x11.1910 (S. A. Neave). Additional para-types as follows (all collected by Mr. S. A. Neave):—one from North Uhehe District, 15. xii. 1910; one from the foot of Kifulufulu Mountain, Irvinga-Kilossa Road, Usangu District, 3,000 ft., 16 or 17. xii. 1910; six from South Usagara District, 22-24, xii. 1910. The whole of the foregoing specimens, with the exception of two of the para-types from South Usagara, which are retained by the Com- mittee, have been presented to the British Museum (Natural History) by the Entomological Research Committee. Haematopota crudelis is closely alhed to H, cruenta, Austen (of which the type and only specimen at present known is from the Katanga District of the Congo Free State), to which it presents a somewhat deceptive resemblance in general appearance; the new species can, however, be distinguished from H. cruenta by the first joint of its antennae being considerably longer, by the greater development of the grey markings on the hind border of the main portion of the dorsum of the thorax, by the absence of a deep clove-brown edging to the scutellum, and by the knobs of its halteres being entirely white or cream-coloured, instead of seal-brown at the base above and below. 417 A NEW SPECIES OF HIPPOBOSCA FROM NORTHERN RHODESIA. By Ernest KE. AUSTEN. (Published by permission of the Trustees of the British Museum.) Hippobosea fulva, sp. n. Q.—Lenegth (1 specimen) 3°5 mm.; width of head 1*4 mm.; width of front at vertex 0°6 mm.; length of wing 5 mm. Extremely small species: thorax (exclusive of scutellum) and abdomen deep tawny, thorax entirely devoid of markings; scutellum, except hind border, pale straw- yellow, with four relatively stout, ochraceous bristles on hind border on each side of middle line; wings nearly hyaline, faintly tinged with drab-grey but not at all infuscated, veins ochraceous ; legs ochraceous or tawny ochraceous, without bands or other dark markings, except that extreme tips of femora are narrowly edged with dark brown, at least above. Head: triangular plate on vertex wax-yellow; sides of front ochraceous, anterior border of front raw-sienna-coloured, narrow ; frontal stripe cinnamon- rufous ; face yellowish-white, its lower edges fringed with black hairs, under surface of head clothed with Naples-yellow or pale yellowish hair; palpi dark brown ; antennae tawny ochraceous. Thorax: short bristles or spines in front of base of each wing three in number, black, and arranged in a transverse row, longer hair or bristles on dorsum sparse and yellowish in colour; fine hair on pleurae and pectus pale yellowish; hind border of scutellum ochraceous or tawny ochraceous. Abdomen clothed with pale yellowish hair. Wings: costa (at least in typical example) dipping below first longitudinal vei between a point approximately on a level with commencement of distal fourth of first basal cell and end of first longitudinal vein ; costa, except at base, bearing a single row of short bristles, arranged at more or less regular intervals ; third longitudinal vein straight and much closer to second longitudinal vein and costa than in case of HZ, capensis, v. Olf., so that the submarginal cell is conspicuously narrower than in the species mentioned ; neither anterior transverse vein nor adjacent portions of veins infuscated. Halteres ochraceous. Legs: front coxae, except at base, pale straw-yellow ; hair and bristles for most part agreeing with ground-colour, two or three long bristles at tips of hind femora above, and short bristles at distal extremities of hind tibiae dark brown. NorruHern (Nortu-HAstern) RuoopeEsia: Nawalia, 21.ix,1911, on haarte- beeste (Alcelaphus lichtensteint, Peters) (Zl. Lloyd: presented to the British Museum by the Entomological Kesearch Committee). The species described above cannot possibly be confused with any of its congeners previously known, and its discoverer is to be congratulated on having made so interesting an addition to the extremely limited number of recognised species of Hippobosca. ‘ , Ms rh ts p ie ae sam (ae elt 7 Me ‘ae ni ' P = f ‘ | - if iy ‘ xt : th: oy J < ; bl tars ae ee Min ae ighewtl rid yi hy wen ge Beep e ae ee AEE RO Hi, Ms dot? a va a OE Gy i ' a he mt , Ay . . ¢ i it : Hi 7 ; meas a4 cevTe "oti ; heh ea , Any he oe ida “pif. Stent dy ‘ ii ay é Re? x Le % : Gia OE aay ga , 4 ; ev Ay. Pie y' } AS V2 ete iV 4 MeNG vi ‘Aes — Nigh, “i Aig im MRM ee ; vw fi ll hye 44! . a i OF et bo) abs t bw Mi te ibe PUMA hk) Sith Gre ti Lh if Ve ke tiie © pte de shi pe t i*() aa ae ; Ms ) Pe he ine Ams | ee - iy sss ‘A sis aay A Vaeit : mere aen Bhi ts Lt d ea Oh ad % , aay ‘ioe by Lt Ly T vas hy ie ae) Pay i 124}, 20 ‘ ‘OHMAbE WY Bi: oS ' ena’ ‘A, y Sea eS ee | i aa VVea'\oy. Givi fy oh % Bren ies: i Sabin su > Maes + a rh it »% sys “at WE at AAR Moa ML AMV Yak ag + vy er \ vi OS ay i Cer in we \ Lé ie) “~\) aM OF 2. fh c r. )) ; Year sh] DS Wixi SIA 9 LOIRE BW ayo tn "Ye CAA PPO Sia: UY da a S ‘ Bile: be : v9 : ; eisai Mi hyn’ ak mi yal ree) dirs 1 7?) é i iD ot AR rived: oC shal sia Sudden mAs Oh . pardon i: ‘worn ha i) [ay ANT RRT a ntryd: A 990 toy siiad Aoshi Aitye » hy peged ext Oy Boh Odie : ’ ee BN m ; yy ~dnate rh r] 1h ih Wag 5 iat a The hig'y. ans x inc ‘Si ale heli, AAG ve I jane a Ue Ao arb lara ne 7). ‘ IR ARRAN, rs AY: : WOT Batovyareyd fF Ait oy i ‘iA die y Cn sf) hee PL i ty ah yan fii) ein Orit .¢ riot ili ‘Wi He ae ee itis aan (ho Saeed: Trae {4 uwad 1 Oeiiio patie lo me sad mS bugis, lad. +p a . lewd a, a7) hat i oie ioe ae | git Rie borlals snomnahsd x tei 5 *G intote A i WaGs) | es. Leuttin a bids Ay ae 2 yeina ee t This! + cab tet Sn. bua fi i. whe z!) LakAgye b Laete. 2s id Oke SARS PELE Thy dade scaieag Mit Ty) WOT by TY ou rina ; mas 1 a4 7 ae AO) 5 Athan i aia ‘en re my. 3 vibe! AD} ip) wh by ld Bt oa ala pl nee ; 24). a } halts sys, Feary . wes niah >. sa de Wag ae i; Ad) il ri ened b> ae eee | a feline BE dsb « 4} > soa A ve, rt “see yp" Leet hip te Laer eh i a acta ned ae i pul Fes 173 ihe BRO YOU Fitba [Lie iON Hoy Set tale (orissad 3 At iar ba Notr | hohe bat wis Wide Riley on } Wee Lares (Eu yee fy mee 10 Sh ot a ine as te 4, om singe bah He ‘ pike: latack 1s wn é ic aawuls 4th.» aY0Ge HH ty baud, j ’ } wh | y Jip eae si ati Ae ) ~ aa “tae f nik a Thies Miles ly ; Ase Ont 8 (RAS daiitytl Gait Oy Dodowoay os Dyan dy ‘Ad eh as 2 icntely hg EAR Hargayo ty or Bae ih do. dtu; ja it heonsrnarte | i ad drwide ARKO, hee ess fe f Rit iL Su) edaalg RiAtas ot) ng dpa wane the _, Beata wy, 20. ‘Ttalanneh Foie HAO" KG. hg Pats I Wie RA, Oi Jean dv Aus jeter’ Wks Cai Sade) 419 COLLECTIONS RECEIVED. The thanks of the Entomological Research Committee are due to the following gentlemen who have kindly presented collections of insects (received between Ist July and 30 September 1912) :— Dr. Dr. Dr. Mr. Dr. D. Alexander :—87 Culicidae, and 225 Culicid larvae; from Free- town, Sierra Leone. . T. J. Anderson :—142 Culicidae, 67 Haematopota, and 43 other Diptera ; from Nairobi, British East Africa. . H. A. Ballou :—13 Oelensiewe (economic) belonging to 2 ‘Species, and 9 larvae and pupae ; from british West Indies. *, John R. Bovell :—12 Tiphia parallela and numerous Eriophyid and Tarsonemid mites ; from Barbados. », EK. Brand :—3 Tabanus ; from Malindi, British East Africa. . G. D. H. Carpenter:—4 Culicidae, 4 Tabanus, 1 Stomozxys, 1 Hippoboscid, 35 other Diptera, 6 Dipterous pupae, a number of Hymenoptera in spirit, 4 other Hymenoptera, a number of cocoons, 7 Coleoptera, 4 Coleopterous larvae, 5 Coleopterous pupae, 2 Plani- pennia, 2 Odonata, 10 Orthoptera, 8 Rhynchota, 11 Mallophaga, 40 Worms, 6 Leaches, and some Argulidae ; from Uganda. G. H. D. Chell :—26 Tabanidae, 6 Glossina, 7 Stomoxys, and 76 other Diptera, from Marsabit, British Hast Africa. C. L. Chevallier :—6 Culicidae, 27 Tabanidae, 55 Glossina, 2 Hippo- bosca, 2 other Diptera, 4 Hymenoptera, 13 Moths, 1 Myrmeleonid, 1 Cicada, and 1 Scorpion; from Juba River, British Hast Africa. . Robert Drummond :—27 Tabanidae, 23 Glossina morsitans, 15 Auch- meromyia, 42 other Diptera, and 9 Hymenoptera; from Zomba, Nyasaland. . H. Lyndhurst Duke:—1 Tabanus, 13 Stomorys, 1 Ornithophila ; from Mpumu, Uganda. , Mercier Gamble :—4 Culicidae, 12 Simuliidae, 3 Glossina palpalis, 2 Stomoxys, 3 Auchmeromyia, 4 Cetoniidae, and 4 Coccidae ; from Portuguese West Africa. . L. H. Gough :—3 Ephydridae, 18 other Diptera, 9 Hymenoptera, 2 Cocoons and 3 Larvae ; from Cairo. . C. C. Gowdey :—3 Chrysops, 1 Glossina, 768 other Diptera, 832 Hymenoptera, 3913 Coleoptera, 3 Lepidoptera, 7 Ephemeridae, 841 Orthoptera, 18 Cimicidae, a number of Coccidae, 1643 other Rhynchota, 14 Anoplura, 47 Ticks, 2 Mites, 1 other Arachnid, 1 Centipede, and 1 Mollusc, from Uganda. | J.O. W. Hope :—5 Culicidae, 7 Coleoptera, 5 Ticks ; from Marsabit, British East Africa. A. Ingram :—61 Culicidae, 3 Ceratopogon, 2 Tabanus secedens, 9 Glossina longipalpis ; from the Gold Coast. 420 COLLECTIONS RECEIVED. Maj. H. Kelsall, R.A.:—1 Tabanus, 7 Hippoboscidae, 40 Mallophaga, 1 Tick, and 66 Mites ; from Sierra Leone. Mr. Harold H. King :—7 Lyperosia, 21 Phlebotomus, 31 other Diptera, 19 Siphonaptera, 77 Hymenoptera, 1 Lepidopteron, 112 Coleoptera, 102 Rhynchota, and 14 Orthoptera: from the Anglo-Kgyptian _ Sudan. | Dr. J. McConaghy :—24 Culicidae, 6 Tabanidae, and 18 Glossina palpalis ; from Sierra Leone. Dr. R. E. McConnell :—66 Haematopota, 3 Glossina, 4 Auchmeromyia, 2 Hippoboscidae, 7 other Diptera, 6 Siphonaptera, and 85 Ticks ; from Uganda. Dr. J. W. Scott Macfie :—41 Culicidae, 203 Tabanus, 39 Haematopota, 1534 Glossina, 3 Stomoxys, 18 Hippoboscidae, 1584 other Diptera, a large number of Ants, 223 other Hymenoptera, 57 Coleoptera, 84 Lepidoptera, 7 Planipennia, 8 Orthoptera, 16 Odonata, 1 Termite, 46 Rhynchota, 2 Ticks, and 1 Chelifer; from Ilorin Province, Northern Nigeria. Dr. Bernard Moiser :—16 Culicidae, 60 Glossina tachinoides ; from North Bornu, N. Nigeria. Dr. J. EH. 8. Old:—-4 Coleoptera, 2 Hymenoptera, 4 Orthoptera, 3 Rhynchota, 1 Termite, 16 Mallophaga, 2 Ticks, 5 other Arachnida, 1 Centipede, and 3 tubes containing intestinal Worms ; from Nyasa- land. Dr. G. J. Pirie :—104 Culicidae, 7 Tabanus, 30 Haematopota, 49 Glossina, 5 Stomoxys, 11 Lyperosia, and 1 Auchmeromyia ; from Zaria Province, Northern Nigeria. Dr. E. Powell :—9 Tabanus, 3 other Diptera ; from Sierra Leone. Dr. Wm. J. Radford :—5 Culicidae, 9 Tabanus, 7 Haematopota, 5 Glossina, 4 Stomorys, 1 Auchmeromyia, 10 other Diptera, 5 Hymenoptera, 1 Lepidopteron, 1 Orthopteron, 1 Tick, and 5 other Arachnida ; from British East Africa. Miss Muriel Robertson :—93 Rhynchota, and 1 Simulium; from Mpumu, Uganda. Rey. K. St. Aubyn Rogers:—12 Haematopota, 4 other Diptera, 2 Hymenoptera, 1 Lepidopteron, 102 Coleoptera, 10 Orthoptera, 10 Rhynchota ; from Rabai, British East Africa. Dr. Jas. J. Simpson :—148 Culicidae, and a large number of Culicid larvae, 94 Tabanus, 13 Haematopota, 2 Chrysops, 378 Glossina, 20 Stomoxys, 169 Simulium, 3 Auchmeromyia, 265 other Diptera, 282 Hymenoptera, 565 Coleoptera, 1246 Lepidoptera, 5 Planipennia, 7 Trichoptera, 196 Odonata, 220 Orthoptera, 6 Coccidae, 349 other Rhynchota, 40 Homopterous larvae, 6 Siphonaptera, 170 Ticks, 3 Mites, 3 other Arachnida, and a number of Tabanid Eggs; from Sierra Leone. Mr. F. J. T. Storrs:—93 Tabanidae, 6 Glossina, 9 Stomoxys, 1 Auch- meromyia, 14 other Diptera, and 1 Lepidopteron; from Karonga, Nyasaland. 3 Dr. COLLECTIONS RECEIVED. 421 H. Swale :—41 Tabanidae, 3 Auchmeromyia, 1 Cordylobia, 25 other Diptera, 9 Coleoptera, 1 Moth, 6 Embiidae, 2 Orthoptera, 7 Rhyn- chota, and 3 Arachnida; from Zambesi River, Portuguese Hast Africa. Mr. F. W. Urich:—7 Diptera, and 10 pupa cases, 11 Hymenoptera, 106 Coleoptera, 7 Lepidoptera, and 5 Rhynchota ; from Trinidad. Dr. C. A. Wiggins :—35 Culicidae, 17 Hymenoptera, 40 Coleoptera, 3 Lepidoptera, 2 Orthoptera, and 29 Rhynchota ; from Uganda. Mr. F. C. Willcocks :—8 Diptera, and 15 Coleoptera ; from Cairo. Dr Dr K. S. Wise :—155 Mallophaga and Anoplura, and 327 Siphonaptera ; from British Guiana. J. Y. Wood :—20 Tabanus, and 84 Glossina ; from Sierra Leone. 4 a e he ah oP re cillinctgX fea) a, oh Zs Ale f oer it hao fold. a. Ry qi ie oan geet rol 2 ean mle pate! 5 ate ni te - vi he oi: ere {ata : ‘i . eit ay co a bo chsp MSL 1) HH ibs Uh, 4 ae & . } y enteitey eval ae "i © i eae > 7 | | ; 2 Ag RE re (lved Wh Wintgi() Cena aial ba alll Wiias ; ve ever oll ale Idea Wak ane eral ire) “ istetia mots a 2M ON AS Re As) VV ox, 7, bovee , ‘, nit y¢ "4 renee ‘ } Poi Vettes - *, += , The . é Title, Contents and Indices to VOL. III. BULLETIN OF ENTOMOLOGICAL RESEARCH ISSUED BY THE ENTOMOLOGICAL RE- SEARCH COMMITTEE’ (TROPICAL AFRICA), APPOINTED BY THE COLONIAL OFFICE. EDITOR : THE SCIENTIFIC SECRETARY. LONDON: SOLD BY DULAU & Co., Ltd., 37, SOHO SQUARE, W. Price ls. net. All Rights Reserved. ENTOMOLOGICAL RESBARCH COMMITTEE (TROPICAL AFRICA). THE EARL OF CROMER, G.C.B., G.C.M.G., O.M., @hairman. LizvuT.-COLONEL A. ALCOCK, C.LE., F.R.S. Mr. E. E. AUSTEN. Dr. A. G. BAGSHAWE. Sir JOHN R. BRADFORD, K.C.M.G., F.RB.S. Surc.-GEenERAL Str DAVID BRUCE, C.B., oe. 3 ‘Dr. S: F. HARMER, F.RBS. Dr. R. STEWART MACDOUGALL. Sir JOHN MCFADYEAN. Siz PATRICK MANSON, G.C.M.G., F.R.S. Sir DANIEL MORRIS, K.C.M.G. Pror. R. NEWSTEAD, F.R:S. Pror. G. H. F. NUTTALL, F.RS. Pror. E. B. POULTON, F.R.S. LiEvUT.-CoLONEL Str DAVID PRAIN, C.M.G., C.1.E., F.R.S. Mr. H. J. READ, C.M.G. Tue Hon. N. C. ROTHSCHILD. Mr. HUGH SCOTT. Dr. A. E. SHIPLEY, F-.RB.S. Siz STEWART STOCKMAN. Mr. F. V. THEOBALD. Mr. J. A. C. TILLEY. Mr. C. WARBURTON, Scientific Secretary. MR. GUY A. K. MARSHALL. Secretarp. MR. A. C. C. PARKINSON. 423 GENERAL INDEX. The numerals in 2 heavy type indicate that the species to which they refer is figured. abnormalis, Bathosomyia, 22. fs Ochlerotatus, 17, 22. 5 Uranotaenia, 41. abyssinica, Haematopota, 289, 322. Acanthopinus sciurinus, sank in ee matopinus, 393. Acartomyia, synonym of Ochlerotatus, 14. Acheitostoma simpsoni, 162-163. Acrocercops bifasciata, 207. Adansonia digitata, 234. Adersia oestroides, 317, 318. adumbrata, Eriocampa, 345, 354. adventitius, Haematopinus suis, var., 212. Aedeomyia, corrected to Aédomyia, 24. +5 squamipenna (part), Synonym of Aédomyia catasticta, 25. a squamipennis, 25. Aédomyia, characters of, 5 ; proposed for Aedeomyia, 24; key to larvae, 374. - africana, 25. iy catasticta, characters of, 25 ; jarva found in Gold Coast, 75 ; position of larva when feedine, 75, 76; in S. Nigeria, 164; description of larva, 378, 379. Aédes, 3, 4, 9, 13, 15, 27; wrongly inter- ’ preted, 34, 35. 5 enconspicuosus, 34. » malayi, 34. » meger, referred to Ingramia, 44. » squamipennis, 25. Aedimorphus, ee of Ochlerotatus, ss alboannulatus, synonym of O. apicoannulatus, 18. 28784 Aedimorphus albotaeniatus, synonym of Osorrians.25) _ punctithoraz, synonym of O. punctothoracis, 20. Aegophagamyia, eyes of, 282. ” pungens, 318; haunts in . B.E.A., 284. aegyptium, Hyalomma, 185, 314, 316, 319, 321. aegyptius, Milvus, 213. aequisetosus, Xenopsylla, 316. aestivalis, Dixa, 1, 49. aethiopica, Diatomineura, 317. aethiopicus, Ctenopsyllus, 318. affinis, Dendromyza, 12. africa, Sarcophaga, 217. africana, Aédomyia, 25. ‘5 Diceromyia, 2+. i Kingia, 7. Mimomyia, 44. 5 Stegomyia (see under Stegomyia) africanus, Duttonia, 21. - Linognathus, 159. Me Mansonioides, larva of, 377, 378. ‘ Ochlerotatus, 17, 21, 22. r Phlebotomus minutus, var., 279, 361, 363-365. ‘5 Stenoscutus, 21, 22. - Taeniorhynchus, 6, 7, 21. ager, Culex, 28, 30. , var. n. ethiopicus, Culex, 30. Aioretomyia, synonym of Aédes, 35. akwa, Thaumastocera, 185. alba, Uranotaenia, 38, 40, 321. albifasciatus, Ochlerotatus, 15. 494 GENERAL INDEX. albimanus, Anopheles (Nyssorhynchus), 242, 251-267. albipalpus, Tabanus, 299, 320, 322. albipes, Anopheies, 247. » Pyretophorus, 241, 242, 246-250. albirostris, Anopheles, 387-391. albitarsis, Megaculex, 37. Albizzia fastigiata, food-plant of Anaphe infracta in the Congo, 271. alboabdominalis, Uranotaenia, 38, 40, 41, PA te alboannulata, Anisocheleomyia, 38. alboannulatus, Aedimorphus, 18. 5s Culex, 18. 7 Ochlerotatus, 18. alboatra, Pangonia, 124. albocephala, Polyleptiomyia, 21. albocephalus, Ochlerotatus, 17, 21. albohirta, Haematopota, 317. albomarginata, Stegomyia, 9, 10, 12. albopunctata, Reedomyia, 9. albotaeniatus, Aedimorphus, 23. alboventralis, Ochlerotatus, 17, 21. albovirgatus, Culex, 383. Alcelaphus lichtensteini, Hippobosca on, 417. alexandri, Cynometra, 271. algeriensis, Anopheles, 245, 250. alluaudi, Haematopota, 287, 290, 317, 320. ambiguella, Conchylis, 353, 354. > Clysia, 344, 346, 350. amblychromus, Tabanus, 317. Amblyomma cohaerens, 323. gemma, 321. hebraeum, 319. marmoreum, 314, 316, 321. nuttalli, 185. petersi, 314, 316, 318, 321, 323. tholloni, 316, 323. variegatum, 157, 164, 314, 316, 318, 321,328. America, 8., new PAlebotomus from, 209- 210. americanus, Necator, 82. Anaphe infracta, abundant in Uganda, 269 ; description and life-his- tory, 269-271 ; food plants of, 271; rearing the larvae, 271- 272; treatment of nests of, 272--273 ; enemies of, 273-274. Anaphe moloneyi, 269. ‘ venata, 269. Andersonia, synonym of Ochlerotatus, 14. Anglo-Egyptian Sudan, notes on Glossina in, 89-93; midges in, 101, 105; new Phlebotomus from, 366. Angola, Culicoides grahamii in, 100. anguluta, Pangonia, 124. Anisocheleomyia alboannulata, 38. es leucoptera, 38. =A nivipes, 38, 42. = quadrimaculata, syno- nym of Mansonioides mediolineata, 24. annettii, Taeniorhynchus, 26, 164, 175, 321. annulata, Theobaldia, 379, 383, note. ut Uranotaenia, 38, 39, 41-42, 164. annulioris, Culex, 28, 30, 77, 184, 319 ; larva of, 381, 382. annulirostris, Culex, 34. Anopheles (sensu lato), key to African spp., 241-250; bionomics and breeding places in W. Indies, 251-267 ; distribu- tion in HK. Tropical Africa, 278, 313, 314, 316, 318, 319, 321; changes during growth of larvae of, 387-391; key to larvae of African spp., 373-375. albimanus, 242 ; bionomics and breeding places in W. Indies, 251-267; pupa of, 254 ; effect of rainfall on, 263, 264. | albipes, 247. ’ albirostris, changes during growth of larva, 38'7-391. algeriensis, 245, 250. antennatus, 245, 250. arabiensis, synonym of A.) costalis, 247. ardensis, 243, 247 ; larva, 374. argenteolobatus, 242, 245. argyrotarsis, bionomics and breeding places in W. Indies, 251-267 ; effect of rainfall on, 263, 264. | aureosquamiger, 243, 246. — austeni, 244, 250. GENERAL INDEX. Anopheles azriki, 249. barbirostris, larva, 390. bifurcatus, 250. brunnipes, 243, 246. chaudoyei, 244, 249. christyt, 242, 246, 319. cinctus, 242, 245. cinerea, 319. ; cinereus, 244, 248, 249; larva, 374, costalis, 24, 242, 243, 247, 248, mio, oko, 316, S19, 321 - abundant in B. E. Africa, 278 ; larva, 374. costalis var. melas, 244. culicifacies, 243, 244, 248. distinctus, 244, 250. flavicosta, 244, 250. Fuliginosus, 247 ; larva, 387. Sunesta, 314, 316, 313, 319, anil, funestus, 243, 244, 248; larva, 374. yy var. bisignata, 249. + » subumbrosa, 249. gracilis, synonym of A. costalis, 247. hebes, synonym of A. funestus, 248. hispaniola, 244, 249. implexa, 242. implexus, 243, 247, 321. empunctus, 244, 249, indica, 242. Jacobi, 242, 245 ; larva, 374. (Uyzomyia) ie) 249. ' karwari, larvae, 387. longipalpis, 243, 248 : ; In Nyasa, 314; in B.E.A., 319. ludlowi, larvae, 387, 390. maculicosta, 242, 246. maculipalpis, eae 247 ; 374, . maculipennis, 242, 245, 250 ; larva, 374. marshalli, 244, 249, 314, 319, 321. mauritianus, 245, 246, 250, 313, 314, 316, 319, 321 : larva, 374, 375. larva, 425 Anopheles mauritianus, var. praeedany 250 ; pp) larva, 375. merus, synonym of ‘A. costalzs, 247. minuta, unidentified, 245. multicolor, 244, 249. ee aes 243, 246, 247, Bi larva, 374. nigrans, larva, 387. nili, 243, 248. nursei, 249. pallidopalpi, 242, 243, 248. paludis, a variety of A. mauri- tianus, 250. pharoensis, 242, 245, 246, 316, a2: larvay of4, anos pitchfordi, 244, 249, 250. pretoriensis, 243, 247 ; larva, 374, rhodesiensis, 244, 248, 319. rossi, 242 ; larvae, 387, 390. rufipes, 243, 246-247 ; larva, 374. sinensis, 242 ; larva, 387. smithii, 245, 250. squamosus, 242, 245, 246, 319; larvae, 374, 375. iP var. arnoldi, larva EOL palo " superpictus, 244, 249. thealeri, 243, 247. transvaalensis, 244, 248, 249, 319. (Myzomyia) umbrosa, synonym of A. nili, 248; in S.Nigeria, 162. umbrosus, 245, 248, 250; larva, 387, 390 (Nyssorhynchus) watsoni, sy- nonym of A. rujfipes, 246. (Pyretophorus) watsonii, 246 ; synonym (?) of A. natalensis, 247. wellcomei, 243, 247. Anoplura, from African hosts, 393-397. anseris, Trinoton, 213. antennatus, Anopheles, 245, 250. zie) Phlebotomus, 362, 365, 366. Anthomyia, anemotropic, 346. anthropophaga, Cordylobia, (see Cordy- lobia). A 2 496 GENERAL INDEX. antisepticus, Chaoborus, 48. Aphis, possible chemical action on plant organs of, 352. apicalis, Culex, 33. apicoannulatus, Ochlerotatus, 15, 16, 18, 23. apicoargentea, Kingia, 7. ‘ Stegomyia (see Steqgomyia). apicotaeniata, Uranotaenia, 41-42. Aponomma exornatum, 316, 323. appendiculatus, Rhipicephalus, 314, 316, 319, 321, 323. Aporoculex, synonym of Culex, 27. Aquila rapax, louse parasitic on, 213 ; Echidnophaga on, 214. aquilus, Culex, 381. arabiensis, Anopheles, 247. Ardea goliath, parasitised by Olfersia in Nyasa, 311. ardeae, Olfersia, 311, 317. ardensis, Anopheles, 243, 247, 374. Argas brumpti, 321, argenteolobatus, Anopheles, 242, 245. argenteopunctata, Stegomyia, 21. argenteopunctatus, Culex, 5, note, 28, 31, 78. a Ochlerotatus, 16, 20, 21. argenteoventralis, Stegomyia, 9,10, 12. argenteus, Tabanus, 175. argyrotarsis, Anopheles, 251, 267. armatus, Rhipicephalus, 321. Armigeres, synonym of Stegomyia, 7. arnoldi, Cellia, 245. Ascaris lumbricoides, ova found in Limosina, 82. Ashanti, new Tabanids in, 113, 126-129, 399, 405-408; new midge in, 107; tsetse and sleeping sickness in, 227-231. asperata, Mimosa, 219. ataeniatus, Culex, 28, 31. Atrichopogon, 107. atrimanus, Tabanus (see Tabanus). Auchmeromyia, ae only attacks man, 10. 5 luteola, 171, 178, 216, 310. . praegrandis, 217. aulacodi, Haematopinus, 314, 393. a Scipio, 393. aureosquamiger, Anopheles, 243, 246. aureus, Staphylococcus pyogenes, var., 81, ’ aurifinis, Sarcophaga, 82, 83, 85. aurites, Taeniorhynchus, 25, 26, 164, 171, 521. austeni, Anopheles, 244, 250. 5, Glossina (see Glossina). austenii, Eretmopodites, 47. australis, Boophilus, 316, 318, 323. avida, Haematopota, 317. azriki, Anopheles, 249. Bacillus colt communis, transmitted by Limosina punctipennis, 86. prodigiosus, in experiments on flies, 81, 84. pyocyaneus, in experiments on flies, 85, note. x typhosus, in experiments on flies, 81, 84. bakeri, Chrysoconops, 26. balfouri, Uranotaenia, 38, 41, 78, 164, 384. bancrofti, Tarsonemus, 325. Banksinella, characters of, 4. luteolateralis, 6, 34, 164, 170, 214, 314. Barbados, new mite from, 325-328. barbirostris, Anopheles, 390. barclayi, Tabanus (see Tabanus). Batrachedra rileyi, referred to Pyroderces, 207, 208. Bathosomyia (see Ochlerotatus). beckeri, Pangonia, 320. Bembex capensis, preying on Holcoceria nobilis, 282. beringeri, Haematopota, 412-414. besti, Tubanus, 163, 167, 178, 180, 182. biannulata, Reedomyia, 21, 22. biannulatus, Ochlerotatus minutus, var., 22. Bibio, 346. biclausa, Cadicera, 117. + Pangonia, 117. bicolor, Chrysops, 280-282. ,, Dorcaloemus, 125, 315. bicornis, Rhipicentor, 316. ” bicuspis, Degeeriella, 212. bifasciata, Acrocercops, 207. bifurcatus, Anopheles, 250. biguttatus, Tabanus (see Tabanus). GENERAL bilineata, Stomoxys, 317. + Uranotaenia, 38-40, 321. billingtoni, Tabanus, 164, 168. bimaculata, Uranotaenia, 42, 43. bipunctata, Reedomyia, 21, 22. biseriatum, Menopon, 213. bisignata, Anopheles funestus, var., 249. bisulcatus, Micraédes, 34. bituberculata, Isotoma, 79, and note. Bole, N. Terr., Gold Coast, notes on mosquitos at, 73-78. Bombylius, 346. Bombyx mori, 273, 352. Boophilus australis, 316, 318, 323. :. decoloratus, 159, 162, 164, 314, a16, 318, 319, 321, 323. Borborus venalicius, distribution of, 86, note. botrana, Polychrosis, 347. Boycia, synonym of Mimomyia, 35. » mimomyiaformis, 37. bozasi, Nyssorhynchus, 245. brasiliensis, Xenopsylla, 163, 316, 320, 322. brassicae, Pieris, 349. brevipalpis, Glossina (see Glossina). “, Toxorhynchites, 3, 164, 314, 316, 321,575. Bridelia micrantha, var. ferruginea, favourite food-plant of Amnaphe in- fracta, 271. British E. Africa, Culicidae in, 10, 18, 20, 23, 24, 29, 31-33 ; notes on blood- sucking insects in, 275-312; list of blood-sucking arthropods in, 319-321 ; Glossina austent in, 355 ; new parasitic Acarid from, 369-371 ; new Anoplura from, 393-397. bromeliae, Stegomyza, 11, 12. brucei, Chrysops, 286. », Culicoides, 100, 321. ,, tHaematopota, 287, 291. » Labanus, ‘293, 322. brumata, Cheimatabia, 348. brumpti, Argas, 321. 4 Stegomyia, 9. if Tabanus, 322. brunnescens, Haematopota, 291. ‘brunneus, Ixodes, 316. brunnipes, Anopheles, 243, 246. . Stomoxys (see Stomoxys). INDEX. 427 bubsequa, Pangonia, 283, 315. bufali, Haematopinus, 316. Bulbul, Layard’s, 273. bullatifrons. Haematopota, 405-409. bursa, Rhipicephalus, 316. caballa, Grabhamia, 20. caballus, Ochlerotatus, 16, 20. Cacomyia, synonym of Ochlerotatus, 14. Cadicera biclausa, synonymy and distri- bution, 117. » ehrysopila, 117-118. . chrysostigma, 119. ‘ distanti, sp.n., 118-119. » jlavicoma, sp. n., 121-122, 315. 5 nigrescens, synonym of C. bi- clausa, 117, 315. » nigricolor, synonym of C. bi- clausa, 117. obscura, 120, 121, 315; trans- ferred from Corizoneura, 119. rubramar ginata, 117. speciosa, sp. n., 120-121, 282. Galsbee swelling, in 8. en 187. calcitrans, Stomoxys (see Stomowys). caliginea, Glossina (see Glossina). caliginosus, Ochlerotatus, 17, 23, 164, 376. Calliphora vomitoria, effect of heat on, 348. calopus, Culex, 9. , Stegomyza, 214. camelina, Hippobosca, 320. campestris, Motacilla, 273. cana, Chrysops, 286. candidipes, Uranotaenia, 39, 42. canis, Ctenocephalus (see Ctenocephalus). canofasciatus, Tabanus, 113, 129-131, 2, 290 ac: capensis, Bembex, 282. , Hippobosca, 311, 318. » denies, 213. , Rhipicephalus, 314, 316, 318, 323. capitata, Ceratitis, 216. capitis, Pediculus, 212, 318, 319, 323. carnifex, Metoecis, 274. castaneus, Ceratopogon, 106-108, 185, 214. Catageiomyia senegalensis, synonym ot Ochlerotatus irritans, 23. 428 GENERAL catasticta, Aédomyia, 25, 75, 76, 164, 378, 379. caudatum, Liothewm, 213. Cellia, synonym of Anopheles, 241, 242, 245. » arnoldi, synonym of A. squamosus, » pharoensis, 242, 245. » pretoriensis, synonym of A. squa- mosus, 245. 5, pseudosquamosa, synonym of A. argenteolobatus, 245. 5 squamosa, 245. * - var. arnoldi, 245. ,, tananarivensis, synonym of A. squamosus, 245. centurionis, Chrysops, 285, 287. Ceratitis capitata, in Mozambique, larva causing intestinal myiasis, 216. » rubivora, 216. Ceratophyllus infestus, 318. ny numae, 213. Ceratopogon sp., in 8. Rhodesia, 214; a pest in Zanzibar, 278. » * castaneus, 185 ; in Transvaal, 214; identification. dubi- ous, 214, note ; belongs to sub. g. Forcipomyia, 106 ; description supplemented, 106-107; a_ probable sucker - of — vertebrate blood, 107-108. incomptifeminibus, sp. N., 107. i cnornalipennis, sp. n., 10T- 08. ceratopogones, Chaoborus, 48. Ceratopogoninae, 99-108. Ceroplastes egbarum, attracts Tabanids, 9 / cervi, Lipoptena, 218. Chaetomyia, probably related to Evretmo- podites, and analogous to Leicésteria, 46, : Chalcididae, parasitising Sarcophaga, 87, 88. Chaoborinae, 48-49, Chaoborus, synonyms of, 48; Diza grouped with, 49. = untisepticus, 48. INDEX. Chaoborus ceratopogones, 48 ». pallidipes, 48, 49. ef pallidus, 48. 5 . gueenslandensis, 48. chaudoyei, Anopheles, 244, 249. Cheimatobia brumata, effect of cold on, 348. chelicuti, Halcyon, 213. | cheopis, Xenopsylla, 163, 213, 322. Chimaeropsylla potis, 316. Chironomidae, 99-108. chloropyga, Chrysomyia, 217. Conchylis ambiguella, 353, 354. Christya, pepe of Anopheles, 241-243, 7 implexa, 242, 243, 247. christyi, Anopheles, 242, 246, 319. Chrysococcyx cupreus, feeds on Anaphe infracta, 273. Chrysoeonops bakeri, synonym of Tuenio- rhynchus fuscopennatus, 26. a fraseri, synonym of YT. aurites, 25. ‘ maculipennis, synonym = of T. annetti, 26. chrysogaster,, Eretmopodites, 46, 47, 48, 316, 321, 385..- chrysogona, Mansonia, 26. Chrysomyia chloropyga, 217. ‘i marginalis, 217. 4 putoria, 217. chrysopila, Cadicera, 117-118. Pungonia, 117, 118. Chrysops, habits, 280-282 ; eyes of, 282. ‘ bicolor, 317. se brucei, common in Uganda, 286 ‘5 cana, colour of eyes, 286. y, centurionis, colour of eyes, 285, 287; common in forests of Uganda, 287. ciliaris, 320. i dimidiata, 158, 167, note,’ 168, and note, 182; C. silacea a colour var. of, 158. . distinctipennis, eyes of, 285; common in Uganda and B.E.A., 286 ; both sexes ob- tained, 215, note ; 315, 320. GENERAL Chrysops funebris, forest haunts in Uganda and B.H.A., 285. . , . fusca, is the male of C. stigma- ticalis, PAG 5, .. fuscipennis, near Lake Nyasa, male not known, 286 ; 313. 7 | longicornis, 215 ; wide distribu- tion in. E. Tropical Africa, 285-286 ; 161, 162, 164, 175, 318. magnifica, 286, 317. — var. inornata, oD: » » stlacea,a colour var. of C. dimi- diata, 158, note; 161-163, 168, 175-178, 180-183. 3 stimaticalis, 215, and note. 3 wellmanii, 286. che ysostigma, Cadicera, 119. chrysorrhoea, Porthesia, 345, 352. Chrysops, 320. Cimex lectularius, rare in Mozambique, 211; distribution in Transvaal and Rhodesia, 211, 212, note.. » rotundatus, 185 ; distribution, 211, 212, note ; 314, 316. _ cinctus, Anopheles, 242, 245. cinerea, Anopheles, 319. , Culiciomyia, 383. cinereus, Anopheles, 244, 248, 249, 374. circumguttatus, Dermacentor, 323. circumtestacea, Ingramia, 44. Cladocera, reduction of period of rest, 350. claritibialis, Tabanus, 297, 298, 313, 315. Climate and Rainfall in 8S. Nigeria, 145- _ 155. climax, Trichochetes, 163. Clysia (Conchylis) ambiguelda, tropisas of, 344, 346, 347, 350. Cobus defassa, parasitised by Hippobosca hirsuta, 311. » ellipsiprymnus, parasitised by H. hirsuta, var. neavet, 311. », vardoni, parasitised by. H. her suta, var. neavei, 311. coerulea, U: Hoh ontene pallidocephala, var., 1 ' coeruleocephala, Urunoiaenia, 38,41, 164, 321. cognaia, Parhaematopota, 317, 318. INDEX. 499 cohueréns, Amblyomna, 323. coli communis, Bacillus, 86. Collembola, 79-80. — Colpocephalum. flavescens, 162. a semicinctum, 162. columbae, Lipeurus, 213. comata, Pangonia, 113, 122-124, 283. combustus, Tabanus, 180, 182. compactus, Dorcaloenus, 283, 313. completiva, Etorleptiomyia, 24. concinna, Rhinomyza, 285, 315. condei, Eretmopodites, 47, and note. confusus, Myxosquamus, 23. Congo, Portuguese, Taeniorhynchus cris- tatus in, 26. coniformis, Tabanus, 292, 317. . conjuncta, Pangonia, 124. 318, 315, connali, Uranotaenia, 38-40. Conopomyia, synonym of Mimomyia, 35. conradti, Toxorhynchites, 3. consimilis, Culex, 28-30, 164, 321. conspicuus, Tabanus, 320. Copaifera mopani, 233, 234. copemani, Haematopota, 237, 289. + Tabanus, 313, 315. Coptops fusca, injurious to trees in S. Nigeria, 179. Coquillettidia, synonym of Taeniorhy yn- chus, 25. cordigera, Haematopota, 180. Cordylobia, on breast of a European in S. Nigeria, 170; attacks man in larval state, 310. & anthropophaga, 178, 217, 313, 315, 317, 318, 322. o praegrandis, 310. Corethra, synonym of Chaoborus, 48. coriaceus, Rhipicephalus, 316. Corizoneura obscura, 119. costalis, Anopheles (see Anopheles). , Myzomyia (see Myzomyjia). , Pyretophorus, 241, 242. creightoni, Leiognathus, 369-371. creticus, Culex, 31. cretinus, Culex, 31, cristatus, Taeniorhynchus, 26, 184, 319. 430 GENERAL INDEX. crocodilinus, Tabanus, 292, 297, 322. crudelis, Haematopota, 399, 414-416. cruenta, Haematopota, 416. Cryptus (Oneilella) formosus, parasitic on Anaphe infracta, 273, 274. Ctenocephalus canis, 157-159, 161-164, 170, 171 ATTA 178, olb,. ole, 320, 322 ; hostsin Mozam- bique, 213. - felis, hosts and distribution, Dios cla, eae Ctenopsylla ellobius, 320, 322. Ctenopsyllus aethiopicus, 318. Cuckoo, Golden, 273. Culex, 3-6, 13, 15, 20, 27-37; key to larvae, 373, 379-383, 389. » ager, 28. x » var., ethiopicus, n. var., 30 ; larva and pupa, 77, 380, 381, ,, alboannulatus, 18. , albovirgatus, larvae, 383. 5 annulioris, 28, 30, 184, 319; larva and pupa, 77, 381, 382. 55 annulirostris, 34. » . Qpicalis, da. 5 aquilus, larvae, 381. » argenteopunctatus, 5, note, 28 ; in Gold Coast, 31, 78. 5, ataeniatus, 28, 31. » calopus, 9. 5 consimilis, 28, 29, 30, 164, 321. » ereticus, synonym of C. tipulifor- mis, 31. » eretinus, only a pale C. tipulifor- mis, 31, » decens, 29, 32, 162-164, 170, 178, 214, 319, 321 ; larva, 381. 5. ander. a2. » aissimilis, larva, 383. 5, Gduttoni, 28, 31, 162-164, 175, 177, 178, 314, 319, 321; larvae, 32, (1, 309,000. » jatigans, male palpi of, 32; common in Mozambique, 214 ; a synonym of C. quinquefascia- tus, 381, note. at UQUUS, 20: » fragilis, synonym of Culiciomyia nebulosa, 34. Culex geniculatus, 33. goughii, synonym of C. univitiatus, 32. grahami, 29, 78, 164, 171, 177, 181, 321; larva, 381. grandidieri, synonym of Taenior- hynchus fuscopennatus, 26. guiarti, 29, 33, 164, 175, 321; larva, 381, & note. hortensis, 33. infula, synonym of C. ager, 30. insignis, 29, 33, 170, 177, 181, 314, 319, 321. invidiosus, 29, 33, 164, 170, 171, 175, 319, 321; larva and pupa, 77, 373, 381, 382. lateralis, 21. laurenti, synonym of C. guiarti, 33. lividocostalis, larvae, 381. microannulatus, male palpi of, 34. neireti, synonym of C. annulicris, 30. nigrocostalis, larva, 381. onderstepoortensis, synonym of C. tipuliformis, 31. ornatothoracis, 29, 184, 319. ornatus, 17, 21. pallidocephalus, 32. pallidopunctata, synonym of Och- lerotatus dentatus, 23. par, synonym of C. quasigelidus, Ao: perexiguus, synonym of C. univit- tatus, 32. piliferus, 29, 33. pipiens, 29, 32; larva, 381, 383, note. » var. pallidocephalus, 23. var. zombaensis, 313, 314, 316, 319, 321. pruina, 29, 33, 162, 164 ; larva, 381. pygmaeus, 28, 32. quasigelidus, 28, 29, 164, 314, 321; larva and pupa, 77, 381, 383. quinquefasciatus, 32 ; larva, 381. rima, 29, 164, 170, 181, 319, 321. rubinotus, 29. 9 GENERAL INDEX 431 Culex salisburiensis, 29, 214, 319. » sergenti, 29. 1» simpsonz, 29, 33, 319. » somaliensis, 28 ; male palpi, 34. , stoehri, 32, 314, 319. » thalassius, 28, 31, 164, 170, 214. , theileri,synonym of C. tipuliformis, 31, 214. , tigripes, 5, 28, 78, 214, 313, 316, 318, 319, 321. var. fusca, larva preys on stegomyia fasciata, 192. var. fuscus, 5, 162-164, 175,177, 178 ; larva, 380. » tipuliformis, 28, 31, 214. », transvaalensis hirsutus). » Univittatus, 28, 31, 32,77, 184, 214, 313, 314, 319 ; larva, 373, 381. » 2elineri, 28, 31. , esombaensis, 29, 162. Culicada (see Ochlerotatus). Culicella (see Ochlerotatus). Culicelsa (see Ochlerotatus). 7 3 ( = Ochlerotatus » Jryeri, synonym of Ochlerotatus nigeriensis, 20. Culicidae, synopsis of, 1-53 ; in N. Terr., Gold Coast, 73-78; in E. Tropical Africa, 278, 313, 314,'316, 318, 319, 321 ; in Mozambique, 214; larvae, 373, & note. culicifacies, Anopheles, 243, 244, 248. Culicinae, 1, 373. Culicini, 3. Culiciomyia, 6, a 34; larva, 373, 379, is cinerea, a var. of C. nebulosa, 383 i Sreetownensis, a var. of C. nebulosa, 383. i inornata, 3d. ” nebulosa, in the Philippines, 34 ; 74, 78, 160, 162-164. iO Nl Wor We. 178. 181, 321; larva variable, 380, 383. Culicoides brucei, characters of, 100, 321. 3 distinctipennis, sp. n., 100; characters and distribution, 10%, 102, 185, 321. Culicoides grahamii, 160, 170, 178, 182 ; distribution and habits, 99, 100 ; a pest in Semliki valley, 278. i haberert, synonym of C. gra- hamii, 99. ut kingi, sp. n., from Red Sea Hills, 104-105. 3 milnei, distribution and charac- ters, 100, 101, 185, 319, 321. - neavei, sp. n., distribution and characters, 102, 103, 321. ‘ schultzec, 105. e sp., troublesome in S. Nigeria during rains, 77. Culiseta, synonym of Theobaldia, 27, 31. cuptopous, Hodgesia, 35. cumminsi, Ochlerotatus, 5, 17, 21, 24, 314, SW) alle cupreus, Chrysococcyx, 273. Cynometra alexandri, food - plant of dlnaphe infracta, 271. cyptopus, Hodgesia, 35. damnosum, Simulium, 182, 315, 319. Danielsia, synonym of Ochlerotatus, 14, 18. Dasymyia, synonym of Jngramia, 43. i Fusca, 43, 44. daveyi, Haematopota, 399, 408-410. decens, Culex (see Culex). decipiens, Silvius, 115-117. decoloratus, Boophilus (see Boophilus). decora, Haematopota (see Haematopota). defassa, Cobus, 311. Degeeriella bicuspis, 212. FA vittata, 212. Dendromyia, 46. ‘, affinis, 12. denshami, Haematopota, 287, 288. Be Tabanus (see Tabanus). dentatus, Ochlerotatus, 17, 23, 32, 319. Depressaria gossypiella (see Gelechia). Dermatophilus penetrans, 157, 163, 164, 178, Alovalon ole: Dermacentor circumguttatus, 323. ie rhinocerotis, 316, 321, 323. 432 GENERAL INDEX. Desvoidya, synonym of Stegomyia, 7, 8, 46. A obturbans, 7, 12. Development and life of insects, influence of external and internal factors on, 347-351. Diatomineura aethiopica, 317. ss distencta, 317, 320. a hastata, sp. n., 399, 403-404. . lineatithorax, sp. n., 399- 401, 403. .9 pallidipennis, 218. » . penetrabilis, sp. n., 399-403. ) (Pangonia) rondanii, 404. y sp., 283. Diceromyia africana, synonym of Man- sonioides, 24. didieri, Culex, 32. digitata, Adansonia, 234. dimidiata, Chrysops (see Chrysops). disjunctus, Tabanus, 313. dispar, Trichocephalus, 82. dissimilis, Culex, 383. distanti, Cadicera, 118-119. distincta, Diatomineura, 317, 320. » Haematopota, 287, 290. distinctipennis, jae 215, 285, 286, , 320. i Culicoides, 100-102, 185, 321. distinctus, Anopheles, 244, 250. - Tabanus, 295, 313, 315, 317. ditaeniatus, Tabanus (see Tabanus). diversus, Tabanus, 297, 313, 315, 317. divisapex. Haematopota, 313. Diaa, referred to Culicidae, 1, 49. ,, destivalis, 49. 5» maculata, 49. Dixinae, 49. domestica, Musca, 81, 85, and note, 87, 217. domesticus, Ochlerotatus, 16, 20, 164, 175, 131, 32h, o7e. Dorcaloemus bicolor, 125, 315. compactus, and var. centralis, 218, 313 ; habits, 283. 4 fodiens, 126. selverlocki, sp. n., 113, 123, 124-126, 313. 7 Dorcaloemus woosnami, 126, 283, 320. 55 sp. n., in N.E. Rhodesia, 283. dorsalis, Ochlerotatus, 7, 5, 16. Drosophila’ melanogaster, breeding places of, 82, 83 ; imago of, 82 ; experiments on, 86. dubia, Quasistegomyia, 12. 5, Stegomyia, 10, 12. duboscqt, Phlebotomus, 185, 366-367. dukei, Olfersia, 322. durbanensis, Grabhamia, 214. - . Ochlerotatus, 16, 214, 319. dutioni, Culex (see Culex). Duttonia, synonym of Ochlerotatus, 14, 21. tarsalis, 21. dux, Rhipicephalus, 323. Earias fabia, 205. — » ensulana, 207. East Africa Protectorate, new Stygero- myia from, 97-98; new midge from, 106 ; new Tabanids from, 113, 122-124, 129-131, 330-335. Eeculex, 14. Echestypus paradoxus, on an owl, 218; common on Tragelaphine antelopes, 311. “ parvipalpis, 317. 3 sepiaceus, 320. Echidnophaga gallinacea, 158, 314, 315, 317, 320 ; distribution and hosts, 213-214. 4 larina, on wild pig, S. Rhodesia, 214 ; 315, 320, 322. echinatus, Haematopinus, 393. egbarum, Ceroplastes, 224. Elephantiasis, in 8. Nigeria, 187. ellipsiprymnus, Cobus, 311. ellobius, Ctenopsylla, 320, 322. elongata, Pangonia, 283, 317, 320. Entomobryidae, 79. equi, Gastrophilus, 218. Eretmopodites, proposed for Eretmapo- dites, 46; table of spp., 46-47 ; sp. in Mozam- bique, 214; key to larvae, 373, 384, 385. GENERAL INDEX. 433 Eretmopodites austenii, synonym of E. quinquevittatus, 47. chrysogaster, 46, 316, 321 ; larva and pupa of, 47, 385 ; specimens recorded as BE. quinquevittatus, 48. - condet, may be FE. quen- quevittatus, 47, and note. ss grahami, 47. 3 inornatus, 47, 163, 164: larva, 385. 4 leucopus, 47, 178; pro- ' posed for E. leucopous, 48. ‘, melanopous, synonym of 3 E. inornatus, 47. 53 - oedipodius, 47, 321 ; pro- posed for E. oidipodeios, 48. » ss Quinquevittatus, 46, 47, and note, 48, 162, 163, 316. Eriocampa adumbrata, larvae phototropic, 345, 354. Eriogaster lanestris, spinning of, 349. Etiorleptiomyia, synonym of Mansonioides, 24, Etorilepidomyia, synonym of Mansoniozdes, 24 ae Etorleptiomyia, synonym of Mansonioides, aan s as completiva, an Ingramia, 24. Ps mediolineata, 24. » . mediopunctata, 24. Eudemis, 354. Eumelanomyia, characters of, 6, 34. ha inconspicuosa, 34. sane Haematopinus, 212, 316, 318, evertsi, Rhipicephalus, 314, 318, 319, 321, D2a. exornatum, Aponomma, 316, 323. fabia, Earias, 205. falcatus, Rhipicephalus, 316, 321, 323. fallax, Silvius, sp. n., 113-117, 284. fasciata, Isotoma, sp. u., 80. ,, Stegomyia (see Stegomyia). fasciatus, Hemichromis, 177. % Tabanus (see Tabanus). Fasciolatus, Taeniorhynchus, 25. fascipalpis, Ochlerotatus, 8, 16, 19, 316. Sastigiata, Albizzia, 2d Le Fatigans, Culex, 32, 214, 381, note. felis, Ctenocephalus, 213, 316, 322. Feltinella pallidopalpi, referred to Ano- pheles, 242, 243, 248. Jerruginea, Bridelia micrantha, var., 271. Ficalbia inornata, 42. Finlayia, synonym of Ochlerotatus, 14, 15. 5 Ee claws of 9 not simple, flavescens, Colpocephalum, 162. flavicoma, Cadicera, sp. n., 121-122, 315. flavicosta, Anopheles, 244, 250. flavus, Culex, 26. fodiens, Dorcaloemus, 126. » Langonia, 315. Sorficula, Linognathus, 316. formosus, Cryptus (Oneilella), 273, 274. fragilis, Culex, 34. Sraseri, Chrysconops, 25. Kingia, 7. » Stegomyia, 8,11, 321. fraternus, Tabanus (see Tabanus). 4) Freetownensis, Culiciomyia, 383. Fryeri, Culicelsa, 20. fuliginosus, Anopheles, 247, 387. JSulva, Haematopoia, 414. ,, Hippobosca, sp. n., 417. fulvithoraz, Johannseniella, sp. n., 105- 106, 278. Funebris, Chrysops, 285. FSunesta, Anopheles, 313, 314, 316, 319, 321. ;, Myzomyia (see Myzomyia). , var.umbrosa, Myzomyza, 248. Funestus, Anopheles, 243, 244, 248, 374. 5 var. hisignata, 249. a 5, subumbrosa, 249. Furtiva, Haemaiopota, 216, 313, 315, 320. furva, Haematopota, sp. n., 334-335, 290. JSusca, Chrysops, 215. », - Coptons, 179. » | Culex tigripes, var., 192. » Dasymyza, 43, 44. » Glossina (see Glossina). ». Haematopota, 287, 289, 335. A434 GENERAL INDEX. Fusca, Mimomyia, 44. Suscipennis, Chrysops, 286, 313. Fuscipes, Glossina, 55-59, 355. 3 Tabanus, 216, 299, 322. Suscipleuris, Glossina, 189, 355, 358, 359. fuscopennatus, Taeniorhynchus, 26, 316, 318, 319, 321. fuscum, Protomelanoconion, 33. Suscus, Culex tigripes, var., 162-164, 175, 177, 178 5 Lrichorhynchus, 33. gambiense, Trypanosoma, 59. Gastropacha neustria, stereotropic, 346. Gastrophilus equi, 218. gebeleinensis, Howardina, 27. ¥ Stegomyia, 13. Geitonomyia, synonym of Ochlerotatus, 14. Gelechia gossypiella, bred from cotton bolls, 203-206 ; imago ¢ , 204. r malvella, 206. gemma, Amblyomma, 321. geniculatus, Culex, 33. genurostris, Malaya, 45. geometrica, Uranotaenia, 38. German E. Africa, new Tabanids from, 113, 120-121, 399, 414-416 ; notes on blood-sucking insects in, 275-312 ; list of blood-sucking arthropods in, 316- 318. gerstaeckeri, Mimopacha, 269. gigas, Goniocotes, 213. Gilesia, synonym of Ochlerotatus, 14. glomeratus, Microgaster, 349. Glossina, distribution in S. Nigeria, 187- 191; in Muri province, N. Nigeria, 219-221 ; W. Ashanti, notes and prophylactics, 227- 231; larvae and pupae not destroyed by ants, 237; in E. Tropical Africa, 299-309, $13, 315, 317,320, 322. " austeni, wide distribution in B.E.A., 306; requires dense forest and moderate humidity, 309; may be in G.H.A., 317, note; characteristics of, 355- 360 ; male armature, 357. fe brevipalpis, 189, 313, 315, 317; in Mozambique and Zambesia, 218 ; increasing in B.E.A., 306; in relation to trypanosomiasis, 308 ; crepuscular or nocturnal, 309; requires moderate humidity and heavy cover, 309 ; haunts in B.E.A., 357. Glossina caliginea, confined to mangrove belt in 8. Nigeria, 145; occur- rence in §. Nigeria, 158, 161, 168, 170, 182, 189. » fusca, in S. Nigeria, 163, 164, 178, 180, 185, 189, 190) toes prevalent in W. Ashanti, 227 ; in Uganda, 209 ; requires great humidity but not high tem- perature, 309; crepuscular or nocturnal, 309 ; 355. , fuseipes, occurrence and habits in Uganda, 55-59 ; a local form of Western G. palpalis, 59, 355 ; a sleeping sickness carrier, BD) iu: Be Fuscipleuris, 189; g armature of, 355, 358, 359. . longipalpis, in deciduous forests of 8. Nigeria, 145 ; occurrence in 8. Nigeria, 159, 162, 164, 167, & note, 168, 172, 188,190, 191 ; in W. Ashanti, 227, 230; a western sp., 305 ; 357. e longipennis, 189, 322; a desert sp., 308, & note ; crepuscular or nocturnal, 309; armature of, 355, 356, 359, 360. 2 medicorum, 185, 189. . morsitans, 69, 138, 230, 357; distribution in Mongalla Pro- vince, 89-93; N. Rhodesia, notes on, 95-96 ; temperature in relation to, 95 ; duration of pupal period of, 95 ; dissection of salivary glands of, 95, 96 ; group of, in S. Nigeria, 188, 190, 191; in Mozambique, 218; habits and haunts in N. Nigeria, 219, 221; in relation to sleeping sickness in Luangwa Valley, 233-239; larvae and pupae not destroyed by ants, 237; pupation period at various temperatures, 237, 239 ; habits and distribution in E. Tropical Africa, 299-305 ; most active in dry atmosphere, 309. + nigrofusca, 161, 189. pallicera, in S. Nigeria, 168, 188; in W. Ashanti, 227. pallidipes, 313, 315, 317, 320, 322; in Zambesia, 218 ; in EH. oP] GENERAL Tropical Africa, 300, 304-306, 308; requires moderate humidity and little cover, 309 ; haunts and habits in B.E.A., 357, 358. Glossina palpalis, 55-59, 138, 235 note, 236, 275; vesica of, 56; ex- periments and observations on, 61-68 ; bionomics of, 68-71 ; influence of colour on, 71-72 ; in Mongalla Province, 89-92 ; enemies of, 90 ; lowering tem- perature, effect on, 62-64; raising temperature, effect on, 64-68 ; feeding and digestion of, 68-71 ; size and colour in mangrove thickets of, 145; in S. Nigeria, 158, 161-163, 167, and note, 168-175, 177-182, 190, 191; in N. Nigeria, 219, 221 ; prevalent in W. Ashanti, 227, 230; in E. Tropical Africa, 299, 300, 302, 304, 306-309 ; requires great humidity and high temperature, 309; G. fuscipes a var. of, 355. ; submorsitans in, 167, 188, 190, Lit. i tabaniformis, in, 180, 183, 189 ; harpes of, 359. *. tachinoides, in savannahs of S. Nigeria, 145, 180, 188, 190, 191 ; habits and haunts in N. Nigeria, 195-202; clearing experiment with, 201-202; associated with Mimosa asperata, 219 ; commonin Muri province, N. Nigeria, 221 ; 317, and note, 355. Gold Coast, Culicidae in, 9, 20-23, 25, 29-32, 34-37, 40, 41, 43, 44, 48; Glossina palpalis area in, 57; new Tabanids from, 113, 131-133, 399, 412-414; new Palebotomus from, 365-366. goliath, Ardea, 311. Goniocotes gigas, 213. Le hologaster, 213. . stylifer, 213. gossypiella, Gelechia, 203-206. i Pyroderces, 206. és Stagmatophora, 206-208. goughti, Culex, 32. gowdeyi, Telenomus, 273. Grabhamia, not a synonym of Culex, 27. 3 caballa, referred to Och- lerotatus, 20. INDEX. 435 Grabhamia durbanensis, referred to Och- lerotatus, 214. gracilis, Anopheles, 247. grahami, Culex (see Culex). i Hretmopodites, 47. G Haematopota, 399, 405-409. Subpangonia, 113, 12'7-128. grahamii, Culicoides (see Culicoides). grandidieri, Culex, 26. grandissimus, Tabanus, 294. grantii, Howardina, 13. gratus, Tabanus (see Tabanus). gravoti, Subpangonia, 127-129, 159, 180. griseicollis, Simulium, 215. Gualteria, synonym of Ochlerotatus, 14. guiarti, Culex (see Culex). Gymnometopa, synonym of Stegomyia, 7. fi mediovitiata, 7. = sexlineata, 7. habereri, Culicoides, 99. Haemagogus, 12-13. Haemaphysalis hoodi, 316, 323. is leachi, 157, 158, 163, 171, 178, 314, 316, 318, 319, 321, 323. % parmata, 185, 321. Haematopinidae, 212. Haematopinus aulacodi, 314; type of n. gen. Scipio, 393. bufali, 316. 53 echinatus, included in Neo- haematopinus, 393. as eurysternus, common on cattle in Mozambique, 212; 316, 318, 323. ie latus, 314, 316, 323. mi peristictus, 316, 323. e phacochaeri, 318, 323, ; sciuropteri, 393. . suis, from pigs in Mozam- bique, 212. ‘a so wane adventitius, common on pigs in Mozambique, 212. a: tuberculatus, from buffalos imported from Timor, 212.' 436 GENERAL INDEX. Haematopinus vituli on cattle in Trans- vaal, 212, 323. Haematopota, several broods in a year, 279; habits of, 280- 282; Asilids prey on, -282; distribution in EB. Tropical Africa, 287-291 ; eyes of, 288. abyssinica, 289, 315, 317, a20, 322: albohirta, 317. alluaudi, haunts of, 287 ; abundant in forests of EK. Africa, 290 ; 317,.320. avida, 317. beringeri, sp. n., 399, 412, 413, 414. brucei, haunts of, 287, 291, aoe. brunnescens, in Uganda and BByAc, 298, 320, 322. bullatifrons, rejection of genus Austenia proposed for, 405, note ; 406-409. copemani, haunts of, 287, Zoo, ala. cordigera, 180. crudelis, sp. n., 399, 414, 415, 416. cruenta, 416. daveyi, sp. n., 399, 408- 410. decora, 160, 162, 216, 313, SLD) ondh7,:. SLB «322i. haunts of, 291. denshami, haunts of, 287, 288, 320, 322. distincta, haunts of, 287, 290, 315, 317, 320. divisapex, 313. fulva, 414. Surtiva, 216, 313, 315, 320. furva, sp. n., 334-335 ; in Uganda and B.E.A., 290 ; 320, 322. fusca, haunts of, 287, 289 ; 320, 322, 335. grahami, sp. n., 399, 405- 408, 409. hieroglyphica, 317. hirsutitarsis, 313. hirta, haunts of, 290; 317, 320, 322, 335. Haematopota imbrium, 317. 213 ” oP] hastata, Diatomineura, sp. n., 399, 403- 404. inornata, haunts of, 287, 290 ; 322; characters of Q, 338. insatiabilis, 315. . insidiatrix, 289, 318, 315, 320. longa, 216; 315, 320. mactans, 218, 290, 313, 315, 317, 320, 322. maculiplena, 317. malefica, 315. masseyi, 289, 313. neavei, Sp. n., 336-338 ; local abundance in Uganda, 291 ; 322. nigrescens, Synonym of L/. hirta, 335. niveipes, 218. nocens, 315. nociva, 216, 289, 313, 315. nowialis, 289, 315, 320. pachycera, 405, note. pellucida, 315. pertinens, 216; 289, 313, B15. rubens, sp. n., 399, 410- do pede / sanguinaria, 313, 315. similis, 288, 320, 322. stimulans, 290, 313, 315. taciturna, in N. Rhodesia, 289, 313. tenuicrus, 159, 162. tenuis, in B.E.A. and Uganda, 289 ; 320, 322. tumidicornis, 320. ugandae, 290, 320, 322. unicolor, haunts of, 287, 288; 320, 322. vittata, 216, 318,.315, 317, 320,. 322 ; haunts of, Zo. Halcyon chelicuti, Mallophaga parasitic on, Harpagomyia, myrmecophilous, 2; characters of, 6, 45. taeniarostris, 45. trichorostris, 45. GENERAL INDEX. 437 hebes, Anopheles, 248. hebraeum, Amblyomma, 321. heliosciuri, Neohagmatopinus, 393-395. Heliosciurus palliatus, parasitised by _Anoplura, 393, 395. Hemichromis fasciatus, said to destroy mosquito larvae, 177. Heptaphlebomyia, synonym of Culex, 27. ms simplex, synonym of C’. decens, 214. Heron, Goliath, 311. heterographus, Lipeurus, 213. Heteronycha, synonym of Culex, 27. nieroglyphica, Haematopota, 317. Hippobosca camelina, 320. ‘i capensis, specially associated with Canidae and Felidae, 311 ; 318, 320. én Jfulva, sp. n., 417. y» . , hirsuta, on Cobus defassa in | Uganda, 311 ; 322. ‘ aes var. neavei, on Cobus ellipsiprymnus and C. var- doni_ in N.K.:' Rhodesia, 311 ; 314, 315. bs maculata, 160, 164, 218, 318, 320, 322. » . Trufipes, 218. Fs struthionis, 311, 317, 320. Hippoboscidae, habits, 310. Hippocentrum re sp. n., 113, 185- 36. (Haematopota) strigipennis, 136. 7 tremaculatum, 178, 180; may be identical with Al. strigipennis, 136. + versicolor, 136, 159, 162, 164 ; in W. Uganda, 282, O20. hirsutitarsis, Haematopota, 313. hirsutus, Ochlerotatus, 15, 16, 19, 20, 214, alon mal. hirta, Haematopota, 290, 335. hirtipes, Sarcophaga, 217. hispaniola, Anopheles, 244, 249. ‘ Myzomyia, 249. hispida, Ludlowia, 36. » Mimomyia, 5, 36, 37. Hispidimyia, synonym of Mimomyia, 35. Hodgesia, characters of, 6, 35; associated with Harpagomyia, 45. ie cuptopous, emended to H. cyp-. topus, 39. rf cyptopous, 35. ss malayt, 35. # sanguinae, emended to H. san- guinis, 35. ¥ sanguinis, 35, 181, 321. Holcoceria nobilis, preyed on by Bembex capensis, 282 ; distribution, 287. hologaster, Goniocotes, 213. hominis, Tarsonemus, 326, note. hoodi, Haemaphysalis, 316, 323. hortensis, Culex, 33. Howardina, characters of, 5, 7 ; invalidated, 11, note ; synonyms and spp. of, 12-14; Grabhamia, near, 27. gebeleinsis, claws and tarsal joints of 9, 27. a granti2, 13. “ (2) lineata, characters of, 13 ; in Transvaal and Natal, 14. Fe (?) pembaensis, 13. 5 pseudoscutellaris, 13. % unilineata, characters of, 13. humanus, Pediculus, 316, 319. ie aegyptium, 185, 314, 316, 319, Hydrometra, rheotropic, 346. Hypoderma lineata, 218. Hypsoides milleti, in Uganda, 269. imbecilla, Sarcophaga, 217. imbecillus, Tabanus, 317. imbrium, Haematopota, 317. implexa, Anopheles, 242. 53 Christya, 242, 243, 247. implecus, Anopheles, 243, 247, 321. impunctus, Anopheles, 244, 249. impurus, Tabanus, 317. incerta, Ischnopsylla, 213. incomptifeminibus, Ceratopogon, sp. n., 107. inconspicuosa, Humelanomyia, 34. inconspicuosus, Aédes, 34. 7 (?) Micraédes, 34. 438 GENERAL INDEX. indica, Anopheles, 242. » Neocellia, 242. indiensis, Nyssorhynchus, 247. infestus, Ceratophyllus, 318. infracta, Anaphe, 269-272. infula, Culex, 30. Ingramia, nom. n., 6, 24, 34, 36, 43-45 ; key to larvae, 374, 384. - circumtestacea, 44. 5 malfeyti, 44; larva and pupa, 78, 384. nigra, 44,45, 164, 321. ss uniformis, 44, 45, 164, 314, 321. innotata, Rhinomyza, 285, 317. inornata, Chrysops magnifica, var., 315. i Culiciomyia, 33. a Ficalbia, 42. a Haematopota, 287, 290, 338. inornatipennis, Ceratovogon, sp.n., 107-108. inornatus, Eretmopodites, 47, 163, 164, 385. 5 Stephanibyx, 212. insatiabilis, Haematopota, 315. Insecticides, physiological effects of, 351- 352. insiliatrixr, Haematopota, 289, 313, 315, 320. insignis, Culex (see Culem). rs Tabanus, 334. insulant, Earias, 207. invidiosus, Culex (see Culex). irritans, Ochlerotatus, 15, 17, 23, 164. “ Phagomyia, 23. eA Pulex, 213. irroratus, Tabanus, 292, 322. . tropicalis, Otomys, 397. Ischnopsylla incerta, from bats at Chibuto, Isotoma, absent from Central and S. Africa, 79, and note. » obituberculata, 79, and note. ,, fasciata, sp. n., 80. » lineata, 79. Isotomina, 79, and xote. Ixodes brunneus, 316. » pilosus, 316, 321. » rasus, d21. 5, tenuerostris, 316. Jacobi, Anopheles, 242, 245, 374. Jamesia, synonym of Culex, 27. Janthinosoma, 4, 27, 32. jehafi, Anopheles (Myzomyia), 249. Johannseniella fulvithorax, sp. n., 105-106 ; first sp. from Africa, 106 ; 278, 319. karwari, Anopheles, 387. kingi, Culicoides, sp. n., 104-105. » var. nigrifeminibus, Tabanus, 320. Kingia, synonym of Stegomyia, 7. » Gfricana, 7. » apicoargentea, 7. “ fraseri, 7. ,, luteocephala, 7, 10. ,, metallica, 7. , pollinctor, synonym of Ochlero- talus longipalpis, 17. 5, poweri, 7. , pseudonigeria, 7. 5 sempsont, 7. kingsleyi, Tabanus, 163, 178. korogwensis, Stomoxys, 317. Lagria sp., injurious to trees in 8. Nigeria, 179. larina, Echidnophaga, 214, 315, 320, 322. Lasiocampa quercus, spinning of, 349. Lasioconops, synonym of Culex, 27. Laspeyresia (Carpocapsa) pomonella, re- action to contact of, 345. lateralis, Culex, 21. .. Ochlerotatus, 19, 21. latipes, Tabanus, 317, 322. latus, Haematopinus, 314, 316, 323. laurenti, Culex, 33. laverani, Tabanus, 164, 218, 223, 224, 315. layardi, Pycnonotus, 273. leachi, Haemaphysalis (see Haemaphy- salis). lectularius, Cimex, 211, 212, note. Leicesteria, 46. GENERAL Lentes capensis, from fowls in Transvaal, 213 Lepidoplatys, synonym of Ochlerotatus, 14. Lepidotomyia, synonym of Ochlerotatus, 14, leptomeres, Myzomyia, 249. Leslieomyia, synonym of Ochlerotatus, 14. leucarthrius, Ochlerotatus, 17, 316. Leucomyia, 27. leucopous, Eretmopodites, 48. leucoptera, Anisocheleomyia, 38. leucopus, Eretmopodites, 47, 48, 178. Leiognathus creightoni, sp. 0., parasitic on porcupine, 369, 3'70, 371 ; attacks man, 370, note. i liberiensis, sp. n., 371-372 ; parasitic on squirrel, 372. leucostomus, Tabanus, 292, 297. liberiensis, Leiognathus, 371-372. lichtensteini, Alcelaphus, 417. lilit, Stegomyia, 11, 12. Limosina punctipennis, breeding places of, 82, 83; Bacillus coli communis trans- mitted by, 86; distribution, 86, note ; imago of, 87. lineata, Howardina, 13, 14. » Hypoderma, 218. my Lsotoma;, 19% lineatithorax, Diatomineura, sp. n., 399- 401, 403. Linognathus africanus, on sheep at Abeo- kuta, 159. + forficula, 316. ., vituli, 316, 323. Liotheum caudatum, from Secretary Bird, Pretoria, 213. 7 longicaudum, 213. Lipeurus columbae, 213. » heterographus, 213. Lipoptena cervi, in Mozambique, 218, & note. liventipes, Tabanus, 218, 298, 315. lividocostalis, Culex, 381. longa, Haematopota, 216, 315, 320. longicaudum, Liothewm, 213. longiceps, Pedicinus, 316. longicornis, Chrysops (see Chrysops). longipalpis, Anopheles, 243, 248, 314, 319. 53 Glossina (see Glossina). 28784 INDEX. 439 longipalpis, Myzomyia, 248. i) Ochlerotatus, 16-19, 164, 376. 5 Stegomyia (see Ochlerotatus). longipennis, Glossina (see Glossina). longisquamosus, Ochlerotatus, 16. Lucilia sericata, 217. ludlowi, Anopheles, 387, 390. Ludlowia, synonym of Mimomyia, 35, 36. ‘3 hispida, 36. is pincerna, 37. - plumosa, 37. i sudanesis, 36, 37. lumbricoides, Ascaris, 82. lunulatus, Rhipicephatus, 316, 323. luteocephala, Kingia, 7, 10. is Stegomyia, 7, 8, 10, 164, 178, dal. luteola, Auchmeromyia, 171, 178, 216, 310. luteolateralis, Banksinella, 6, 34, 164, 170, 214, 314, 319, 321. lutescens, Toxorhynchites, 3. . Uranotaenia, 43. Lutzia, synonym of Culex, 27. Lynchia maura, 311. Lyperosia, in Uganda, 310. minuta, on cattle in Mosam- bique, 217 ; 318, 320, 322. punctigera, 322. schillingst, 317. thirouxt, 322. ” Macleaya, synonym of Howardina, 12. macrophylla, Triumfetta, 271. mactans, Haematopota, 218, 290, 322. maculata, Dixa, 49. Hippobosca, 160, 164, 218, 318, 320, 322. . maculatissimus, Tabanus, 218, 292, 293. maculatus, Rhipicephalus, 316, 318, 321. maculicosta, Anopheles, 242, 246. maculipalpis, Anopheles, 243, 247, 374. maculipennis, ee nt 242, 245, 250, ”) F Chrysoconops, 26. maculiplena, Haematopota, 317. 440 GENERAL INDEX. magnifica, Chrysops, 286, 317. v var. inornata, Chrysops, 315. magrettii, Pangonia, 320. Maillotia, 27. malabaricus, Phlebotomus, 210. Malaria, prevalent in S. Nigeria, 186 ; in Nyanza Prov., 278. Malaya, synonym of Harpagomyia, 45. » genurostris, 45. malayi, Aédes, 34. » Hodgesia, 35. malefica, Haematopota, 315. malfeyti, Ingramia, 44, 78, 384. 5 Mimomyza, 44. malvella, Gelechia, 206. Mansonia chrysogona, 26. a uniformis (see Mansonioides). Mansonioides, characters of, 5, note, 24, 33. a africanus, larva, 374, 377, 378. SA (?) mediolineata, 24, 314. nS nigra, 24. 7 uniformis, 26, 27; larva of, 73-77, 76: 157-159, 162, 164, 171, 178, 180, 181, 214, 313-321. marginalis, Chrysomyia, 217. marmoreum, Amblyonuma, 314, 316, 321. marmorosus, Tabanus, 180. marshalli, Anopheles, 244, 249, 321. - Myzomyia, 162. mi Ochlerotatus, 16, 18, 164, 314, 376. “3 Scutomyia, 18. 5 Toxorhynchites, 3. mashonaensis, Mimomyia, 42. 5 Uranotaenia, 38, 39, 42, 184, 521. ‘s var. alba, Uranotaenia, 40. masseyi, Haemutopota, 289. maura, Lynchia, 311. bi 1 hove Myzorhynchus, 74, 162, 164, mayeri, Uranotaenia, 38, 40-41, 162. medicorum, Glossina, 185, 189. mediolineata, Etorleptiomyia, 24. - Mansonioides, 24, 314. mediononotatus, Tabanus, sp. n., 298, 329- 330. mediopunctata, Etorleptiomyia, 24. mediovittata, Gymnometopa, 7. Megaculex, synonym of Mimomyia, 35, 36. x albitarsis, 37. palustris, 36, 37. 4, pincerna, 37. Megarhinus rutilus, 2-3. Melanoconion, 27, 35. melanogaster, Drosophila, 82, 83, 86. Melanoplus spretus, rheotropic, 346. melanopous, Eretmopodites, 47. Menacanthus spiniger, 213. Menopon biseriatum, 213. t nigrum, parasitic on Corvultur albicollis, 162. fs trigonocephalus, 213. Meopsylla sjoestedti, 316, 318. merus, Anopheles, 247. mesembrinoides, Pangonia, 317. metallica, Kingia, 7. ~ Stegomyia, 7, 9, 12. metallicus, Taeniorhynchus, 184, 314, 319, 321. Metoecis carnifex, parasitic on Anaphe infracta, 274. Micraédes, characters of, 6, 34, 35. < bisulcatus, 34. ms (?) inconspicuosus, 34, 184, 321. micrantha, var. ferruginea, Bridelia, 271. microannulatus, Chrysoconops, 26. is Culex, 34. i Taeniorhynchus, 26, 321. Microculer, synonym of Culex, 27. Microgaster glomeratus, effect of humidity on, 349. microptera, Stegomyia, 33. milleti, Hypsoides, 269. milnei, Culicoides, 100, 101, 185, 319, 321. Milvus aegyptius, Mallophaga parasitic on, 213. } Mimeteculex, synonym of Ochlerotatus, 14. Mimomyia, 5, 6, 35-36, 43-45 ; keys to larvae and pupae, 374, 283- 384. ) _ africana, synonym of In- gramia nigra, 44, " fusca, synonym of Jngramia nigra, 44, GENERAL INDEX. ‘441 Mimomyia hispida, segment of Q abdo- men, 5; variable, 36-37 ; pupa, 78, 384. malfeyti, redefined, 44. mashonaensis, 42. mimomyiaformis, 36, 37, 78, 164 ; larva and pupa, 383, 384. plumosa, 36, 37,184 ; larva and pupa, 78, 383, 384. splendens, type sp., 35-36 ; larva and pupa, 78, 383. _ sudanensis, claws of, 36, 37. mimomyiaformis, Boycia, 37. , Mimomyia (see above). Mimopacha gerstaeckeri, 269. Mimosa asperata, Glossina associated with, yA minuscularius, Tabanus, 216. minuta, Anopheles, 245. » Lyperosia, 217, 318, 320, 322. minutus, Ochlerotatus, 16, 17, 21-22. var. biannulatus, Ochlerotatus, 22. stenoscutus, Ochlerotatus, 22. tarsalis, Ochlerotatus, ape Ochlerotatus, 5) vt) b] ~~ ~~ ~~ uniannulatus, Ze Phlebotomus, 313, 315, 361-366. var. africanus, Phlebotomus, 279, 361, 363-365. e » niger, Phlebotomus, 364. Mochlonysx, 49. Mochlostyrax, synonym of Culex, 27. 7 1) moloney?, Anaphe, 269. Molpemyia, synonym of Ochlerotatus, 14. Mongalla Province, Glossina in, 89-93. mopani, Copaifera, 233, 234. mori, Bombyx, 273, 352. morsitans, Glossina (see Glossina). ¥ Tabanus, 320. Motacilla campestris, feeds on Anaphe infracta, 273. moubata, Ornithodorus, 314, 321, 323. Mozambique, injurious insects in, 211-218. Mucidus, characters of, 4. mucidus, 163, 218, 314. 7 scatophagoides, 6, 321. multicolor, Anopheles, 244, 249. 28784 ”? murphy, Hippocentrum, sp. n., 113, 135- 136. Musca domestica, in relation to germ con- veyance, 81, 85, & note; parasites of, 87 ; in Mozambique district, 217. Myxosquamus, synonym of Ochlerotatus, 14. | confusus, synonym of O. irritans, 23. paludosus, synonym of 0, nigricephalus, 23. myzomyfacies, Pyretophorus, 249. Myzomyia, synonym of Anopheles, 241, 242, 248, 249. costalis, larva, 74, 753; in S. Nigeria, 157, 159, 160, 162-164, 170-175, 178, 180- 182 ; abundant in Mozam- bique, 214. funesta, 162,170, 171,178, 180, ; 181, 249; larva and pupa, 74, 75. var.umbrosa, synonym of Anopheles nili, 248. hispaniola, 249. jehafi, synonym of Anopheles cinereus, 249. leptomeres, synonym of A. funestus, var. subumbrosa, 249. longipalpis, 248. marshalli, 162. nili, 184, 248. pitchfordi, 177. rossi, 242. umbrosa, 162; synonym of A. nili, 248. unicolor, synonym of A. nilz, 248. Myzorhynchus, synonym of Anopheles, 242, 245, 247, 248, 250. mauritianus, larva, 74 ; 162, 164, 214. obscurus, 163 ; synonym of Anopheles umbrosus, 250. paludis, 162 ; larva, 74. sinensis, 242. strachani, synonym of A. umbrosus, 250. umbrosus, 164, 170, 248, 250. ph) 17 ay) 3 uP) natalensis, Anopheles, 243, 246, 247, 319, 3¢4, B2 449 GENERAL INDEX. Native names for blood-sucking Arthro- pods, 312. neavet, Culicoides, 100, 101, 185, 319, 321. ,, Haematopota, sp. n., 291, 336-338. . Bee ar 162, 314, 316, 321, » var. punctatus, Rhipicephalus, 316. » Labanus, sp. n., 296, 330-334. nebulosa, Culiciomyia (see Culiciomyia). Necator americanus, ova found in Limo- sina, 82. neireti, Culex, 30. » Simulium, 315, 319. nemorosus, Ochlerotatus, 17. neobiannulata, Reedomyia, 21, 22. Neocellia indica, synonym of Anopheies, 242. Neoculex, synonym of Culex, 27. Neohaematopinus heliosciuri, sp. u., 393, 394, 395; parasitic on Heliosciurus palliatus, 395. Neomelanoconion, synonym of Culiciomyia, 33 x palpale, synonym of Banksinella luteolatera- lis, 6. Neopecomyia, synonym of Ochlerotatus, 14. 3 uniannulata, 21-22, nepenthes, Pseudojficalbia, 43. neustria, Gastropacha, 346. niger, Aédes, 44. » Lhlebotomus minutus var., 364. Nigeria, N., experiments and observations on Glossina palpalis in, 61- 72; haunts and habits of Glossina tachinoides in, 195- 202 ; notes on tsetse in, 219- 221; Tabanidae attracted by scale-insects in, 223-224; Glossina morsitans in, 233- 239 ; new Tabanid from, 399, 412-414. Nigeria, 8., Culicidae in, 3, 9-11, 18, 23, 25, 32-35, 37, 41-43, 45, 47, 48; new Collembola from, 79-80 ; research in, 137-193 ; geography of, 140-145; cli- mate and rainfall, 145-155 ; lists of blood-sucking insects and other arthropods from, 183-185 ; insect-borne diseases in, 186-187; distribution of Glossina in, 187-191; distri- bution of Stegomyia in, 191- 193 ; midges in, 100-102, 106, 108 ; new Tabanids from, 113, 126-128. nigeria, Stegomyia, 9. nigeriae, Trachypharynx, 162-163. nigeriensis, Ochlerotatus (see Ochlerotatus). nigra, Ingramia, 44-45, 164, 321. ,, Mansonioides, 24. 5, Stomoxys (see Stomoxys). » Verrallina, 44. nigrans, Anopheles, 387. nigricephalus, Ochlerotatus, 17, 23, 164, 170175; S76. nigricolor, Cadicera, 117. nigrescens, Cadicera, sp. n., 117, 315. 7 Haematopota, 335. nigricephala, Phagomyia, 23. nigrifasciatus, Pyretophorus, 249. nigrifeminibus, Tabanus kingi, var., 320. nigripes, Pseudoficalbia, 43. as Uranotaenia, 39, 42, 43, 384. nigritarse, Simulium, 215. nigrocostalis, Culex, 381. nigrofusca, Glossina, 161, 189. nigrostriatus, Tabanus, 315. nigrum, Menopon, 162. nili, Anopheles, 243, 248. ,, Myzomyia, 184, 248. Nirmus varius, on Corvultur albicollis, 162. nitens, Rhipicephalus, 314. niveipes, Haematopota, 218. nivipes, Anisocheleomyia, 38, 42. , Uranotaenia, 42. nivipous, Uranotaenia, 42. nobilis, Holcoceria, 282, 287. ,, Langonia, 117. nocens, Haematopota, 315. nociva, Haematopota, 216, 289, 313, 315. noxialis, Haematopota, 289. numae, Ceratophyllus, 213. nursei, Anopheles, 249. nuttalli, Amblyomma, 185. nyasae, Tabanus, 218, 294, 295. Nyasaland, new Tabanids from, 113, 121- 122, 133-134, 399, 408-412; notes on blood-sucking insects in, 275-312 ; list of blood-sucking arthropods in, 314- 316. Nycteribia sp., 164. GENERAL INDEX. 443 Nyssorhynchus, synonym of Anopheles, 241, 242, 245-247. i albimanus, 242. % bozasi, synonym of A. pharoensis, 245. Ss indiensis, Synonym of A. maculipalpis, 247. ‘, pharoensis, 164,.218. 53 pretoriensis, 246. 43 squamosus, larva and pupa, 74. % watsoni, larva and pupa, 74; synonym of Ano- pheles rufipes, 246. obscura, Cadicera, 119-121, 315. » Corizoneura, 119. obscurefumatus, Tabanus, 133, 176, 181, 183. obscurehirtus, Tabanus, 175, 176, 180, 182. obscurior, Tabanus, 322. obscuripes, Tabanus, 298 313, 315. obscurissimus, Tabanus, 180. obssurus, Myzorhynchus, 163, 250. obturbans, Desvoidya, 7, 12. Ochlerotatus, characters of, 4, 5, note, 7, 15; synonyms of, 14 ; table of spp. 15-17 ; key to larvae, 374, 376-378. 3 abnormalis, 17, 22. i africanus, 17, 21, 22. a albifasciatus, 15. » alboannulatus, 18. a albocephalus, 17, 21. ie alboventralis, 17, 21. 3 apicoannulatus, nom. n., 18 ; male palpi of, 15; charac- ters of, 16, 23. - ar genteopunctatus, 16,20, 314, oat. ‘ caballus, 16, 20. 53 caliginosus, 17, 23, 164; larva, 376. 5 cumminsi, segment of 9° abdomen, 5; 17, 21, 24, 314, 319, 321. a dentatus, 17, 23, 32, 319. domesticus, 16, 20, 164, 175, £31321"; larva, 376: s dorsalis, has speckled wings, @ 3 15, 16. ss durbanensis, 16, 214, 319. Ochlerotatus fascipalpis, sp. u., 8, 16,19, 316. _ hirsutus, 15, 16, 19, 20, 214, Boe ole if arritans, 15, 17, 23, 164. 5 lateralis, 19, 21. :: leucarthrius, 17, 316. ‘ longipalpis, 16-19, 164; head, thorax and apex of Q abdomen, 18; larva 376. = ¥ longisquamosus, 16. ‘ marshalli, 16, 18, 164,314; . larva, 376. £ minutus, 16, 17, 21-22, 321. % is var. biannulatus, 22. ” 06 » stenoscutus, nom. nov., 22, 23. $3 ie » tarsalis, 22. » + » unzannul atus, Zee a nemorosus, 17. nigeriensis, 16, 20, 162, 314, 319, 321 ; larva and pupa, 75, 376, 377. Be nigricephalus, 17, 23, 164, 170, 175 ; larva, 376. An ochraceus, 17, 23, 319. tA ornatus, 17, 19, 21. 9 pollenctor, larva, 376. .» pulcritarsis, 16. . punctothoracis, 16, 20-21, 31, 164 ; larva, 376. 53 quasiunivittatus, 17, 23, 32, 314, 319, 321. ‘ simulans, 15, 16, 18. 5 sudanensis, 16, 20. i wellmani, 16, 18, 19. ochraceus, Chrysoconops, 26. 2 Culex, 17, 23. 3 Ochlerotatus, 17, 23, 319. 3 Taeniorhynchus, 26. ochrosoma, Stomoxys, 317, 322. Oculeomyia, synonym of Culex, 27. oedipodius, Eretmopodites, 47, 48, 321. Oenophthira, no longer recognised, 343, note. oestroides, Adersia, 317, 318. oidipodeios, Eretmopodites, 48. 444. GENERAL INDEX. oldii, Pangonia, 313, 315. Olfersia ardeae, on Ardea goliath in Nyasa, 311 ; 317. ” dukei, 322. ‘ pilosa, 317, 320, 322. omega, Stomoxys, 164, 322. onderstepoortensis, Culex, 31. ornata, Uranotaenia, 39, 43, 321. ornatothoracis, Culex, 29, 184, 319. ornatus, Culex, 17, 21. » Ochlerotatus, 17, 19, 21. Ornithoctona platycera, on Passerines, 311, ~ *317, 322. Ornithodorus moubata, 314, 316, 321, 323. i savigny?, 321. Ornithoeca podicipis, 318. Oscinis pallipes, transmission of micro- organisms by, 85-86, imago of, 86. otomydis, Polyplax, sp. n., 395-397. Otomys irroratus tropicalis, 397. pachycera, Haematopota, 405, note. palliatus, Heliosciurus, 393, 395. pallicera, Glossina (see under Glossina). pallidifacies, Tabanus, 295. pallidipennis, Diatomineura, 218. pallidipes, Chaoborus, 48, 49. - Glossina (see under Glossina). pallidocephala, Uranotaenia, 38, 41, 321. a var. coerulea, Uranotaenia, pallidocephalus, Culex, 32. - 3» piprens, var., 20. pallidopalp:, Anopheles, 242, 243, 248. ” Feltinella, 242, 243, 248. pallidopunctata, Culex, 23. pallidus, Chaoborus, 48. pallipes, Oscinis, 85, 86. palpale, Neomelanoconion, 6. palpalis, Glossina (see Glossina). paludis, Anopheles, 250. ne Myzorhynchus, 74, 162. paludosus, Myxosquamus, 23. palustris, Megaculex, 36, 37. pandant, Pseudoficalbia, 43. Pangonia, eyes of, 282. * alboatra, 124. i angulata, 124. 5 beckeri, 320. . biclausa, referred to Cadicera, ie - bubsequa, in N. Rhodesia, 283, coeds anes x chrysopila, referred to Cadicera, 117-119. . comuta, sp. n., 113, 122-124; imago, 123; in B.E.A., 283. conjuncta, 124. i elongata, 283, 317, 320. y fodiens, 315. a magrettiz, 320. a mesembrinoides, 317. 3 nobilis, probably a Cuadicera, 17: - oldii, 313, 315. i rondanit, 218. . riipellii, 320. mn v-album, 218. " zonata, 218, 317. Pangoniinae, new African, 113-129, 399- 404; in Mozambique, 218; eyes of, 282 ; some flowers attractive to, 281; in EK. Tropical Africa, 282-287. Panoplites, synonym of Tuaeniorhynchus, 25. papatasii, Phlebotomus, 361, 362, 366, 367. par, Culex, 29. ,, Labanus (see Tabanus). Parhaematopota cognata, 317, 318. parmata, Haemaphysalis, 185, 321. Pecomyia, 14. Pectinopalpus, 33. Pedicinus longiceps, 316. Pediculidae, 212. Pediculus capitis, 212, 318, 319, 323. ys humanus, 316, 319. pellucida, Haematopota, 315. Pelorempis, 48. pembaensis, Howardina, 13. y Skusea, 278, 318, 319. A; Verrallina, 13. penetrabilis, Diatomineura, sp. n., 399-403. penetrans, Dermatophilus, 157, 163, 164, 178, 213, 315, 317., GENERAL perexiguus, Culex, 32. peristictus, Haematopinus, 316, 323. perpulcra, Rhinomyza, 284. pertinens, Haematopota, 216, 289. a Tabanus, 292, 296, 297. perturbans, Taeniorhynchus, 26, 27, 378. ees, Amblyomma, 314, 316, 318, 321, phacochaeri, Haematopinus, 318, 323. Phagomyia, synonym of Ochlerotatus, 14. i arritans, 23. Ms nigricephala, 23. pharoensis, Anopheles (see Anopheles). a Cellia, 242, 245. Nyssorhynchus, 164, 218. Philopteridae, 212-213. Philopterus platystomus, on Milous aegyp- dius and Aquila rapax, 213. a semivittatus, 213. - selosus, on Halcyon chelicuiz, 213. Phlebotomus sp., troublesome in Niger R. district, 171. m antennatus, sp. n., 362, 365- 366. i duboscqg, 185; palpi and antennae, 366-367. i malabaricus, 210. o minutus, 313, 315; palpi of, 361-366 ; antennae, 362 ; distribution, 363; wings, 364. 3 var. africanus, NOV., 279, 361, 363-365 ; wings, 364. ” ” » meger, 364. M papatasii, palpus of, 361, 362 ; inSudanand Egypt, 366; ¢ armature, 367. rp rostrans, sp. nu., from S. America, 209-210. ¥ squamipleuris, sp. n., 361, & note, 362, 366. Phthirius pubis, 212, 314, 316. Phylloxera, possible chemical action on plant organs by, 352. Physiology, bearing on economic ento- mology, 343-354 ; bibliography, 352- 304. phytophagus, Toxorhynchites, 3. phytophygus, Toxorhynthites, 3. INDEX. 445 Pieris brassicae, ee, of humidity on, 349, piliferus, Culex, 29, 33.” pilleriana, Sparganothis, 343, 344. pilosa, Olfersia, 317, 320, 322. pilosus, Ixodes, 316, 321. pincerna, Ludlowia, 37. sy Megaculex, 37. pipiens, Culex, 29, 32, 381, 383, note. Piroplasmosis, almost confined to dogs in S. Nigeria, 187. Pistia stratiotes, in relation to ee of Mansonioides uniformis, 13, & noite, 75, 76 ; in relation to Mimomyia, 78. puchfordi, Myzomyia, 177. Plague, not recorded in 8. Nigeria, 187. platycera, Ornithoctona, 311, 317, 322. platystomus, Philopterus, 213. Pleurotropis telenomi, parasitic on Tele- nomus gowdeyi, a parasite of Anaphe, 273. plumosa, Ludlowia, 37. “fs Mimomyia, 36, 37, 78, 184, 383, 384. pluto, Tabanus, 162, 164, 223. podicipis, Ornithoeca, 318. poicilia, Finlayia, 15. pollinctor, Kingia, 17. * Ochlerotatus, 376. 5 Stegomyia, 17. Polychrosis botrana, sense of smell, 347. Polyleptiomyza, 14. a albocephala, 21. Polyplax otomydis, sp. u., 395- 397 ; fe) 396 ; narasitic . on Otomys, SOM: se suturalis, 395. Porthesia chrysorrhoea, effect of atmo- sphere on, 345; effect of hydrocyanic acid on, 352. Portuguese Hast Africa, new Tabanid from, 399, 403-404 ; injurious insects in, 211-218. poweri, Kingia, 7. 5 Stegomyia, 8, 10, 11, 313, 319. praegrandis, Auchmeromyia, 217. ep . Cordylobia, 310. Pratincola,torquata, parasitised by Orne- thoctona platycera, 311. pravus, Rhipicephalus, 321, 446 GENERAL INDEX. pretoriensis, Anopheles, 243, 247, 374. 45 Cellia, 245. si Nyssorhynchus, 246. prodigiosus, Bacillus, 81, 84. producticornis, Tabanus, 216, 299. Protoculex, 14. Protomacleaya, 14, 21. Protgmelanoconion, 5. is Suscum, 33. pruina, Culex, 29, 33. pseudocostalis, Pyretophorus, 249. Pseudoculex, synonym of Ochlerotatus, 14. Pseudoficalbia, synonym of Uranotaenia, ? “ nepenthes, synonym of U. nigripes, 43. ” nigripes, 43. 9 pandani, synonym of U. nigripes, 43. Pseudograbhamia, synonym of Ochlero- tatus, 14. Pseudoheptaphlebomyia, Culex, 27. Pseudohowardina, synonym of Howardina and Ochlerotatus, 13, 14. pseudonigeria, Kingia, 7. synonym of ‘ Stegomyia, 8-11. pseudoscutellaris, Howardina, 13. Pseudoskusea, synonym of Ochlerotutus, pseudosquamosa, Cellia, 245. Pseudotaeniorhynchus, 25. Pseudotheobaldia, 27. Pseudouranotaenia, 37. Psocidae, 81. Psorophora, 24. Psychodidae, 209-210, 279. pulchellus, Rhipicephalus, 319, 321. puleritarsis, Ochlerotatus, 16. Pulex irritans, 213. pullulus, Tabanus, 298, 313, 317. punctatus, Rhipicephalus neavei, var., 316. punctigera, Lyperosia, 322. punctipennis, Limosina, 82, 83, 86, note, punctithorax, Aedimorphus, 20. punctothoracis, Ochlerotatus, 16, 20, 21, 31, 164, 376. pungens, Aegophagamyia, 284, 318. putoria, Chrysomyia, 217. Pycnonotus layardi, feeds on larvae of Anaphe, 273. pygmaeus, Culex, 28, 32. pyocyaneus, Bacillus, 85, note. pyogenes, var. aureus, Staphylococcus, 81, ») Pyretophorus, synonym of Anopheles, 241, 242, 246-250. .. albipes, synonym of A. theileri, 247. a costalis, 241, 242. ‘- myzomyfacies, Synonym of A. hispaniola, 249. - nigrifasciatus, Synonym of A. chaudoyei, 249. ‘: pseudocostalis, synonym of A. marshalli, 249. 9 sergentit, synonym of A. culicifacies, 248. ‘ watson, 247. Pyroderces gossypiella, synonym of P. simplex, 206. . rileyi, 203, 20'7-208. 3 simplex, 203, 206-208. quadriguttatus, Tabanus, 317. quadrimaculata, Anisocheleomyza, 24. quadrisignatus, Tabanus, 162, 295, 317, 322. quasigelidus, Culex, 28, 29, 77, 164, 314, 321, 381, 383. Quasistegomyia, synonym of Howardina, 12, 13. , : dubia, synonym of Steg omyia metallica, 12. quasiunivittatus, Ochlerotatus, 17, 23, 32, Dla wold, al, queenslandensis, Chaoborus, 48. quinquefasciatus, Culex, 32. quinquevittatus, Eretmopodites, 46-48, 162, 163, 316. Radioculex, synonym of Mimomyia, 35. Rainfall in S. Nigeria, 145-155 ; in St. Lucia, 263-267. Rameza, scales of, 48 ; 49. rapax, Aquila, 213, 214. GENERAL INDEX. 447 rasus, Lxodes, 321. Reedomyta, synonym of Ochlerotatus, 14, 18. : albopunctata, synonym of Stegomyia sugens, 9. 4 biannulata, synonym of Och- lerotatus minutus, 21,22. - ‘ bipunctata, synonym of O. minutus, 21, 22. : neobiannulata, synonym of O. minutus, 21, 22. * seychellensis, synonym of OU. minutus, 21. rhinocerotis, Dermacentor, 316, 321, 323. Rhinomyza, eyes of, 282, 284. | 3 concinna, 285, 313, 315. My innotata, 285, 313, 315, 317. 5 perpulcra, 284, 320, 322. i stimulans, 163, 172. i umbraticola, 285, 313. Rhipicentor bicornis, 316. Rhipicephalus appendiculatus, 314, 316, 319, 321, 323. 54 armatus, 321. a bursa, 316. - capensis, 314, 316, 318, 323. “f coriaceus, 316. % dux, 323. - evertsi, 314, 318, 319, 321, 323. , Falcatus, 316, 321, 323. ” lunulatus, 316, 323. - maculatus, 316, 318, 321. ‘ neavet, 162, 314, 316, 321, 323. ” 4, var. punctatus, 316. + nitens, 314, ” pravus, 321, ” pulchellus, 319, 321. “ sanguineus, 157-159, 163, 164, 168, 170, 171, 178, 180, 314, 316, 319, 321, 323. 7 sculptus, 316. a simpsoni, 162. 5 simus, 1S5, 314. 319, S21, 323. e sulcatus, 185, 316, 323. ie supertritus, 316. Rhodesia, N., notes on Glossina morsitans in 95-96 ; new Tabanids from, 113-117, 124-126, 329-330, 399-403, 410-412 ; notes on blood-sucking insects in, 275— 312; list of blood-sucking arthropods in, 313-314; a new Hippobosca from, 417. S., Culicidae in, 3, 9-11, 18, 20, 21, 23, 25, 32-35, 37, 40-43, 45, 47, 48; new Tabanids from, 117, 410-412. rhodesiensis, Anopheles, 244, 248, 319. Rhynchotaenia, synonym of Taenior- hynchus, 25. ricint, Attacus, 273. rileyt, Batrachedra, 207, 208. rama, Culex, 29, 164, 170, 181, 319, 321. rondanii, Diatomineura (Pangonia), 404. » Pangona, 218. rossi, Anopheles, 242, 387, 390. » Myzomyia, 242. rostrans, Phlebotomus, sp. n., 209-210. rostrata, Pangonia, 218. rothschildi, Tabanus, 320. rotundatus, Cimex, 185, 211, 212, note, 314, 316. rubens, Haematopota, sp. n., 399, 410- 412. rubinotus, Culex, 29. rubivora, Ceratitis, 216. rubramarginata, Cadicera, 117. ruficrus, Tabanus, 163-164, 180, 315, 322. rufipes, Anopheles, 243, 246-247, 374. » LHippobosca, 218. riipellit, Pangonia, 320. rutilus, Megarhinus, 3. » Loxorhynchites, 2-3. ruwenzorii, Tabanus, 291, 299, 131, 322. Sabethini, 45-48. Saccharomyces theobromae, obtained from Drosophila melanogaster, 86. sagittarius, Tabanus, 215. Saint Lucia, transmission of germs by flies in, 81-88. salisburiensis, Culex, 29, 214, 319. sandersoni, Tabanus, 292, 295. sanguinae, Hodgesia, 35. 448 GENERAL INDEX. sanguinaria, Haematopota, 313, 315. Hf Stygeromyia, 315. sanguineus, Ehipicephalus (see Rhipice- phalus). sanguinis, Hodgesia, 35, 181, 321. savignyt, Ornithodorus, 321. Sarcophaga africa, 217. aurifinis, breeding places, 82, 83 ; imago, 85. hirtipes, 217. embecilla, 217. sp. inc., experiments with, 82-85, & note; Chalcid ovipositing in larva of, 88. Sarcophagula sp. inc., breeding places of, 82, 83 ; experiments with, 83-84. Sarcopsyllidae, 314, 315, 317, 320, 322. Saturnia, pupae, period of rest shortened, 350. 9 Sayomyia, synonym of Chaoborus, 48. scatophagoides, Mucidus, 6, 321. schillingsi, Lyperosia, 317. schultzei, Culicoides, 105. Scipio aulacodi, parasitic on Thryonomys swinderianus, 393. sciurinus, Acanthopinus, 393. sciuroptert, Haematopinus, 393. mee vulpinus, parasitised by Anoplura, scopulifer, Xenopsylla, 213. sculptus, Rhipicephalus, 316. scutellaris, Howardina, 13. Scutomyza, synonym of Howardina, 12. marshalli, referred to Och- lerotatus, 18. sugens, referred to Stegomyia, ” ? secedens, Tabanus (see Tabanus). semicinctum, Colpocephalum, 162. semivittatus, Philopterus, 213. senegalensis, Catageiomyia, 23. Sepsis sp. inc., breeding places of, 82, 83. septempunctatus, Tabanus, 313. sergenti, Culex, 29. sergentii, Pyretophorus, 248. sericata, Lucilia, 217. setosus, Philopterus, 213. sealineata, Gymnometopa, 7. seychellensis, Reedomyia, 21. sharpei, Tabanus, 292, 296. Sierra Leone, Mosquitos from, 26, 33 ; new Tabanids, from, 113, 135-136, 399, 405-408. silacea, Chrysops (see Chrysops). silverlocki, Dorcaloemus, sp. n., 113, 123- - 126, 313. Silvius, eyes of, 282. 5 decipiens, 115; distribution, 116- mire fallax, sp. n., 113-117 ; imago of, 114 ; 284. similis, Haematopota, 288. » Uranotaenia, 41. simplex, Heptaphlebomyia, 214. simpsoni, Acheilostoma, 162-163. Culex, 29, 33, 319. Kingia, 7. Rhipicephalus, 162. Stegomyia, 9, 11, note, 12, 316, 321. ” sinulans, Ochlerotatus, 15, 16, 18. Simulium damnosum, 182, 315, 319, 322. neireti, 315, 319. griseicollis, in Transvaal and Cape Colony, 215. ” nigritarse, in Transvaal, 215. simus, Rhipicephalus, 185, 314, 319, 321, 523. ” ” sinensis, Anopheles, 242, 387. 4 Myzorhynchus, 242. sitiens, Stomoaxys, 217. Skusea pembaensis, on seashore in KE. Tropical Africa, 278, 318, 319. Sleeping Sickness, Glossina fuscipes carrier of, 55, 59; Lado district in danger of, 91 ; not common in S. Nigeria, 186-187; in W. Ashanti, 229, 230. smithii, Anopheles, 245, 250. Solenopotes, 393. somaliensis, Culex, 28, 34. Sparganothis pilleriana, 343, 344. spathipalpis, Theobaldia, 379. speciosa, Cadicera, sp. u., 120-121, 282. spiniger, Menacanthus, 213. spinipes, Tarsonemus, 325, 328. spirifex, Tarsonemus, 326, 327. splendens, Mimomyia, 35, 36, 78, 383. spretus, Melanoplus, 346. squamipenna, Aedeomyia, 25. GENERAL INDEX. squamipennis, Aédes, 25. <4 Aédomyia, 25. squamipleuris, Phlebotomus, sp. n., 361, & note, 362, 366. squamosa, Cellia, 245. ‘ var. arnoldi, Cellia, 245. squamosus, Anopheles, 242, 245, 246, 374, 375, 319. » var. arnoldi, Anopheles, 375. bj Nyssorhynchus, 74. Stagmatophora, restriction of genus, 208. if gossypiella, referred to Pyroderces, 206, 207. Staphylococcus pyogenes, var. aureus, in experiments on flies, 81, 84, 85. Stegoconops, synonym of Ochlerotaius, 14. Stegomyia, 4, 5, 7-13, 15, 17-21, 23, 33, 46 ; distribution in 8S. Nigeria, 162-164, 178, 184, 191-193 ; key to larvae, 374, 376, 378. a africana, roale claws of, 7 ; 8, 10, 12, 21, 162, 164, 170, HS, OLIZ 214." 313, 321 ; larva, 376. 5 albomarginata, 9, 10; charac- ters of, 12. ss apicoargentea, male claws of, 7 ; old ai tot 178, 192.321 - larva, 376. argenteopunctata, 21. BA argenteoventralis, 9, 10 ; charac- ters of, 12. a brevipalpis, 33. i bromeliae, synonym of S. simpsoni, 11, 12. ms brumpti, synonym of S. sugens, 9 9 calopus, 214. A dubia, synonym of S. africana, 10, 12 ” fasciaia, male claws ony 1; ‘characters of, 8-10 ; in Gold Coast, 74, 75 in S. Nigeria, 138, 162- 164, 170, 174, 175, 178, 186, 191, 192 « preyed on by Culex ligripes var. Jusca, 192 ; in Mozambique, 214; 313, 316, 319, 318, 321 ; larva, 376. 6 fraseri, sp. n., 8, 11 ; 321. . gebeleinensis, synonym of Howardina unilineata, 13. 449 Stegomyia lili, synonym of S. simpsoni, y) a longipalpis (see Ochlerotatus). i luteocephala, characters of, 8, 10, 164, 178, 321. ‘, metallica, nom. n. for Quasis- tegomyia dubia, 7, 9, 12. microptera, wrongly determined as S. brevipalpis, 33. nigeria, Synonym of 8S. fas- ciata, 9 ‘ pollinctor, synonym of Ochlero- tatus longipalpis, 17. powerz, 8, 10, 11, 313, 319. i pseudonigeria, 8-11. A simpsoni characters of, 9, 11, note, 12, 316, 321. Ff sugens, chanacters and distribu- tion, 8-10, 15, 162, 192, 214, Bal ae larva, 75, 373, note, 375, 376, 378. unilineata, 319. 53 wellmant, synonym of S. psev- donigeria, 9. Stenoscutus, synonym of Ochlerotatus, 14. és africanus, synonym of O. minutus, 21, 22. stenosculus, Ochlerotatus minutus, var., 22. Stephanibyx inornatus, Mallophaga para- sitic on, 212. stimaticalis, Chrysops, 215, & note. stimulans, Haematopota, 290. : Rhinomyza, 163, 172. stoehri, Culex, 32, 314. Stomoxydinae, 97-98. Stomoxys, haunts of EH. African, 309-310. i bilineata, 317. ef brunnipes, 162, 313, 315, 317, 320, 322 sh calcitrans, 164, 168, 315, 317, 318, 320, 329 - habits in Mozambique, 217. ‘ koroqwensis, 317. - nigra, 162, 164, 168, 217, 313, 315, 317, 318, 320, "322. Me ochrosoma, 317, 322. x omega, 164, 322. 5 sitiens, 217. a taeniata, 317, 320. a varipes, 317, 320. stormsi, Turdus, 311. 450 GENERAL INDEX. strachani, Myzorhynchus, 250. stratiotes, Pistia, 73, & note, 75, 76, 78. (Haema- strigipennis, Hippocentrum topota), 136. struthionis, Hippobosca, 311, 317. Stygeromyia woosnami, sp. n., 97-98, 320. Ay sanguinaria, 315. stylifer, Goniocotes, 213. subannusiae, Tabanus, 159, 162, 164, 171, subelongatus, Tabanus, 218. submorsitans, Glossina (see Glossina). Subpangonia grahami, sp. n., 113, 127- 128, 180. "3 gravoti, 127-129, 159, 180. subumbrosa, Anopheles funestus, var., 249. sudanensis, Culex, 20. - Ludlowia, 36, 37. " Mimomyia, 36, 37. .. Ochlerotatus, 16, 20. sufis, Tabanus, 320. sugens, Stegomyia (see Siegomyia). suis, Haematopinus, 212. » var. adventitius, Haematopinus, 212. sulcatus, Rhipicephalus, 185, 316, 323. superpictus, Anopheles, 244, 249. supertritus, Rhipicephalus, 316. suturalis, Polyplax, 395. swinderianus, Thryonomys, 393. Syrphus, anemotropic, 346. Tabanidae, new African, 113-136, 329- 338, 399-416 ; spp. in S. Nigeria, 157- 164, 168-172, 174-176, 178, 180-185 ; in Mosambique, 215-216, 218 ; attracted by scale insects, 223-224, 281 ; spp. in tropical EK. Africa, 279-299, 313, 315, ue 318, 320, 322 ; insect enemies of, 282. tabaniformis, Glossina, 180, 183, 189, 359. Tabaninae, new African, 113, 129-136, 329-338, 399, 405-416 ; in E. Tropical Africa, 287-299. Tabanus, dissecting salivary glands of, 96 ; distribution in E. Tropical Africa, 291-299. y africanus, in Mozambique, 215 ; 291-293, 313, 315, 317, 318, 320, 322. Tabanus albipalpus, 299, 320, 322. . amblychromus, 317. f argenteus, 175. atrimanus, eyes of, 292, 296; common in E. Tropical Africa, 296 = 313,315, 317; 320. barclayi, sp. n., 113, 133-134 ; in E. Tropical Africa, 295-296 ; 313, 315. ‘3 besti, 163, 167, 178, 180, 182. i biguttatus, 184 ; in Mozambique, 215 ; in E. Tropical Africa, 293 ; eyeS of, 294 - 313, 315, ob 318, 320, 322. croceus, attracted by scale insects, 223, 224. * billingtoni, 164, 168. brucei, 9 from N. Rhodesia, 298 ; eyes of, 293 ; 322. a brumpti, 322. - canofasciatus, sp. u., 113, 129- 131 ; haunts, 291, 299, 320. claritibialis, 297, 298, 313, 315. - combustus, 180, 182. js coniformis, eyes of, 292, 295 ; 313, 315, 317. conspicuus, 320. ” 7 copemani, 313, 315. crocodilinus, eyes of, 292, 297 ; O22, denshami, eyes of, 294, 295 ; 313, 315, 320, 322. a disjunctus, 313. distinctus, eyes of, 295 ; 313, 315, at. ditaeniatus, 164 ; in Mozambique and Transvaal, 216 ; distribu- tion and eyes of, 298, 299, 313, 315, 317, 318, 320, 322. diver sus, distribution and eyes of, 297, 313, 315, 317. fasciatus, 158, 161, 164, 168-172, 180-183, 291. niloticus, distribution and eyes of, 293, 320, 3 PH fraternus, rare in Mozambique, 216; common in Zanzibar, 295 ; eyes and habits, 295; 313, 315, 317, 318. fuscipes, 216, 299, 322. ”) ”” GENERAL INDEX. Tabanus grandissimus, 294. gratus, attracted by scale insects, 223 ; eyes of, 216, 292, 297 ; 313, 315, 317, 318, 320, 322. imbecillus, 317. impurus, 317. insignis, 334. erroratus, eyes of, 292 ; 322. kingi, var. nigrifeminibus, 320. kingsleyi, 163, 178. latipes, 317, 322. laverani, 164, 218, 315 ; attracted by scale-insects, 223, 224. leucostomus, eyes Of, 292, 297; 313, 315, 320. liventipes, 218, 298, 313, 315. maculatissimus, 218; eyes of, 292, 293 ; 313, 315, 317. marmorosus, 180. medionotatus, sp. n., 298, 313, 329-330. minuscularius, 216. morsitans, 320. neaver, Sp. n., 296, 320, 322, 330- 334. nigrostriatus, 315. nyasae, eyes of} 218, 294, 295; 5. y] obscurefumatus, 133, 176, 181, 183. obscurehirtus, 175, 176, 180, 182. obscurior, 322. obscuripes, eyes of, 298; 313, 315, 317, obscurissimus, 180. pallidifacies, 295, 320. par, 157, 164, 170, 178, 216, 329, 330 ; eyes of, 292, 298. pertinens, eyes of, 292, 297; common in E. Africa, 296. pluto, 162, 164; attracted by scale insects, 223. producticornis, 216; in B.E.A., breeds in brackish as well as fresh water, 299 ; eyes of, 299. pullulus, 298, 313, 317. quadrigutiatus, 317. quadrisignatus, 162, 295, 317, 322. 451 Tabanus rothschildi, 320. ? ruficrus, 163-164, 180, 315, 322. ruwenzorii, 131, 322; found at high levels, 291; typically forest sp., 299; eyes and habits, 299. sagittarius, synonym of fT. taeniola, var. variatus, 215. sandersoni, eyes of, 292, 295. secedens, 158, 161, 164, 168-170, 172, 174-176, 178, 180-182, 294. septempunctatus, 313. sharpei, eyes of, 292, 296. socialis, 158, 159, 161, 164, 170, 174-176, 181, 182, 294. subangustus, 159, 162, 164, 171, 181. subelongatus, 218. suis, 320. taeniola, 158, 160, 164, 169, 170, 172, 178, 180, 181; in Mozambique, 215 ; attracted by scale in- sects, 223; eyes of, 292, 294, 295; abun- dant in HK. Africa, 294, var. variatus, in Mozam- bique, Transvaal and S. Rhodesia, 215; outnumbers type in K. Africa, 294. tenuipalpis, sp. n., 113, 131- 133. 9? thoracinus, 158, 161, 164, 168, 170, 174, 175, 180, 181, 218; eyes of, 292, 298; abundant in Uganda, 298 2.513, Si, 318, 320. trianguliger, 295. tritaeniatus, 216. unitaeniatus, 215, 296, 313, 315, 320. ustus, 215, 294, 313, 315, 317. variabilis, eyes of, 292, 296 ; 313, 317, 320, 322. velutinus, eyes of, 292 ; antennae, tibiae and palpi, 320, 334. wellmanii, 296. williams?, 178. aanthomelas, 313, 315, 320, 322. tachinoides, Glossina (see Glossina). 452 GENERAL INDEX. taciturna, Haematopota, 289. taeniarostris, Harpagomyia, 45. taeniata, Stomexys, 317, 320. taeniola, Tabanus (see under Tabanus). Taeniorhynchus, 5, note, 15, 24-27 ; larvae, 374, 378. africanus, 6, 7, validity doubtful, 21. annettii, 164, 175, 321; Chrysoconops maculi- pennis a synonym of, 26. aurites, 164, 171, 321; Chrysconops fraseri a synonym of, 25; speci- mens wrongly recorded as, 26. cristatus, 26, 184, 319. ~ fasciolatus, 25. Fuscopennatus, new sy- nonyms of, 26; 316, 318, 319, 321. metallicus, 184, 314, 319, 321. microannulatus, 26, 321. ochraceus, wrongly de- scribed as Mansonia chrysogona, 26. perturbans, doubtful as African sp., 26, 27; larvae, 378. Ls violaceus, 165. tananarivensis, Cellia, 245. tarsalis, Duttonia, 21. 5, Ochlerotatus minutus, var., 22. Tarsonemus bancrofti, injurious to sugar- cane in Queensland, 325. se hominis, leg of, 326, note. spinipes, Sp. D., injurious to sugar-cane in Barbados, 325, 326, 327; remedies for, 328. 7 spirifex, 326, 327. Tatera, attacked by Cordylobia, 310. telenomi, Pleurotropis, 273. Telenomus gowdeyi, parasitic on Anaphe infracta, 273; parasitised by Pleuwro- tropis telenomi, 273. tenuicrus, Haematopota, 159, 162. tenuipalpis, Tabanus, sp. n., 113, 131- 133. tenuirostris, Ixodes, 316. tenuis, Haematopota, 289 Teromyia, synonym of Toxorhynchites, Z. thalassius, Culex, 28, 31, 164, 170, 214. Thaumastocera akwa, 185. theileri, Anopheles, 243, 247. » Culex, 31, 214: Theobaldia, 5, mie ; key to larvae, 374, annulata, larva, 379, 383 note. ” spathipalpis, larva, 379. 4) Theobaldinella, synonym of Theobaldia, 27. Therioplectes, 131. thirouxt, Lyperosia, 322. tholluni, Amblyomma, 316, 323. thoracinus, Tabanus (see Tabanus). Thryonomys swinderianus, parasitised by Anoplura, 393. tigripes, Culex, 5, 28, 78, 214. var. fusca, Culex, 192. ,, fuscus, Culex, 5, 162 164, 175, 177, 178, 380. tipuliformis, Culex, 28, 31, 214. larva, 373, & note, ? 7 Toxorhynchites, 2-3 ; at® brevipalpis, variations of, 3, 164, 314, 316, 321, 375. conradti, synonym of 7, brevipalpis, 3. lutescens, 3. marshalli, synonym of 7’, brevipalpis, 3. phytophagus, 3. phytophygus, 3. rutilus, referred to Mega- rhinus, 2-3. Trachypharynx nigeriae, 162-163. Transvaal, Tabanidae in, 113, 118-119; Culex univittatus in, 32. transvaalensis, Anopheles, 244, 248, 249, 319. o Culex (see Culex). trianguliger, Tabanus, 295. Trichocephalus dispar, ova found in Limo- sina, 82. Trichochetes climax, on goats, in S, Nigeria, 163. GENERAL INDEX. Trichopronomyia, synonym of Culew, 27. Trichorhynchus fuscus, synonym of Culi- ciomyia inornata, 33. trichorostris, Harpagomyia, 45. trigonocephalus, Menopon, 213. trimaculatum, Hippocentrum, 136, 178, 180. Trinoton anseris, 213. tritaeniatus, Tabanus, 216. Triumfetta macrophylla, food - plant of Anaphe infracta, 271. Tropisms, in animals, 343-347. Trypanosoma gambiense, intermediary host of, 59. Trypanosomiasis, difference in virulence on W. Coast and in Uganda, 59 ; cattle and horse disease in Nigeria associated with several spp. of Glossina, 191. tuberculatus, Haematopinus, 212. tumidicornis, Haematopota, 320. Turdus stormsi, parasitised by Ornithoctona platycera, 311. typhosus, Bacillus, 81, 84. Uganda, Culicidae in, 3, 6, 9-12, 20, 22, 23, 26, 31, 34-37, 39-43, 45, 47, 49; habits and occurrence of Gilossina fus- cipes in, 55-59 ; midges in, 100-103 ; utilisation of indigenous silkworm in, 269-264 ; blood-sucking insects in, 275- 312; list of blood-sucking arthropods in, 321-323; new Tabanidae from, 330-338. ugandae, Haematopota, 290. umbraticola, Rhinomyza, 285. umbrosa, Anopheles, 162, 248. A Myzomyia, 162, 248. umbrosus, Anopheles, 245, 248, 250, 387, 390. Myzorhynchus, 167, 170, 248, 250. uniannulata, Neopecomyia, 21. uniannulatus, Ochlerotatus minutus, var., 22. unicolor, Haematopota, 287, 288, 322. » Myzomyia, 248. uniformis, Ingramia, 44, 45, 164, 314, 321. ” Mansonia (see Mansonioides). Manso- 7 Mansonioides (see nioides). unilineata, Howardina, 13. oh) 453 unilineata, Stegomyia, 319. unitaeniatus, Tabanus, 215, 296, 313, 315, 320. univittatus, Culex (see Cules). Uranotaenia, 20, 34, 37-44 ; key to larvae, 374, 384. abnormalis, synonym of U. pallidocephala, 41. alba, 38, 40, 319. alboabdominalis, 38, 40, 41, d21, annulata, 38, 39, 41-42, 164. apicotaeniata, synonym of U. annulata, 41-42. balfourt, 38, 41, 164; larva and pupa, 78, 384. bilineata, 38-40, 321. var. fraseri, nov., 38, 39 bimaculata, synonym of U. mashonaensis, 42, 43. vp) 7 candidipes, nom. n., 39, 42. coeruleocephala, 38, 41, 164, Dok» | connali, sp. n., 38-40. Fusca, 39, 42, 321. geometrica, simple claws in both sexes of, 38. lutescens, 43. mashonaensis, 38, 39, 42, 184, ) o21. ” “i var. alba, 40. mayeri, sp. n., 38, 40, 41, 162. nigripes, 39, 42, 43; larva, 384. (Anisocheleomyia) nivipes, 42. nivipous, synonym of U. candidipes, 42. ornata, 39, 42, 43, 321. pallidocephala, 38, 41, 321. var. coerulea, 41. similis, synonym of U. palli- docephala, 41. ustus, Tabanus, 215, 294, 313, 315, 317. ” ) v-album, Pangonia, 218. vardoni, Cobus, 311. 454 variabilis, Tabanus (see Tabanus). variegatum, Amblyomma (see Ambly- ommt). varipes, Stomoxys, 317, 320. venalicius, Borborus, 86, note. venata, Anaphe, 269. velutinus, Tabanus, 292, 320, 334. Verrallina nigra, referred to Ingramia, 44. pembaensis, referred to Howar- dina, 13. versicolor, Hippocentrum, 136, 159, 162, 164, 282. violaceus, Taeniorhynchus, 164. 7] vittata, Degeeriella, 212. » Haematopota, 216, 291, 313, 315, DAL ga20, 022. vituli, Haematopinus, 212, 323. » Linognathus, 316, 323. vomitoria, Calliphora, 348. Wagtail, yellow, 273. watsoni, Anopheles, 246. » Nyssorhynchus, 74, 246. watsonii, Anopheles, 246, 247. » Lyretophorus, 247. wellcomei, Anopheles, 243, 247. wellmani, Danielsia, 9, 18. Ochlerotatus, 16, 18, 19. Stegomyia, 9. ” 7 | GENERAL INDEX. wellmanii, Chrysops, 286. 5. Tabanus, 296. williamsi, Tabanus, 178. woosnami, Dorcaloemus, 126, 283, 320. 5 Stygeromyia, nu. sp., 97-98. Worcesteria, 2. xanthomelas, Tabanus, 313, 315, 320, 322. Xenopsylla aequisetosus, 316. brasiliensis, on rats in 8S. Nigeria, 163 ; 316, 320, 322. if cheopis, one male ona rat in Lagos, 163, 187 ; from rats at Lourengo Marques, 213; in Zanzibar, 319; in Uganda, 322. rt scopulifer, 213. >D) Yellow-fever, in B.W.A., 186. Zanzibar, list of blood-sucking arthropods in, 318-319. zelineri, Culex, 28, 31. zombaensis, Culex, 29, 162. zonata, Pangonia, 218, 317. Zungeru, meteorology for 1910 at, 61. INDEX TO NAMES OF PERSONS. Aders, Dr. W. M., 26, 109, 204, 205, 225, 295, 339, 370, note. Alcock, Lieut.-Col. A., 1, 2, 210, 241, 404. Alexander, Dr. D., 419. | Anderson, T. J., 18, 339, 419. Annandale, N., 364. Ashton, Dr., 160. Ashworth, Dr. J. H., 378. Austen, E. E., 59, 69, 82, 86, note, 97-108, 113-136, 187, 211, 214, & note, 218, & note, 276, 286, 293, 308, note, 329-338, 358, 359, 367, & note, 399-417, 414, note. Azevedo, Senhor J. de O. 8., 218. Bacot, A., 85, note. Bagshawe, Dr. A. G., 58, 59. Baker, E. G., 73, note. Ballard, E., 225. Ballou, H. A., 339, 419. Bancroft, Dr., 325. Banks, Nathan, 218. Barclay, Dr. A. H. H., 134, 212, note, 296, 409, 412. Barn, Dr., 204, 205. Barnard, G., 208. Barnshaw, A. L., 300. Bataillon, E., 349, 352. Becker, Dr., 246. Beringer, Dr. F. J. A., 414. Bernard, Cl., 351. Bezzi, Dr. M., 26. Bigot, M., 118. Blair, Capt. A. H., 109, 163. Blanchard, Prof., 26. Boag, G., 15. Bodeker, Dr. H. A., 212, note, 339. Borner, C., 79, & note. Boulenger, G. A., 177. Bovell, John R., 225, 325, 339, 419. 28784 Brand, E., 109, 339, 419. Brogan, E. H., 225. Brown, Henry, 300, 301. Brown, Mrs. Henry, 339. Bruce, Sir David, 276, 333, 335. Bunting, R. H., 372. Bury, Dr. R. H., 225. Busck, A., 298. Canestrini, 369. Cardew, C. A., 300. Carpenter, Dr. G. D. H., 48, 79-80, 110, 226, 419. Carter, Sir Gilbert T., 207. Carter, H. F., 1, 18, 45, 246, 375. Chartres, Dr. Hi. A., 414. Chell, Dr. G. H. D., 419. Cherrett, Dr. B. W., 339. Chevallier, Dr. C. L., 306, 358, 360, 419. Chichester, Dr., 182. Christophers, 8. R., 387, 391. Christy, Dr. C., 335, 338. Chubb, E. C., 117, 341. Clark, Dr. W.S8., 128, 180. Clotten, F., 343, note. Cobbe, Dr. T. J., 225. Collett, Dr., 174. Collin, J. H., 118. Connal, Dr. A. C., 40, 41, 109, 163, 164, 212, note, 381, 382, note. Cope, Dr. R., 212, note. Copeman, E. A., 401, 412. Copland, Dr. J., 159. Coquillett, 4, 34. Corsellis, M. H., 179. Costley-White, H., 225. Cotes, H. C., 204, 205. Cox, Rev. H. A. M., 300. Crawshay, Capt. R., 291. 456 INDEX TO NAMES OF PERSONS. Creighton, J. H., 370. Cummings, Bruce F., 393. Dahl, Prof., 326. Davey, Dr. J. B., 134, 296, 339, 365, 409, 410, 412. Dayrell, E., 180, 225. Degen, 58. Dewitz, Dr. J., 343. Distant, W. L., 117, 119. Dobbs, C. M., 286, 339. Donitz, 247, 248. Drake-Brockman, Dr. R. E., 13, 339. Draper, W., 207. Drew, C. M., 89. Drummond, Dr. R., 109, 419. Dubois, Raph., 350, 353. Duclaux, E., 350. Duke, Dr. H. Lyndhurst, 101, 225, 339, A19. Durrant, John Hartley, 203-208, 343, note. Dyar, Hartison G., 1-3, 8, 12, 15, 27, 31, 32, 49, 373, & note, 380, note, 381, note. Dyer, Capt. T. W. P., 339. Kakin, W. C. W., 225. Edwards, F. W., 1-53, 74, 214, note, 241- 250, 276, 373-385. Edwards, William, 300, 301. Eeden, W. Van, 133. Egerton, Sir Walter, 193. Egger, 44. Evans, A. E., 339. Evans, G. W., 109. Farquhar, J. H. J., 167, note, 339. Fell, T. B., 109, 225, 227-231, 340, 408. Ficalbi, 21. Filleul, R. P., 357. Fisher, Dr. W., 300. Flood, Dr. 221. Forsyth, H., 300. Fowler, Major C. E. P., 21, 32, 49. Fraser, Capt. A. D., 11, 34, 39, 42, 43, 100, 102, 225, 333, 335, Fraser, D., 300, 301. Fraser, Capt. J., 340. Fujitani, J., 352, 353. Fyffe, Dr., 340. Gamble, Dr. Mercier, 26, 100 225, 340, 419. Gastine, G., 344, 345, 353. Gentry, Th., 351. Geppert, J., 351, 354. Gilks, Dr. J. L., 109. Goodliffe, Dr. J. H., 109. Gough, Dr. L. H., 419. Gould, A. R., 109. Gowdey, C. C., 109, 269-274, 340, 419, Graham, Dr. W. M., 34, 100, 102, 106- 108, 128, 133, 163, 164, 191, 381, 408. Grassi, B., 391. Gray, G. M., 129, 159, 164. Gray, Dr. R. W., 79, 80, 101, 167, 168, 182. Greaves, J. A. Ley, 340. Greig, Major E. D. W., 212, note, 333. Grote, A. R., 208. Haberer, Dr., 99. Hall, 234, note. Hamerton, Major A. E., 333. Hamilton, F. G., 340. Hamilton, Major J. Stevenson, 301, 303. Haran, Dr. J. A., 109, 212, note, 294, 340. Harger, R. L., 330. Harrington, H. T., 300, 301. Hastings, W., 339. Haydon, 246, 249, 375. Hearsey, Dr. H., 276. Henderson, Dr. F. L., 212, note. Hermann, L., 343, 354. Hess, C., 344, 354. Hill, 246, 249, 375. Hine, Prof., 223. Hirst, Stanley, 325-328, 369-372. Hiscock, Dr. R. C., 109. Hodges, Dr. A. P. D., 6, 20, 109, 225, 276, 308, 340. Hope, J. O. W., 419. Hopkins, Dr. F. G., 193. INDEX TO NAMES OF PERSONS. A457 Hopkinson, Dr. E., 225, 340. Howard, C. W., 211-218. Howard, L. O., 2, 3, 211. puaeey, Capt. L. HE. H., 109, 158, 163, 16. Hutchins, E., 110. Hynde, R. S., 300. Ingram, Dr. A., 73-78, 6, 13, 20, 29-32, 35-37, 44, 225, 246, 247, 373, 378, 381, 382, 419. Inness, Dr. W. J. D., 30, 225. Jack, R. W., 117, 412. James, 8. P., 387, 391. Jones, H. L., 360. Kelleher, Dr., 168. Kelsall, Major H., 420. Kieffer, Dr., 106, 107. King, Harold H., 89-93, 101, 103, 105, 366, 420. Kinghorn, Dr. Allan, 58, 235, note, 239, & note. Kleine, Dr. 58. Knab, Dr. Frederick, 1-3, 8, 12, 15, 25- 27, 31, 32, 49, 373, 380, note, 381, note. Kolenati, 369. Laborde, J., 344, 354. Lamborn, Dr. W. A., 161. Lampert, Dr. Kurt, 99. Landois, H., 351, 354. Laveran, Dr., 26, 43. Le Fanu, Dr. G. E. H., 365, 366, & note. Lefroy, H. M., 205. Leicester, Dr. G. F., 1, 24, 30, 34, 35, 45, 46. Leiper, Dr. R. L., 163. Lichtenstein, 48. Liston, 387, 391. Heya, L., 95-96, 225, 233-239, 340, 412, Loeb, J., 346, Ludlow, Miss, 45. McConaghy, Dr. John, 340, 420. McConnell, Dr. BR. E., 55-59, 100, 101, 110, 131, 225, 340, 420. Macdonald, Dr. P. H., 48, 100, 178. Macfie, Dr. J. W. Scott, 61-72, 223, 225, 281, 420. Macquart, 118. Manning, G. F., 300. Marchal, P., 346, 354. Marshall, Dr. C. H., 110, 226. Marshall, H. C., 300. Marshall, G. A. K., 14, 32, 59, 276, 325, 370, note. Massart, J., 345, 354. Massey, Dr. A. Yale, 34, 250. May, Dr. Aylmer, 234. Mayer, Dr. T. F. G., 41, 110, 161-163, 193, 226. Meigen, 48. Meijere, J. C. H. de, 86, note. Meyrick, 205. Michael, A. D., 325. Milne, Dr. A. D., 276. Minchin, HE. A., 96, & note. Mjoberg, 393. Moiser, Dr. B., 69, 195-202, 226, 340, 420. Molz, E., 345, 354. Montgomery, R. E., 58, 340, 403. Moorhouse, Col. H. C., 193. Morgan, Rev. D. F., 106. Morrison, Dr. Wm., 110. Mouat, Dr. A., 110. Murphy, Dr. J. ©., 18, 26, 33, 34, 133, 136, 212, note, 226. Murray, L., 300. Murray, Dr. W. A., 300. Nain, A., 245. Nair, T. D., 29. Neave, Capt. C. A., 340. Neave, S. A., 19, 24, 33, 103, 106, 110, 116, 121, 124, 130, 134, 215, note, 226, 233, note, 234, note, 247, 275-323, 330, 331, note, 333, 335, 338, 340, 355, note, 360, 365, 393, 395, 397, 412, 416. Neumann, Prof. L. G., 211, 212, 393. Neveu-Lemaire, 7, 9, 15, 21, 26, 27, 31, 245, 367. Newstead, Prof. R., 1, 6, 12, 45, 56, 59 224, 246, 276, 355-367, 375. (458 INDEX TO NAMES OF PERSONS. Nicéville, Lionel de, 205. Rojas, Capt., 182. Nicholls, Dr. Lucius, 81-88, 110, 251-267, Rothschild, Hon. N. Charles, 211 253, note, 340. Roubaud, 95. Norris, Dr. 8. K., 134. Rowell, W. A., 300. Nowell, W., 328. Nuttall, Prof. G. H. F., 276. “Sanderson, Dr. Meredith, 295, 302, 308, Old, Dr. J. HB. S., 119, 122, 134, 248, 300, 412. 412, 420. Sant’-Aona, Dr. J. F., 318. Osten-Sacken, 86, ote, 118. Saunders, Capt. A. C., 110, 204, 205, 226, Oswald, W., 345. 341, 414, note. Owen, Dr. H. B., 340. Schalkwijk, Rev. J. van, 300, 301. Schmarda, L. K., 354. Scholefield, S. W. J., 226, 341. Palmer, Dr. H. 'T., 226. Schouteden, Dr. H., 359. Partington, H. B., 340. Schultze, Dr. Leonhard, 105, note. Pask, Dr. E. H. Allon, 300. Schultze, W., 204. SES) OG iy Seitz, A., 346, 351, 354. Patton, G., 249, 373, 378. Serville, M., 118. Hearse, Maen Sharpe, Sir Alfred, 300, 301, 304. Pearson, Dr. J.8., 375. Shircore, Dr. J. O., 55. Percival, A. B., 340. Shore, Rev., 101. Percival, J., 300. Sieger, Dr. W. H., 33, 164. Pérez, J., 347. Silverlocx, O. C., 125, 412. Perkins, B.C. Li., 204, 205. Simpson, Dr. Jas. J., 59, 69, 137-193, Perraud, T., 344, 354. 212, note, 247, 341, 365, 420. Pirie, Dr. G. J., 420. Smith, Major F., 212, note. Plateau, F., 347. Smythe, Dr. A. W.8., 170,193. Pollard, Dr. J., 219-221. Someren, Dr. R. van, 111, 226, 305, 331, Pooley, G. H., 212, note. note, 341. Powell, Dr. E., 420. Soveral, Dr. Antonio de, 218, 226. Prentice, Dr. G., 300, 301. Spurrell, Dr. H. G. F., 34, 48. Preston, T., 110. Spurrier, Dr. A. H., 278, 341. Price, D. C., 171, Standfuss, M., 347, 350, 351, 354. Prichard, Dr. Owen, 340. Stannus, Dr. H.S., 300. Pryer, H. J. S8., 204. | Stauton, Dr. A. T., 387-391. Pugh, Dr. J., 110. Stigand, C. H., 89. Stordy, R. J., 226. Storrs, F. J. T., 420. Radford, Dr. W. J., 110, 212, note, 294, Strachan, Dr. W. H., 193. 306, 341, 420. Strathairn, Dr. G. C., 110, 212, note, 226, Rendall, Dr. P., 118. 341. | Ricardo, Miss, 117. Summers, Sophia L. M., 209-210, Ridgway, 114, note, 399, note. Surcouf, Baron J. M. R. 127, 405, note. Robertson, Miss Muriel, 226, 420. Swale, Dr. H., 42i. Roberjot, Abbé, 343. Swinhoe, 205. Rogers, Rev. K. St. Aubyn, 420. Swynnerton, C. F, M., 111, 117, 287. | INDEX TO NAMES OF PERSONS. 4.59 Tate, H. N., 412. Terzi, Engel, 373. Theiler, Dr., 42. Theobald, F. V., 1, 3, 7, 9, 10, note, 11, 13, 14, 21-26, 37, 38, 41-44, 46, 79, note, 241, 242, 247-250. Thomas, R. P., 111, 212, note, 341. ’ Thomson, H. N., 143, 173. Thornicroft, H. 8., 300, 301. Treat, 351. Twomey, Dr. G. R., 341. Urich, F. W., 421. Ventrillon, Dr., 26, 30. Vermorel, V., 344. Verrall, G. H., 118. Vosseler, J., 48. Wade, Dr. W. M., 341, 408. . Wahlgren, E., 79, & note. Walsingham, Lord, 203. Warburton, C., 276. Watson, Dr., 221. Weissmann, A., 350, 354. Wesché, W., 164, 373,'381, 383. West, Prof. G. S., 253, note. Wheeler, W. M., 346, 354. Wiggins, Dr. ©. A., 226, 335, 341, 421. Willcocks, F. C., 111, 204, 205. 207, 249, 366, 421. Williston, Prof. 8. W., 1, 49. Wilson, Dr., 178. Wise, Dr. K. S., 421. Wood, Dr. J. Y., 341, 378, 421. Woodhouse, C. M., 341. Woolliscroft, Dr. W. W., 404. Woosnam, R. B., 98, 117, 301, 341. Young, R. A., 300. Zupitza, 59, note. 460 INDEX TO PLANTS ATTACKED BY INSECTS. Althea, 206. Gossypium, 203-208. Cotton, 203-208. Maize, 207. Mallow, 207. Eriobotryia japonica, 208. Maiva. 206. Flamboyia regia, 179. Sugar-cane, 325-328. nel Jno} Tnols Sachi lgoje tae 3 loo] aa Bs 461 ERRATA. —— se . 53, col. 2, delete “vexans, Mg... . 21.” . 81, par. 2, line 1, for ‘‘ Flies undoubtedly plays” read “ Flies undoubtedly play.” . 85, footnote, line 5, for “ Sargophaga” read ‘‘ Sarcophaga.” 110, for “ Dr. W. L. Radford ”’ read ‘‘ Dr. W. J. Radford.” . 170, line 6, for “‘ Dr. R. W. S. Smythe” read “ Dr. A. W. 8S. Smythe.” . 212, footnote, line 11, for “ Dr. W. Radford” read “ Dr. W. J. Radford.” . 223, table of species, for “ Tabanus biguttatus croceus, Wied.” read ‘‘ Tabanus biguttatus croceus, Sure.” . 225, for “ Dr. W. J. D. Inness ” read “ Dr. W. D. Inness.” . 226, for “ Dr. E. C. Strathairn”’ read “ Dr. G. C. Strathairn.” . 301, line 24, for ‘‘ Barrington” read “ Harrington.” 315, for ‘ Cadicera nigrescens, Ric.” read ‘‘ Cadicera biclausa, Liw.” . 315, for “ Cordylobia anthrophaga, Grinb.” read ‘ Cordylobia anthropophaga, Griinb.” . 318, for “ Adersia oestroides, Aust.” read ‘‘ Adersia oestroides, Karsch.” . 322, for “ Haematopota ugandae, Aust.” read “* Haematopota ugandae, Ric.” . 366 (twice), for ‘‘ Phlebotomus duboscqui ” read ‘‘ Phlebotomus duboscqi.” et a i re oy tr ; t! ¢ cy TU? ; L FS t F i H dnothadl CW. ONION? «VW CL" 108 (TT aerit atoieteat 7 ine “PRINTED FOR HIS MAJESTY’S STATIONERY OFFICE, By DARLING & SON, irp., est ue Srrenr, i ala ° © in 3 P ‘ 4 —— - o> ‘ f ref - « . ’ . ef a At : 1913 7 ' p ‘ : . Oi ry 9 - ’ . - « 7 @ aur we a ae : , est : 4 ‘ me ee) t . x te * - > i P 4 . ; - t * A mi 4 } . i a . 4 3 bd f ' ” ; ‘ 4 “a * * ‘ . iH 4 t 5 ‘ ’ * be G4 abe ye VFhae * 3 + : \ } : : ‘ P o ope , tial Bes es iy , s ‘ j a _ af ® : ‘ t Pe ae ‘ . iis 7 4 ¢ +. ‘ - - * - . s ’ rt .S st le s t ‘i ” - , . ? 3 } \ XL bl ee a Lenny ces St ea) ee ae ’ ae ne Ba ae oh ‘ La ih Pei Lee ©, ADVERTISEMENTS. eto Ee SD SCIEN TINIC WORK A SPECIALITY. WE INVITE YOU TO SEND AN INQUIRY FOR YOUR BOOK AnD MAGAZINE PRINTING TCO OWN ne Printing Department: 83-91, Great Titchfield Street. WATKINS & DONCASTER, Naturalists and Manufacturers of every kind of Apparatus and Cabinets for Eggs, Plants, Plain Ring Nets, Wire or Cane, including stick, 1s. 3d., 2s., 3s. Folding Nets, 3s. 6d., 4s., 4s. 6d. Umbrella Nets (self-acting), 7s. Pocket Boxes, 6d.; corked both sides, 9d., 1s., 1s. 6d. Zine Relaxing Boxes, 9d., 1s., 1s. 6d., 2s. Japanned Collecting Box, with strap, 5s. 6d. Nested Chip Boxes, 4 doz., 7d.; 1s. 6d. per gross. Entomological Pins, mixed, 1s. and 1s.6d. per gross. Mite Destroyer, 13d. per oz., 1s. 6d. per lb. Pocket Lanterns, 2s. 6d., 4s. 6d., and 8s. Sugaring Tin, with brush, 1s. 6d., 2s. Sugaring Mixture, ready for use, 1s. 7d. per tin. Store Boxes, with camphor cells, 2s. to Ss. Ditto, Book Pattern, 8s. 6d., 9s. 6d., and 10s. 6d. Setting Boards, flat or oval, lin., 6d.; 14in., 8d.; iFinwodzin.. 10d, > 251n., 1s. + 3in., 1s, 2d. 3hin., 1s. 4d.; 4in., 1s. 6d.; 44in., 1s. 8d.; 5in., 1s. 10d. Complete set of 14 boards, 10s. 6d. The “ Dixon’? Lamp-net (invaluable for taking moths off street-lamps without climbing the lamp-posts), 3s. 6d. each. Collectors of Insects, Birds’ Minerals, &c. Setting Houses, 9s. 6d., 11s. 6d., and 14s. Zine Larva Boxes, 9d., 1s. Breeding Cage, 2s. 6d., 4s., 5s., 7s. 6d. Coleopterist’s Collecting Bottle, 1s. 6d., 1s. 8d. Ditto, Zinc Boxes, 1s. 6d. Botanical Cases, japanned, double tin, 1s. 6d., 2s. 9d., 3s. 6d., and 4s. 6d. Botanical Paper, 1s. 1d., 1s. 4d., 1s. 9d., 2s. 2d. per Insect Cases, 2s. 6d. to 11s. [qr. Cement for replacing Antenne, 4d. per bottle. Steel forceps for removing Insects, 1s. 6d., 2s., and 2s. 6d. per pair. Cabinet Cork, 7 by 34, 1s. per doz. Pupa Diggers, 1s. 9d. Insect Lens, 1s. to 8s. Egg Drills, 2d., 3d., and 9d. Metal Blow-Pipes, 4d. and 6d. Setting Needles, 3d. and 6d. per box. Taxidermist’s Companion, i.e., a pocket leather case containing tools for skinning, 10s. 6d. Scalpel, 1s. 8d.; Scissors, 2s. per pair. Egg Collector’s Outfit, containing Drills, Blow- pipes, and all requisites, 3s. 3d. post free. A Large Stock of Insects and Birds’ Eggs. New and second-hand Books on Natural History. See our New Catalogue, which will be sent Post Free on application. Birds and Mammals, &c., Preserved and Mounted by first-class workmen. 36, STRAND, LON DON, W.C. (Five doors from Charing Cross). 25110 li ADVERTISEMENTS. WORKS ON ENTOMOLOGY. THE LEPIDOPTERA OF THE BRITISH IS- | THE BUTTERFLIES OF EUROPE. Described LANDS. By C. G. BARRETT. Complete in | and Figured by H. C. LANG, M.D., F.LS. 11 vols. £6 12s. Large-Paper Edition, with With 82 Coloured Plates. 2 vols., £3 18s. o0= Coloured Eilases pe eo _ LEPIDOPTERA INDICA. By F. Moors, F.ZS., THE COLEOPTERA OF THE BRITISH IS- F.H.S., continuation by Col. C. SWINHOE. LANDS. Bythe REV. CANON FOWLER, M.A., Vols. L-VIIL, with 706 Coloured Plates. EE cure role Te Rae cr £9 5s. each. Parts 97-105, 15s. each. Plat ‘4, Large Edition, with 180 Coloure Plates ei ae THE LEPIDOPTERA OF CEYLON. By F. = Moorek, F.Z.S. 3 vols. medium 4to, 215 THE HYMENOPTERA ACULEATA OF THE Coloured Plates. Cloth, gilt tops, £21 12s. Bae L So veeralee es _ Published under the auspices of the Govern- Large-Paper Edition, with 51 Coloured Plates. ment of Ceylon. 68s. MONOGRAPH OF THE MEMBRACIDA. By THE HEMIPTERA HETEROPTERA OF THE G. B. BUCKTON, F.R.S.. to which is added a BRITISH ISLANDS. By EDWARD SAuN- Paper entitled “ Suggestions as to the Meaning of the Shades and Colours of the Membra- cide in the Struggle for Existence,” by E. B. POULTON, D.Sc., M.A. 4to. With 2 struc- tural and 60 Coloured Plates. Cloth, gilt top, DERS, F.L.S. Complete, with a Structural Plate, 14s. Large Edition, with 31 Coloured Plates, 48s. | THE HEMIPTERA HOMOPTERA OF THE BRITISH ISLANDS. By JAMES EDWARDS, £6 ds. F.E.S. Complete, with 2 Structural Plates,12s. HARVESTING ANTS AND TRAP - DOOR Large Edition, with 28 Coloured Plates, 43s. | §PIDERS; Notes and Observations on their MONOGRAPH OF THE BRITISH CICADH OR Habits and Dwellings. By J. T. Moaa- TETTIGIDA.: By G. B. BUCKTON, FE’.R.S. RIDGE, F.L.S. Illustrated. With SUPPLE- 2 vols. vo, 82 Coloured Plates, 42s. | MENT, 17s. THE LARVA OF THE BRITISH LEPIDOPTERA THE STRUCTURE AND LIFE HISTORY OF AND THEIR FOOD PLANTS. By OWEN 8. THE COCK-ROACH (PERiPLANETA ORIEN- WILSON. With Life-Sized Figures. Drawn TALIS). An Introduction to the Study of and Coloured from nature by ELEANORA Insects. By L. C. MIALL and ALFRED WILSON. 40 Coloured Plates. 63s. DENNY. 125 Woodcuts. 7s. 6d. London: LOVELL REEVE & Co., Limited, Publishers to the Home, Colonial, and Indian Governments, 6, HENRIETTA STREET, COVENT GARDEN, W.C. JUST PUBLISHED. With 16 Plates (7 Coloured). 21s. NET, (PosTacE, Gd.) Butterfly-Hunting in Many Lands. Notes of a Field Naturalist. By GEORGE B. LONGSTAFF, M.A., M.D. (Oxon.), late Vice-President Entomological Society, London. To which are added Translations of Papers by Fritz MULLER on the Scent-Organs of Butterflies and Moths. Wire a NOTE ey 'E: B (POULTON, ©. Sc,” FIRS: “ Yet no part of Mr. Lonestarr’s book is more readable than the opening chapter, in which he tells of the collecting of his boyhood days—at-Wimbledon (sadly changed since then), at Rugby, in Devonshire, and elsewhere; . . . But the appeal of the volume asa whole is to entomologists; and to them it should appeal strongly, for it is full of a keen enthusiasm and is written with a wide-ranging and observant. interest in the various pro- blems of insect life. The coloured plates, which are six in number, are admirable.” —The Times. “The book belongs to that most fascinating class of literature—narrative of distant travels with a definite purpose. . . . Dr. LONGSTAFF’s volume is one of the most delightful mixtures of science and traveller’s notes that we have met with .. . It affords an excellent synthetic and comparative view of the general character of insect life in different quarters of the earth, besides giving evidence of much close study and patient analysis of genera and species. The coloured plates are so good as to incline us to grumble that there are not more of them.”—Pall Mall Gazette. LONGMANS, GREEN & Co., 39, Paternoster Row, London, E.C. ADVERTISEMENTS. i ILLUSTRATED SCIENTIFIC WORK A SPECIALITY. WE INVITE YOU TO SEND AN INQUIRY FOR YOUR BOOK AND MAGAZINE PRINTING TO OUR Printing Department: 83-91, Great Titchfield Street. WATKINS & DONCASTER, Naturalists and Manufacturers of every kind of Apparatus and Cabinets for Collectors of Insects, Birds’ Eggs, Plants, Plain Ring Nets, Wire or Cane, including stick, Isssd., 2s.. 38. Folding Nets, 3s. 6d., 4s., 4s. 6d. Umbrella Nets (self-acting), 7s. Pocket Boxes, 6d.; corked both sides, 9d., 1s., 1s. 6d. Zine Relaxing Boxes, 9d., 1s., 1s. 6d., 2s. Japanned Collecting Box, with strap, 5s. 6d. Nested Chip Boxes, 4 doz., 7d.; 1s. 6d. per gross. Entomological Pins, mixed, ls. and 1s.6d. per gross. Mite Destroyer, 13d. per oz., 1s. 6d. per lb. Pocket Lanterns, 2s. 6d., 4s. 6d., and 8s. Sugaring Tin, with brush, Is. 6d., 2s. Sugaring Mixture, ready for use, ls. 7d. per tin. Store Boxes, with camphor cells, 2s. t 5s. Ditto, Book Pattern, 8s. 6d., 9s. 6d., and 10s. 6d. Setting Boards, flat or oval, lin., 6d.; 14in., 8d. ; im, Ode; 2ims, 10d.: 221n.. ts.; Sin) Is: 2d.; 3hin., Is. 4d.; 4in., Is. 6d.; 44in., Is. 8d.; 5in., 1s. 10d. Complete set of 14 boards, 10s. 6d. The “ Dixon” Lamp-net (invaluable for taking moths off street-lamps without climbing the lamp-posts), 3s. 6d. each. Minerals, &c. Setting Houses, 9s. 6d., 11s. 6d., and 14s. Zine Larva Boxes, 9d., 1s. Breeding Cage, 2s. 6d., 4s., 5s., 7s. 6d. Coleopterist’s Collecting Bottle, ts. 6d., 1s. 8d. Ditto, Zinc Boxes, 1s. 6d. Botanical Cases, japanned, double tin, 1s. 6d., 2s. 9d., 3s. 6d., and 4s. 6d. Botanical Paper, 1s. 1d., 1s. 4d., 1s. 9d., 2s. 2d. per Insect Cases, 2s. 6d. to 11s. ' Cement for replacing Antenne, 4d. per bottle. Steel forceps for removing Insects, 1s. 6d., 2s., and 2s. 6d. per pair. Cabinet Cork, 7 by 34, 1s. per doz. Pupa Diggers, 1s. 9d. Insect Lens, 1s. to 8s. Hee Drills, 2d., 3d., and 9d. Metal Blow-Pipes, 4d. and 6d. Setting Needles, 3d. and 6d. per box. Taxidermist’s Companion, t.e., a pocket leather case containing tools for skinning, 10s. 6d. Scalpel, 1s. 2d.; Scissors, 2s. per pair. Keg Collector’s Outfit, containing Drills, Blow- pipes, and all requisites, 3s. 3d. post free. A Large Stock of Insects and Birds’ Eggs. New and second-hand Books on Natural History. See our New Catalogue, which will be sent Post Free on application. Birds and Mammals, éc., Preserved and Mounted by first-class workmen. 36, STRAND, LONDON, W.C. (Five doors from Charing Cross). 27226 oy Tia fd L BOOT, # , Cae wi a dae nant : “ord, | | OLR ais SER 8 glatenle’ Jie Age ; bre fy. a pe? Sener me r Pas Src et wit ‘ ; . att? 9 Eh Ving * y > Cyc alles Ls io Uv ae i DSS ae or “(Abad eae fs ; iT ail de tion) Nee } ay Wee ore Loe ona VE at rr ey eh hey Pd Pea en nil aah end Ca ile ; OM LA they a Hh, Artienet EE aie ' athe 4 ae aA a he RAL) ng aE TEA det yee: nh Yh Bayi: ih ety aft PEs Bi "Ny oR | By) LT eae eked nie Lait) volte 18 Ae et i ty RT oe ie x lh obits 4 Va San ‘ i ‘ cc} Dies aye mut Ay ; { ie sn ; a a ata od ‘Gaevueh ate ake Shin 4 : r= bid F \ ‘ f DS ahh ee ; pak cal irhe ) tht By ae j Toe 35 gern ” Ras Nea, i ta oe 4 + iE @ | j me i { y Peet Chi) @ in) f ial seed ted fi gee, Y oe A as, Sai ie! bie et Ae gions Py Angee lrg hence i] Mie: The Editor will be pleased to receive for publication papers or notes dealing with any Insects which are of economic import- ance. Such communications to be addressed to THE SCIENTIFIC SECRETARY, Entomological Research Committee, British Museum (Natural History), London, S.W. Subscription orders for the ‘‘Bulletin of Entomological Research” should be sent to Messrs. DULAU & Co., Ltd., 37 Soho Square, London, W. The annual subscription is Ten Shillings, post free. CONTENTS. ORIGINAL ARTICLES. sina Austen, Ernest E. A New Species of Stygeromyia (Family Muscidae, Sub-family metane (are, from the East Africa | Protectorate cre ; ep ook Austen, Ernest E, sae on African Blood- ae Midges (Family Chironomidae, Sub-family Ceratopogoninae), with Descriptions of new Species (Plate I.) oa oa “ve Carpenter, Professor Grorce H. A New West African Springtail (clustrated) . ee re vee Epwarps, F. W. A sped of the Species of African Culicidae, other than Anopheles (illustrated) ... cay “ty ia Ingram, Dr. A. Notes on the Mosquitos observed at Bole, Northern Territories, Gold Coast (illustrated) ... ap “ts King, Harotp H. Observations on the Occurrence of Glossina in the Mongalla Province of the Anglo-Egyptian Sudan (Map) Luoyp, Lu. Notes on Glossina morsitans in Northern Rhodesia ... McConnett, Dr. Rosert E. Notes on the Occurrence and Habits of Glossina fuscipes in Uganda .. ra mes ‘aie nae Macriz, Dr. J. W. Scorr. SPaLue ye: and Observations upon Glossina palpalis Nicuotts, Dr. Lucius. The Transmission of Pathogenic Micke i o organisms by Flies in Saint Lucia (d/ustrated) ose oe MISCELLANEOUS. 4, Collections received ... irsceraee: a fp ees -. 109. The Editor will be pleased to receive for publication papers or notes dealing with any Insects which are of economic import- ance, Such communications to be addressed to THE SCIENTIFIC SECRETARY, Entomological Research Committee, British Museum (Natural History), London, S.W, Subscriptions for the ‘‘ Bulletin. of Entomological Research ” should be sent to Messrs. DULAU & Co,, Ltd. 37 Soho Square, London, W, _ The annual subscription is Ten Shillings, post free, CONTENTS. ORIGINAL ARTICLES, PAGE Austen, Ernest E. New African Tabanidae.—Part 1 (dlustrated) 113 — Durrant, Joun Hartrey. Notes on Tineina bred from Cotton- | bolls (2lustrated) as NUL SE SB ee ana cipmptitn aes o10 2008 Howarp, C. W. Insects directly or indirectly injurious to Man and Animals in Mozambique, East Africa... spi Be) Morser, Dr. B. Notes on the haunts and habits of Glossina : tachinoides, near Geidam, Bornu Province, N. Nigeria (Sketch- | map ) Jc abe can oe ie +e ae BOD (3 Pottarp, Dr. J. Notes on the Tsetse-flies of Muri Province, | _ N. Nigeria (Sketch-map), ne ue at A os LOE _ Srupson, Dr. Jas. J. Entomological Research in British West 5 Africa,—II1. Southern Nigeria (Piates I1.-V. and Mar) .,. 187 Summers, SopaHia L. M. A new species of Phlebotomus from | - South America (dlustrated) ... fis ye ne oe (00 MISCELLANEOUS. } Bein. Tabanidae attracted by Scale-Insects AC ss fas Hae ee | Collections received ... bi ase oa: ns soy ove 224 The Editor will be pleased to receive for publication papers or notes dealing with any Insects which are of economic import- ance. Such communications to be addressed to THE SCIENTIFIC SECRETARY, Entomological Research Committee, British Museum (Natural History), London, S.W. _ Subscriptions for the ‘Bulletin of Entomological. Research” should be sent to Messrs. DULAU & Co., Ltd., 37, Soho Square, London, W,. The annual subscription is Ten Shillings, post free. ‘Se # d 7 a 5 y ¢ ' 3 ; - The Editor will be pleased to receive for publication papers or notes dealing with any Insects which are of economic import- ance, Such communications to be addressed to THE SCIENTIFIC SECRETARY, Entomological Research Committee, British Museum (Natural History), London, S.W. subscriptions for the ‘‘Bulletin of Entomological Research”? should be sent to Messrs, DULAU & Co,, Ltd., 37, Soho Square, London, W. The annual subscription is Ten Shillings, post free. CONTENTS. ORIGINAL ARTICLES. = Austen, Ernest E. New African Tabanidae.—Part III. (tlustrated) 399 — | Austen, Ernest E. A new species of Hippobosca from Northern Rhodesia ... ves os a ae is “a oc, Aloe Cummincs, Bruce F. Anoplura from African Hosts (dlustrated)... 393 Dewitz, Dr. J. The bearing of ee on Economic Ento- mélare Epwarps, F. W. Revised Keys to the known Larvae of African Culicinae (dlustrated) os OVD Hirst, §. On two new parasitic Acari of the genus Lezognathus, Cn. (Gamasidae) (ilustrated) ... See oe ant ave 369 NewstTEAD, Prof. R. On the characteristics of the newly discovered Tsetse-fly, Glossina austeni, Newstead ; with descriptions of the genital armature of Glossina fuscipleuris, Austen, and Glos- sina lonyipennis, Costi (illustrated) —... ent gail vege oe NewsTEaD, Prof. R. Notes on Phlebotomus, with descriptions of new species. —Part I. (illustrated) ri Fy ANS sce OOM STANTON, A. T. On the changes which occur in certain characters | of Anopheles Larvae in the course of their growth (dlustrated) 387 * MISCELLANEOUS. Collections received ... es oe rer a. ««. 419 vey) it sha iii 00841 4500